070 4759 00_8560_8561_8562_Service_Mar84 00 8560 8561 8562 Service Mar84

070-4759-00_8560_8561_8562_Service_Mar84 070-4759-00_8560_8561_8562_Service_Mar84

User Manual: 070-4759-00_8560_8561_8562_Service_Mar84

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 345

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

TEK
.

SERV'CE
MANUAL

Part No. 070-4759-00
Product Group 61

8560/8561/8562
Multi-User Software
Development Unit
Service Manual

Please check for change information
at the rear of this manual

First Printing MAR 1984
COIWoVTlED m EXCEUENCE

WARNING
THE FOLLOWING SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS
ARE FOR USE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY.
TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY, DO NOT PERFORM ANY SERVICING OTHER THAN THAT CONTAINED IN OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS UNLESS
YOU ARE QUALIFIED TO DO SO. REFER TO OPERATORS SAFETY SUMMARY AND SERVICE
SAFETY SUMMARY PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY
SERVICE.

Copyright @) 1984 by Tektronix, Inc. A" rights reserved.
Contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any
form without the permission of Tektronix, Inc.
Products of Tektronix, Inc. and its subsidiaries are covered
by U.S. and foreign patents and/or pending patents.

~

TEKTRONIX, TEK, SCOPE-MOBILE, and
are registered trademarks of Tektronix, Inc. TELEQUIPMENT is a
registered trademark of Tektronix U.K. Limited.
There is no implied warranty of fitness for a particular
purpose. Tektronix, Inc. is not liable for consequential
damages.
Specification and price change privileges are reserved.
Printed in U.S.A.

8560/8561/8562 Service

r

PREFACE

INTRODUCTION
This manual supports the service, installation, and verification of the TEKTRONIX 8560 Series Multi-User Software
Development Units (MUSDUs). Since this manual is a Service Manual and not a User's Manual, it contains only those
operating instructions necessary to perform system verification procedures. The manual is sufficiently detailed to permit
service technicians to perform on-site board-level repairs.

8561 SN
8100000
and up

8560 SN
8100000
and up

Microprocessor

LSI-11/23
(LSI-11/73
optional
upgrade)

LSI-11/23
(LSI-11/73
optional
upgrade)

LSI-11/73

Internal disk
mass storage
capacity

15M bytes
(55M bytes
with
optional
upgrade
40M-byte
disk)

40M bytes
(80M bytes
with
optional
upgrade
40M-byte
disk)

40M bytes
(80M bytes
with optional
upgrade
40M-byte
disk)

External disk(s)
mass storage
capacity

Up to 2
external
disks

Up to 2
external
disks

Up to 2
external
disks

System memory

256K bytes
(up to 1M
bytes
optional
upgrade)

256K bytes 1M bytes
(up to 1M
bytes
optional
upgrade)

Disk Controller

MSC

MSC

MSC

Number of users
supported

2 (4 or 8
optional)

4 (8
optional)

8

System
Components

Relationship to Other Equipment
The 8560 MUSDU is used primarily in conjunction with the
8540 Integration Unit. These two units constitute a complete microcomputer development lab. Uses of this lab are
described in separate user manuals.

Products Supported
This manual supports the 8560 (SN 8100000 and above),
the 8561 (SN 8100000 and above), and the 8562 Multi-User
Software Development Units. The following table summarizes the basic differences between these products.

8562

Preface-8560/8561/8562 Service

Definition of Terms

Section 13

Descriptions of power-up diagnostic test
routines.

In this manual, any references to the 8560 apply equally to
the 8561 and the 8562, with the following exceptions:

Section 14

Adjustment procedures.

Section 15

General preventive maintenance procedures
to improve equipment reliability.

Section 16

Descriptions of disk-based diagnostic test
routines and their use in isolating problems.

Section 17

A list of 8560 Series MUSDU accessories.

Section 18

Instructions for installing the 8560 Series
MUSDUs.

Section 19

Reference material, including bus signal mnemonic descriptions, and Main Interconnect
Board connector-pin aSSignments.

Section 20

Electrical Parts list.

Section 21

Diagrams.

Section 22

Mechanical Parts list.

•

The standard 8561 has a hard disk storage capacity of
15M bytes, while the standard 8560 and 8562 have a
hard disk storage capacity of 40M bytes.

•

The standard version of the 8561 supports two users.
The standard version of the 8560 supports four users,
while the standard version of the 8562 supports eight
users.

•

Any reference to a second lOP Board applies to the
8562, and to all 8560 and 8561 units that include the
Eight-User Upgrade Option.

ABOUT THIS MANUAL
This manual introduces you to the 8560 Series MUSDUs
and describes their hardware operation at a block diagram
level. This manual is divided into 22 sections providing the
following information:
Section 1

An introduction to the 8560 Series MUSDU
and information of general interest.

Section 2

The electrical specifications, physical characteristics and environmental characteristics.

Section 3

A brief description of front and rear panel controls, connectors and indicators. This section
also provides locations and functions of all
8560 Series MUSDU straps and jumpers and
their default positions.

Section 4

A description of the LSI-11 Processor.

Section 5

A description of the Utility Board.

Section 6

A description of the system memory boards.

Section 7

A description of the I/O Processor Board.

Section 8

A description of the I/O Adapter Board and I/O
Connector Board.

Section 9

A description of the MSC Board.

Section 10

A description of the Xebec S1410 Disk
Controller.

Section 11

A general description of the hard disk and flexible disk drive units.

Section 12

ii

A description of the power supply. This section also contains procedures for bringing up
and adjusting the supply.

Notational Conventions
Nomenclature
Throughout this manual, the following terminology is used:
•

All references to an 8560, 8560 Series MUSDU or
MUSDU include the 8560 (SN B100000 and above),
the 8561 (SN B100000 and above) and the 8562
Multi-User Software Development Unit(s).

•

All references to an 8540 refer to the 8540 Integration
Unit.

•

All references to a terminal or system terminal refer to
any terminal used for command entry which is connected to the 8540 Integration Unit or to the 8560 Series MUSDU.

The term LSI-11, as used in this manual, includes the
LSI-11/23 and the LSI-11/73, unless otherwise specified.
The terms LSI-11/23, LSI-11/73 and DEC are registered
trademarks of the Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard,
Massachusetts.

Signal Line Conventions
The schematic drawings in this manual use a high/low convention to describe the asserted state of all signal lines. The
asserted (true) state of each signal line is shown as (L) for

Preface-8560/8561/8562 Service

low or (H) for high, immediately following the signal line
name, as follows:
•

SLVOPREQ(L)

•

CMEM(H)

•

M(L)/IO(H)

DOCUMENTATION OVERVIEW
Support documentation for TEKTRONIX microcomputer
development systems consists of service manuals, installation manuals, and users manuals.

Service Manuals

Schematics
Schematics in this manual have been drawn with grey overlays to highlight functional blocks of circuitry. The text is
coordinated with these block overlays. Text headings indicate the schematics that depict the circuit under discussion.
The following example illustrates a text heading:

TRANSMIT DATA REGISTER

Schematic #

o
I

Text Subject-

Service manuals provide the information necessary to perform system testing, to isolate hardware problems, and to
repair system components. Service manuals may be purchased from Tektronix, Inc. as optional accessories. The
following manuals provide service information for the 8560
Series Multi-User Software Development Units:
•

8560/8561/8562 Multi-User Software Development
Unit Service Manual

•

QumeTrak 242 Maintenance Manual

•

Micropolis 1300 Series Rigid Disk Drive Maintenance
Manual

•

Seagate
Manual

ST406/412/419

Microwinchester

Service

Installation Manuals
3900-11

The example shows that:
•

The subject of the text is the Transmit Data Register.

•

The register appears on schematic 42.

CHANGE INFORMATION
Change notices are issued by Tektronix, Inc., to document
changes to the manual after it has been published. Change
information is located at the back of this manual, following
the yellow tab marked, "CHANGE INFORMATION". When
you receive the manual, you should enter any change information into the body of the manual, according to instructions on the change notice.

Revision History
As this manual is revised and reprinted, revision history information is included on the text and diagram pages. Revised pages of manuals are indicated by REV and the date
(REV OCT 1984) at the bottom inside corner of the page.
New pages added to an existing section, whether they contain old, new or revised information, contain the word
"ADD" and the revision date (ADD OCT 1984).

Installation manuals explain how to unpack and install the
equipment and how to verify that it operates properly. Installation manuals are provided as standard accessories.

Users Manuals
Users manuals describe how to operate the development
system and its peripheral devices. They are provided as
standard accessories in the system package.
The following manuals provide an overview of your development system, including information about system software
and the TNIX operating system.
•

8560 Series Multi-User Software Development Unit
System Users Manual TNIX Version 2.1

•

8560 Series Multi-User Software Development Unit
System Reference Manual

•

8560 Series Multi-User Software Development Unit Instruction Sheet

Options
8560 Series MUSDU options are documented by individual
manuals. See the Tektronix Products Catalog or contact
your local Tektronix field office or representative for a list of
available options.

iii

8560/8561/8562 Service

CONTENTS

Page

Page

Operators Safety Sumary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. vii
Servicing Safety Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. vii
Section 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

Introduction ................................... 1-1
System Hardware .............................. 1-1
Operating Firmware ............................. 1-4
Diagnostic Firmware ............................ 1-5
Diagnostic Software ............................ 1-5
Operating Software ............................. 1-5
Section 2 SPECIFICATIONS

Introduction ................................... 2-1

Section 7 THE I/O PROCESSOR

Introduction ................................... 7-1
The Kernel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
System Memory Access Logic .................... 7-5
I/O Logic ..................................... 7-9
Interrupt Vector Logic .......................... 7-13
Diagnostic Registers ........................... 7-14
Section 8 I/O ADAPTER AND I/O
CONNECTOR BOARDS

Introduction ................................... 8-1
The lOA Board ................................ 8-1
The 10C Board ................................ 8-2
Section 9 MASS STORAGE CONTROLLER BOARD

Section 3 OPERATING INFORMATION

Introduction ................................... 3-1
Controls, Connectors and Indicators ............... 3-1
Communications ............................... 3-4
Jumpers and Straps ........................... 3-10
Circuit Board Configurations ..................... 3-12
Section 4 LSI-11 PROCESSOR

Introduction ................................... 4-1
Octal Debugging Technique ...................... 4-1
Jumpers ...................................... 4-1

Introduction ................................... 9-1
MSC Hardware ................................ 9-1
Firmware/Hardware Interactions .................. 9-11
MSC Diagnostics Firmware ..................... 9-14
Section 10 THE XEBEC S1410 DISK CONTROLLER

Introduction .................................. 10-1
Section 11 THE DISK DRIVES

Introduction .................................. 11-1
The Flexible Disk Drive ......................... 11-1
The Winchester-Technology Hard Disk Drive(s) ...... 11-1

Section 5 UTILITY BOARD

Introduction ................................... 5-1
The Communications Interface .................... 5-3
Bus Driver/Receiver Logic ....................... 5-13
Line-Time Clock (LTC) Logic ..................... 5-14
Power Control Circuit .......................... 5-15
Front Panel Control ............................ 5-17
Diagnostic/Bootstrap ROM ...................... 5-17
Section 6 SYSTEM MEMORY

Introduction ................................... 6-1
256K Memory Board ............................ 6-2
512K Memory Board ............................ 6-3

Section 12 POWER SUPPLY

Introduction .................................. 12-1
Functional Description .......................... 12-1
Troubleshooting Guide ......................... 12-2
Bring-Up Procedure ........................... 12-10
Section 13 FUNCTIONAL CHECK PROCEDURES

Introduction .................................. 13-1
Power-Up Tests .............................. 13-3
The Debugging Mode .......................... 13-8
Troubleshooting in the ODT Mode ............... 13-12
Error Summary .............................. 13-13

v

Contents-8560/8561/8562 Service

Page

Page

Section 14 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES

Section 16 DISK-BASED DIAGNOSTICS (Cont.)

+ 5 V Reference Adjustment .................... 14-1
M SC Board Phase Locked Loop Calibration ........ 14-1

Test Program Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 16-9
Error Displays ............................... 16-16
Section 17 ACCESSORIES

Section 15 MAINTENANCE

Introduction .................................. 15-1
Static-Sensitive Devices ........................ 15-1
Reducing Susceptibility to Static Discharge ......... 15-1
Preventive Maintenance ........................ 15-1
Troubleshooting ............................... 15-2
Preparing the 8560 for Servicing Power Supply ...... 15-5
Removing the Winchester-Type Disk Drive Unit(s) .... 15-6
Installing the Winchester-Type Hard Disk Drive ...... 15-6
Removing the Flexible Disk Drive ................. 15-7
Installing the Flexible Disk Drive Unit .............. 15-8
Accessing the Flexible Disk Drive for Head
Alignment ................................... 15-8
Removing the Xebec S 1410 Disk Controller ........ 15-9
Installing the Xebec S1410 Disk Controller ......... 15-9
Section 16 DISK-BASED DIAGNOSTICS

Introduction ..................................
Hardware Restrictions ..........................
8560 Diagnostics Overview ......................
Typical Operating Procedure .....................

vi

Standard Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-1
Optional Accessories ........................... 17-1
Section 18 INSTALLATION

Introduction .................................. 18-1
Site Selection and Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-1
Unpacking the 8560 ........................... 18-2
Preparing the 8560 for Operation ................. 18-4
Rack Mount Procedure ......................... 18-5
Storage and Reshipping ........................ 18-5
Section 19 REFERENCE MATERIAL

Introduction .................................. 19-1
Back Plane Connector Configurations ............. 19-1
8560 Bus Signals ............................. 19-8
Section 20 REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS

16-1
16-1
16-1
16-7

Section 21 DIAGRAMS
Section 22 REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS

8560/8561/8562 Service

OPERATORS SAFETY SUMMARY
The general safety information in this part of the summary is
for both operating and servicing personnel. Specific
warnings and cautions will be found throughout the manual
where they apply, but may not appear in this summary.

TERMS
In This Manual
CAUTION statements identify conditions or practices that
could result in damage to the equipment or other property.
WARNING statements identify conditions or practices that
could result in personal injury or loss of life.

As Marked on Equipment
CAUTION indicates a personal injury hazard not immediately accessible as you read the marking, or a hazard to
property including the equipment itself.
DANGER indicates a personal injury hazard immediately
accessible as you read the marking.

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Grounding the Product
This product is grounded through the grounding conductor
in the power cord. To avoid electrical shock, plug the power
cord into a properly wired receptacle before connecting to
the equipment's power input terminals. A protective ground
connection by way of the grounding conductor in the power
cord is essential for safe operation.

Use the Proper Power Cord
•

Use only the power cord and connector specified for
your product.

•

Use only a power cord that is in good condition.

•

Refer cord and connector changes to qualified service
personnel.

Use the Proper Fuse
To avoid fire hazard, use only the fuse specified in the parts
list for your product. Be sure the fuse is identical in type,
voltage rating, and current rating.
Refer fuse replacement to qualified service personnel.

Do Not Operate in Explosive Atmospheres

SYMBOLS
As Marked on Equipment
"

To avoid explosion, do not operate this product in an atmosphere of explosive gases unless it has been specifically
certified for such operation.

DANGER high voltage.

Do Not Remove Covers or Panels

@

Protective ground (earth) terminal.

A

ATTENTION - Refer to manual.

To avoid personal injury, do not remove the product covers
or panels. Do not operate the product without the covers
and panels properly installed.

SERVICING SAFETY SUMMARY
FOR QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONL Y
(Refer a/so to the preceding Operators Safety Summary)

Do Not Service Alone
Do not perform internal service or adjustment of this product unless another person capable of rendering first aid and
resuscitation is present.

Use Care When Servicing
With Power On
Dangerous voltages exist at several points in this product.
To avoid personal injury, do not touch exposed connections
and components while power is on.

Disconnect power before removing protective .panels, soldering, or replacing components.

Power Source
The product is designed to operate from a power source
that will not apply more than 250 volts rms between the
supply conductors or between either supply conductor and
ground. A protective ground connection by way of the
grounding conductor in the power cord is essential for safe
operation.

vii

8560/8561/8562 Service

856x Multi-User Software Development Unit

viii

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 1
GENERAL INFORMATION

Page

Page

Introduction .................................. 1-1

Operating Firmware . ........................... 1-4
Boot-up Firmware ............................ 1-5
Controller Firmware ........................... 1-5

System Hardware . ............................. 1-1
The 8560 Bus ............................... 1-1
The Main Interconnect Board ................... 1-2
The LSI-11 /23 Processor ...................... 1-3
The LSI-11 /73 Processor ...................... 1-3
The Utility Board ............................. 1-3
The System Memory Board .................... 1-3
The I/O Processor (lOP) Board .................. 1-3
The I/O Adapter (lOA) Board .................... 1-3
The I/O Connector (IOC) Board .................. 1-4
The Mass Storage Controller (MSC) Board ........ 1-4
The Xebec S 1410 Disk Controller ................ 1-4
The Power Supply ............................ 1-4
The Flexible Disk Drive ........................ 1-4
The Winchester-Technology Hard Disk Drive ....... 1-4
The Front Control Panel ....................... 1-4
The Rear Panel ............................... 1-4

Diagnostic Firmware ........................... 1-5
Power-up Diagnostics Firmware ................. 1-5
Diagnostic Software ........................... 1-5
Operating Software ............................ 1-5

ILLUSTRATIONS
Fig.
No.

Page

1-1
1-2

The 8560 system block diagram. . . . . . . . . . .. 1-2
A typical 8560 configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1-3

1-i

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 1
GENERAL INFORMATION

INTRODUCTION

SYSTEM HARDWARE

This section provides general information about the 8560
Series MUSDU, introducing individual hardware system
building blocks, separately and in relation to each other. It
also provides a general overview of the system's operating
software and the diagnostic firmware/software.

The 8560 MUSDU is a single-enclosure mainframe. It contains power supplies, disk drives, and all control circuits in a
bus-oriented system architecture.

The 8560 MUSDU is a 16-bit bus-oriented computer with
mass storage. The 8560 MUSDU's main purpose is to serve
as a program development tool and system file management system for 8540 Integration Units. (The 8540 Integration Unit is described in a separate service manuaL)
Data storage is provided on two disk drives.
Winchester-technology hard disk drive units store up to
80M bytes of data. A second disk drive unit provides 1M
bytes of storage on double-sided, double-density flexible
disks. The 8560 MUSDU consists of the following major
components:
•

System hardware

The 8560 main controller is a Digital Equipment Corporation
LSI-11 processor. Additional processor-controlled boards
(lOP Board(s) and the MSC Controller) work in conjunction
with the LSI-11. Figure 1-1 shows a simplified 8560 block
diagram.
The 8560 MUSDU employs the baCk-plane concept, in
which major system boards plug into a horizontally located
Main Interconnect Board. It provides the vehicle for the
100-line-wide 8560 bus. The Main Interconnect Board provides direct system bus access for the following boards:
•

The LSI-11 Processor

•

The MSC Controller

•

System memory boards
I/O Processor Boards
The Utility Board

•

Mechanical package

•

•

Operating firmware

•

•

Diagnostic firmware

•

Diagnostic software

The 8560 Bus

•

Operating software

The 8560 bus is the main system bus. The 100-line-wide
bus is based on the DEC Qbus but with increased flexibility.
The DEC interrupt structure is retained, as is most of the
DEC signal protocol. Each 8560 circuit board interfaces directly with the 8560 bus. The 8560 bus provides 22 data
lines. For additional 8560 bus information, refer to Section
19 of this manual.

8560 system software, the TNIX operating system and its
components are described in a separate 8560 Users
Manual.

1-1

System Hardware

General Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

Power
Supply

Flexible Disk
Drive
Hard Disk
Drive

Front
Panel

,-------,

Mass
Storage
Controller
Line
Printer

System
Memory

lOP
Board 2

lOP
Board 1

lOA
Board

To 85405
or Terminals

4759-3

Fig. 1-1. The 8560 system block diagram.

The Main Interconnect Board
The Main Interconnect Board is a horizontally mounted circuit board located near the cabinet bottom, adjacent to the
drive units. It provides a vehicle for the 1DO-line-wide 8560
system bus. Seventy-two of those lines serve the LSI-11.
The remaining 28 lines provide specific functions for the system boards shown in Fig. 1-2.
The Main Interconnect Board contains one 72-pin connector
and eight 1~O-pin connectors. The 72-pin connector services the LSI-11. All other 8560 system boards, except the

1-2

power supply and two 1/0 Boards, plug into the Main Interconnect Board's 1DO-pin connectors. Because of the 8560
bus structure, each circuit board is assigned a specific connector. Figure 1-2 shows the system bus and a typical system configuration.
The Main Interconnect Board also contains seven bus grant
jumpers that pass the system bus grant to the next installed
board when a connector is empty. Section 19 of this manual
provides connector wiring charts, and Section 3 identifies
the bus grant jumpers.

General Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

System Hardware

r--'I

I
I
I

.-'"o

.-'"
..Je
Q.
..!.CII

IIlU

I
I
I

I
CII

10Q.
III

I
I

~

o
E
Q)
::E

I

I

I

I
I

o
'"'"
Q)

U

e

Q.

g

~--j
J7

4759-4

Fig. 1-2. A typical 8560 configuration.

The LSI-11/23 Processor

The System Memory Board

The Digital Equipment Corporation LSI-11 /23 is a 16-bit microcomputer which contains the LSI-11/23 chip set, consisting of a data control unit, a memory management unit, and
an optional floating point arithmetic unit.

The 8560 Series system memory consists of up to 1M bytes
of RAM on a total of two circuit boards which plug into
connnectors J8 and J9 on the Main Interconnect Board.

The I/O Processor (lOP) Board
The LSI-11/73 Processor
The Digital Equipment Corporation LSI-11 /73 is a 16-bit microcomputer which contains the LSI-11 /73 chip set, consisting of of a data control unit, a memory management unit,
and a floating point arithmetic unit.

The I/O Processor (lOP) Board is a communications board
controlled by an 8088 microprocessor. The lOP controls
data flow to and from external 8560 peripherals. The lOP
relieves the LSI-11 of most I/O processing chores associated with external 8560 peripheral communications.
lOP Boards plug into connectors J11 and J12 of the Main
Interconnect Board and process data for up to eight High
Speed Interface (HSI) channels.

The Utility Board
The Utility Board contains miscellaneous logic that provides
the following features:
•

Two RS-232-C interfaces

•

A Line-Time Clock control circuit (LTC)

•

System bootstrap firmware

•

RAM Board service routine firmware

•

Power-up diagnostic firmware

The Utility Board plugs into connector J13 on the Main Interconnect Board.

The I/O Adapter (lOA) Board
The I/O Adapter (lOA) Board is a small circuit board
mounted to the side rail toward the rear of the 8560 cabinet.
The lOA Board services up to eight HSI ports and two
RS-232-C compatible printer ports.
HSI Ports 0 through 7 operate under either High Speed Interface protocol (electrically compatible with RS-422) or
RS-232-C protocol. HSI Port 0 is factory-jumpered for
RS-232-C protocol for use with a system terminal. Printer
Ports LP1 and LP2 operate only under RS-232-C protocol.

1-3

Operating Firmware

The I/O Connector (IOC) Board
The I/O Connector (IOC) Board is a small circuit board without active devices that contains up to ten 25-pin D-type connectors. The board is mounted on the rear panel with the
connectors protruding through the rear panel. These connectors are accessible from outside the cabinet and serve
Printer Ports LP1 and LP2, and HSI Ports 0 through 7. The
standard 8561 contains connectors for HSI Ports 0 and 1.
The standard 8560 contains connectors for HSI Ports 0
through 3. The 8562 standard configuration includes HSI
. Ports 0 through 7. HSI Ports 4 through 7 require the addition of a second lOP Board and four additional HSI connectors on the lOA Board.

Generallnformation-8560/8561/8562 Service

The Winchester-Technology Hard
Disk Drive
The 8560 Series hard disk drives are Winchester-technology
type drive units. The disks are in a sealed chamber in the
drive unit. To service the disks, the entire drive unit must be
completely removed and returned to your Tektronix service
center. For more service information and instructions for removing the hard disk drive, refer to Section 15 of this
manual.

The Front Control Panel
The Mass Storage Controller (MSC)
Board
The MSC Board provides control and interface functions for
the flexible disk and control functions for the hard disk drive.
The MSC Board is 80186-based and can assume 8560 bus
mastership whenever required. It controls all interfacing between the flexible hard disk drives and the 8560 system.
The MSC Board plugs into connector J6 on the Main Interconnect Board.

The Xebec S 141 0 Disk Controller
The Xebec S1410 Disk Controller provides interfacing logic
for the Winchester-type hard disk drive(s). It provides interlocked data transfer through the Shugart Associates System Interface (SASI).

The front control panel contains the Front Panel Board, the
DC ON, RUN/HALT, and RESTART switches, and three
LED status indicators.
The Front Panel Board is located to the right of the two disk
drives, directly behind the front panel. The RESTART, DC,
and RUN/HALT switches are mounted on the Front Panel
Board and extend through the front control panel. The DC
ON power switch, however, is mounted directly on the front
control panel.

The Rear Panel
The 8560 rear panel contains up to eight HSI ports, two
auxiliary RS-232-C compatible ports, a primary power
switch, a line fuse, a primary line-voltage indicator, a
power-supply fan assembly, and an optional Mass Storage
Interface Bus Port. Attached to the rear of the 8560 is a fan
enclosure. The fan provides cooling for the disk drives,
power supply assembly and circuit boards.

The Power Supply
The 8560 power supply is located in an enclosed assembly
occupying the left rear corner of the 8560 MUSDU cabinet.
It provides four DC voltages.

The Flexible Disk Drive
The 8560 flexible disk drive is a QumeTrak 242. The flexible
disk drive stores data on standard, removable double-sided,
single-density disks (0.5M bytes of storage), or on
double-sided, double-density disks (1 M bytes of storage).

1-4

OPERATING FIRMWARE
The 8560 operating firmware provides instructions for the
microprocessor-controlled system boards. Operating
firmware is located in the Utility Board, the MSC Board, the
I/O Processor Board and Xebec S1410 Disk Controller
Board. 8560 operating firmware falls into two categories:
•

System boot-up firmware

•

Firmware containing instructions for the Mass Storage
Controller and the I/O Processor

General Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

Boot-up Firmware
The boot-up firmware initializes the system and turns control over to the power-up diagnostics. The 8560 boot-up
firmware, located on the Utility Board, is the initial firmware
executed when the 8560 is turned on or restarted. The
boot-up firmware is located on the Utility Board. Once the
power-up diagnostics have checked system operation, control returns to the boot-up firmware, moving the 8560 operating system from disk into memory. At that pOint, system
control is turned over to the operating system. The boot-up
and power-up diagnostics are executed by the LSI-11
processor.

Controller Firmware

Operating Software

The Octal Debugging Technique (ODT) package is also part
of the diagnostic firmware. ODT is located in unchangeable
microcode and is part of the LSI-11 chip set. Section 13
describes ODT usage. The ODT firmware allows you to look
at memory and I/O port locations and check the status of
the LSI-11.

Power-up Diagnostics Firmware
The 8560 power-up diagnostics perform a general system
check, verifying that all standard circuit boards are installed
and are in working condition. If a failure occurs, the
power-up diagnostics display a message on the system terminal. Power-up diagnostics are further described in Section
13 of this manual.

The MSC and I/O Processor (lOP) are both
microprocessor-based boards, with controlling firmware
contained in PROMS.

DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE
DIAGNOSTIC FIRMWARE
The 8560 diagnostic firmware informs you of overall system
conditions and provides you with specific system status information. It also provides power-up tests for the user and
service routines for the service technician.
The 8560 diagnostic firmware consists of power-up diagnostic tests, including disk drive service routines for the
system memory boards.
The power-up tests and the system memory board firmware
are located on the Utility Board. They share ROM with the
boot-up routines. Power-up tests are described in Section
13 of this manual.

1

TNIX is a registered trademark of Tektronix, Inc.

2

UNIX is a registered trademark of Bell Laboratories.

The 8560 also offers you disk-based diagnostics providing
individual board test programs that you can invoke from a
terminal. These programs locate problem areas to the block
diagram level. The disk-based diagnostics are stored on a
separate flexible disk. Section 16 provides detailed descriptions of the tests and their functions.

OPERATING SOFTWARE
The 8560 TNIX1 operating system is an enhanced version of
the popular UNIX2 operating system. The TNIX operating
system is stored on a Winchester-technology hard disk and
is described in the 8560 Series System Users Manual.

1-5

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 2
SPECIFICATIONS

TABLES
Page
Introduction .................................. 2-1

Table
No.

2-1
2-2
2-3

Page

Electrical Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-1
Environmental Characteristics .............. 2-1
Physical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2-2

2-i

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 2
SPECIFICATIONS

INTRODUCTION
This section contains the 8560 system specifications. Table 2-1 lists the electrical specifications, Table 2-2 lists the environmental specifications, and Table 2-3 lists the physical specifications. Power supply internal specifications are given with the
supply description in Section 12.
Table 2-1
Electrical Characteristics
Characteristic
Primary Power
Input Voltages
Frequency
Line Fuses
115 Vac
230 Vac

Performance Requirement

90 to 132 Vac
180 to 250 Vac
48 to 66 Hz
3AG, 8 Amps, 250 Volt, fast-blow
3AG, 4 Amps, 250 Volt, fast-blow
410 Watts

Power Consumption
(maximum)
Power Supply

Supplemental Information

+5.0 Vdc +/-3%
+12.0 Vdc +/-5%
-12.0 Vdc +/-5%
+ 15.0 Vdc+/-10%
+24.0 Vdc +/-10%

Static Discharge
Operating

33A
6.5A
260mA
20mA
I.OA
12.5 kV and below with no effect on operation of unit

Table 2-2
Environmental Characteristics
Characteristic

Description

Temperature
Operating
Storage
Humidity
Operating

20% to 80% noncondensing
26°C (79°F) maximum wet bulb

Altitude
Operating

To 2 500 m (8,000 feet)

Storage

To 9 140 m (30,000 feet)

2-1

Specifications-8560/8561/8562 Service

Introduction

Table 2-3
Physical Characteristics
Characteristic

Description

Net Weight

22.4 kg (49.2 lb.)

Overall Dimensions
Height

267 mm (10.5 in.)

Width

432 mm (17 in.)

Length

646 mm (25.4 in.)

2-2

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 3
OPERATING INFORMATION

Page

Page

Introduction .................................. 3-1

Memory Bank Selection ..................... 3-18
I/O Memory Selection ...................... 3-20
RAM Test Jumpers ........................ 3-21
lOP Board Configuration ...................... 3-22
Interrupt Vectors .......................... 3-22
Miscellaneous Diagnostic Jumpers ............ 3-23
Board Selection Jumpers .................... 3-23
Memory Jumpering ........................ 3-23
I/O Adapter (lOA) Board Configuration ........... 3-24
I/O Connector Board Configuration .............. 3-25
MSC Board Configuration ..................... 3-26
Xebec S141 0 Disk Controller Board Configuration .. 3-26
Flexible Disk Drive QumeTrak 242 .............. 3-26
Seagate ST419 Hard Disk Drive ................ 3-27
Micropolis 1304 Hard Disk Drive ................ 3-28
Power Supply Board Configurations ............. 3-28

Controls, Connectors, and Indicators ............. 3-1
Front Panel Switches .......................... 3-2
Front Panel Indicators ......................... 3-2
Rear Panel Controls .......................... 3-2
Rear Panel Connectors ........................ 3-3
Communications .............................. 3-4
Interfacing to an 8540 ......................... 3-6
Interfacing to a Terminal via an HSI Port .......... 3-6
Interfacing to a Line Printer ..................... 3-8
8540 Remote Interfacing ...................... 3-8
Port Characteristics .......................... 3-10
Introduction .............................. 3-10
RS-232-C Protocol ......................... 3-10
HSI/RS-422 Protocol ....................... 3-10
Baud Rate Selection ......................... 3-10
Printer Ports LP1 and LP2 ................... 3-10
HSI Ports ................................ 3-10
Jumpers and Straps .......................... 3-10
Jumpers ................................... 3-11
Straps .................................... 3-11
Circuit Board Configurations ................... 3-12
Main Interconnect Board Configuration .......... 3-12
LSI-11 Configuration ......................... 3-12
Utility Board Configuration .................... 3-14
The Maintenance Jumper .................... 3-15
Parity and Bits/Character .................... 3-15
Baud Rate Selection ....................... 3-16
Port Mode Selection ....................... 3-16
The System Memory Board Configuration ........ 3-16
Miscellaneous Straps ....................... 3-18
Address Decoding for Memory Select Upgrades . 3-18
Data and Parity Swapping ................... 3-18

ILLUSTRATIONS
Fig.
No.

3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-11
3-12
3-13

Page

The 8560 front panel controls and connectors. 3-1
The 8560 rear panel control and connectors .. 3-3
I/O port connections to the I/O processor . . .. 3-5
High-Speed Interface (HSI) lines. . . . . . . . . . .. 3-6
A typical RS-232-C system terminal interface. 3-7
A typical line printer interface with the 8560 .. 3-8
RS-232-C interface lines between the 8560
and the 8540 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3-9
Main Interconnect Board jumper locations. .. 3-12
LSI-11 jumper locations ................. 3-13
Utility Board strap and jumper locations . . .. 3-14
256K Memory Board jumper/strap locations. 3-17
512K Memory Board jumper/strap locations. 3-17
Jumper locations for one or two 256K
Memory Boards installed ................ 3-19

3-i

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

ILLUSTRATIONS (Cont.)

TABLES

Fig.

Table
Page

No.
3-14
3-15
3-16
3-17
3-18
3-19
3-20
3-21
3-22
3-23
3-24
3-25
3-26
3-27
3-28

3-ii

Jumper locations for one or two 512K
Memory Boards installed ................
Jumper locations for a 256K and a 512K
Memory Board installed ................
Interrupt priority jumpers .................
Jumper configurations for interrupt
priority levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..........
Device Register jumper positions ..........
lOP Board jumper/strap locations ..........
lOA Board jumper locations ..............
IOC Board strap locations ...............
MSC Board jumper locations .............
Jumper location on the Xebec
Disk Controller ........................
Jumper/strap locations on the QumeTrak
242 Flexible Disk Drive .................
Seagate Hard Disk Drive
programmable shunt ...................
Micropolis 1304 Hard Disk Drive
jumper locations ......................
Secondary Board jumper locations .........
Regulator Board jumper locations .........

3-20
3-21
3-22
3-22
3-23
3-24
3-25
3-25
3-26
3-27
3-27
3-27
3-28
3-29
3-29

No.

Page

3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6

HSI Port Configurations .................. 3-3
Line Printer Port Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . .. 3-4
Symbols for Jumpers and Straps. . . . . . . . .. 3-11
Bus Grant Jumpers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3-12
Default LSI-11 Jumper Configuration. . . . . .. 3-13
Utility Board Default Jumper/
Strap Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3-15
Parity and Bits/Character Straps . . . . . . . . .. 3-15
Baud Rate Selection Jumpers .. . . . . . . . . .. 3-16
Port Mode Straps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3-16
Memory Board Miscellaneous Jumpers. . . .. 3-18
Memory Address Selection
Jumpers/Straps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3-18
Data and Parity Interchange Test Jumpers .. 3-18
Interrupt Priority Assignments .. . . . . . . . . .. 3-22
Miscellaneous Diagnostic Jumpers ......... 3-23
Memory Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3-23
IOC Board Straps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3-25
MSC Board Configuration ................ 3-26
Secondary Board Jumpers. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3-28
Regulator Board Jumpers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3-28

3-7
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-11
3-12
3-13
3-14
3-15
3-16
3-17
3-18
3-19

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 3
OPERATING INFORMATION

CONTROLS, CONNECTORS, AND

INTRODUCTION

INDICATORS

This section briefly describes all 8560 controls, connectors,
and indicators. It also describes all circuit board straps and
jumpers and shows how the 8560 communicates with other
peripherals.

The fOllowing paragraphs discuss the 8560 controls, connectors, and indicators. The pin configurations for all rear
panel connectors are also included. Figure 3-1 shows the
8560 front panel layout, and Fig. 3-2 shows the 8560 rear
panel.

Detailed 8560 operating information can be found in the
8560 System Users Manual. Refer to that manual for explanations about software.

DC ON/OFF
Switch

DCON\
Indicator

RESTART

\
,

{-"I

~w~~/

ACONIndicator

HALT

1\
~
8561 Develo
MUlti-~~~r Softw~re I
ment Umt

I 'R!ktronix

I

~

~

i

i

I

~~

I~I~

r-

l

.....

I

.............

J

............

U

1

~ ACCESS LIGHT

L

PROCESSOR
BUSY

u

Indicator
(3899-13)5049-25

Fig. 3-1. The 8560 front panel controls and connectors.

3-1

Controls, Connectors, And Indicators

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

Front Panel Switches

PROCESSOR BUSY

The 8560 front panel has three switches: DC ON/OFF, RESTART, and RUN/HALT. They are described as follows:

The PROCESSOR BUSY indicator is lit when the LSI-11 is
performing a task.

DC ON/OFF

Rear Panel Controls

The DC ON/OFF switch supplies DC voltage to the system.
When this switch is in the OFF position, the system is in the
standby mode. In this mode, the DC voltages are available
on the power supply, but are not supplied to the individual
circuits.

The following paragraphs describe the 8560 rear panel
controls.

POWER ON/OFF

RESTART
Toggling this momentary-contact switch resets the entire
system to its initial state and executes the power-up tests.

The POWER ON/OFF switch is the main system power
(switch, providing line voltage to the power supply. When
this switch is on, the front panel AC ON indicator is lit. Figure 3-2 shows the 8560 rear panel layout.

LINE FUSE

Toggling the RUN/HALT switch halts the processor, regardless of what task it is performing at the time.

This is the line fuse for the 8560. If the system is configured
for 115 Vac, use a 3AG, 8 Amp, 250 Volt, fast-blow fuse. If
the 8560 is configured for 230 Vac, use a 3AG, 4 Amp, 250
Volt, fast-blow fuse.

Front Panel Indicators

PRIMARY POWER PLUG

The front panel has three indicator lights: DC ON, PROCESSOR BUSY, and AC ON.

This is the primary power supply plug for the 8560. Only the
line voltage indicated by the source voltage cover plate
should be connected.

DC ON

PRIMARY VOLTAGE SOURCE

The DC ON indicator is lit when the DC ON/OFF switch is in
the ON position and DC power is applied to the system.

The primary voltage source for an 8560 is selected at the
factory. A cover plate on the rear panel of the instrument
indicates two possible voltage source selections. To change
the voltage source, remove this cover plate, change the
two-position switch to the new setting, and replace the
cover plate.

RUN/HALT

ACON
The AC ON indicator is lit whenever the rear panel POWER
ON/OFF switch is in the ON position.

3-2

If you change the voltage source, be certain that your 8560
has the proper fuse for the new configuration.

Controls, Connectors, and Indicators

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

Fig. 3-2. The 8560 rear panel control and connectors.

Rear Panel Connectors
The following paragraphs describe the 8560 rear panel
connectors.

HSI Ports 0 through 7
J801 through J804 and J806 through J809 are the HSI
ports. HSI Port 0 is factory-jumpered for RS-232-C protocol
for use with a system terminal. HSI Ports 1 through 7 are
factory-jumpered for RS-422 protocol to communicate with
a workstation such as the TEKTRONIX 8540 Integration
Unit.

Table 3-1
HSI Port Configurations
Pin

1
7
2
11
3
12
20
13

5
The HSI ports transmit and receive at 153.6K baud. Any
HSI port, however, may be reconfigured to operate under
RS-232-C protocol by moving the appropriate jumper block
on the lOA Board. You can then connect a terminal directly
to the 8560. Instructions to configure an HSI port and an
RS-232-C port are provided in Section 8 of this manual.
Table 3-1 shows HSI port pin aSSignments.

25

6
18

8
9

Name

Function

GRD
R DATA
R DATA'
T DATA
T DATA'
DTR
DTR'
CTS
CTS'
DSR
DSR'
CAR DET
CAR DET'

Shield
Signal Ground
Receive Data
Receive Data
Transmit Data
Transmit Data
Data Terminal Ready
Data Terminal Ready
Clear To Send
Clear To Send
Data Set Ready
Data Set Ready
Carrier Detect
Carrier Detect

3-3

Communications

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

Printer Ports LP1 and LP2

COMMUNICATIONS

Ports J8051 and J8101 provide communications with auxiliary equipment, such as line printers and terminals. These
ports are RS-232-C compatible and have selectable baud
rates. Table 3-2 shows the pin configurations for the printer
ports.

The following paragraphs describe how to connect various
peripherals to the 8560. In its standard configuration, the
8560 Series MUSDU supports up to eight HSI ports and
two printer ports.

Table 3-2
line Printer Port Configuration

Each I/O Processor (lOP) Board controls up to four HSI
ports. Refer to Section 7 of this manual for a detailed description of the I/O Processor Board. Refer to Section 8 for
information on the I/O Adapter Board and I/O Connector
Board.

Pin

Name

1
7
2
3
20
5
6
8
15

GRD
R DATA
T DATA
DTR
CTS
DSR
CAR DET
T ClK

17

R ClK

External Clock

RTS

Request to Send

4

3-4

Function
Shield
Ground
Receive Data
Transmitted Data
Data Terminal Ready
Clear to Send
Data Set Ready
Carrier Detect

Inlernal Clock rhese two pins
are tied together
internally to
R ClK

HSI Ports 1 through 7 typically operate under modified
RS-422 protocol and communicate with the Tektronix 8540
Integration Unit. You can, however, reconfigure the I/O
ports for use as terminal ports, operating under RS-232-C
protocol.
Refer to Fig. 3-3 for I/O port connections to the I/O
processor.

Communications

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

6

"",.-

-

-

.,..

8060H

CTS -

~~

-~
~~

1

~

RxDB

CTSB

TxDB

DATA IN -

28

/'

1

~
-RFD -

23

DATA OUT -

26

--DRE01

HSI -

~

~

3

~

--

4>-

CTS -

....

0

""

DREOO

CTSA

~
2200
J\,f'''

DATA IN -

12

--

RFD -

18

0

0

~

6
1B

}R DATA

}DTR
GROUND

-..

•
-

-

} T DATA

} CHAR
DET

Configured
For Terminal Baud Rate:
9600
4800
2400
1200
600
300

} DSR

5

»

1;""

8
9

+5

10

RxDA

12
+5 2200

+5

SIO B
SIO A

•

•
-!-

N.C.

~ ~~

SHIELD

20

"IV

1

} CTS

2

13

---

HSI1

RDYB

•

11

~

+5

30

m

"K

1

-

25
3

_/'

1

5

}DSR

}CTS

25
1

m

SHIELD

2

"""

11

_/

20

~

13

7

+5

-

}R DATA

Configured
For 8540 HSIBaud Rate:
153600

-..

GROUND

3
TxDA

DATA OUT -

15
+5

:~
HSIO

lOP Board

0

>

12

""

8

-HSI-O
Main
Interconnect
Board

} T DATA

-..
} CHAR
DET

9
L-

~
lOA Board

10C Board
3900-5

Fig. 3-3. I/O port connections to the I/O processor.

3-5

Communications

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

Interfacing to an 8540

Interfacing to a Terminal
via an HSI Port

The 8560 and the 8540 communicate through interconnecting cables. Figure 3-4 identifies the interconnecting signal
lines for an HSI interface between the 8560 and the 8540.
For additional iriterfacing information, refer to the 8560 Series Installation Guide. Baud rate selection is also described
later in this section.

(DATA SET)

(DATA TERMINAL)

8560 HSII/O

8540 HSI (J100)
2

Tx

2

11

Tx'

11

3

Rx

3

12

Rx'

12

20

DTR

20

13

DTR'

13

5

CTS

5

25

CTS'

25

SHIELD

1

+

6
18

+

If a terminal is connected directly to an 8560 HSI port, the
appropriate lOA Board jumper block must be repositioned
to provide the RS-232-C interface protocol. Figure 3-5
shows the interconnecting signal lines between a typical
system terminal and the 8560.

8

()...----JlNv-----+-9

7

DSR

RTS

DSR'

RTS'

4

+

10

DCD
DCD'

SIGNAL GROUND

(3899-26)4759-6

Fig. 3-4. High-Speed Interface (HSI) lines.

3-6

Communications

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

(DATA SET)

(DATA TERMINAL)

8560 HSII/O
(configured for RS-232-C)

SYSTEM TERMINAL
(Typical)

1

SHIELD

1

2

Tx

2

3

Rx

3

5

CTS

5

6

DSR

6

8

DCD

8

20

DTR

20

7

SIGNAL GROUND

7

+cr--------~vv~------~r-----------------------~------~

+cr---------J~~------~r-----------------------~------_i

9

DCD'

RTS

+

4

18
DSR'
11
12
13
25

Tx'
Rx'
DTR'
CTS'
(3899-27)4759-7

Fig. 3-5. A typical RS-232-C system terminal interface.

3-7

Communications

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

Interfacing to a Line Printer

8540 Remote Interfacing

Line printers may be connected directly to the 8560 line
printer connectors J805 or J81 O. Figure 3-6 shows the interconnecting signal lines between an 8560 and a typical line
printer.

The 8560 can also communicate with an 8540 via the 8540
remote port J101 (an RS-232-C compatible interface with a
maximum baud rate of 9600 baud.) Interconnecting signal
lines for this interface configuration are shown in Fig. 3-7.
Communications over this interface are established and
maintained by the COMM commands as described in the
8540 Integration Unit System Users Manual.

(DATA SET)

(DATA TERMINAL)

8560 LINE PRINTER I/O
(RS-232-C)

LINE PRINTER
(Typical)
SHIELD

2

Tx

2

3

Rx

3

4

RTS

4

5

CTS

5

6

DSR

6

8

DCD

8

20

DTR

20

+---------J\/V'~------~--------------------~------~

+

15
17
7

T CLOCK
R CLOCK
SIGNAL GROUND

7

(3899-28)3900-8

Fig_ 3-6. A typical line printer interface with the 8560_

3-8

Communications

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

(DATA SET)

(DATA TERMINAL)

8560 HSII/O
(configured for RS-232-C)

8540 REMOTE PORT
(J101)

1

SHIELD

1

2

Tx

2

3

Rx

3

5

CTS

5

6

DSR

6

8

DCD

8

20

DTR

20

SIGNAL GROUND

7

+cr--------JV~r-------;-----------------------+-----__;

+

7

9
18
11

--0

12
13
25

DCD'

RTS

+

4

DSR'
Tx'
Rx'
DTR'
CTS'
(3899-27)3900-9

Fig. 3-7. RS-232-C interface lines between the 8560 and the 8540.

3-9

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

Jumpers and Straps

, Port Characteristics
Introduction
This section summarizes the RS-232-C and RS-422 protocols used with the 8560. The 8560 provides up to 10 ports
to communicate with external peripherals. Eight ports are
defined as HSI ports and the remaining two are printer
ports.

clock. This must be an even baud rate, including stop bits
and is determined by dividing the bit rate frequency by 16.
The 8560 conforms to the Electronic Industries Association
(EIA) standard. For time durations of all signals mentioned,
refer to the relevant EIA documents.

HSI/RS-422 Protocol
I/O Processor boards serve up to eight ports. Typically,
these ports are defined as High Speed Interface (HSI) ports
because they transmit and receive at a rate of 153.6K baud,
with the exception of HSI Port 0, which is factory-jumpered
for RS-232-C protocol for use with a system terminal. You
can, however, configure any HSI port to operate under the
RS-232-C protocol and set its baud rate to any value permitted by this protocol. HSI ports are accessible at the rear
panel.
Two additional ports are defined as Printer Ports LP1 and
LP2. These ports always operate under RS-232-C protocol.
Their baud rates, however, are variable and can be set to
any speed allowed under the RS-232-C protocol. Printer
ports are usually dedicated for line printer or terminal
operations.
Note that a printer port vector-interrupt can be selected
from the Utility Board. (See "Circuit Board Configurations,"
later in this section.) Printer Port LP 1 uses a default address of 17777510 and an interrupt vector address of 200.
Printer Port LP2 uses default address 17777560 and an interrupt vector address of 60. Both printer ports are identical
in their wiring and communication methods.

RS-232-C Protocol
In RS-232-C protocol, data is sent from the 8560 on the
TDATA line and received by the peripheral on the RDATA
line. All data byte communications are preceded by one
start bit and terminated by one or more stop bits. The
firmware checks if the start/stop bits are present. If they are
not, a framing error is generated. Parity is also checked by
the 8560 unless the Utility Board is strapped for the NO
PARITY option. See "Circuit Board Configurations," later in
this section, for Utility Board strapping/jumpering options.
The Clear-to-Send (CTS) signal is asserted by the 8560
when the 8560 is free to receive data. The Request-ta-Send
(RTS) signal is asserted when the peripheral wants to receive data, placing the 8560 in transmit mode. The
Data-Terminal-Ready (DTR) signal is activated by the peripheral when it is ready to transmit or receive data. All signals, including data signals, are active low.
The Transmit/Receive (T/R) Clock line is an optional facility
for setting communication rates by means of an external

3-10

The RS-422 communication standard is similar to RS-232-C
in terms of signals but differs in the method of transmission.
All four principal communication lines (RDATA, TDATA,
RTS and CTS) use two lines to communicate instead of
one. For example, TDATA uses pins 3 and 12 instead of just
pin 3 as is used in RS-232-C protocol. In the case of
RS-422, each pair is a set of balanced lines.

Baud Rate Selection
The following paragraphs describe baud rate selection for
the 8560 line printer ports and HSI ports.

Printer Ports LP1 and LP2
Printer Ports LP1 and LP2 are factory-jumpered to transmit
and receive at 2400 baud. You can change this baud rate by
moving the appropriate jumper on the Utility Board. Table
3-8, later in this section, identifies these jumpers and provides information for selecting other available baud rates.

HSIPorts
When an HSI port is configured for RS-422 protocol, the
baud rate is fixed at 153.6K baud. When an HSI port is
configured (with jumpers on the lOA Board) as a RS-232-C
port, the baud rate defaults on power-up to 2400 baud.
Firmware on the lOP Board permits selection from the terminal for the baud rate that matches the attached terminal
by depressing the BREAK key. An intelligible message appears on the terminal screen when you have obtained the
correct baud rate.

JUMPERS AND STRAPS
The 8560 provides circuit board jumpers and straps that
change a board's operating configuration. Most 8560 circuit
boards contain straps that are used to tailor the board for a
specific function or are used for troubleshooting. Configuration tables are provided in this section for the default strapping and jumpering of all boards. A strap or jumper is either
in, out or connected to a specific position.

Jumpers and Straps

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

Table 3-3
Symbols for Jumpers and Straps

Jumpers
In this manual, the term "jumper" refers to a small connector
designed to fit across a jumper position, consisting of two
square pins that can accommodate the placement of the
jumper. Jumper positions are arranged on the circuit boards
as one-position or two-position jumpers. One-position
jumpers have only two square pins, and the jumper is either
installed or removed. Two-position jumpers have three
square pins arranged in a straight line or in an "L" pattern.
The jumpers may be installed on pins 1 and 2, or 2 and 3, or
removed. Table 3-3 shows the symbols used for jumpers on
the circuit board configuration drawings that appear later in
this section. Jumper numbers are designated with a
"Pxxxx" or a "Jxxxx", unless otherwise noted.
Jumpers are also used in clusters, in which case all jumpers
in the cluster are changed at once with a jumper block. A
jumper block consists of two or more jumpers in one physical unit. These blocks are usually used where a number of
jumpers change the same function on different signal lines.

Straps
In this manual, the term "strap" refers to an ECB
through-hole that may be bridged with a soldered wire to
select an alternate function. A strap may also be a cuttable
run, which is an ECB run between two through-holes. The
run must be cut before one of the through-holes can be
strapped to a third through-hole. If there is a cuttable run at
the location, it must be cut before the strap is bridged to
prevent system errors. Table 3-3 shows the symbols used
for straps on the circuit board configuration drawings that
appear later in this section. Straps are designated with a
"Wxxxx."

Jumper/Strap Symbols

~

or

-@]~

or

-@]
~

or

@]@]

•

or

•

@@

or

[Q] [Q]

[Q}@

or

~

o
or-~D

o
or

These two-position
jumpers show the jumper
across pins 1 and 2 or
across pins 2 and 3.
This single-position jumper
shows the jumper across
the single jumper position
or the jumper removed.
These two-position straps
show the cuttable runs between pins 1 and 2. The
runs may be cut and the
straps bridged across pins
2 and 3.

@@[Q]

[Q}~

Usage

D~-

These single-position
straps show the
through-holes with or without a cuttable run. The cuttable run may be cut or the
through-holes may be
bridged with a strap.
The 3-position jumpers
show the jumper across
pins 1 and 3, or across
pins 2 and 3 or across pins
3 and 4

a Arrow = pin 1

3-11

Circuit Board Configurations

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

CIRCUIT BOARD CONFIGURATIONS
This section describes the default configurations of jumpers
and straps for all 8560 system circuit boards.

Main Interconnect Board
Configuration
The Main Interconnect Board provides seven pairs of bus
grant jumpers (J19 through J32). Each board that plugs into
the Main Interconnect Board, except the LSI-11 Board and
the Utility Board, has an associated pair of bus grant
jumpers.

1

11

I,
I,
I,

I

J2S • • • • • • J32
I

J24 • • • • • • J31

I
J23 • • • • • • J30
I

I
J22 • • • • • • J29

I

I
J21 • • • • • • J28

I

I
J20 • • • • • • J27

I

I
lJI9 • • • • • • J26

Jumper pairs are either set to the PASS or the NO PASS
position. In the PASS position, the bus grant is passed to
the next inline board. In the NO PASS position, the grant is
passed or intercepted by the board. For example, if the
jumper pair J23/30 is strapped to PASS, the bus grant is
passed or intercepted by lOP Board 2.

I,

I

II II

'I

Figure 3-8 shows the location of the bus grant jumpers. All
empty slots and the system memory boards are strapped to
PASS. All other slots are strapped to the NO PASS condition. When changing the jumpers, remove the adjacent
board, and use needle-nose pliers to reposition the jumper.
Table 3-4 shows the default strapping of the bus grant
jumpers. These jumpers pass the bus grant to the next card
if the next in line slot is empty.

Representative Jumper
3900·10

Fig. 3-8. Main Interconnect Board jumper locations.

Table 3-4
Bus Grant Jumpers
Jumper

Default

J19/26
J20/27
J21/28
J22/29
J23/30
J24/31
J25/32

NO PASS
PASS
PASS
PASS
PASS
PASS
NO PASS

3-12

LSI-11 Configuration
Table 3-5A shows the default jumper configuration for the
LSI-11/23. Figure 3-9a shows the jumper locations on the
board.
Table 3-5B shows the default jumper configuration for the
LSI-11/73. Figure 3-9b shows the jumper locations on the
board.

Circuit 80ard Configurations

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

Table 3-5A
Default LSI-11 /23 Jumper Configuration

Table 3-58
Default LSI-11 /73 Jumper Configuration

Jumper

Default

Jumper

Default

Jumper

Default

W1 8
W2
W3
W4
W5
W6
W7
W8
W9

In
In
In
Out
Out
In
Out
In
In

W10
W11
W12
W13
W14
W15
W16
W17
W18

In
In
In
In
In
In
In
In
In

W1 8
W2
W3
W4
W5
W6
W7
W8
W9

In
In
Out
In
In
In
In
In
Out

8

Jumper numbers are referred to in this instance with "W" references consistent with DEC nomenclature.

8

Jumper numbers are referred to in this instance with "W" references consistent with DEC nomenclature.

Microprocessor

1001

~
W1S
Red Wire

W9
•......• W8
......
W7
......
W6
......

_W1

...... W5
W4
W3
•......• W2
...... W1

W14- W15
W12== W13
W10= W11
WS_W9
W7 _W4
W6
=W5

=

Cache Control

W3_

W2-

State Sequencer

D D

_W16
-W17

(3900-11 )4759-8

Fig. 3-9. LSI-11 jumper locations.

3-13

Circuit Board Configurations

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

Utility Board Configuration
This section provides default configuration information for
miscellaneous jumpers and straps that control the following
functions:
•

Diagnostics control

•

Parity and bits/character

•

RS-232-C port baud rates

•

LA V-11 mode selection

Figure 3-10 illustrates the Utility Board. Table 3-6 shows the
jumpers and straps in their default positions.

P2091
P2092
P2093
P2094

P1036 _
Maintenance
Jumper

W1071 { : : } W1072

W1073 { : : } W1074

••
••
••
_

_
••
••
••

Printer 2
Baud Rate
Port
Selection

P2095
P2096
P2097
P2098
Printer 1
Port

Parity
and Bits!
Char.

W3071 { : :

} W3073

W3072 { : :

} W3074

LAV-11 Mode

:=-s::: I
~l

W4016/17
W4018/19

Line
Printer
Mode

e[KJe
~A""

.--.
.--.

W7011/12

.... A ....

W7015/16

.... B....

W7017/18

.... B....

.--.
e---4

W7013/14

erne

J
Fig. 3-10. Utility Board strap and jumper locations.

3-14

(2975-17)4759-9

Circuit Board Configurations

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

nj

Table 3-6
Utility Board Default Jumper/Strap Positions
Strap or
Jumper

Function

Table 3-6 (Cont.)
Utility Board Default Jumper/Strap Positions

Default
Position

Strap or
Jumper

Default
Position

Function

W3071

Printer Port 1
8 Bits/Char.

OUT

W7015/16

Printer Port 1
Non-LAV-11

B

W3072

Printer Port 1
No Parity

OUT

W7017/18

Printer Port 1
Non-LAV-11

A

W3073

Printer Port 1
No Parity

OUT

W4018/19

Printer Port 2
LAV-11

A

W3074

Printer Port 1
8 Bits/Char.

OUT

W1071

Printer Port 2
8 Bits/Char.

OUT

W1072

Printer Port 2
No Parity

OUT

W1073

Printer Port 2
No Parity

OUT

W1074

Printer Port 2
8 Bits/Char.

OUT

P2095

Printer Port. 1
2400 Baud

IN

P2096

Printer Port 1
2400 Baud

OUT

P2097

Printer Port 1
2400 Baud

OUT

P2098

Printer Port 1
2400 Baud

OUT

P2091

Printer Port 2
2400 Baud

OUT

P2092

Printer Port 2
2400 Baud

OUT

P2093

Printer Port 2
2400 Baud

OUT

P2094

Printer Port 2
2400 Baud

IN

W7011/12

Printer Port 1
Non-LAV-11

B

W7013/14

Printer Port 1
Non-LAV-11

A

W4016/17

Printer Port 1
Non-LAV-11

A

The Maintenance Jumper
When jumper P1036 is installed, the 8560 runs through its
normal power-up sequence. When P1036 is removed, the
8560 enters the ROM-based debugging mode, and all communication with the 8560 occurs through a printer port. In
normal operation, the jumper is always installed.

Parity and Bits/Character
Wire straps allow you to configure the parity and
bits/character feature of each printer port. The Utility Board
default strapping is set to 8 bits/character and NO PARITY.
Table 3-7 shows available port combinations.

Table 3-7
Parity and Bits/Character Straps
Printer 1

W3071 W3072 W3073 W3074

Printer 2

W1071 W1072 W1073 W1074

8 Bits/Character

OUT

xa

X

OUT

7 Bits/Character

IN

X

X

OUT

6 Bits/Character

OUT

X

X

IN

5 Bits/Character

IN

X

X

IN

Even Parity

X

OUT

IN

X

Odd Parity

X

IN

IN

X

No Parity

X

X

OUT

X

a X = don't care

3-15

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

Circuit Board Configurations

Baud Rate Selection
Printer port baud rates are factory set to 2400 baud. However, you can change these baud rates using the jumpers on
the Utility Board. Table 3-8 lists the settings for each port.
Table 3-8
Baud Rate Selection Jumpers
Printer Port 1

P2095

P2096

P2097

P2098

Printer Port 2

P2094

P2093

P2092

P2091

External Clock

IN

IN

IN

IN

External Clock

IN

IN

IN

OUT

50 Baud

IN

IN

OUT

IN

75 Baud

IN

IN

OUT

OUT

110 Baud

OUT

OUT

OUT

OUT

134.5 Baud

IN

OUT

IN

IN

200 Baud

IN

OUT

IN

OUT

300 Baud

OUT

OUT

IN

OUT

600 Baud

IN

OUT

OUT

IN

1200 Baud

OUT

IN

OUT

OUT

1800 Baud

OUT

IN

OUT

IN

2400 Baud

IN

OUT

OUT

OUT

4800 Baud

OUT

IN

IN

OUT

9600 Baud

OUT

IN

IN

IN

Port Mode Selection
Both printer ports can operate in Digital Equipment Corporation's four LAV-11 modes. (LAV-11 modes force bit 2 of

3-16

the interrupt vector to a zero.) You can also set the ports to
a non-LAV-11 mode. Table 3-9 lists the modes and straps
for each port.
Table 3-9
Port Mode Straps
Printer
Port 1

W4016/
4017

W7011/
7012

W7013/
7014

Printer
Port 2

W4018/
4019

W7015/
7016

W7017
7018

LAV-11 Mode: no
hold-off

A

A

A

LAV -11 Mode: hold-off
while RTS is false

A

B

A

Default Strapping
LAV-11 Mode:
hold-off while
DTSR is false

A

A

B

Non-LA V-11 Mode

B

xa

X

a X = don't care

The System Memory Board
Configuration
The memory board jumper straps fall into three basic
categories:
•

Miscellaneous straps

•

Bank interchange straps

•

Data/parity interchange test straps

Figure 3-11 shows the jumper/strap locations of the 256K
Memory Board. Figure 3-12 shows the jumper/strap locations of the 512K Memory Board.

Circuit Board Configurations

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

,•

P5173

J;071

W7061-c::::k
W7063-c::Je P7072
W7066-c::::>e ...

-

• P7111

-

P7161
:"P7171

W7067~

W7069-c:Je P707a
W8062ec:::Je

4759-10

Fig. 3-11. 256K Memory Board jumper/strap locations.

J;071

W7061eC:].
W7063-c::Je P7072
W7066-c:Je ...

-

• P7111

-.

P7161

-P7171

W7067~

W7069-c:Je P7073
W8062ec:::Je

4759-11

Fig. 3-12. 512K Memory Board jumper/strap locations.

3-17

Circuit Board Configurations

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

Miscellaneous Straps

Data and Parity Swapping

Table 3-10 lists the memory board miscellaneous jumpers.
P7072 selects the size of the I/O space, and P5173 configures the board either as the upper or the lower memory
bank. All other memory board jumpers are used for troubleshooting, to disable signals such as the input data, clock,
refresh and others.

Table 3-12 lists the straps by which the low-byte parity-bit
memory may be swapped with bit 0 memory, and the
high-byte parity-bit memory may be swapped with bit 8
memory. Parity may therefore be read as data, allowing all
memory chips on the board to be tested.
Table 3-12
Data and Parity Interchange Test Jumpers

Table 3-10
Memory Board Miscellaneous Jumpers
Number

Function

Jumper
No.

P7072

Sets I/O space

P5173

Configures the board as either the upper or lower 256K-word bank

P7111

Parity enable

P7073

Read enable

P7171

Disables clock signal

P7161

Refresh enable

P5081, P5091 ,
P5101, P5111

Parity/RAM exchange

Address Decoding for Memory Select
Upgrades
Table 3-11 shows the positions of the various jumpers and
straps involved in address decoding (address lines A19, A20
and A21) for the possible memory-select optional upgrades.
Table 3-11
Memory Address Selection Jumpers/Straps

--,... -,...
,... ,... ,...
,....
,....

N
,....

Q

Q

Q.

Q.

1a
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Ob

1
0
0
0
0
0
0

Straps

,...
CD
CD
CD
,... CD,... ,... ,...

."

C')

,....

Q

Q

Q

CD

Q)

Q

Q

0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0

Q

GO

Address Lines
A21 A20 A19

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1

0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1

a a "1" denotes a strap in the lower position.

b a "0" denotes a strap in the upper position.

3-18

Signal

P5081

AM-AI
AO-AK
AN-AJ
AP-AL

DNO(H) Swaps DTOH
DNLP(H) and DNLPH
DNO(H) signals J6078
DNLP(H)

IN
OUT
OUT
IN

P5091

AE-AA
AG-AC
AF-AB
AH-AD

DTO(H)
Swaps DTOH
DTLP(H) and DTLPH
DTO(H)
signals J5077
DTLP(H)

IN
OUT
OUT
IN

P5101

AU-AQ
AW-AS
AV-AR
AX-AT

DN8(H) Swaps DN8H
DNHP(H) and DNHPH
DN8(H) signals J5091
DNHP(H)

IN
OUT
OUT
IN

P5111

BE-BA
BG-BC
BF-BB
BH-BD

DT8(H)
Swaps DT8H
DTHP(H) and DTHPH
DT8(H)
signals J5108
DTHP(H)

IN
OUT
OUT
OUT

Function

Default

The system memory in the 8560 MUSDU consists of one or
two dynamic RAM boards. Anyone, or combination of any
two, of the 256K-byte and 512K-byte Memory Board(s) may
be used.

Memory Bank Selection
N
CD

3: 3: 3: 3: 3: 3:
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0

Name

0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1

0
1
0
1
0
1
0

If only one memory board is installed, the board must be
assigned to control the low bank of memory addresses.
Jumper P7071 (1) must be in the A-B position, jumper
P7071 (2) must be in the D-F position, and jumper P5073
(256K memory board only) must be in the W-X position.
Refer to Fig. 3-13 for low-bank configuration of the 256K
Memory Board. Refer to Fig. 3-14 for low-bank configuration of the 512K Memory Board (one or two 512K Memory
Boards installed). Refer to Fig. 3-15 for low-bank configuration of the 512K Memory Board (256K Memory Board and
512K Memory Board installed.)
If two memory boards are used, one board must be configured as the low bank board. The second board must be
configured as the high bank board. Refer to Fig. 3-13 for

Circuit Board Configurations

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

high-bank configuration of the 256K Memory Board (two
256K Memory Boards installed). Refer to Fig. 3-15 for
high-bank configuration of the 256K Memory Board (256K
Memory Board and 512K Memory Board installed). Refer to
Fig. 3-14 for high-bank configuration of the 512K Memory
Board (two 512K Memory Boards installed).

B

E

0

~
o 0lQ..Qr

P7071(2)

~I

P7071(1)

A

P70~
I

C

D F

010
G

H

NOTE
When the 256K and 512K Memory Boards are used
together for a 768K-byte memory system, the 512K
Memory Board must be configured as the low bank
and the 256K Memory Board must be configured as
the high bank. Refer to Fig. 3-15 for jumper locations.

I
I P5173

:~w

lOx
lOy
I

I
I

High bank configuration
(second board in a two·
board system only)

I
P7071(1) :..-.; P7071 (2)
P7072 • • •

B

E

0

~
o 01Q..Qr

P7071(2)

~.I

P7071(1)

A

C

D

F

P5t6[~9~~

L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _----..,. One board
in system

I

G

H

Two boards
in system

: P5173

I~W

lox
I
lOy

I
I
I

I

Low bank configuration (one
or two boards in system)
(4627·15)5049.10

Fig. 3-13. Jumper locations for one or two 256K Memory Boards installed.

3-19

Circuit Board Configurations

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

I/O Memory Selection
If only one memory board is installed (low-bank operation).
jumper P7072 must be in the I-G position. This enables the
lower half of the highest 8K of memory for I/O operations.
Refer to Fig. 3-13 and Fig. 3-14 for low-bank configurations.

must be in the position G-H; on the high-bank board. jumper
P7072 must be in position I-G. Refer to Fig. 3-13. Fig. 3-14
and Fig. 3-15 for jumper configurations.

If two memory boards are installed. I/O memory must be
enabled on the high-bank board and disabled on the
low-bank board. On the low-bank board. jumper P7072

B

0
~

P7071(1)

~
For the 8560'5 TN/X operating system to function
properly, jumper P7072 must be properly installed.

E

0

P7071 (2)

~~

o

OI.Q...Qr

A

C

0

F

P~072- - ,

__ J
OIOO~

One board
In system

I

B

G H

E

P7071(2)

P7071(1)~

Two boards
in system

~O
A

Low bank configuration (one
or two boards in system)

C

0

F

P7072

~O
I G H
High bank configuration
(second board in a twoboard system only)

P707l(1) • •
• • • • P7071(2)
P7072 • • •

(4627-16)5049-11

Fig. 3-14. Jumper locations for one or two 512K Memory Boards installed.

3-20

Circuit Board Configurations

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

RAM Test Jumpers
With the exception of P7071(1), P7071 (2), P7072, and
P5173 (256K Memory Board only), all jumpers on the memory boards are preset at the factory for normal operation

B

and should not be changed. These jumpers are for test purposes only. Figures 3-13, 3-14, and 3-15 may be used to
verify proper placement of the test jumpers.

E

~
o OIQ..Qr
0

P7071(2)

~

P7071(1)

A

C

0

rr:;-;::;'I

B

F

P7071(t)

P7071(2)

~lQJD

P?J72

OIE...f!r-I

E

JEi}--"

0

A

C

0

F

P7072

G H

'-IQ:Qjo
I

G H

Low bank configuration
(512K Memory board)
High bank configuration
(256K Memory board)

i
P5173

P7071(1)

1.1. P7071(2)

P7072 • • •

(4627-17)5049-12

Fig. 3-15. Jumper locations for a 256K and a 512K Memory Board installed.

3-21

Circuit Board Configurations

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

lOP Board Configuration
Vector 0

The lOP Board provides jumpers and straps for the following functions:
•

Priority levels

•

Vector strap functions

•

Miscellaneous functions

•

Board selection

See Fig. 3-19 for proper placement of test jumpers on the
lOP Board.

0
J7121

0

0

0

J7122

0

0

0

J7123

0

0

0

J7124

0

0

0

Vector 1

0
Interrupt Vectors
Each lOP Board generates an interrupt vector to the LSI-11
Processor Board. The two interrupt vector circuits can be
independently jumpered to select a level of interrupt priority.
One set of jumpers determines which interrupt lines are asserted. The other set of jumpers selects which lines are
monitored when intercepting a grant from the LSI-11 processor. Table 3-13 describes the priority levels. Figure 3-16
shows the jumpers for Vectors 0 and 1. Figure 3-17 illustrates jumper configurations for both vectors at priority levels 4, 5, and 6.

J7125

0

0

0

J7126

0

0

0

J7127

0

0

0

J7128

0

0

0
(3899-23)4759-12

Fig. 3-16. Interrupt priority jumpers.

Priority level 7 is assigned for LSI-11 use only and is not
user-selectable.

Table 3-13
Interrupt Priority Assignments

Priority
Level

4

5
6
7

Interrupt
Lines
Asserted

Interrupt
Lines
Monitored

BIRO
BIRO
BIRO
BIRO

BIRO 5, 6
BIRO 6
BIRO 7

4
4, 5
4,6
4,6,7

o
J7121/J7125

If·iI] 0

J7122/J7126

[iI)! 0

J71231 J7127

0

hN>( iUil

J71241 J7128

0

[ii/hi
(a)

level 4

J7121/J7125
J7122/J7126
J7123/J7127
J71241 J7128

o

o

ItH?] 0
In?1 0
0

Iii Xi?)
(b)

level 5
(3899-24)3900-15

Fig. 3-17. Jumper configurations for interrupt priority levels.

3-22

Circuit Board Configurations

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

Miscellaneous Diagnostic Jumpers
Table 3-14 shows miscellaneous diagnostic jumpers used
by the Tektronix service center for diagnostic purposes.

Table 3-14
Miscellaneous Diagnostic Jumpers
Jumper

Function

Default

J2171
J2172
J2173
J2174
J7011
J3162
J2061

Forced NOP
Processor testing
Testing system bus
Testing SIO DMA
Disable bus driver
Clock normal/slow
Disable HRQ between 8088 and
8237
I/O read 00 or NOP
Normal or forced OP codes
Slow clock
Disable DC010

o
o
o
o

J2041
J5161
J6171
J6091

A5

0

1;:~:;:~~;:n~~:1

J4051

A4

0

li:1~t~l~it

J4052

A2

0

li:lt1~1~1

J4053

A1

0

ftit~:i:!i:.

J4054

(a)

lOP Board 1
(Device Register Address 00)

0-0
0-0
0-0
0-0

A5

0

lmEIlm:i:tIl

J4051

IN
o 0-0
o 0-0

A4

0

l\;i?\llt;1HH

J4052

A2

0

rll%ilimnmu

J4053

OUT
o 0-0

A1

liIl@lm!m

0

J4054

(b)

00-0
o 0-0

lOP Board 2
(Device Register Address 01 )
(3899-22)3900·16

Fig. 3-18. Device Register jumper positions.

Board Selection Jumpers
Device Register jumper configurations define lOP Boards as
either lOP 1 or lOP 2. If your system uses only one lOP
Board, it must be configured as lOP 1 and installed in the
lOP 1 slot in the 8560 Main Interconnect Board. Figure
3-18a illustrates the jumper configuration for lOP 1.

Table 3-15
Memory Jumpers
Jumper

Function

Default

J1081
J1082

Changes U1080 from RAM to
ROM

ROM

J1091
J1092

Changes U1090 from RAM to
ROM

RAM

J1101
J1102

Changes U11 00 from RAM to
ROM

RAM

Memory Jumpering

J1121
J1122

Changes U1120 from RAM to
ROM

RAM

Table 3-15 shows the memory jumpers. These jumpers are
preset at the factory and are not normally moved. They are
used by Tektronix to define the board configuration.

J1131
J1132

Changes U1130 from RAM to
ROM

RAM

If your 8560 utilizes two lOP Boards, one of these boards
must be configured as lOP 1 and installed in the lOP 1 slot.
The second board must be configured as lOP 2 and installed
in the lOP 2 slot in the card cage. See Fig. 3~ 18b.

3-23

Circuit Board Configurations

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

ROM .... ~RAM

[IIJOJ]CIDCIIJITIJITIJITIJ[IIJITIJOJ]

II

0

1 I

Diagnostics
Display

ROM

ROM

ROM
OR
RAM

ROM
OR
RAM

ROM
OR
RAM

ROM
OR
RAM

ROM
OR
RAM

RAM

RAM

RAM

J2171
Signature {
Analysis

J2172
J2173

CIIDJ
CIIDJ
CIIDJ
CIIDJ

I::.
J2061

B
J2041

J2174
Device
Registers
J3161

1 0
A5 C.
A4 C.
A2
A1

c..
c..

,

J4051
J4052
J3162

J4053
J5054 (Refer to text)

'.:J
J5161

~
J6091

~

. ~.
S

...

~

0

J6171

~
Interrupt Vectors
(Refer to Text)

-

J7011

J
(3899-21 )3900-17

Fig. 3-19. lOP Board jumper/strap locations.

I/O Adapter (lOA) Board
Configuration
The lOA Board contains eight jumpers for configuring up to
eight HSI ports. J1011 through J4011 service Ports 0
through 3, and J5011 through J8011 service Ports 4
through 7. By moving the jumper either up or down one set

of pins, you can change the port configuration from HSI
protocol to RS-232-C protocol.
NOTE
HS/ Port 0 is factory-jumpered for RS-232-C protocol
for use with a system terminal.

Figure 3-20 shows the jumper locations and how to configure them for RS-232-C or RS-422 protocol.

3-24

Circuit Board Configurations

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

.r--~---

,....

......-+--- Jumper in RS-232-C (SIO) Position

,....,....

...............................

0000000
CXl '" CD LI'l '
(Return)

015

Closes an open location
and accepts next
command.

 (Line
Feed)

021

Closes current location
and opens the next
sequential location.

Rx/ (Register)
or $x/

122
044

Opens a specific processor register x.

S (Processor
Status)

123

Opens the Processor
Status Register (PS). This
command must follow a
"$" or "R" command.

xG (Go)

107

Goes to location x and
starts program execution.

P (Proceed)

120

Resumes execution of a
program.

The ODT Terminal
The 8560 treats any device connected to Printer Port LP2
as the ODT terminal. If a line printer is connected to this port
when the processor enters ODT, it will print the address of
the next instruction to be executed.

JUMPERS
Refer to Section 3 of this manual for the default jumper
configurations of the LSI-11.

4-1

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 5
UTILITY BOARD

Page
Introduction .................................. 5-1
The Communications Interface .................. 5-3
Serial/Parallel I/O Logic ........................ 5-3
Ready-To-Send (RTS) Logic .................... 5-4
Register Control Logic ......................... 5-4
Register Control Signals ..................... 5-6
Register Data Flow ......................... 5-6
Register Formats ............................. 5-8
Receive Control/Status Register (RCSR) ........ 5-8
Receive Data Buffer (RBUF) .................. 5-9
Transmit Control/Status Register (XCSR) ....... 5-10
Transmit Data Buffer (XBUF) ................. 5-11
Interrupt Control Logic ....................... 5-11
Interrupt Vector Addresses .................. 5-11
Error Summation Logic ....................... 5-11
Printer Mode Control Logic .................... 5-12
Address Select Comparators .................. 5-12
Programmable Baud Rate Generation Logic ...... 5-12
Internal Data/Address Bus .................... 5-12
Data Selection Logic ......................... 5-12
The Data Selection Multiplexer ............... 5-12
Data Selection Line Encoder ................. 5-13
Bus Driver/Receiver Logic .....................
Data/Address Transceiver .....................
Control Line Transceiver ......................
Bus Termination Resistors ....................

5-13
5-13
5-14
5-14

Line-Time Clock (LTC) Logic ...................
Line-Time Clock (LTC) Circuit ..................
LTC Status Register Address Logic .............
Supporting Logic ............................

5-14
5-14
5-14
5-15

Power Control Circuit. ......................... 5-15
Voltage Level Comparator Logic ................ 5-15
Power-Up/Power-Down Circuit ................. 5-15
Power-Up Sequence ......................... 5-17
Front Panel Control ........................... 5-17
Diagnostic/Bootstrap ROM . .................... 5-17
Addressing ................................. 5-18
Diagnostic Error Indicators (LEDs) .............. 5-18

ILLUSTRATIONS
Fig.
No.

5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8
5-9
5-10
5-11
5-12
5-13
5-14
5-15
5-16
5-17

Page

The Utility Board hardware block diagram. . .. 5-2
Communications interface block diagram. . . .. 5-3
Serial/parallel interface registers. . . . . . . . . . .. 5-5
A receive/write operation ................. 5-7
A receive/read operation .................. 5-7
A transmit/write operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-8
A transmit/read operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-8
The Receive Control/Status Register (RCSR) . 5-9
The Receive Data Buffer (RBUF) . . . . . . . . .. 5-10
The Transmit Control/Status Register
(XCSR) .............................. 5-10
The Transmit Data Buffer (XBUF) .... . . . .. 5-11
Baud rate generation logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-13
The LTC Status Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-15
Power-up timing diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-16
Power-up/power -down logic. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-16
8560 bus timing limits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-17
Diagnostic and Bootstrap ROM functions . .. 5-18

TABLES
Table
No.

5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8

Page

Serial/Parallel Interface Register Addresses. .. 5-4
Register Control Signals .... , . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-6
The Receive Control/Status Register
(RCSR) .............................. 5-9
The Receive Data Buffer (RBUF) ........... 5-9
The Transmit Control/Status Register
(XCSR) .............................. 5-10
The Transmit Data Buffer (XBUF) ......... 5-11
The LTC Status Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-14
LED Error Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5-18

5-i

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 5
UTILITY BOARD

INTRODUCTION
The Utility Board is a system board that plugs into the Main
Interconnect Board. It provides several unrelated system
functions. Figure 5-1 is a block diagram of the Utility Board
hardware.
The Utility Board contains the following logic circuits:
•

A two-port RS-232-C compatible communications
interface

•

8560 bus driver/receiver logic

•

Data Selection logic

•

A Line-Time Clock (LTC)

•

Power control logic

•

Front panel control logic

•

Bootstrap and diagnostic ROMs

The communications interface provides two RS-232-C
ports for communications between the two line printer ports
and the 8560 bus.

The bus driver/receiver logic interfaces the Utility Board
with the 8560 bus. The bus driver/receiver consists of
data/address transceiver logic and a control line transceiver.
The data selection logic makes Utility Board register data
and status information available to the 8560 bus.
The Line-Time Clock (LTC) generates LSI-11 event interrupts. LTC logic consists of a clock circuit, LTC Status Register address logic and supporting logic that controls the
bootstrap/diagnostic ROM access.
The power control circuit provides a power supply voltage
level check and controls the system power-up/power-down
sequence.
The front panel control logic directs the 8560 HALT and
RESTART operations.
The Diagnostic/Bootstrap ROM provides storage for
boot-up instructions and 8560 power-up diagnostics. The
two ROM devices together contain two 4K words of diagnostic and bootstrap memory.

5-1

Introduction

Utility Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

r-----------------~

Interface Port 1

I

I

Error
Summation

Print Mode
Logic

Programmable
Baud Rate
Gen .

u

'61

.9

,.......
_ - -.... lOA board
I

c

o

...J

'ii

-----------------,

~

en

Interface Port 2

!!«I

I
Error
Summation

C

Print Mode
Logic
Programmable
Baud Rate
Gen.

""1"'---".· lOA board
......

'----Address Select
Comparators

Front Panel
Control

~

o

'CD:

Power-up
Control

i.!:!

"'Iii
00

°c

IIIOl
«I

is

3900-24

Fig. 5-1. The Utility Board hardware block diagram.

5-2

The Communications Interface

Utili1yBoard-8560/8561/8562 Service

THE COMMUNICATIONS
INTERFACE
The communications interface serves two line printer ports
compatible with RS-232-C protocol located on the rear
panel of the 8560. This interface controls communications
between two external line printers and the 8560 bus. Figure
5-2 is a block diagram of the communications interface. The
communications interface consists of the following major
parts:
•

Serial/parallel I/O logic

•

Register control logic

•

Interrupt control logic

•

Error summation logic

•

Printer mode control logic

•

Data selection logic

•

Address select comparators

•

Programmable baud rate generator

•

Internal data bus

•

Bus termination resistors

Serial/Parallel I/O Logic

00

The serial/parallel I/O logic consists of two identical circuits,
one for each line printer port. Each circuit contains a Universal Asynchronous Receiver!Transmitter (UART) device and
the Ready-To-Send (RTS) logic. The UART performs the
serial/parallel conversions required to interface line printer
ports with the 8560 bus. Since both circuits are identical,
only the logic serving Printer Port LP1 is described here.

r-----------------~

Interface Port 1

I

Error
Summation

Print Mode
Logic

Programmable
Baud Rate
Gen.

.......
1"
- -.......

lOA board

I

~-----------------~
~-----------------,

Interface Port 2

I
Error
Summation

Print Mode
Logic
Programmable
Baud Rate
Gen.

I

"'1"---""" lOA board

~-----------------~

Address Select
Comparators

(3900-24)3900-25

Fig. 5-2. Communications interface block diagram.

5-3

The Communications Interface

Utility Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

The UART accepts serial data into its port and converts it
into 8-bit parallel data for the 8560 bus. When the LSI-11
returns data to the connected peripherals, the UART accepts parallel data from the 8560 bus and outputs it to the
I/O Adapter Board.
The serial/parallel logic provides two line printer port
inputs/outputs that connect to the I/O Adapter Board. The
I/O Adapter Board provides the translation between Utility
Board TTL levels and standard RS-232-C voltage levels.

Ready-To-Send (RTS) L09iC
u

'i

..

.

GI

~

lOA
Board

GI

>

'C

C

RBUF

3900-27

Fig, 5-4. A receive/write operation.

r---------------------,
I

t
~

>

'Qj

u

...

II:

jl,~

GI

(1),9

GI

"...

>

';:

0

GlCl

..

I

UART

c
0

I
RCSR
'---------_____
----'1

I..

.

I

lOA
Board

«I
«I

0

RBUF
I
I
L

Serial/Parallel I/O Logic

--------------------

_

.J

3900-28

Fig. 5-5. A receive/read operation.

In a transmit/write operation data arrives from the 8560
bus in parallel format at the internal UART XBUF Register.
The LSI-11 then writes transmit control/status information
into the xes Register, Figure 5-6 illustrates the
transmit/write operation,

In a transmit/read operation the LSI-11 reads the xes
Register contents (which were written into the xes Register
in the transmit/write operation), If the LSI-11 finds the
proper status information in the xes Register, data in the
transmit buffer is then output serially to the lOA Board, Figure 5-7 illustrates the transmit/read operation,

5-7

The Communications Interface

Utility Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

r---------------------,

I

XCSR
UART

Gi

>

'i
u

GI

L----l....

~

lOA

Board

I::;
GI

>
.;:

c

XBUF

L _____________________
Serial/Parallel I/O Logic

~

3900-29

Fig. 5-6. A transmit/write operation.

r---------------------,

.
>

o
:;::I

'i

¥

~

UART

c

GI

Uu

,-,_--1 .;.~

I::;
III

>
.;:

c

~_.....~

'-._...J

lOA
Board

(/)..J

~
XBUF
I

L

Serial/Parallel I/O Logic

I

---------------------~

3900-30

Fig. 5-7. A transmit/read operation.

Register Formats

Since register formats are identical for both ports, only reg·
ister formats for port 1 are given here.

Following are the four serial/parallel I/O registers:
•

Receive Control/Status Register 1 (RCSR 1)

•

Receive Data Buffer 1 (RBUF1)

•

Transmit Control/Status Register 1 (XCSR1)

•

Transmit Data Buffer 1 (XBUF1)

5-8

Receive Control/Status Register (RCSR)

0

The Receive Control/Status Register (RCSR) acknowledges
receipt of characters from the serial input (RS-232-C) lines,
and informs the transmitting peripheral to begin sending
new data over the serial lines. As shown in Fig. 5-8, the
RCS Register uses only six of its bits. Table 5-3 shows
individual register bits and their functions.

Utility Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

r

r

The Communications Interface

Terminal Status

I Receive Done
I \, Receive Interrupt

Terminal Ready

I I

Ready-To-Send

r.

Clear-To-Send

I~.~I~I~lx~lx~lx~lx~lx~1~I~lx~lxl~xl~xl~xl~1
15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

X=don't care
3900-32

Fig_ 5-8. The Receive Control/Status Register (RCSR).

Receive Data Buffer (RBUF)

Table 5-3
The Receive Control/Status Register (RCSR)

The receive data buffer (Fig. 5-9) is an internal UART buffer.
RBUF receives data from the lOA Board in serial format.
Table 5-4 describes individual buffer bits and their functions.

Bit
No.

Function

Description

0

read/write

Bit 0 drives the Clear-To-Send
(CTS(H») signal. If bit 0 is set,
CTS(H) is not asserted. If bit 0 is
cleared, CTS(H) goes high, and
data is sent to the line printer. (This
is a read/write bit that is cleared by
INIT(H) during initialization).

1-5
6

7

Table 5-4
The Receive Data Buffer (RBUF)
Bit
No.

Function

Description

0-7

read-only

Bits 0-7 hold the data received from
the lOA Board before it is transferred from the UART to the 8560
bus and the LSI-11. Data is right
justified and the UART is strapped
to 8 bits.

These bits are not used.
read/write

read-only

0

Bit 6 is set to generate an interrupt
request when a character is ready
for input to the LSI-11.
Bit 7 is set when a character has
been received and is ready to be
read from RBUF. This bit is cleared
automatically every time the contents of RBUF are read or when
DCOK(L) goes high. A receiver interrupt is sent when this bit is set
and the receiver is enabled (bit 6 is
also set). Bit 7 is cleared either under program control or when
INIT(H) is asserted.

8-12

read-only

These bits are read as zero.

13

read-only

This bit is set when
asserted.

RTS

is

14

read-only

This bit is set when
asserted.

DTR

is

15

read-only

This bit is set when DTR and RTS
are asserted.

8-11

These bits are not used.

12

read-only

Bit 12 is set when the parity of the
received character does not match
the expected parity. If parity was
not selected, this bit is always O. Bit
12 is cleared when DCOK(L) is high
or a new valid character is received.

13

read-only

Bit 13 is set when the incoming data
is transmitted at the incorrect baud
rate. Bit 13 is cleared when
DCOK(L) is high or a new valid
character is received.

14

read-only

Bit 14 indicates that the previously
received character was not read
prior to receiving a new character.
Bit 14 is cleared when DCOK(L) is
high or after receipt of a valid character that overruns the buffer.

15

read-only

Bit 15 is set when either a parity or
an overrun error occurs.

5-9

The Communications Interface

I

Utility Board-8560f8561f8562 Service

Erlror Overrun error

II

15

I
I

Framing. error

Data Bits 07

~ Parity error

I

14 13

---+

08

Ixlxlxlxl
12

11

10

9

7

8

6

5

4

3

2

It

1

X=don't care
(3900·33)4759.14

Fig. 5-9. The Receive Data Buffer (RBUF).

~
I

Transmit ready

PBR2

IIPr.~.R4

I

15

I

PBR1

I I

14

13

12

Transmit interrupt

~ I

10

9

8

7

6

~

Baud Rate Select Bits

~ Break

I Ixlxlxlxl I

IX I X I X I X I I
11

Baud Rate Enable

5

4

3

2

1

fIJ

X=don't care
3900-34

Fig. 5-10. The Transmit Control/Status Register (XCSR).

Transmit Control/Status Register (XCSR)

0

The Transmit Control/Status Register (XCSR) controls data
transmit rate and time. This register is directly accessible by
the LSI-11 processor. The Transmit Control/Status Register
format is similar to the Receive Control/Status Register. Figure 5-10 shows the Transmit Control/Status Register format, and Table 5-5 describes individual bit functions.
Table 5-5
The Transmit Control/Status Register (XCSR)
Bit
No.

Function

Description

0

read/write

When bit 0 is set, a continuous
space is transmitted across the
RS-232-C interface, giving the receiver a framing error. Bit 0 is
cleared by the INIT(H) signal.

1-4

5-10

These bits are not used (set to
zero).

Table 5-5 (Cont.)
The Transmit Control/Status Register (XCSR)
Bit
No.

Function

Description

5

read/write

Bit 5 allows bits 12 through 15 to
select the baud rate. Bit 5 must be
set before bits 12 through 15 are
enabled. Bit 5 is cleared by INIT(H).

6

read/write

Bits 6 and 7 control the start of an
interrupt sequence.

7

read-only

Bit 7 is set when the transmit buffer
(XBUF) can accept another character. When both bit 7 and bit 6 are
set, an interrupt sequence is initiated. The INIT(H) signal clears bit 7.

8-11
12-15

These bits are not used (set to
zero).
read-write

Bits 12 through 15 program the
baud rate generator for baud rates
between 50 and 9600 baud or external clock input. Before bits 12
through 15 can be enabled, XCS
Register bit 5 must be set.

The Communications Interface

Utility Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

Transmit Data Buffer (XBUF)

<3>

ORed with port 2 interrupt signals through U3040, generating the interrupt request signal IRQ(H). IRQ(H) is asserted
any time a UART has data available for the 8560 bus or is
ready to read data from the bus.

The Transmit Data Buffer is an internal UART buffer that
stores the data as it is received from the 8560 bus through
the bus driver/receiver. (The bus driver/receiver logic is described later in this section). The data is transferred from the
buffer to an internal UART shift register and serially output
to the I/O Adapter Board. Figure 5-11 shows the Transmit
Data Buffer, and Table 5-6 describes the individual bits.

The outputs of the four gates (U2040) also connect to
U3030 and U3020, generating a set of interrupt vectors for
each port. Output pins 14 and 15 of U3020 are ANDed with
the IAKI(H) signal to generate VECTOR(L) and the bus grant
acknowledge signal, BIAKO(L).

Table 5-6
The Transmit Data Buffer (XBUF)

Interrupt Vector Addresses

Bit
No.

Function

Description

0-7

write-only

Bits 0 through 7 hold the data before it is transferred to the internal
UART shift register and serially output to the lOA Board.

8-15

read-only

The interrupt vector address logic references two starting
locations in memory for each interface port:

These bits are not used (set to
zero).

•

Port 1 vector address 1

200

•

Port 1 vector address 2

204

•

Port 2 vector address 1

60

•

Port 2 vector address 2

64

Error Summation LogiC

Interrupt Control Logic ~

00

The error summation logic consists of a 4-input OR gate
(U4050B) and an inverter (U3050C). This logic ORs three
UART error detection lines: OR (Over-run Error), FE (Framing Error), and PE (Parity Error).

The Utility Board interrupt control logic allows the
serial/parallel logic to interrupt the LSI-11 processor. The
Utility Board interrupts the LSI-11 when either one of the
receiver buffers is full or when either one of the transmit
buffers is empty.

An Overrun Error occurs when data arrives too fast to be
read by the LSI-11. This data is lost.

The interrupt control logic consists of flip-flops U2020 and
U2030, decoder U3020, various gates and interrupt vector
strapping jumpers. There is a set of interrupt logic input
circuits for each port. Flip-flops U2030A and U2030B provide interrupts for receive and transmit operations on port 1,
respectively. Similarly, flip-flops U2020A and U2020B provide receive and transmit interrupts for port 2.

A Framing Error is generated by the UART logic when the
first stop bit in an RS-232-C character transmission was
either not received or was invalid. (Refer to EIA RS-232-C
standards for details and parameters of stop bits).
A Parity Error occurs when the parity detected does not
match the parity programmed by the UART parity straps.
These strapping options are described in Section 3.

For port 1, U2030 Q(L) outputs are ANDed with
RDAVI-INT(H) and TBMT-EN(H). Port 1 interrupt signals are

Data Bits 07 _ _ 00

15

14

13 12

11 10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

fII

X=don't care
3900·35

Fig. 5-11. The Transmit Data Buffer (XBUF).

5-11

The Communications Interface

Printer Mode Control Logic

Utility Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

00

The printer mode control logic for Printer Port LP1 consists
of gates U6010C, U6020E, U4010C, inverter U6020F, and
straps W7012/W7011 and W4017/W4016. For Printer Port
LP2, the corresponding components are gates U6010B,
U6020A, U4010B, inverter U6020B, and straps
W7015/W7016 and W4019/W4018.
Printer mode control logic responds to the printer by asserting the RDY1(L) and RTS1(L) signals. Asserting RDY1(H)
sets bit 14 of the RCS Register. Asserting RTS1 sets bit 13
in the RCS Register.
The printer type affects the time the transmit buffer XBUF is
empty. For additional information on line printer mode strapping, refer to Section 3 of this manual.

Address Select Comparators

0

The 8560 address comparator logic consists of four 8136
comparator devices. The address comparator for Printer
Port LP1 consists of U611 0 and U711 O. The address comparator for Printer Port LP2 consists of U6130 and U7130.
Since both address comparators are functionally identical,
only the address comparator for Printer Port I.,P1 is described here.
When SYNC(H) is asserted, the data present on data lines
DAL3(H)- DAL12(H) is latched into the address comparator
(U6110, U7110). If the latched address is valid, pin 9, an
open co "ector output, goes high. U511 OD inverts this signal
and asserts SER-1(L). SER-1(L) selects the appropriate register and puts its data on the 8560 bus.

The programmable baud rate generation logic consists of
U3090, U3100 and part of U3080. Data lines DAL12(H)
through DAL 15(H) provide programmable baud rate control.
These four signals are latched into register U3080. DAL5(H)
selects the register output. If pin 6 of U3090 is not asserted,
U3090 selects its inputs from jumpers P2095 through
P2098 and assumes the baud rate specified.
U3100 is a programmable generator device that produces a
master oscillator frequency of 2.4576 MHz. Four data lines
from the multiplexer U3090 arrive on inputs SO through S3
of U3100. These inputs are BCD decoded and determine
the baud rate output on pin 10.
The four outputs of multiplexer U3090 are ANDed by
U2100B. The output of U2100B drives the TSB input to
U3070. When TSB is asserted, it informs the UART that
two stop bits are needed.
Pin 8 of U3080 is driven by the DALO(H) Signal, and asserts
the XBREAK1 (H) signal and the SEROUT1 (H) signal.
XBREAK1 (H) sets bit 0 of the Transmit Control/Status Register (XCSR). SEROUT1(H) is the serial data output line to
the lOA Board.
Pin 4 of U3080, driven by DAL6(H), asserts TBMIT-EN(H).

Internal Datal Address Bus
The Utility Board uses a 16-bit data bus to transfer data
onto the 8560 bus through the data selection logic. The Utility Board's internal data/address bus is accessed by the
data selection logic, the two RS-232-C compatible interfaces, and the address select comparators.

Data Selection Logic
Programmable Ba~ ~te
Generation Logic~
The Utility Board provides a crystal-contro"ed baud rate
generator that permits independent baud rate programming
for each port (Fig. 5-12). Baud rates are programmable from
50 to 9600 baud and are selected for both RS-232-C ports
with Utility Board jumpers. For additional information on
baud rate selection, refer to Section 3 of this manual.
Baud rate generation for both RS-232-C ports is identical,
except that Printer Port LP2 receives the 2.4576 MHz frequency on pin 5 of U11 00. The following description covers
only the logic for Printer Port LP1.

5-12

0

The data selection multiplexer reads data and status information from the Utility Board registers and makes it available to the 8560 bus through the bus driver/receiver. The
data selection logic consists of the data selection multiplexer and the data selection line encoder.

The Data Selection Multiplexer
The Utility Board data selection multiplexer consists of eight
8:4 multiplex devices (U1050, U1060, U1110, U2050,
U2080, U2110, U4080, U4090), and two 4: 1 multiplex devices (U2060 and U3060).. Data select lines SELA(L),
SELB(L), and SELC(L) are encoded to control the multiplexing logic.

Utility Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

Bus Driver/Receiver Logic

40

17

UART
U3070

U2100B
36

1------1

10
U3100

U3090

Baud Rate
Generator

Mux

9
Baud Rate
Straps

2.4576 MHz
5

U1100

U1090

Baud Rate
Generator

Mux

10

U2100A
UART
U1070
40

36

17
(3900-31 )4759-15

Fig. 5-12. Baud rate generation logic.

The data selection multiplexer design combines the output
of the eight 8:4 multiplexer devices to form one register
word. To select a Utility Board register, the address of the
register appears on the multiplexer output and is asserted
on the 8560 bus through the bus drivers/receivers. Register
"don't-care" bits are not multiplexed and arrive on the bus
as zero.

BUS DRIVER/RECEIVER

LOGiC<£>0
The bus driver/receiver logic interfaces the Utility Board with
the 8560 bus. For this discussion, the bus driver/receiver is
divided into the data/address transceiver and the control line
transceiver.

U2060 and U3060 are two 4:1 multiplexers that multiplex
Line-Time Clock Register data.

Data Selection Line Encoder

0

Line encoder U2120 generates three data select signals that
select the output of the data selection multiplexer. The three
signals, SELA(L), SELB(L), and SELC(L), appear at multiplexer inputs pins 11,10, and 9, respectively. At the appropriate time, the bus driver/receiver logic asserts the
multiplexer output data onto the 8560 bus.

Data/ Address Transceiver0
The data/address transceiver consists of four 8838 quad
bus transceiver devices (U6080, U6090, U7070, and
U7090). These devices are bidirectional. Data and address
information can be written to or read from the 8560 data bus
providing transmit and receive capability for four signal lines.

5-13

Line-Time Clock (LTC) Logic

Control Line Transceiver00
The control line transceiver logic provides correct load impedance and drive levels to signals coming from or going to
the 8560 bus. The control transceiver is similar in operation
to the data address transceiver logic. However, it operates
on control signals rather than on data and address signals.
The control line transceiver consists of three 8838 quad bus
transceiver devices (U6070, U7040, and U7050).

Bus Termination Resistors00
Since the Utility Board is the last board on the 8560 bus, all
bus signals are terminated here with a resistive divider network. This consists of 180 ohms to +5 Vdc and 390 ohms
to ground. DMA grant (DMGI(L)) and interrupt acknowledge
(IAKI(H)) signals are terminated with a resistive divider network consisting of 330 ohms to +5 Vdc and 680 ohms to
ground.

Utility Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

serted any time the top 8K bytes of addressable memory
space are accessed. When the 8560 bus contains an address, pin 9 of U7100 goes low and is ANDed with pins 9
and 10 of U7121. The output of NAND gate U5100 is then
latched into U5070 by an asserted SYNC(H) signal. LTC(H)
generates LTC read and write signals, RD-LTCR(L) and
LD-LTCR(L), which enable the LTC Status Register during
the read and write cycle, respectively. An LTC handshake
signal (LTC(L)) is asserted after any read or write cycle.
Figure 5-13 shows the LTC Status Register, and Table 5-7
describes individual register bits and their functions. The
LTC address is 17777546 or 17777520.

Table 5-7
The LTC Status Register
Bit
No.

Function

Description

0

read/write

Bit 0 identifies a strap-selected logic
level for diagnostic steering. The
condition of this bit depends on the
Maintenance Jumper (P1 036).

1-4

read-only

These bits are not used (set to
zero).

6

read/write

When bit 6 is a 1, the line frequency
clock signal asserts the EVENT(H)
signal. Bit 6 is cleared by INIT(H).

5, 7

read/write

Bits 5 and 7 are set by INIT(H) and
determine which bank of the
ROMs
is
diagnostic/bootstrap
accessed.

8-10

read-only

These bits are not used (set to
zero).

11

read/write

This bit performs two functions. Bit
11 is the LSB of the diagnostic
LEDs and also determines which
bank of the diagnostic/bootstrap
ROMs is accessed.

11-15

write-only

Bits 11-15 are used by the
power-up test to indicate error conditions. Writing a 0 to a bit turns on
its associated LED. Writing a 1
turns the LED off. The initialize condition sets all LEDs.

LINE-TIME CLOCK (LTC) LOGIC

The entire 256K Memory Board is logically structured in two
banks of 64K, 16-bit words, plus byte parity. The two banks
of memory on a board are differentiated by address bit 17.
This bit is used to gate CAS to one of the two banks
through a decoder chip (74F139) in the timing circuitry. RAS
is transmitted to the two banks with every access, and the
write enable signal is sent to all chips if a word-write is in
progress.
The interface between memory and the LSI-11 bus is
achieved through four AM2908 quad bus transceivers.
These chips also generate 4-bit parity. The entire parity generator check for two bytes of data is accomplished by the
four transceivers and one 74LS266 exclusive-NOR chip.
The received data lines at BSYNC time contain the lowerorder 16 bits of the word address. These lines, as well as
address lines BDAL 16 and 17 and BDAL 19 through 21 are
sampled at the falling edge of BSYNC. Lines BDAL 1
through 16 are latched in the dynamic-RAM controller chip
to form the RAS/CAS address for the memory chips.
BVDAL 0 and 17 are latched in a holding register. BDAL 19
through 21 determine which board is to be accessed during
the current memory cycle.
The BDAL 18 input to the holding register is grounded, and
the BDAL 18 true input inhibits the board address recognition circuitry. The 256K Memory Board responds to addresses from 0 to 256K if it is configured for low-address
space and, correspondingly, responds to 512K to 768K addresses if it is configured for high-address space.

Memory Timing

~

A 25.00 MHz clock (with a period of 40 nsec) is located on
the memory board and provides memory timing. A shift register generates the RAS, Address Select, and CAS signals
to the memory.
Bus signal BDOUT generates the WRITE ENABLE, and
both BDOUT and BDIN generate BRPLY to the processor.
BDIN also configures the bus transceiver chips to allow data

6-2

from the memory (read) to be placed on the bus by signal
ENOUT. The shift register halts at State 6, T5(H) through
T6(L), until the fall of BDOUT or BDIN from the processor.
T6 is set by this event, and the timing returns to a quiescent
state (after a sufficient length of time for RAS to recharge)
before another cycle can be initiated.

I/O Space

<@>

Each board is a complete stand-alone memory and can be
configured to occupy the lower 256K-byte bank or to occupy memory space of 512K bytes, 768K bytes or 1M bytes
of the LSI-11 processor memory.
A read, write, or read-modify-write memory cycle is initiated
at BSYNC time unless BBS7 is set to access peripheral
units, or bits BDAL 19 through 21 are jumpered to access
the optional 512K Memory Board. The board containing the
highest addressable portion of memory will be jumpered to
respond to the bottom 4K bytes of I/O space. This I/O space
will overlay the lower half of the highest 8K bytes of addressable space available.
Only the upper 4K bytes of I/O space will be used to address peripheral units. The response to the bottom 4K-byte
space of the system I/O must always be enabled on this
board whether it occupies the memory space from 0 to
256K or from 512K to 768K. This board must always occupy the top addressable memory position in the system
when it is installed in the 8560 or the 8561.

Address Selection

~

The RAS/CAS address select is performed by an AM2964B
dynamic memory controller Chip. This chip also contains a
refresh address counter and logic to gate this counter on the
memory address lines during refresh.
Bus lines BWTBT and BDALO determine a high/low
byte-write sequence at BSYNC time. There is no byte-read
from main memory. The read sequence always addresses a
full 16-bit word from memory, placing it on the bus. The
processor must arbitrate a read-byte access. Byte parity
allows the write of one byte per access in memory.
The read-modify-write sequence consists of two full memory
cycles. The first cycle is a normal read, but the write cycle is
triggered by bus Signal BDOUT. BWTBT is low at BSYNC
time and MERQ remains high.

System Memory-8560/8561/8562 Service

Refresh

~

The 128 RAS-only refresh cycles are generated by the
countdown of the 25.00 MHz clock generating 128 refresh
cycles every 1.6 ms. A memory access is prohibited during a
refresh cycle and is delayed until the completion of that refresh. A refresh is prohibited during a memory access and
will be delayed until the completion of that memory access.
The refresh cycle/memory access cycle requests are sampled by different edges of the memory clock and will not
enter a race condition for grant. The time between counter
resets is always 13 IlS, because within this time, a refresh
cycle is always allowed by the falling edge of MERQ. A
counter in the address mux chip provides the refresh address count and multiplexing every 13 IlS (the refresh cycle).

Jumpers and Straps
The 256K Memory Board provides various jumpers. The
low-byte parity-bit memory may be completely swapped
with bit-O memory, and the high-byte parity-bit memory may
be completely swapped with bit-8 memory. This memory
swapping allows you to test all memory chips (including parity) on the board. Jumpers are provided which disable clock,
parity, and refresh operations during diagnostic execution.
See Section 3 for default jumpering of the 256K Memory
Board.

512K MEMORY BOARD
The 512K Memory Board provides the standard 1M bytes
of system memory for the 8562, as well as an optional upgrade for the 8560 and 8561. The following paragraphs provide some of the features of the board.

Bus Protocol

<@>

The entire 512K Memory Board is logically structured in four
banks of 64K, 16-bit words, plus byte parity. The four banks
of memory on a board are differentiated by address bits 17
and 18. These address bits are used to gate CAS to one of
the four banks through a decoder chip (74F139) in the timing
circuitry. RAS is transmitted to the four banks with every
access, and the write enable signal is sent to all chips if a
word-write cycle is in progress.

512K Memory Board

The memory interfaces to the LSI-11 bus through four
AM2908 quad bus transceivers. These chips· also generate
4-bit parity. The entire parity generator check for two bytes
of data is accomplished by the four transceivers and one
74LS266 exclusive-NOR Chip.
The received data lines at BSYNC time contain the lower
order 16 bits of the word address. These lines, as well as
address lines BDAL 16 through 21, are sampled at the failing edge of BSYNC. Lines BDAL 1 through 16 are latched in
the dynamic RAM controller chip to form the RAS/CAS address for the memory chips. BDAL lines 0, 17 and 18, are
latched in a holding register. BDAL, lines 19 through 21,
determine which board is to be accessed during the current
memory cycle.

Memory Timing

~

A 25.00 MHz clock (with a period of 40 nsec), located on the
memory board, provides memory timing. A shift register
generates the RAS, Address Select, and CAS signals to the
memory.
Bus signal BDOUT generates the WRITE ENABLE, and
both BDOUT and BDIN generate BRPLY to the processor.
BDIN also configures the AM2908 bus transceiver chips to
allow data from the memory (read) to be placed on the bus
by signal EN OUT. The shift register halts at State 6, T5(H)
through T6(L), until the fall of BDOUT or BDIN from the
processor. T6 is set by this event. The timing returns to a
quiescent state (after a sufficient length of time for RAS to
recharge) before another cycle can be initiated.

I/O Space

<@>

Each board is a complete stand-alone memory. Each board
contains the requisite jumper option to configure it as either
the upper or lower 512K-byte bank of the LS 1-11 processor
memory in the 8560 Series system.
A read, write, or read-modify-write memory cycle is initiated
at BSYNC time unless BBS7 is set to access peripheral
units, or bits BDAL 19 through 21 are jumpered to access
the 512K Memory Board. The board containing the highest
addressable portion of memory is jumpered to respond to
the bottom 4K bytes of I/O space. This I/O space overlays
the lower half of the highest 8K bytes of addressable space
available. Only the upper 4K bytes of I/O space is used to
address peripheral units.

6-3

512K Memory Board

System Memory-8560/8561/8562 Service

Address Selection

<8>

The RAS/CAS address select is performed by an AM2964B
dynamic memory controller chip. This chip also contains a
refresh address counter and logic to gate this counter on the
memory address lines during refresh.
Bus lines BWTBT and BDALO determine a high/low
byte-write sequence at BSYNC time. There is no byte-read
from main memory. The read sequence always addresses a
full 16-bit word from memory, placing it on the bus. The
processor must arbitrate a byte-read access. Byte parity
allows the write of one byte per access in memory.
The read-modify-write sequence consists of two full memory
cycles. The first cycle is a normal read. However, the write
cycle is triggered by bus signal BDOUT, BWTBT having
been low at BSYNC time and MERQ remaining high.

Refresh

~

The 128 RAS-only refresh cycles are generated by the
countdown of the 25.00 MHz clock generating 128 refresh
cycles every 1.6 ms. A memory access is prohibited during a
refresh cycle and is delayed until the completion of that re-

fresh. A refresh is prohibited during a memory access and
will be delayed until the completion of that memory access.
The refresh cycle/memory access cycle requests are sampled by different edges of the memory clock and will not
enter a race condition for grant. The time between counter
resets is always 13 p's because within this time, a refresh
cycle will always be allowed by the falling edge of MERQ. A
counter in the address mux chip provides the refresh address count and multiplexing every 13 p's (the refresh cycle).

Jumpers and Straps
The 512K Memory Board provides various jumpers. The
low-byte parity-bit memory may be completely swapped
with bit-O memory and the high-byte parity-bit memory may
be swapped with bit-8 memory. This allows the testing of all
memory chips (including parity) on the board. Jumpers are
provided which disable clock, parity, and refresh operations
during diagnostic execution.
The state diagrams in Table 6-1 define the system
RAS/CAS generation for 256K and 512K Memory Boards.
See Section 3 of this manual for default jumpering of the
512K Memory Board.

Table 6-1
State Diagrams for 256K and 512K Memory Boards

T
0

T
1

T
2

T
3

T
4

T
5

T
6

0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

0

0
0
0
0

0
0
0

0
0
0
0

0

0

9

0

10
11
12

0
0
0
0

0
0

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

0
0
0
0
0

8

0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0

0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0

0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0

STATE
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

7

0

6-4

0
0
0

0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

0
0
0
0

0
0
0

0

EVENT

SIGNAL

MERQ(H). GO(L)
TO(H)
T1(H)
T2(H)
T3(H)
T4(H)
T5(H)
TRPLY(L)
TO(L)
T1(L)
T2(L)
T3(L)
T4(L)
T5(L)

RAS Address Enabled
RAS(L)

CAS Address Enabled
CAS(L)
ENOUT(L) if RDIN(H)
(Wait state)
(End of cycle), T6(H)

T6(L)
RAS(H)
CAS(H) . ENOUT(H)
GO(L) . MERQ(L)

-

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 7
THE I/O PROCESSOR

Page

Page

Introduction .................................. 7-1

Diagnostic Registers .......................... 7-14
Write-Only Register .......................... 7-14
Read-Only Register .......................... 7-14

The Kernel ................................... 7-2
The Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 7-2
The Clock Circuit ............................. 7-2
lOP Memory Allocation and Assignments .......... 7-2
System Memory Access Logic ................... 7-5
Memory Mapping ............................. 7-5
DMA Control Circuit .......................... 7-5
Registers ................................... 7-7
Extended Memory Address Register ............ 7-7
Device Registers ........................... 7-7
System Bus Registers and Buffers ............. 7-7
Miscellaneous Register ...................... 7-8
I/O Logic ..................................... 7-9
SIO-DMA Controller .......................... 7-9
SIO-DMA Control/Status Registers .............. 7-9
SIO Interfacing Logic .......................... 7-9
SIO Registers .............................. 7-12
SIO Wait Logic ............................. 7-13
Baud Rate Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13

ILLUSTRATIONS
Fig.
No.
7-1
7-2
7-3
7-4
7-5
7-6
7-7
7-8
7-9
7-10
7-11
7-12

Page
I/O Processor block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 7-1
8088 memory map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 7-3
8088 memory hardware decoding. . . . . . . . . .. 7-4
System bus access timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 7-6
Extended Memory Address Register format .. 7-7
Device Register format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 7-7
Miscellaneous Register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 7-8
SIO-DMA control/status registers .......... 7-10
Serial interfacing connections. . . . . . . . . . . .. 7-11
SIO Data/Control Register definitions. . . . . .. 7-12
Baud rate control ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 7-13
Seven-segment decimal diagnostic display. .. 7-14

TABLES
Interrupt Vector Logic ......................... 7-13
Vector 0 ................................... 7-13
Vector 1 ................................... 7-14
Vector Register Content Transmission ........... 7-14
Interrupt Priority Levels ..................... 7-14

Table
No.
7-1
7-2

Page
Priority Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 7-14
Vector Jumper Functions ................ 7-14

7-i

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 7
THE I/O PROCESSOR

nal 8560 peripheral communications. Figure 7-1 is a block
diagram of the lOP Board.

INTRODUCTION
This section describes the I/O Processor (lOP) Board hardware and its functions. Section 3 of this manual provides
information for the default jumpering/strapping of the lOP
Board. lOP diagnostics are described in Sections 13 and 16.

lOP Board logic is composed of the following parts:
•

The lOP Board is a microprocessor-controlled communications board that controls the information flow to and from
8560 external peripherals. The lOP Board relieves the
LSI-11 of most I/O processing chores associated with exter-

The kernel

•

System memory access logic

•

I/O logic

•

Interrupt vector logic

•

Diagnostic registers

8284

Bus Wait

SIOWait

15 MHz
Clock

DMA
Access of
8560 Bus

11

8088

8237-2

Processor ........-.:..:H:.:..:R:..:Q=-I

DMA
SIO/RAM

Interrupt
Vectors

13

18

Memory
Device
Registers

17

12

(3900-45)4759-19

Fig. 7-1.110 Processor block diagram.

7-1

The Kernel

The 1/0 Processor-8560/8561/8562 Service

The lOP kernel consists of an 8088 microprocessor
(U3050), a clock circuit, 10K bytes of RAM and 20K bytes of
ROM.
The system memory access logic provides memory mapping and direct memory access functions. The 8088 accesses the 8560 bus by treating it as a subset of its address
bus.
The I/O logic provides up to eight full-duplex serial data
channels, I/O registers, SIO wait logic and a baud rate generator, contained on up to two lOP Boards.
Interrupt vector logic provides two vector ports that interface with the lSI-11 through interrupt vector registers. The
8088 sets 8560 bus interrupts under firmware control.
The lOP provides two diagnostic registers: a write-only
register, and a read-only register. The output of the
write-only register drives a seven-segment lED display.

The Clock Circuit

~

An 8284A clock generator/driver device (U3160) supplies
the master clock signal for the 8088. In addition to supplying
the primary CPU clock Signal, the 8284A provides a hardware reset function and a mechanism to insert bus cycle
wait states.
The 8284A Clock Generator device uses an external crystal
oscillating at 15 MHz. From this frequency, U3160 generates a 15 MHz, 5 MHz and 2.5 MHz output. The 2.5 MHz
output is not used. The 7.5 MHz clock drives the DEC
DC010 8560 bus DMA device (U6080). The 3.75 MHz clock
output drives the SIO devices.
The clock logic also has an internal Schmitt trigger circuit
that provides a hardware reset function. This circuit is asserted from the 8284A's RESET input. When the RESET
input is high, the RESET output is asserted synchronously
with the ClK signal for four clock cycles. This causes the
CPU to fetch and execute the instruction at location FFFF.

THE KERNEL
The kernel is defined as the part of the lOP Board that must
be operational before any firmware or software diagnostics
can be executed. The kernel includes the 8088 processor
(U3050), the clock, and the ROM and RAM memories.

The Processor

~

The heart of the lOP Board is an Intel 8088 microprocessor
strapped for min mode and capable of addressing one
megabytes of memory.
The 8088 has an 8-bit external data path to memory and I/O
space and a 16-bit' wide internal data bus. The 8088 contains an Execution Unit (EU) and a Bus Interface Unit (BIU).
The EU executes instructions, and the BIU fetches instructions, reads operands and writes results. The EU and BIU
operate independently, and generally, instruction-fetch operations can overlap with instruction executions. Because the
processor does not need to stop while an instruction is
fetched, the overall fetch-execution time is reduced. Instructions for the 8088 processor are stored in on-board RAMs.

7-2

lOP Memory Allocation and
ASSignments
The lOP Board provides 10K bytes of RAM. In addition, the
8088 can access the 8560 system memory. The 20K bytes
of ROM on the lOP Board contain the 8088 operating
firmware and various lOP service routines. Figure 7-2
shows the 8088 address space, which is divided into four
quarters.
The bottom quarter (address 00000 to 3FFFF) is reserved
for on-board RAM and control/status registers.
The next quarter (addresses 40000 to 7FFFF) maps the
8560 bus I/O space for direct use by the 8088.
The next highest quarter (addresses 80000 to BFFFF) is
used to map the 8560 system memory into the 8088 memory space.
The top quarter (addresses COOOO to FFFFF) is designated
for on-board PROM and ROM memory.

The Kernel

The I/O Processor -8560/8561/8562 Service

1M BYTE sess ADDRESS SPACE

,.
!SI
!SI
!SI
!SI
!SI

1\

!SI
!SI
!SI
!SI

N
!SI
!SI
!SI
!SI

(>I

(>1-1>0

!SI
!SI
!SI
!SI

"'!SI
"'!SI
"'!SI
"'!SI

Ul
!SI
!SI
!SI
!SI

OJ
!SI
!SI
!SI
!SI

"-.J

"-.JCD

!SI
!SI
!SI
!SI

"'!SI
"'!SI
"'!SI
"'!SI

to

>-

!SI
!SI
!SI
!SI

!Dr>

!D

!SI
!SI
!SI
!SI

!SI
!SI
!SI
!SI

"'!SI
"'!SI
"'!SI
"'!SI

:t:

/

/

/

/

."
."
."
."
."

:t:

\

/

\

/

/ ~EMORY

."

!SI
!SI
!SI
!SI

\

/

/

rT1
!SI
!SI
!SI
!SI

\

/

/

0

!SI
!SI
!SI
!SI

\
6 BIT

\

EXTENSION REGISTER

EXPANSION OF 64K BYTE
PAGES. 64 TIMES TO A

TOTAL OF 4M BYTE.

eml I I I~~I I

\
\

I'm
\

'~--------------------~v~--------------------J/

4M BYTE SYSTEM MEMORY SPACE
(3900-46)4759-20

Fig_ 7-2. 8088 memory map_

Figure 7-3 shows the 8088 memory space hardware decoding. All I/O registers are located in the 8088 memory space.
The diagnostic registers, however, reside in I/O space. Ex-

cept for the DMA controller (U3060), all least significant bits
are "don't-care" bits.

7-3

The Kernel

The I/O Processor -8560/8561/8562 Service

8237 ACCESS TO LOCAL MEMORY

R/W 1 a 1 a 1 a 1 a 1 a 1
R/W

10~

19 18 17 16 15 1411311211111al918

R 1 a 11 11 X 11 1 C 1 B
1

IA1

PROM

7

6

5

1
4

3

2

1

8237 DMA
8a88 BUS

a

4KX8 OR 8KX8

1

~

PROM

CHIP SELECT

R/W

a

1

a

x

1

EXT. AODRESS

R/W

a

a

1

X

X 1

11

1

1

1

1

1

R/W

a

a

1

X

X 1

l1

1

1

1

1

1

(EXTENDED ADDRESS REGISTER)

1 11 1

a

1

X X

11

1

1

1

1

1

'" '" '"
'a" '" a'"
'" 0
0

x

X

1

x

X

X

x

X

0

X

X 1

W
W
R
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W

R/W

R/W

'"

'"

'"
'" '" '"
a
'" '"
'" '" '0"
'" '"
0
'" '"
'" '" '"
1 '" 1 '"

I/O

REGISTERS WITH B57

SYSTEM I/O
WITH B57 ON

1 11 11 11 11 11 1 a

1

DEV REGISTER 1

1 AS A4 1 A2 A1

(EXTENDED ADDRESS REGISTER)

a

W

SYSTEM

(EXTENDED ADDRESS REGISTER)

R/W

W

SYSTEM MRMORY
NO B57

ACCESS TO SYSTEM MEMORY

x

1

'---v--'

'---v--'

~

~

1

1 A4 AS

DON'T CARE

1

1

1

1

1

DON'T CARE

1

1

1

1

1

DON'T CARE

1

1

1

a

X 1

DON'T CARE

1

1

1

0

DON'T CARE

1

1

1

1 l1 11 11 11 1 1 1 '"

BOARD

BOARD
ADDRESS

t:I

~ HI"/LO' BYTE

'"

A2 A1

1

X X

X

VECTOR REGISTER 1

X X

X

VECTOR REGISTER '"

x

X

X

EXT ADDRESS

X X

X

eRC DATA BYTE

X X X X

X

ADDR, HSI

X X X X

X

START/STOP

DEV RESIGTER '"

(EXTENDED ADDRESS REGISTER)

X

X 1

DON'T CARE

1

X

X

1

DON'T CARE

1

X

X 1

DON'T CARE

X

X 1

DON'T CARE

'0"

X

X

1

DON'T CARE

a

x

X

1

DON'T CARE

I '" 1 X 1 X 11

11 1

1 01 '" 1 '" Ixl x l01xIcisiAI

1

'"
'1" '1"
1

'1"

'"
'" '" '"

'1"
'"

X

X X X X
X X X X

X

BAUD RATES, CTS

X

MISCELLANEOUS

SID

X X

X

SID 1 - A,S

SID

X

X

X

SID'" - A,S

DON'T CARE

LOCAL RAM

8237 QUAD DMA

8237

1
2KX8

~

1

SIO WAIT CIRCUIT

LOCAL RAM

CHIP SELECT
W 11

1

DON'T CARE

1

7 SEG DISPLAY
3900-47

Fig. 7-3. 8088 memory hardware decoding.

7-4

The 110 Processor-8560/8561/8562 Service

SYSTEM MEMORY ACCESS LOGIC
The system memory access logic consists of DMA control
circuits and various registers and buffers.

Memory Mapping
Memory mapping is a technique by which a processor can
access memory space with a given number of address lines.
The 8088 has 20 address lines which allow direct addressing of 1 M bytes of RAM.
The 8560 bus, however, provides 22 address lines. Because
the 8088 has only 20 address lines, the 8088 can only map
a subset of the 8560 system memory. However, a 6-bit address extension register allows the 8088 to address up to
4M bytes of system memory. A memory extension register
acts as a bank switch for a 64K-byte memory partition. This
register is called the Extended Memory Address Register.

DMA Control Circuit

~

System Memory Access Logic

(U6080) and its associated logic. The 8560 bus DMA controller is managed by the 8088 and provides direct access to
the system memory.
Bit 7 of the Miscellaneous Register determines whether a
system memory data transfer is in word mode or in byte
mode. With bit 7 set, all data transfers through the 8560 bus
are in byte mode. If bit 7 is cleared, all data transfers
through the 8560 bus are in word mode.
Figure 7-4 shows the timing relationship between the 8560
bus and the 8088. When the 8088 accesses the 8560 bus,
the DMA circuit signals the 8284 baud rate generator to
exte~d the 8088's read or write cycle. The 8088 clock logic
receives a signal instructing it to wait, and the 8560 bus
receives a request for bus mastership. When the request is
granted, the timing progresses until either the DIN(L) or
DOUT(L) signal goes low. The DMA logic then waits for the
accessed device to return a reply. When the reply is received, the DMA logic completes its timing and negates the
WAIT signal allowing the 8088 to complete its read or write
cycle. If a reply is not detected before the one-shot U6170
times out, bit 6 in the Miscellaneous Register is set to indicate an error condition, and U6080 is allowed to terminate
the DIN or DOUT cycle.

The 8560 bus DMA logic allows the 8088 to access address
locations that are normally accessed by the LSI-11. The
8560 bus DMA logic consists of a DEC DC010 device

7-5

~

~~~J

______

I}

~

DATA

____________

Of.-f------==-=----DOUT

DATA

~_____D~I~N______~~~____~~
DIN __~
"'1'1

~____~S~Y~NC~______~n~'

....,

;..
~
CJ'

C
III

~

QI
()
()

CD

-3:i''

cp

BUS

}

READ FROM

__________ __________
SYNC
~~

856~

BUS

~

ADDRESS

i3

III
III

856~

(RECEIVED)

RPLY

cp'

WRITE TO

~.I

~t=====

~I____________~S~AC=K~________~0~/----------~S~AC=K~----------~

~A

~jl-________

GRANT

DHA REQUEST OUT -

8~88

(RECEIVED)

-.J
_ _____

7

WAITS

~~~'__________~8=~~88~R~E~AD~OR~WR~I~TE~__________~~~~'______________~

'---___-I) ~
~f

ADDRESS FROM

8~88

DATA VALID FROM

FOR

8~88

856~

BUS

IF WR CYCLE

~ ~/--I_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~
(I/--'_____- =D: . :A: . :TA:.:. . .:V: . :A=L: . :ID:. . .:. F: . :R.: :OM:.:. . .:8:. :~.: :8.:. 8_ _ _ _ _ __;~tJ
'---_ _ _ _*~DA~T_A~RE~C~E~I_V=ED~_ _~»):J

8~88

READS DATA}

System Memory Access Logic

The I/O Processor -8560/8561/8562 Service

Registers
8BE8

The system memory access registers include the Extended
Memory Addressing Register, device registers for HSI terminal functions, 8560 bus registers and buffers, and a register that performs miscellaneous functions.

EXTENDED ADDRESSING
3900-49

Fig. 7-5. Extended Memory Address Register format.

~

Extended Memory Address Register

Any device on the 8560 bus, such as the LSI-11 or the lOP,
can access (read and write) these registers. Data is normally
written into the registers by the LSI-11, and read back by
the 8088 on the lOP Board using its memory-mapped 8560
bus access. Figure 7-6 shows the format of the device
registers.

The Extended Memory Address Register is a 6-bit register
that is used to extend the 16-bit portion of the 8088 bus to
address the 22-bit 8560 bus. The contents of this register
determine which 64K-byte bank the 8088 can access. Fig.
7-5 shows the Extended Memory Address Register format.

Device Registers

~

System Bus Registers and Buffers

The lOP has two 16-bit device registers. Device Register 1
(U6020 and U6040) is designated for HSI functions. Device
Register 0 (U6010 and U6030) is designated for terminal
functions.

8BEB R

lfj
lSI

~

~

N
lfl
lSI

I"l
lfl
lSI

~

lfl
lSI

~

~

v

v v ...,
v ...,
v
...,
:!
~

R/W

I
I

~

HIGH BYTE

LOW BYTE

I
I

7FEXX
R/W

R/W

Four groups of hardware registers and buffers are used to
transfer data to and from the 8560 bus. These registers are
described in the following paragraphs:

IA5IA4IA2IAll~IH2IHlIH01
~

R/W

~ 

I

I

HIGH BYTE

LOW BYTE

I

ONE BIT FOR EACH CHANNEL. WHEN
ASSERTED LOW IT SIGNALS MSI
MODE AND 153.6K BAUD. IF
NOT ASSERTED, THEN OTHER
BAUD RATES ARE ALLOWED AND
THERE WILL BE NO HSI DATA.

}
}

DEVICE
REGISTER

DEVICE
-REGISTER

I

1

0111

1111

1110

11AsA4

X~A1X

'--y---'

'--y---'

'--y---'

~

~

7

F

E

0

DEVICE REGISTER

1/0

BOARD NUMBER 0,1,2,3
HIGH BY TElL OW BYTE

U
3900-50

Fig. 7-6. Device Register format.

7-7

System Memory Access Logic

The I/O Processor -8560/8561/8562 Service

Registers U7080 and U7090 are the 8560 bus protocol buffers. These two registers work in conjunction with the DEC
DC010 8560 bus DMA controller.

Bit 1-Device Register 1 Loaded. This bit is set when an
8560 bus master writes to Device Register 1. When the
8088 finds this bit set, the processor takes the appropriate
action and then clears the bit.

The 8560 bus address/data I/O buffers consist of U7010,
U7020, U7030, and U7040. These devices are
open-collector driven to assert data on the system bus.
They also contain a Schmitt bus receiver to receive data
from the 8560 bus.

Bit 2-Vector 0 Busy. This bit is set when the 8088 writes
to the 8560 bus Vector 0 Register. When the LSI-11 responds with the proper interrupt grant, and the lOP intercepts the grant, bit 2 is cleared. As long as the interrupt is
pending, bit 02 is read as a 1.

Registers U4020 and U4040 provide addresses for the 8560
bus.

Bit 3-Vector 1 Busy. This bit is set when the 8088 writes
to the 8560 bus Vector 1 Register. When the LSI-11 responds with the proper interrupt grant, and the lOP intercepts the interrupt, this bit is cleared. As long as the
interrupt is pending, the 03 bit is read as a 1.

Registers U5010, U5020, U5030, and U5040 are SIO registers that provide data-in and data-out functions. Registers
U5020 and U5040 latch the data from the 8088 bus and
transfer it to the 8560 bus through buffers U7010, U7020,
U7030, and U7040. Registers U501 0 and U5030 receive the
data from the 8560 bus buffers and latch it before it is transmitted onto the 8088 bus.

Miscellaneous Register

Bit 4-Line Frequency. The information
square wave of the ac line frequency and
amplitude. A firmware timing loop samples
mine whether the 8560 is connected to a
power line.

~

Bit 5-This bit is not used.

The Miscellaneous Register (U6060) located at address
8040H provides various control and status functions. Figure
7-7 shows the register format.

Bit 6-8560 Bus Timeout Error R/W. Normally this bit is
cleared. However, when the 8088 accesses the 8560 bus at
an invalid address, a timeout occurs, this error bit is set and
the 8560 bus cycle is completed. The 8088 then polls this
bit, takes appropriate action, and clears the bit.

The following paragraphs describe the functions of each bit.
Bit O-Device Register 0 Loaded. When an 8560 bus master, such as the LSI-11 , writes to Device Register 0, this bit
is set. When the 8088 finds this bit set, it takes appropriate
action and then clears the bit.

I

07

/

06

I

05

in this bit is a
has a TTL-level
this bit to deter50 Hz or 60 Hz

Bit 7-8560 Bus Word/Byte Mode. If bit 07 is set, a byte
mode bus cycle is generated and the 8560 bus is accessed.
A write cycle exercises the 8560 bus BWTBT signal.

,

1 0 4 1 0 3 1 O2 1 0, 1 Do I

M iscella neous

Device Register 0
Device Register 1
Vector 0 Busy
Vector 1 Busy
Line Frequency (60 Hz or 50 Hz)
Unused
Bus Timeout Error
Bus Byte Mode
3900-51

Fig. 7-7. Miscellaneous Register.

7-8

I/O Logic

The 1/0 Processor-8560/8561/8562 Service

If bit D7 is cleared, the 8088 assumes word mode. The information contained in the even-numbered address (low
byte) is temporarily stored in a latch. No bus cycle is generated. Writing an odd-numbered address (high byte) then
causes both high and low bytes to be transmitted to the
8560 bus as a 16-bit word.
Word mode requires an even 8560 bus address. Therefore,
it takes two steps to read a 16-bit word in word mode from
the 8560 bus. The first step reads the addressed word from
8560 memory and stores it in a 16-bit latch. The 8088 immediately reads the low byte of the stored word. The next 8560
bus address is odd. This time the LSI-11 does not generate
a bus cycle, there is no read operation from 8560 memory,
and the temporary latch remains unchanged. The 8088 then
reads the high byte stored in the latch from the previous
memory read operation.

For each SIO channel, the 8237 automatically stores incoming data in lOP memory. The 8237 reads the data from the
SIO device and sends a write pulse to the memory.
The 8088 monitors the status of each channel queue. If the
peripheral sending data is an 8540, the queue stops the
8540 from sending data until the queue can accept it. If,
however, the peripheral sending data is a terminal, the CTS
signal cannot stop the incoming data flow. If the limit of the
8237 queue size is reached, incoming data overruns the
queue until the terminal stops transmitting data.

SIO-DMA Control/Status Registers
The 8237 uses seven DMA control/status registers. These
software registers are accessed at memory locations 8088H
through 808FH. Figure 7-8 shows the registers and their bit
assignment.

I/O LOGIC
The I/O logic consists of the SIO-DMA controller with its
associated registers, SIO interfacing logic, SIO registers,
SIO wait logic, and a baud rate generator.

SIO-DMA Controller

~

The SIO-DMA Controller consists of the 8237 four-channel
DMA controller device (U3060), latches (U301 0) and associated logic. The 8237 performs queuing tasks between the
data coming from the SIO device and from lOP RAM. The
DMA controller is programmed by the 8088 and provides
direct memory access between the lOP memory and the
SIO channels.

SIO Interfacing Logic

~

The SIO interfacing logic controls serial data interfacing between the lOP and the 8560 on one hand, and the external
workstations, such as the 8540, on the other. The SIO interfacing logic consists of U4080, U4100 and associated logic.
Each SIO device provides two I/O channels, giving each lOP
four-channel capability. Both SIO devices are configured for
asynchronous operation.
When interfacing the 8560 to an 8540, the I/O Adapter
Board is configured for RS-422 protocol and asserts the
HSI mode for the specified channel. When the HSI mode is
asserted, the baud rate generator and the SIO channel assume a baud rate of 153.6K baud. Refer to Section 8 for
information on the I/O Adapter Board.

7-9

I/O Logic

The I/O Processor-8560/8561/8562 Service

W
W

II

8S8F
OMAMSK
8S80
OMAMC
&s8C
OMACBF

W

8S8B
OMAMOO

II

8S8A
OMASI'1B

W

8"89
OMAREQ

W

&s88
OMACMO

BIT 7

BIT S

BIT 5

BIT 4

BIT 3

BIT 2

BIT 1

BIT S

S

S

S

S

MASK 3

MASK 2

MASK 1

MASK S

MASTER CLEAR FOR 8237-2
SET FOR LOW BYTE
S

S

1

S

S

S

AUTO
REPEAT

S

S

1

SS
SI
1S
11

S

S - CLR
MASK
1 - SET
MASK

SS
SI
'"
11

-

SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT

CHS
CHI
CH2
CH3

" - CLR
REQUEST
1 - SET
REQUEST
MASTER
MASK

"S
'"
'"
11

-

SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT

CHS
CHI
CH2
CH3

"

"

"

"

"

1

1

1

1

S

-

SELECT
SELECT
SELECT
SELECT

CHi
CHI
CH2
CH3

S

S
3900-52

Fig. 7-8. SIO-DMA control/status registers.

Figure 7-9 shows how the lOP Board connects to the I/O
Connector (IOC) Board. An SIO treats the data paths as
data terminal devices. The lOP channels, however, are configured as data sets. Therefore, signal names must change
before they will match the names in the SIO literature.

7-10

The upper channel in Fig. 7-9 is configured for a terminal,
and all signal levels are compatible with RS-232-C protocol.
In Fig.7-9, the lower channel illustrates HSI operation. The
HSI signal is asserted low, and the RS-422 differential signals (CTS, RDATA, DTR, TDATA) are used for data
transfer.

I/O Logic

The I/O Processor-8560/8561/8562 Service

6

",-

.-.

~
./

8060H
i....-

RxD8

CTSB

TxD8

28

DATA IN-1

-RFD -1

23

~
~
~

>
-HSI1

30

--DREa1

RDYB

-HSI-1

¢ ~~

~

~

DREaO

RxDA

CTSA

DATA IN - 0

12

--

RFD-O

18

m

2

N.+

15

DATA OUT - 0
+5

~
?
HSIO

lOP Board

---

-

13

12
+5 2200

8
9

~
2200
J\,fV'

}DTR

~

GROUND

•

}T DATA

¢_./

-"

18

} CHAR

9600
4800
2400
1200
600
300

DET

}DSR

5
}CTS

25
1

1m

SHiElD

2

11

-

20

~

} DTR

13

'"

7
3

2-

12

~-

8
-.9

¢
lOA Board

---

,Configured
For Terminal Baud Rate:

6

5

HSI-O

Main
Interconnect
Board

}CTS
SHIELD

•
•
-!-

~

,.

•

20

+5

TxDA

-

}DSR

11

+5

-CTS-O

4>-

3

N.C.

SIO B
SIOA

10

25

..

3

~

+5

~

5

K

DATA OUT-1

26

~

~

-

CTS -1

----

Configured
For 8540 HSIBaud Rate: '
153600

GROUND
} T DATA

} CHAR

DET

10C Board
3900-53

Fig. 7·9. Serial interfacing connections.

7-11

I/O Logic

The I/O Processor -8560/8561/8562 Service

registers and three read registers used by the 8088 for status information.

SIO Registers
The lOP uses two SIO devices, each providing two duplex
channels. Each channel has one data input/output register
and one control register. The SIO multiplexes the control
registers internally. As a result, the SIO provides eight write

BIT 7

"

W '"

BIT 6

"

The Control Register is a single read/write address that multiplexes eleven registers: write registers WO through W7
and read registers RO through R2. Figure 7-10 defines these
write and read registers.

BIT 4

BIT 5

BIT 3

"-NORMAL
'-DMA
W2

"

"'" , "'" , ", -

""
,"'"
,"',
, ,,,
",

,

'"

"
,

W3

W4

""
",
,'"
"

-

W5

"

W6

"

W7
R 21

NOT
X'6
X32
X64

'"
BREAK
(LATCHED)

USED
CLK
CLK
CLK

CHANNEL RESET
NOT USED
NOT USED

"

5 BITS
"" - TX
BITS
7
", - T X
,,, - TX 6 BITS
" - Tx 8 BITS

"
"
X

R ,

X

FRAME
ERROR
(NOT
LATCHED)

R 2

X

X

,

""" - REGISTER "
"", - REGISTER
",,, - REGISTER 2

,

5 BITS
"'''' - R X
", - R X 7 BITS
,,, - R X 6 BITS
" - R X 8 BITS

BIT "

""" - NULL CODE
"'", - NOT USED
",,, - UPDATE STATUS INPUTS

" " -ERROR RESET
, " - NOT USED

W,

BIT ,

BIT 2

"
'"

"
"

"

"

"

"" -

,,,",
,,

NOT USED
, STOP BIT
, ~STOP BITS
2 STOP BITS

TRANSMIT
ENABLE

'"

'"
'"

DTR
(CTS)

"
"

X

OVERRUN
ERROR

X

REGISTER
REGISTER
REGISTER
REG I STER
REGISTER

"
"
"

BREAK

"

-

'"
'"

"

3
4
5
6
7

"
"
,

"" - NO PAR ITY
"'" - ODD PAR ITY
,,, - NO PAR ITY
"

-

EVEN PARITY

"
"

"
"

X

TX BUFF
AVAILABLE

X

Rx CHAR
AVAILABLE

PARITY
ERROR

X

X

X

ALL
SENT

X

X

X

X

X

21

21

"
'21"

12807-01

Fig. 7-10. SIO Data/Control Register definitions.

7-12

System Memory Access Logic

The I/O Processor-8560/8561/8562 Service

When an output register is ready to accept data, the 8088
simply writes the data into the register. When input data
becomes available, it is read from the same address as the
output register.
Write Register 0 contains a three-bit pointer that indicates
the register to be accessed next. After the register has been
accessed, the pointer returns to zero and is ready to be set
for another reaister.

SIO Wait Logic

~

Bn

51"

GENERATOR
FREQUENCY

BAUD
RATE

YES

DON'T CARE

X16

2.4587 MHz

1536""

NO

X16

153.6 KHz

9S""

NO

X32

153.6 KHz

48""

NO

X64

153.S K'Hz

24""

X16

19.2 KHz

12""

X32

19.2 KHz

aB"

X64

19.2 KHz

3""

NO

"
"
"

NO

The SIO wait logic consists of binary counter U5160 and
associated logic. Because the 8088 clock rate is 5 MHz and
the SIO clock is 3.75 MHz, the 8088 must wait for the SIO
devices. The SIO wait logic generates the wait states for the
8088. The SIO wait logic provides a wait time of approximately 600 ns. This increases the read or write cycle and
allows the SIO to catch up.
The SIO wait logic responds when an address space is
accessed. If the address is in the form CXXX, the wait circuit
is inhibited. For example, if SIO channel 0 is accessed at
location 8000H, the wait logic does not respond. If, however, the same channel is accessed at address COOOH, the
wait logic is initialized and the 8088's read or write cycle is
extended for the required time interval.
Wait logic is also asserted during an 8237 DMA cycle, which
moves data between the SIOs and the on-board RAM. The
SIO wait logic checks bus address bits 14 and 15 to determine whether or not the SIO wait logic is turned on. The
wait logic is asserted when signal lines A 14 and A 15 are
asserted.

Baud Rate Generator

HSI

~

The lOP baud rate generator consists of clock generator
U2100, latch U2090, and multiplexers U5080, U5090,
U5100, and U5110. U2100 generates a crystal-contrOlled
clock frequency of 2.4576 MHz and divides it into several
frequencies. Of these, only the 153.6 KHz and 19.2 KHz
frequencies are used.
For HSI operation, the SIO receives the 2.4576 MHz frequency. The lOP operating firmware then programs the SIO
for a X16 clock, effectively dividing the 2.4576 MHz frequency by 16 and generating a baud rate of 153.6K baud.
For RS-232-C operation, the SIO receives either the 153.6
KHz or the 19.2 KHz frequency as shown in Fig. 7-11. The
lOP operating firmware then programs the SIO for a X16,
X32, or X64 clock, generating baud rates ranging from 300
to 9600.
q',.!4

Jumpers on the lOA Board determine whether a port communicates as an HSI port or an RS-232-C port. When

NO

I 31 B21 Bd "I c 1c 1c l c,,1
B

B

3

l

2

8"6"

IA51 A41 A21 A1 1"R'31"R'21'R' 1 Ilf" I 8"E"
(161 ASSERTED LOW I

)'
3900-55

Fig. 7-11. Baud rate control.

strapped for RS-232-C protocol, the port can transmit and
receive data at rates varying from 300 baud through 9600
baud. When strapped as an HSI port, the data transmit and
receive rate is 153.6K baud.
You can change baud rates on HSI ports by pressing the
BREAK key on the terminal keyboard after a port is
strapped for RS-232-C. The lOP operating firmware then
steps through the available baud rates. At power-up, the
default baud rate is 2400.

INTERRUPT VECTOR LOGIC
The vector generator logic provides vector ports for Vector
o and Vector 1. There are two independent vector circuits
that interface with the LSI-11 through vector registers. Vector 1 is loaded at location 808F, and Vector 0 is loaded at
location 80FO.

Vector 0

~

The logic for Vector 0 consists of flip-flop U611 OA, jumpers,
a write-only vector register (U4010), and other associated
logic. The priority of Vector Port 0 is selected by jumpers
J7121, J7122, J7123, and J7124. Jumpers J7123 and
J7124 determine the transmit priority, and J7121 and J7122
determine the receive priority. In addition, bit 2 of the Miscellaneous Register controls when the vector register can be
rewritten. If bit 2 is a 1, Vector 0 is still pending. If bit 2 is a
0, the data from the register has been transmitted, and the
register is ready to accept new data.

7-13

Diagnostic Registers

The I/O Processor-8560/8561/8562 Service

~

be monitored on request from the LSI-11. Jumpers and their
functions are shown in Table 7-2. For additional information
on board configuration and default jumpering, refer to Section 3 of this manual.

Vector 1

The logic for Vector 1 consists of flip-flop U611 OB, jumpers,
a write-only vector register (U4030), and other associated
logic. Vector 1 priority is selected by jumpers J7125, J7126,
J7127, and J7128. Jumpers J7127 and J7128 determine the
transmit priority, and J7125 and J7126 determine the receive priority. In addition, bit 3 of the Miscellaneous Register
controls when the vector register can be rewritten. If bit 3 is
a 1 , Vector 1 is still pending. If bit 3 is a 0, the data from the
register has been transmitted, and the register is ready to
accept new data.

DIAGNOSTIC REGISTERS
The lOP Board contains hardware diagnostic registers
U2020 (write-only) and U3030 (read-only). The 8088 accesses both registers with 1/0 instructions.

Write-Only Register
Vector Register Content
Transmission
When the contents of the 8-bit vector register are transmitted to the LSI-11, two zeros are added to the LSB to produce a 10-bit vector. This vector pOints to the system
memory location from which the LSI-11 fetches a processor
status word. The next memory location contains the starting
address of the LSI-11 interrupt routine.

Interrupt Priority Levels
Each vector circuit can be independently jumpered for a selected priority level. Priority levels are shown in Table 7-1 .
Table 7-1
Priority Levels
Level

Lines Asserted

Lines Monitored

4
5
6
7

BIRO
BIRO
BIRO
BIRO

BIRO 5,6
BIRO 6
BIRO 7

4
4,5
4,6
4,6,7

The contents of the write-only register are visually displayed
on a seven-segment readout (OS1031) plus decimal point.
For each register bit, a zero turns the segment on and a 1
turns it off. Figure 7-12 shows the element selection.

Read-only Register

Vector 1
Jumper

Function

J7121
J7122
J7123
J7124

J7125
J7126
J7127
J7128

IN-IR05, NULL, IR07
IN-NULL, IR06
OUT -NULL, IR05
OUT -NULL, IRQ6

~

The positions of jumpers J2041 and J5161 control the contents of the read-only register. If J2041 is open and J5161 is
in the default position, a read cycle moves the register contents into the 8088. The read-only register drives the 8088
with NOP instructions. The register is filled with NOP instructions when the pins of J2041 are shorted.
Typically, the read-only register is read at 1/0 location O. The
read-only register can be strapped to address 90 or 00. If
you install a switch on J2041 , you can use the read-only
register for single stepping through diagnostics. Refer to
Section 3 of this manual for the default strap positions.

o

-,

Table 7-2
Vector Jumper Functions
Vector 0
Jumper

~

-,

7L1

*4 ·M

'2

3
3900-56

Each vector has two sets of jumpers. One set selects the
signal lines to be asserted, and the other selects the lines to

7-14

Fig. 7-12. Seven-segment decimal diagnostic display.

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 8
I/O ADAPTER AND I/O CONNECTOR BOARDS

TABLES

Page
Introduction .................................. 8-1
The lOA Board . ............................... 8-1
Line Printer Ports ............................. 8-1
The HS I Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Power Supply ............................... 8-2

Table
No.
8-1
8-2
8-3

Page
Port Connector Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-3
HSI Port Connector Pin Assignments. . . . . . .. 8-3
Line Printer Ports 1 and 2 Pin Assignments ... 8-3

The IOC Board . ............................... 8-2
Shield Straps ................................ 8-3

ILLUSTRATIONS
Fig.
No.

Page

8-1

8560 serial interfacing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8- 1

8-2

lOA Board jumper locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8-2

8-i

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 8
I/O ADAPTER AND I/O CONNECTOR BOARDS

INTRODUCTION
This section describes the I/O Adapter (lOA) Board and I/O
Connector (laC) Board. The lOA Board, in conjunction with
the I/O Processor and the Utility Board, services the lac
Board's rear panel connectors. These four boards operate
together to provide up to ten 8560 serial I/O ports. Figure
8-1 is a block diagram that illustrates the 8560's serial
interfacing.
Two ports are line printer ports and operate only under
RS-232-C protocol. They are designated LP1 and LP2. The
remaining eight ports are typically defined as High Speed
Interface (HSI) ports and are designated HSI 0 through HSI
7. HSI ports operate under either RS-422 protocol or
RS-232-C protocol.
The lOA Board is a signal conversion board mounted on the
8560 side rail toward the rear of the cabinet. The lOA Board
converts signals from TTL levels to RS-232-C or RS-422
levels.
The lac Board is a small circuit board that contains up to
ten 25-pin D-type connectors, depending on your system
configuration. The lac Board contains no active devices. It

is mounted on the rear panel with the connectors protruding
through the rear panel, making them accessible from outside the cabinet. The connectors serve Printer Ports LP1
and LP2, and up to eight HSI ports.

THE lOA BOARD
The lOA Board contains two identical line printer port circuits, and eight identical circuits that serve the HSI ports.

Line Printer Ports

<&

The following text describes the driver/receiver circuits for
Printer Port LP1.
Line receivers U6060C, U6060B, and U8060C operate in
the unbalanced mode. They receive the RDATA 1(L), RTS
1(L) and DTR 1(L) lines, respectively. Line drivers U7060D
and U7060C operate as single-ended drivers. They drive the
TDATA 1(L) and CTS 1(L) signals, respectively.

IOC

To 8
} 85405

Board
}

To

lP1/lP2

3900-57

Fig. 8-1. 8560 serial interfacing.

8-1

The IOC Board

I/O Adapter and I/O Connector Boards-8560/8561/8562 Service

The HSI Ports

~~

Although the following discussion pertains specifically to
HSI Port 0, it applies equally to HSI ports 1 through 7.
The position of jumper J1 011 determines whether the port is
configured for HSI operation or for RS-232-C operation. The
upper position selects RS-422 and the lower position selects RS-232-C. Figure 8-2 shows all jumper locations. Refer to Section 3 for the default jumper positions.
NOTE

The HSIO signal connects J1 011 to the I/O Processor. When
the jumper is in the High Speed Interface position, HSIO is
grounded, indicating to the I/O Processor that High Speed
Interface operation has been selected. When the jumper is
in the RS-232-C position, HSIO is not grounded and the I/O
Processor selects one of six baud rates compatible with
RS-232-C protocol.

Power Supply

HSI Port 0 is factory-jumpered for RS-232-C protocol
for use with a system terminal.

When a port operates as a High Speed Interface, U1040D
and U1040C are differential input receivers for the DTR O(L)
and RDATA O(L) lines, respectively. During RS-232-C operation, U1040D and U1040C are connected as unbalanced
line receivers for these lines. Positive inputs are grounded,
and the signals are applied to the negative inputs.

The lOA Board receives +5 V, -12 V, and +12 V supplies
from the 8560 backplane. A -5 V supply is derived from the
-12 V supply by U1050.

THE IOC BOARD
The TDATA O(L) and CTS O(L) lines are driven by U1030,
which is configured as a dual differential driver. During High
Speed Interface operation, both lines are balanced. During
RS-232-C operation, only the inverting outputs of U1030
are used, and outputs are unbalanced.

~

The 10C Board contains up to ten 25-pin D-connectors for
Printer Ports LP1, LP2, and up to eight HSI ports. The connector assignment for each port is shown in Table 8-1. The
connector pin assignments are shown in Tables 8-2 and 8-3.

.r-----4--- Jumper in RS-422(HSI) Position

H~~~~~~~t

....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... --1--- Jumper in RS-232-C (SIO) Position
o 000 000 0

~
~

f=
f=
~
f=
f=
f=
~
~

OOl'IDLtl..,.MN

...

'"")

'"")

'"")

'"")

'"")

'"")

'"")

'"")

Jumper

Connector

HSII/O Port

Configuration

J1011
J2011
J3011
J4011
J5011
J6011
J7011
J8011

J801
J802
J803
J804
J806
J807
J808
J809

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

Terminal
HSI
HSI
HSI
HSI
HSI
HSI
HSI

f-

4759-21

Fig. 8-2. lOA Board jumper locations.

8-2

The IOC Board

I/O Adapter and I/O Connector Boards-8560/8561/8562 Service

If your system has one lOP Board, the installed lac Board
contains four connectors, serving two to four ports (HSI
ports 0 through 3). If, however, your system contains two
lOP Boards, the lac Board contains eight connectors, serving HSI ports 0 through 7.

1. The DSR and CAR DET signals are always transmitted
ON.
2. During RS-232-C operation, only the positive (+) side
of the balanced signals is used.
Table 8-3
Line Printer Ports 1 and 2 Pin Assignments

The lac Board connects to the lOA Board with 20-pin connector J81 02 and 72-pin connector P2.
Table 8-1
Port Connector Assignments
Port

Connector

lP 1
lP 2
HSIO
HSI1
HSI2
HSI3
HSI4
HSI5
HSI6
HSI7

J8051
J8101
J8011
J8021
J8031
J8041
J8061
J8071
J8081
J8091
Table 8-2
HSI Port Connector Pin Assignments

Pin

Name

1
7
2
11
3
12
20
13
5
25
6
18
8
9

Shield
R DATA
R DATA'
TDATA
T DATA'
DTR
DTR'
CTS
CTS'
DSR
DSR'
CAR DET
CAR DET'

Function

Signal Ground
Receive Data

Pin

Name

1
7

Shield

2
3

R DATA
TDATA
DTR
CTS
DSR
CAR DET
TClK
R ClK
RTS

20

5
6
8
15
17
4

Function

Signal Ground
Receive Data
Transmitted Data
Data Terminal Ready
Clear to Send
Data Set Ready
Carrier Detect
External Clock
External Clock
Request to Send

1. The DSR and CAR DET signals are always asserted.
2. The external clock input (T ClK and R ClK) is routed
directly to the Utility Board.

Shield Straps
All output connector shields are grounded through a strap.
To deal with unusual static discharge problems, you can cut
these straps and bridge the gaps with passive components.

Transmit Data
Data Terminal Ready
Clear To Send
Data Set Ready
Carrier Detect

8-3

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 9
MASS STORAGE CONTROLLER BOARD

Page

Page

Introduction .................................. 9-1

Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 9-13
Diagnostic Jumpers .......................... 9-13

MSC Hardware . ............................... 9-1
The Kernel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
The 80186 Processor ........................ 9-3
Address Decoding .......................... 9-3
The MSC Memory .......................... 9-3
LSI-11 Interfacing ............................ 9-3
DMA Control .............................. 9-4
Qbus DMA State Machine .................... 9-4
DMA Data and Address Registers ............. 9-5
Device Register ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 9-5
Data-In Register .......................... 9-5
Data-Out Register ........................ 9-5
High Address Register ..................... 9-5
8560 Interrupt and Vector Circuitry ............. 9-5
8560 Bus Transceivers ...................... 9-5
Flexible Disk Controller ........................ 9-5
The Flexible Disk Controller Device ............. 9-6
The Head Load Circuitry ..................... 9-6
The Write Precompensation Circuit ............. 9-6
The Phase Locked Loop Circuit ............... 9-6
Phase-Locked Loop Calibration .............. 9-6
Flexible Disk Driver/Receiver Circuits ........... 9-7
SCSI Interface Circuitry ........................ 9-8
Data and Status Lines ....................... 9-8
SCSI Arbitration and Selection ................ 9-8
Data Transfers on the SCSI Bus ............... 9-8
Hardware Registers ........................ 9-10
Disk Status Register ..................... 9-10
Qbus Status Register ..................... 9-10
Diagnostics Register...................... 9-10

MSC Diagnostics Firmware . .................... 9-14
Introduction ................................ 9-14
Program Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 9-14
Power-Up Sequence ....................... 9-14
Error Displays ............................. 9-14
LED Error Displays ....................... 9-14
Printer Port 2 Error Displays ............... 9-14
Standard Form for Error Messages .......... 9-14
Test Selection Menu ....................... 9-15
Test Group Menus ......................... 9-15
Test Descriptions ............................ 9-15
Kernel Tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 9-15
Floppy Mode Tests ........................ 9-16
SCSI Interface Tests ....................... 9-18
Extended Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 9-18
Printer Port Error Display Summary ........... 9-19
Qbus status reg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-19
Vector reg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 9-1"9
Disk status reg .......................... 9-19
FDC track reg ........................... 9-19
FDC sector reg .......................... 9-19
FDC status reg .......................... 9-19
FDC data reg ........................... 9-20
Din/Dout bus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 9-20
Qaddrs reg ............................. 9-20
Qbus FSM ............................. 9-20
Dev Reg ............................... 9-20
SCSI data bus .......................... 9-20
xxxxK bytes memory detected .............. 9-20
Bus timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 9-20
MSC diagnostics ........................ 9-20
print error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 9-20
drvO not ready .......................... 9-20
SCSI BSYtimeout ....................... 9-20
target select timeout. ..................... 9-20
SCSI reset interrupt fault .................. 9-20
SCSI arbitration timeout ................... 9-20
lost arbitration ........................... 9-20
Ext Addrs Reg bank interdependence . . ...... 9-20
data read err ............................ 9-20
disk controller fault ....................... 9-21
drive O................................. 9-21
drive 1 ................................. 9-21
drv 1 not ready .......................... 9-21
LED displays ............................. 9-21

Firmware/Hardware Interactions ................ 9-11
Simplified Disk Access Operation ............... 9-11
Hardware Devices ........................... 9-11
The Xebec S 1410 Disk Controller ............. 9-11
Device Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 9-11
The WD2797 Flexible Disk Controller Device .... 9-12
Seven-Segment Display ..................... 9-12
Software Data Structures ..................... 9-12
8560 Data Transfer Buffers .................. 9-12
8560 Termination Buffer Pointers ............. 9-12
The Interrupt Vector Register ................ 9-12
Interrupt Vectors .......................... 9-12
8560 Command Buffers ..................... 9-12

9-i

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

TABLES

ILLUSTRATIONS
Fig.
No.

9-1
9-2
9-3
9-4
9-5

9·jj

Page
The MSC Board block diagram ... . . . . . . . ..
The MSC memory map ...................
Inputs, outputs and timing of the DMA
state machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
SCSI arbitration diagram .................
SCSI data transfer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

9-2
9-3
9-4
9-8
9-9

Table
No.
9-1
9-2
9-3
9-4
9-5
9-6
9-7
9-8
9-9
9-10
9-11
9-12
9-13
9-14

Page
80186 Chip Select Lines/Functions. . . . . . . . .. 9-3
Flexible Disk Input Signals ................ 9-7
Flexible Disk Output Signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9-7
Software Interface Error Codes . . . . . . . . . .. 9-13
Flexible Disk Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9-13
Hard Disk Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9-13
Test Selection Menu .................... 9-15
Kernel Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9-16
Floppy Mode Test Selection Menu. . . . . . . .. 9-16
Kernel Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9-17
SCSI Test Selection Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9-18
SCSI Interface Tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9-18
Extended Test Selection Menu. . . . . . . . . . .. 9-18
Extended Tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9-19

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 9
MASS STORAGE CONTROLLER BOARD

INTRODUCTION

•

The SCSI bus interface

This section describes the Mass Storage Cntroller (MSC)
Board's hardware and firmware and provides information
about how the MSC hardware interacts under firmware control with the TNIX Operating System. In addition, this section describes internal command buffers that control the
MSC Board hardware.

•

Diagnostic jumpers and test pOints

The MSC Board, together with the Xebec S1410 Disk Controller Board, interfaces the 8560 to the flexible and hard
disk drives. The MSC Board provides control and interface
functions for the flexible disk, and control functions for the
Xebec Disk Controller Board. The Xebec Disk Controller
Board handles interface functions for the hard disk drive and
is described in Section 10 of this manual. The disk drives are
described in Section 11.

MSC HARDWARE
For the purpose of this discussion, the MSC Board hardware consists of the following:
•

The kernel

•

The LSI-11 8560 bus interface

•

I/O Logic

•

The flexible disk controller

Fig. 9-1 shows a block diagram of the MSC Board.
The MSC kernel consists of an Intel 80186 processor, 8K x
16 bits of RAM, and 16K x 16 bits of EPROM.
The 8560 bus interfacing circuits conSist of DMA circuits
that transfer data to and from the system memory under
control of the MSC Board's 80186 processor. Furthermore,
DMA disables the LSI-11 's control of the 8560 bus and allows the 80186 to obtain control.
The I/O logic provides 8560 bus control and status to the
8560 flexible disk drive and the SCSI bus. It also affords
diagnostic capability.
.
The Flexible Disk Controller (FDG) circuitry controls the flexible disk drive. The precompensation logic and the
phase-locked loop reside within the FDC chip.
The SCSI bus interface consists of two 8-bit
registers/buffers, a state machine to coordinate
handshaking during data transfers, and a state machine to
handle arbitration and selection.
The MSC Board contains a number of jumpers used for
troubleshooting. Section 3 contains the jumper default
positions.

9-1

MSC Hardware

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

To Xebec
Disk Controller
SCSI
Interface

32

80186

Diagnostic
Display

CPU

30

30

Wait
State
Generator

Rom Control
and Diagnostic
Firmware

30

31
Device
Register

28

I
8560
DMA
Control

!;;~ ~

RAM

31

29

Bus
Transceivers
27,28,29

8560
Interrupt
Generator

Hardware
Control/Status

28

~

31

Read Data

WD2797
Flexible Disk
Controller

Flexible Disk Control

33

Write Data

To
Flexible
Disk

4759·22

Fig. 9-1. The MSC Board block diagram.

9-2

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

The Kernel

MSC Hardware

FFFFFH , . . . - - - - - - - -.......

The MSC kernel consists of the 80186 microprocessor, 8K
x 16 bits of RAM, and 16K x 16 bits of EPROM.

The 80186 Processor

EPROM
(16K x 16)

~

The 80186 microprocessor (U3070) controls the MSC. It
fetches instructions from ROM and performs the specified
operations. The 80186 CPU instructions are contained in
16K words of on-board ROM, and 8K words of RAM serve
as working memory.
The 80186 is a leadless chip with 68 connections. It contains an 8 MHz microprocessor that can be regarded as an
8086 in min mode with an extended instruction set. The chip
also contains a clock generator, two channels of DMA,
three programmable counter/timers, thirteen programmable
chip select lines and an interrupt controller.

aBUS with BBS7
asserted
(system processor
I/O page)

SOOOOH t - - - - - - - - - - - t

aBUS with BBS7
unasserted

40000H~~~~~~~~~~
Address Decoding

~

08100H~

Address decoding for the MSC Board is performed by the
80186. Table 9-1 describes the 80186 chip select lines and
their functions.
Table 9-1
80186 Chip Select Lines/Functions
80186 Chip
Select Line

Function

UCS(L)

Selects EPROM

MCS1(L)

Selects FDC

PCS6(L)

Selects SCSI Data Register

PCS5(L)

Selects DiagnostiCS Register

PCS4(L)

Selects Disk Status Register

PCS3(L)

Qbus Vector Register

PCS2(L)

Qbus Status Register

PCS1(L)

Qbus High Address

PCSO(L)

Diagnostics Display

LCS(L)

Selects RAM

The MSC Memory

~

The EPROMs extend from F8000H to FFFFFH (U4060,
U4090) and contain command and diagnostics firmware for
the board. The RAM (U4040, U4080) extends from OOOOOH

RAM
(SK x 16)

OOOOOH ' - - - - - - - - - - '
4759-23

Fig. 9-2. The MSC memory map.

to 03FFFH and holds stack for the CPU, queued commands
from the LSI-11 and data transferred to or from the flexible
and hard disks. Figure 9-2 shows a memory map of the
80186 I/O space.

LSI·11 Interfacing
This section covers the DMA control logic, DMA data address registers, interrupt logic, and 8560 bus transceivers.

9-3

MSC Hardware

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

DMA Control

~

the Qbus. If CONT(H) is set, the state machine waits until
REQ(H) goes high, indicating that everything is in place for
the next transfer to begin.

The MSC contains a DMA control circuit which transfers
data to and from the system memory under control of the
80186 processor. A DMA disables the LSI-11 and allows
the 80186 to take control of the 8560 bus. The 80186 initiates a DMA operation and accesses data in the two middle
64K-byte memory banks in the 80186 memory space.

Qbus DMA State Machine

The REQ(H) input goes high whenever an 80186 address
that maps out to the Qbus is accessed and cleared when
one state after RPL Y is asserted by the memory board. This
ensures that the 80186 data is held on the DO-15(H) bus
long enough. The CONT(H) input is the output of the Diagnostics Register. Before executing a DMA cycle with multiple transfers, the firmware must set CONT(H). After the
Qbus transfer has completed, CONT(H) must be cleared in
order to free the Qbus.

~

A Finite State Machine (FSM) was designed to handle the
DMA cycles on the Qbus and incorporated into PLA (Programmable Logic Array) U4130 and several external gates.
The inputs, outputs and the timing of the state machine are
shown in Fig. 9-3. Several of the inputs pass through U4160
before being input to the FSM. They are multiplexed with
firmware-controllable signals which are output by the Diagnostics Register. For the following discussion, assume
that the A inputs of U4160 are the inputs to the FSM.
.

The input DIAGCONT is set or cleared by writing to the
Diagnostics Register. When set, DIAGCONT does not allow
the state machine to advance past state T4 (see Fig. 9-2).
This holds the Qbus address on the DIN bus so that it can
be read back during the execution of diagnostic firmware.
During normal operation, DIAGCONT(L) will be cleared.
An LS393 counter (U5170-B) output is ORed with Qbus
RPL Y(H) to timeout the Qbus. If the FSM does not receive
RPLY(H) from the Qbus within 32 jlsec, an on-board
RPLY(H) is generated by the counter to finish the transfer
cycle. QBUSTIMEOUT(L) is asserted when a timeout occurs. DMGGI(H) and RSYNC(H) are received directly from
the Qbus.

Inputs. The REQ(H) input informs the FSM that a Qbus
transfer is ready to occur. The CONT(H) input is cleared if a
single transfer is to occur and set for multiple transfers. The
state machine checks the CONT(H) input before the end of
each transfer. If it is cleared, the state machine relinquishes

I

grgCK
8MHz

INPUTS
REO

TO

I

rlJ

n

T2

T3

T4

T5

T8

T7

T6

T9

no I n1

TO

J

I
1
I
I
I
I
~~~S--~-----+----~----4-----~----~----~
:1~

JI'

I

III

I __~~__~~__~
I
CONT~~~I__~____~____~____~____~____~____~I
DMGI~~J

I~

I

111

I"

I

111

I"

III

I,
I

RSYNC$_n

I

I

«h(M-¥'

1
RPLY~~ln""_.j....-----;_~_---i-_~----JwtW4IJ.JJJJJ,1,414

I

OUTPUTS
TSYNC

I

I

I

,

I
I
~~~I--~--~----~I

TSACK~~~,----i-....
A'DREN ~i---J.i!-I---'-..,\
DATEN

I

I

I

1

I

1

I

I

I

I

I

~~~I--~--~--~----~--~

I
III
I

II~

I
I
III

I
I

I

III,

1

I

III

11%

I
I

I

I

I

III

II~

I

I

-+____-+____+ ____-:-____-:-____~III

I

L

I

III

DIN/DOUT ~ ~~I__--:____

I

III

I

I

~(
I

L
L

I
I
I
4759-24

Fig. 9-3. Inputs, outputs and timing of the DMA state machine.

9-4

MSC Hardware

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

Outputs. The signal ADREN(L) enables the address buffers.
This signal ensures that the address appears on the Qbus
at the right time during DATI and DATO cycles. The
DATEN(H) signal performs the same function for the data
out registers during DATO cycles.
TSACK(H) and TSYNC(H) are output directly to the Qbus
and meet the Qbus specifications. TDIN/DOUT(H) is output
to the Qbus DIN line during a DATI transfer. TDOUT(H) is
output to the Qbus DOUT(H) line during a DATO transfer.

DMA Data and Address Registers

~

<@>

The following paragraphs describe DMA address comparator logic and four DMA data and address registers. The registers are used by the DMA control logic, and are as follows:
•

Device Register

•

Data-In Register

•

Data-Out Register

•

High Address Register

Device Register. The Device Register (U4010, U4020) is
located in the I/O page of the Qbus memory at address
777150.
During each Qbus cycle, RSYNC(H) latches the state of the
Qbus address data lines into U3020. If there is a match
between the Qbus address data lines and the Device Register address, the output of U3010 goes low and the output of
U3010 is asserted. If the Qbus cycle is a DATO cycle, the
DOUT signal is used to latch the Qbus data into the Device
Register and generate a TRPLY(H) signal. If the cycle is a
DATI cycle, the DIN signal puts the data on the Qbus by
enabling the Device Register outputs. DIN is also used to
generate TRPL Y(H).
The Device Register cannot be directly accessed by the
80186 CPU. The 80186 must go through the Qbus to read
or write the Device Register.
Data-In Register. The 16-bit Data-In Register (U5010 and
U5030) latches data received from the 8560 system memory during a DMA access.
Data-Out Register. The Data-Out Register (U5020 and
U5040) receives and latches data to be transmitted to the
8560 bus from the 80186.
High Address Register. The Qbus High Address Register
outputs the six most significant address lines on the Qbus
(AD16 through AD21). This register consists of one LS373

transparent latch (U5070). Before accessing Qbus memory,
this register is loaded under firmware control.

8560 Interrupt and Vector Circuitry

<@>

When the 80186 CPU writes to the Vector Register
(U4030), the Disk Controller Board interrupts the LSI-11.
The Vector Register write signal (U4175, pin 8) clocks
U4115A that latches out an interrupt request to the Qbus on
the IRQ(L) lines. The priority of the Disk Controller Board
interrupt is LevelS. When the DIN signal is received from the
Qbus, U4115B is clocked. If any other interrupts are pending on the Qbus and are of higher priority, the flip-flop will
clock a low on its Q output, causing the IAKI(L) input signal
to be duplicated on the IAKO(L) output signal. If no interrupts of higher priority are pending on the Qbus, the flip-flop
will clock a high on its Q output and use the IAKI(L) input
signal to generate the Qbus RPLY signal. INTDATEN(L) is
used to enable U4030 to put the vector on the address data
lines of the Qbus. INTDATEN(L) also clears the interrupt
request.

8560 Bus Transceivers

~

U6010, U6020, U6030, U6040, U6050 and U6080 buffer
data and addresses from the 8560 bus. Pins 7 and 9 are the
enable inputs. When they are low, the MSC transmits data
and addresses to the system memory.
When an interrupt occurs on the bus, QBUSVECTEN(L) is
asserted. That enables U6020 and U6030, address bits 2
through 9. The other address bits remain disabled and float
to a logical zero.
U6060, U6080, U6090 and U6100 serve the DMA control
lines, memory access control lines, and interrupt control
lines.

Flexible Disk Controller
This section covers the part of the MSC Board that controls
access to the QumeTrak 242 disk drive. For this discussion,
the controller circuits are divided into the following parts:
•

The flexible disk controller device

•

The head load circuitry

•

The write precompensation circuit

•

The phase-locked loop circuit

•

The flexible disk driver/receiver circuits

9-5

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

MSC Hardware

The Flexible Disk Controller Device

<§>

The flexible disk interface is simplified considerably due to
the use of the Western Digital 2797 Flexible Disk Controller
Chip (U5130). This chip generates most of the signals necessary for the flexible disk interface. It also contains a
phase-locked loop. Therefore, the chip can read the data
directly from the disk and lock on the data without the aid of
external circuitry. In addition, U5130 performs data separation of incoming data and write data precompensation on
chip. However, the MSC Board has the capability to control
one 8-inch drive only.
U5130 contains four registers: a Command/Status Register, a Disk Data Register, and two Command Parameter
Registers.

The Head Load Circuitry

<§>

The head load circuitry is composed of flip-flop U6160B and
timer 0 of the 80186. When a command is issued to U5130
which requires reading or writing the disk, U5130 asserts its
HLD(H) output. This asserts the drive's HEADLOAD(L) signal and enables a 500 KHz signal to clock timer 0 of the
80186. The HLD signal also clocks the flip-flop whose output sets the U5130 HLT(H) input low. U5130 will not access
the disk until its HLT input is high. This allows for the head
to settle on the disk. The timer 0 output of the 80186
(TIMERO) is set under firmware control to generate a
negative-going pulse after the head settling time has
elapsed. This pulse presets U6160B, thus setting HLT(H). If
there is no disk activity for 15 disk revolutions (2.5 sec), the
HLD(H) signal is deasserted.

The Write Precompensation Circuit

<§>

Due to the physical disk limitations, data patterns on inner
disk tracks 43 through 76 are located much closer to each
other than on the outer tracks. This causes the timing of bits
to shift when they are read back. To overcome this problem,
data is written a little sooner or later than normal. This is
called write precompensation.
A 10K pot (R5158) on the WPW input of U5130 is used to
set the amount of write precompensation. A setting of
100 ns to 300 ns from normal is possible. The write compensation is set during the phase-locked loop calibration
procedure.

9-6

The Phase Locked Loop Circuit

<§>

The phase-locked loop compensates for data rate shifts
that occur as the data is read from the flexible disk. Data
rate shifts can occur when the disk speed changes.
U5130 has an internal phase-locked loop circuit. However,
the addition of a 10K pot (R6153), a variable capacitor
(C6151), and a first-order, lag-lead filter are needed to complete the circuit. The filter is connected to the PUMP output
of U5030 and consists of C5155, R5153, and CR5151. This
filter controls the instantaneous response of the VCO to
bit-shifted data (jitter), as well as the response to normal
frequency shift (the lock-up time).
The 10K pot tied to the RPW input of U5130 sets the internal Read Data pulse for proper phasing. The variable capacitor adjusts the free-running frequency of the phase-locked
loop.
Phase-Locked Loop Calibration. The phase-locked loop is
calibrated using the following procedure:
1. Situate the 8560 so that you have access to the top of
the unit. Make sure the power on the 8560 is off. Remove the top cover, following the instructions in Section 15, "Removing the Cover Panels."
2. Remove the MSC Board from the card cage. Install an
extender card in the MSC slot, and insert the MSC
Board in the extender card.
3. Make sure jumper P6141 is in its normal position, connecting the upper pin (indicated by an arrow) and the
middle pin.
4. Power up the 8560.
5. Attach an oscilloscope probe to TP5131.
6. Move jumper P6141 so that it connects the middle and
lower pins.
7. Adjust variable resistor R6153 until the oscilloscope reflects a 500 KHz signal and the positive-going pulses
are 250 ns wide.
8. Move the probe to TP5153.
9. Adjust variable capacitor C6151 for a 500 KHz square
wave.
10. Move the probe to TP6111.
11. Adjust variable resistor R5158 until the positive-going
pulses on the oscilloscope are 200 ns wide.

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

Flexible Disk Driver/Receiver Circuits

~

U6170 and U6129 are used to drive signals that the MSC
outputs to the flexible disk drive. U611 0, U5120 and U311 0
receive incoming signals from the flexible disk drive. Table
9-2 describes the flexible disk's input signals, and Table 9-3
describes the flexible disk's output signals.
Table 9-2
Flexible Disk Input Signals
Signal

Description

TRACKoo(L}

This signal indicates when the R/W head
is positioned at track 0 (the outermost
track). A logical 1 indicates that the head
is positioned at track o.

WRITE
PROTECT(L}

This signal informs the WD2797 when a
write-protected disk is installed. A logical
1
indicates
that
the
disk
is
write-protected. The drive inhibits writing
to a write-protected disk.

TWO SIDED(L}

INDEX(L}

MSC Hardware

This interface signal indicates whether a
two-sided or a single-sided disk is installed. A logical 1 indicates that a
two-sided disk is installed. A logical 0 indicates a single-sided disk.
This signal arrives from the flexible disk
drive once for every disk revolution (approximately every 167 ms). INDEX(L} indicates the beginning of the track (sector 1).
INDEX(L) is asserted for a period of 1.8
ms once every revolution.

READ DATA(L}

This signal carries the incoming data
stream when the heads are loaded.

READY(L)

READY(L) confirms that the drive contains a disk, the door is closed, and the
disk is at operating speed.

DKCHG(L}

This signal informs the 80186 that the
disk drive door has been opened, indicating a possible change of disks.

Table 9-3
Flexible Disk Output Signals
Signal

Description

STEP(L}

This pulse causes the R/W heads to move
one track in the direction defined by the
DIRECTION line.

LOW
CURRENT(L)

This interface line switches to the low
write current mode for tracks 43 and
higher.

DIRECTION(L)

This signal defines the direction of the
R/W heads when the STEP signal is asserted. A logical 1 defines the direction as
"in". As a result, the R/W head moves toof
the
disk
ward
the
center
(high-numbered traCk). A logical 0 defines
the "out" direction and the R/W head
moves toward the outer disk edge.

DRV SEL(L}

This output line enables the flexible disk
drive.

WRITE
DATA(L}

This interface line sees a 250 ns pulse
whenever a data bit is written on the disk.

HEAD LOAD(L}

This signal loads the R/W head against
the disk. The HEAD LOAD signal also
locks the drive door. The HEAD LOAD
signal remains true for 2.5 seconds after
the last disk operation. In addition, the
HEAD LOAD signal lights the LED indicator on the flexible disk drive door.

WRITE
GATE(L}

This signal informs the flexible disk drive
that a write operation is in progress. This
signal is ANDed with WRITE PROTECT
to supply the write current.

SIDE
SELECT(L}

This signal selects the proper disk side for
reading or writing. A logical 0 selects side
0, a logical 1 selects side 1.

9-7

MSC Hardware

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

SCSI Interface Circuitry
The SCSI interface circuitry allows the MSC Board to talk to
SCSI compatible devices. It supports arbitration and
reselection. The MSC Board cannot talk to other initiators
but only talks to targets. Initially the SCSI interface on the
MSC Board will be used to communicate with one or two
hard disk controllers. Tape controllers or other
SCSI-compatible devices may be attached to the SCSI bus
at a later date.

Data and Status Lines

BSEL·SEL

<§>

Four AMD2908s (U211 0, U2120, U2140, U2150) are used
to interface to the data lines and all but one of the status
lines on the SCSI bus. Each 2908 contains a four-bit transceiver register and a four-bit receiver register. The transceiver register is a latch similar to an LS374. The receiver
register is a transparent latch similar to an LS373. The bus
lines are open collector. Each 2908 also has a built-in parity
check.
Two of the 2908s (U2140, U2150) are combined into a SCSI
data register that the CPU can read and write at address
4300H. The other two 2908s (U211 0, U2120) make up the
SCSI Status Register at 4200H. A copy of the last word
written to this register by the MSC firmware must be kept in
RAM. When a SCSI status line is set by the firmware, a
read-modify-write operation cannot be performed because a
read of the SCSI Status Register is an inverted read of the
SCSI bus lines. A copy of the last word written serves as a
record of which bits were set by MSC firmware as opposed
to other devices on the bus.
The SELECT line on the SCSI bus is set and cleared
through writing a bit in the Disk Status Register. This allows
the arbitration state machine to determine when the SEL(L)
line is asserted by a device other than the MSC Board.

SCSI Arbitration and Selection

<§>

Arbitration on the SCSI bus is done through a combination
of firmware and a state machine contained in part of the
PAL16R4 (U2130). The firmware writes the MSC Board's
10 to the data buffers and then sets the state machine input,
ARBEN(H). When ARBEN(H) is set, the state machine (see
Fig. 9-4) waits for both the SEL(H) and BSY(H) lines on the
SCSI bus to be deasserted. When this condition is detected,
the state machine waits one state (approximately 125 ns)
before asserting BSY(H) and enabling the MSC Board's 10
from the data buffers onto the SCSI bus. The assertion of
BSY(H) (read back through the signal ONBUS(H» signals

9-8

4759·25

Fig. 9-4. SCSI arbitration diagram.

the firmware to check to see if the MSC Board is the highest
priority device on the bus. If not, the firmware does nothing
because the higher priority device on the bus will eventually
assert SEL(H), forcing the state machine to its initial state. If
the MSC Board is the highest priority device on the bus, it
then goes through the selection process in firmware, by asserting SEL(H) and BSY(H). The assertion of SEL(H) by the
MSC firmware advances the state machine to T3. The
firmware then asserts the target's 10 on the bus, deasserts
BSY(H) and waits for BSY(H) to be asserted by the selected
target. When the target asserts BSY, the selection process
is complete. When ARBEN(H) is cleared, the state machine
returns to state TO.

Data Transfers on the SCSI Bus

<§>

Data transfers to the SCSI bus are done through 80186
DMA transfers and a DMA state machine. The 80186 DMA
transfers are not synchronized. This means that the DMA
cycle (read the source, write the destination) will occur at full
processor speed regardless of the validity of the data on the
bus. The purpose of the state machine is to insert wait
states in the read cycle of the DMA cycle until the SCSI bus
REQ(H) line is asserted, indicating that the target is ready to
send or receive another byte. Figure 9-5 shows a SCSI data
transfer.

MSC Hardware

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

I

TO
80186 Slate

T1

I

T2

I

T3

I

TO

I

T1

I

T2

I

T3

I S1 I S2 I S3 I S4 I S1 I S2 I S3 I S4 I S1 I S2 I S3 I SW I SW I SW I S4 I S1 I S2 I S3 I S4 I S1 I S2 I S3 I S4 I

ClK

INPUTS

:

REQ

I

I

i

I

I

~

I

S6W~hY~----~~---~----~~~----~~~~--~~~r---~
SCSIDMAWR

,

_+-1_ _ _ _ _--+_ _ _..J1

80186RD _~~I

\~~--------~--~I

OUTPUTS
ACK_~

_____

~

,

_____

I

~_~

BE--~-----~----~
SCSIWAIT

-,.....------t--------t"-....fIJAlid

\

t

DISK WRITE

READ MEM

WRITE SCSI

READ MEM

WRITE SCSI

DISK READ

READ SCSI

WRITE MEM

READ SCSI

WRITE MEM

4759-26

Fig. 9-5. SCSI data transfer.

Inputs. The state machine timing diagram is shown in Figure
9-4. The input S6 comes directly from the 80186. This input
is valid in CPU states S2, S3, SW and S4 of a CPU read or
write cycle and indicates that a DMA cycle is in process
when asserted.
The REQ(H) input is a logical OR of three Signals: the SCSI
bus REQ(H), a firmware programmable request used to reset the state machine after a transfer takes place, and a
timeout signal. The REQ(H) input is synchronized to the
state machine clock.

Outputs. The outputs of the state machine are BE(L),
ACK(H) and SCSIWAIT(L).
The ACK(H) signal is asserted in the read cycle of the DMA
transfer and dropped one state after the REQ(H) input has
been deasserted.
The BE(L) signal enables the transceiver register outputs in
the 2908s onto the SCSI bus. BE(L) will be active during
both SCSI reads and writes. Therefore, before a SCSI read
takes place, the firmware must write OOH to the SCSI data
lines.

g-g

MSC Hardware

Hardware Registers

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

~~

D2

This bit, when set, configures the Flexible Disk Controller Chip to read and write single-density disks.
When cleared, the Flexible Disk Controller Chip assumes a double-density disk is in the drive.

D3

This bit is read only. When set, D3 indicates that an
interrupt to the Qbus is pending.

D4

This bit is read only. When set, D4 indicates that a
parity error occurred when reading or writing LSI-11
memory.

D5

This bit is read only. When D5 is set, a double-sided
disk is in the flexible disk drive unit. When cleared, a
single-sided disk is in the drive.

D6

This bit can be read or written. When set, D6 selects
flexible disk drive number 1.

D7

This bit provides read back for the INTRQ output of
the WD2797.

The following paragraphs describe the various MSC Board
hardware registers.
Disk Status Register. The Disk Status Register can be
acccessed through address 4200H. It is composed of
U3130 for writing and U1060 for readback. It is 8 bits wide.
Although it is called the Disk Status Register, some diagnostic testing signals are output by this register. Its bits
have the following definitions:
DO

This bit is read only. It is read back of the ONBUS(H)
output of the SCSI arbitration state machine. When
set, the MSC Board has won mastership of the
SCSI bus.

D1

This bit provides readback of the flexible interface
signal, DKCHG(H). When set, it indicates that the
door of the flexible drive has been opened, resulting
in a possible change of disks.

D2

This bit is the diagnostics signal DIAGS(H). Its purpose is described in the discussion on diagnostics.

D3

This bit is the diagnostics signal QBUSEN. Its purpose is described in the discussion on diagnostics.

D4

This bit, when cleared, resets both the SCSI arbitration state machine and the SCSI DMA state
machine.

D5

This bit sets or resets the SCSI bus SEL(H) line.

D6

Unused.

D7

When set, this bit tells the SCSI arbitration state
machine to arbitrate for the SCSI bus.

D1

9-10

The Diagnostics Register can be accessed through address
4300H. It is composed of U3160 for writing and U2160 for
readback. Its bits have the following definitions:
DO

When written, this bit is the diagnostics signal,
DCONT. When read, DO is the TSACK output of the
Qbus OMA state machine.

D1

When written, this bit is the diagnostics signal,
DREQ. When read, D1 is the TDIN/DOUT output of
the Qbus DMA state machine.

D2

When written, this bit is the diagnostics signal
DRPLY. When read, D2 is the TSYNC output of the
Qbus OMA state machine.

03

When written, this bit is the diagnostics signal,
DDMGI. When read, D3 is the DATEN output of the
Qbus OMA state machine.

This bit, when set, indicates that the Device Register
has been written. DO can be set or cleared by writing
to the register.

D4

When written, this bit is the diagnostics signal,
SYNC. When read, D4 is the ADREN(bar) output of
the Qbus DMA state machine.

This bit, when set, indicates that the Qbus timed out
during a Qbus DMA transfer. D1 can be set or
cleared by writing the register.

D5

When written, this bit is the diagnostics signal,
DQBUS.

Qbus Status Register. The Qbus Status Register can be
accessed through address 4180H. It is composed of
flip-flops U1080, U1040 and U4110B for writing and U1090
for read back. It is 8 bits wide. Although it is called the Qbus
status Register, some bits are not concerned with the Qbus.
Its bits have the following definition:
DO

Diagnostics Register. The Diagnostics Register is used by
the diagnostics firmware to test the Qbus in~erface . A full
description of how to use the register for diagnostic purposes is given in the section on board test hardware.

Firmware/Hardware Interactions

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

D6

When written, this bit is the diagnostics signal, IAKI.
When read, D6 specifies the SCSI ID for the MSC
Board. This bit can be configured to be a logic low or
high through a jumper. D6 is interpreted as follows:
D6

o
1

D7

SCSIID
40H
80H

When written, this bit is the diagnostics signal,
DDATA. When read, D7 is the diagnostics signal,
DRDY.

FIRMW ARE/HARDWARE
INTERACTIONS
This section describes interactions between the MSC hardware, the MSC operating firmware, and the TNIX Operating
System.

Simplified Disk Access Operation
When you enter a command from the terminal requiring the
TNIX operating system to access a file (either to read or to
write), a sequence of steps occurs. During that sequence,
TNIX generates a command buffer in the 8560 memory and
stores the starting address of that buffer in a hardware register on the MSC . TNIX then informs the MSC that it can
access the command buffer and execute the command it
contains. Here is a simplified description of this sequence:
NOTE
Except where noted, this description is valid for both
read and write operations. Only the direction of transfer differs.
1. TNIX searches the disk directories during a read operation until it finds the specified file and identifies its corresponding disk blocks. In a write operation, TNIX
searches the free queue for an empty disk block into
which to write. Free queues are described later in this
section.
2. TNIX requests that the MSC transfer the specified
blocks it has identified. TNIX provides the MSC with a
block number, byte count, and the memory location at
which the MSC must deposit the block of data. These
parameters are stored in a command buffer in 8560
memory. If the file is larger than one block, TNIX still
requests one block at a time.
3. TNIX stores the command buffer address in the Device
Register located on the MSC Board. (This register is
described earlier in this section.)

4. The 80186 on the MSC Board performs a DMA operation and reads the buffer contents. (Since the Device
Register is not on the 80186 bus, the 80186 cannot
access this register directly).
5. The MSC firmware stores the command buffer instructions in the command queue for the accessed disk drive
and informs TNIX that the instructions have been
received.
6. The command queue may already contain other previously entered commands. To minimize seek time, the
MSC firmware changes the order in which commands
are executed. (Seek time is the time needed by the disk
drive to move the heads over the specified disk block.)
When the command is executed, the MSC firmware calculates the physical disk address of the requested block (file).
The MSC then moves the disk heads over the specified
block. If the command is a read, the data is read from the
disk into RAM on the' MSC and then transferred to the appropriate place in the 8560 memory. If the command is a
write, the data is transferred from the appropriate place in
the 8560 memory into RAM on the MSC Board and written
to the disk.
When the data transfer is completed, the 80186 sends an
interrupt to the LSI-11 informing TNIX that the block of data
is now stored at the appropriate place.

Hardware Devices
The following text describes hardware devices accessed by
the MSC operating firmware. The four hardware devices
are: the Xebec S1410 Disk Controller, the Device Register,
the WD2797 Flexible Disk Controller Device, and the
Seven-Segment Display device. A short description of each
hardware device follows.

The Xebec 51410 Disk Controller
The Xebec S1410 Disk Controller Board interfaces the MSC
Board to the hard disk drive unit. The 80186 sends commands to the Xebec Disk Controller and receives data and
status information. Section 10 of this manual provides a
more detailed description of the Xebec S1410 Disk Controller Board.

Device Register
The Device Register is the hardware communications link
between the 8560's LSI-11 and the MSC's 80186 processor. The Device Register is located on the MSC Board.

9-11

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

Firmware/Hardware Interactions

To read the Device Register contents, the 80186 performs a
DMA operation on the 8560 bus. This is required because
the 80186 cannot read the Device Register directly.

Buffer Pointer 1 and Buffer Pointer 2 are located at 8560
memory locations 224 and 226, respectively. Both locations
are used in alternating fashion to store addresses of terminated command buffers.

Any time TNIX generates a command buffer, TNIX stores
the address of the first command buffer word in the Device
Register located at address 777150 (octal).

The Interrupt Vector Register
The WD2797 Flexible Disk Controller Device
The WD2797 Flexible Disk Controller Device sends the
80186 data and status information to the 80186. The
WD2797 (U5130) is described earlier in this section.

The Interrupt Vector Register is located at a fixed address in
the MSC memory. This register identifies the vector to be
asserted on the bus when the LSI-ll answers an interrupt
from the 80186.

Interrupt Vectors
Seven-Segment Display
This is a write-only device and the information must be interpreted by the user. The seven-segment display is used
mostly for diagnostic purposes. During normal operation,
this display contains the number 5.

Software Data Structures
The MSC firmware also accesses four 8560 memory software data structures: 8560 data transfer buffers, 8560 termination buffer pOinters, an Interrupt Vector Register, and
the 8560 command buffers.
8560 command buffers are located in 8560 memory space.
A slightly different formatted version called a device command buffer is stored in RAM on the MSC Board. The function of both command buffers is identical.

8560 Data Transfer Buffers
The 8560 data transfer buffers are located in the 8560 memory space. These transfer buffers store data before it is
transferred to the MSC. Data transfer buffers also store
data that has been read from a disk.

8560 Termination Buffer Pointers
Two 8560 buffer pointers store the addresses of terminated
commands. When a command has been executed, the MSC
informs TNIX with an interrupt that the command has been
completed and terminated. The device driver (a software
program) reads the buffer pOinter for the address of the terminated command buffer_

9-12

To communicate with the TNIX device driver routine, the
MSC uses four interrupt vectors:
•

TNIX disk access command acknowledge vector (location 234)

•

Command termination vector 1 (location 270)

•

Command termination vector 2 (location 274)

•

Utility command termination vector (location 260)

The command acknowledge vector informs the device
driver that the last command buffer address issued to the.
Device Register (location 777150) has been accepted and
another command may be initiated.
The command termination vector 1 also informs the device
driver that Buffer Pointer 1 contains the address of a terminated command.
The command termination vector 2 informs the device
driver that Buffer Pointer 2 contains the address of a terminated command.
The utility command termination vector terminates all utility commands.

8560 Command Buffers
The MSC communicates with the 8560's LSI-ll through
command buffers in the 8560 memory. A command buffer is
a designated memory location that contains instructions for
the 80186 to execute when the MSC accesses a disk. Command buffers are located in the lower 64K bank of 8560
memory.
TNIX generates eight 8560 command buffers in 8560 memory space. One buffer contains commands to access disks
for normal read and write operations. The remaining seven
command buffers provide utility functions for troubleshooting.

Firmware/Hardware Interaction

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

Error Codes
The MSC returns error status bytes to ODT (Octal Debugging Technique) or the console port after each command is
executed successfully. The most significant bit (MSB) of
each status byte indicates a fatal error. If the MSB is not
set, the command was executed successfully although possibly only after several tries. If two codes are shown, they
correspond to fatal and nonfatal errors of the same type.
Table 9-4 lists software interface error codes and their corresponding ODT and TNIX codes. Tables 9-5 and 9-6 list
error codes for flexible disk errors and hard disk errors,
respectively.

The "Error Code" column lists the hexadecimal error codes.
The "ODT" column lists error codes in the octal format displayed when the DEC supplied ODT is used.
The TNIX column shows the octal error code that is returned to the 8560 console port. Note, however, that the
console port displays only fatal errors.

Diagnostic Jumpers
The MSC Board has one diagnostic jumper. Refer to Section 3 of this manual for the default position of this jumper.

Table 9-4
Software Interface Error Codes
Error Code

OCT Code

TNIX Code

Explanation

84
85
88
90

1020XX
1021XX
1040XX
1164XX

04
05
10
35

Parity error
Invalid device number
Invalid command code
Qbus timeout error
Table 9-5
Flexible Cisk Errors

Error Code

OCT Code

TNIX Code

Explanation

91
92
13,93
14,94
19,99
9B
9C
9E
04

1104XX
1110XX
0114XX, 1114XX
0120XX, 1120XX
0144XX, 1144XX
1154XX
1160XX
1170XX
1520XX

21
22
23
24
31
33
34
36
124

Drive not ready
No track-zero signal detected
Data overrun error
CRC Error
Missing 10 field address mark
Attempting sector access beyond limits
Invalid flexible disk cylinder address
Write-protected disk
Disk block number too large
Table 9-6
Hard Cisk Errors

Error Code

OCT Code

TNIX Code

Explanation

A1
A3
A5
26,A6
27,A7
AB
2D,AD
2F,AF
E1
E3
E4
E5

1204XX
1214XX
1224XX
0230XX,
0234XX,
1254XX
0264XX,
0274XX,
1604XX
1614XX
1620XX
1624XX

41
43
45
46
47
53
55
57
141
143
144
145

Invalid hard disk command
Disk drive not ready
Illegal head or cylinder address
Sector not found
Data error
Write fault
DMA timeout during read operation
DMA timeout during write operation
No spare sector on specified track
Disk access timeout
Disk block number too large
Bad format

1230XX
1234XX
1264XX
1274XX

9-13

MSC Diagnostics Firmware

MSC DIAGNOSTICS FIRMWARE
This section describes the diagnostic firmware used on the
MSC Board. This firmware shares ROM space with the operating firmware. The power-up portion of the firmware is
invoked each time a Qbus INIT signal is received. A set of
"extended" tests is available for more comprehensive board
evaluation.

Introduction
On BUSINIT (RESET), the diagnostic firmware performs a
kernel test of the basic hardware, which evaluates the
ROM, RAM and the CPU on the board. The LEDs display
the status of each element of this test.
After completion of the kernel test, the user may invoke a
set of extended tests by installing a normally-open
pushbutton switch on P2061. Detection of a switch closure
upon completion of the power-up tests selects the extended
test mode. Control passes to the normal operating firmware
if the extended test mode is not selected.
If the extended test mode is selected, a set of menus is
displayed from which the user may select either a specific
test or a group of related tests.
A terminal or printer may be connected to Printer Port LP2
to receive and display error and status messages.

Program Overview
This section describes the test groups in the diagnostic
firmware package. Each test group is described with the
selection menu for that level in the diagnostics. A" test
groups, except the kernel mode tests which are run by default at power-up, are selectable from the Test Selection
Menu. The Test Selection Menu is displayed when a switch
closure is detected after completion of the kernel tests.

Power-Up Sequence
At power-up, or assertion of the Qbus BUSINIT signal, the
kernel tests are performed. These tests determine the integrity of the Processor, ROM, RAM, and the LED display. The
kernel tests complete within two seconds after INIT and are
explained later in this section.
Upon successful completion of the kernel test, the
pushbutton switch connection is sampled. If no switch closure is detected, the LED displays a "5" and control passes

9-14

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

to the normal mode firmware. If a switch closure is detected,
the diagnostics Test Selection Menu is displayed.

Error Displays
LED Error Displays. Errors are generally deSignated by alternately displaying an identifier for the test detecting the
error and an identifier for the test mode. Some tests display
their identifier alternately with an error indication. This display occurs primarily during the kernel tests when a line
printer/terminal connection is not assumed. Tests that do
not detect errors display only the test identifier.
Printer Port 2 Error Displays. A line printer or terminal connected to Printer Port LP2 displays error information for a
test after the test terminates. These messages are valid for
the most recent failing pass of the test. The printer only
displays error messages after test F5 (floppy mode line
printer test) runs successfu"y.
Standard Form for Error Messages. The general form for
an error message is:
Identifier for type of error information
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxx x - expected
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx - actual
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx - mask
The first line of text typically contains a register identifier
which specifies the location of the data values. In some
cases, this indicates the type or location of the error, such
as the SCSI data bus or the Qbus finite state machine.
The expected field contains the bit pattern anticipated from
the specified location.
The mask field specifies which bit positions are significant in
evaluating the actual field.
The actual field contains the 16-bit value read from the
specified location.
For some displays, not a" bits in the actual field wi" display
meaningful information. (Refer to the board schematics to
determine which bit values are significant.)
In determining the success or failure of a test, the mask field
specifies the bits tested in the actual field. In general, the
actual field is ANDed with the mask value and compared to
the expected field value to determine test results; for example, only bits with a "1" in the mask field are tested.
For some tests, the identifier line contains the only meaningful information. The actual bit values are of little significance.
The mask, actual and expected fields are a" zeros for these
displays.

MSC Diagnostics Firmware

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

The following exceptions exist in the interpretation of the
data contained in the mask, actual and expected fields, as
follows:
•

The hard disk drive-ready tests identify the drive that
failed the test but do not provide specific failure
information.

•

When a drive failure is detected, the controller returns
an extended status block. When this occurs, the expected, actual and mask fields contain the first, second
and third bytes, respectively, of the extended status
block.
The error summaries at the end of this section contain
a list of possible error messages and causes. Refer to
Tables 9-4, 9-5, and 9-6 for software error codes, flexible disk error codes, and hard disk error codes,
respectively.

Test Selection Menu
The Test Selection Menu is entered when a switch closure
is detected upon completion of the kernel tests. The LED
successively displays a set of characters indicating the next
lower level of possible selections, as reflected in Table 9-7.
Table 9-7
Test Selection Menu
Display
Char

Test
Group Selected

F
H
E
L

Floppy disk tests
Hard disk tests
Extended tests
Perform all tests (except extended)
Return to next higher level (in this case, the
normal mode firmware)

""

Each character is displayed for one second. If a switch closure is detected while a character is displayed, the decimal
point on the LED lights, acknowledging the selection. The
decimal point flashes on and off for a two-second period. If
a switch closure is detected while the decimal point is lit, the
Test Group Menu is selected for the indicated test group.
The Test Selection Menu display is resumed if the decimal
point is not lit during a switch closure.

Test Group Menus
The Test Group Menus are chosen from the Test Selection
Menu. Either a single test or all tests in a group may be run.
The Test Group Menus operate in a manner similar to the
Test Selection Menu. A set of characters indicates the selections available. Detection of a switch closure stops the

scan at the current display. A second switch closure either
restarts the menu scan or initiates the selected test, depending on whether or not the decimal point is lit.
Selection of the display of vertical bars ( "::" ) returns the
user to the next higher level of menu.
Each test in a group is identified by a unique character. The
RUN ALL TESTS mode is indicated by an "L" (Loop) on the
LED display.
If a single test is selected, it repeats until another switch
closure is detected, regardless of success or failure. This is
the LOOP UNTIL RESET mode. Failure is indicated by the
alternate display of the test group identifier and the test
identifier with the decimal point lit. If a test runs with no
errors, only its test identifier is displayed with the decimal
point unlit.
All tests in a group are run when "L" is selected. If an error
is detected, the identification character of the failing test is
alternately displayed on the LED with the identifier for the
test group. This error display method is also used by the
LOOP UNTIL RESET mode. When all the tests in a group
have completed without error, the display returns to the test
selection mode. The RUN ALL TESTS mode may be terminated by a switch depression, returning to the subtest select
menu for the current test group.
A failing test may be terminated by a switch depression. If
floppy test F5 has run successfully, Printer Port 2 displays
fault information after a switch depression terminates a
looping test. This text is valid for the most recent test
failure.

Test Descriptions
This section describes the kernel tests, the floppy mode
tests, the SCSI interface tests, and the extended tests. It
also details the individual tests in each major test group.

Kernel Tests
A BUSINIT (RESET) signal from the Qbus initiates the kernel tests. These tests, performed at every power-up or reset, verify such basic board functions as RAM, ROM, and
the CPU, as well as the condition of the on-board,
seven-segment LED display. The ROM and RAM tests determine if the system address and data buses are functioning properly and verify the chip-selects required for basic
kernel functions. Both the ROM and RAM tests identify the
device failing the checksum or data/addressing test, using a
low-byte or high-byte indicator. (A low byte specifies the
even-addressed bytes while a high byte refers to
odd-addressed bytes.)

9-15

MSC Diagnostics Firmware

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

Table 9-8
Kernel Tests
Error Display

Name of Test

None

LED segment

" .1 ", alternately with "H" or "L"

ROM checksum

U4090 (High byte)
U4060 (Low byte)

Verifies integrity of ROM contents

".2", alternately with "d" (data) or
"A" (address) (display of "d"or
"A" inverted inciates high byte
failure)

RAM

U4040, (low byte
RAM), U4080,
U3090, U3100 (high
byte RAM)

Verifies two 4K x 8-bit RAMs on Disk
Controller

".3", alternately with identifier for
failing test

CPU

80186

Verifies integrity of 80186 including timers, DMA controller and interrupt
controller

KeylCs

Verifies each segment of LED display
lights

The CPU test establishes whether the processor can successfully complete a sequence of operations, exercising its
instruction set and integrated peripheral functions. If any
section of the CPU test fails, the LED displays the identifying code for the CPU test and an indicator for that section
such as arithmetic, logic, or stack operations.
If test faults are detected by the kernel tests, (with the exception of the LED display test), the decimal point lights in
conjunction with the test identification number. If a failure is
detected during the CPU, ROM or RAM tests, the test halts.
The LED test has no error indication since it cannot determine whether the segments actually did light.
The MSC Board will halt with an error display and will not
begin normal operation if an error is detected during the
kernel tests. If the tests complete without an error, the normal control firmware takes control and the display is
blanked.
The kernel tests do not provide for the display of error information through Printer Port LP2.
The kernel tests and their error indicators are shown in Table 9-8.

Floppy Mode Tests
This group of tests checks the Qbus interface logic, interrupt logic, Qbus protocol state machine, and Qbus addressing capability. It also tests some basic characteristics of the
LSI floppy disk controller and the disk drive. The Qbus tests

9-16

Function

require the MSC Board to access the Qbus to loop signals
through, providing readback of on-board buses.
These tests are manually selected after the kernel mode
tests are complete, using a normally-open pushbutton
switch. Detection of a switch closure displays the Test Selection Menu. The menu display for the floppy mode tests is
an "F". A switch closure while the "F" is displayed halts the
menu scan and the decimal point flashes on and off for a
two-second period. Depression of the switch again while the
decimal point is lit invokes the menu display for the floppy
mode tests. If a switch depression is detected while the decimal point is not lit, the Test Selection Menu scan resumes.
A list of the floppy mode tests and their respective display
codes is reflected in Table 9-9.
Table 9.9
Floppy Mode Test Selection Menu
Display
Code

o
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
L
::

Test Selected
Qbus finite state machine test
Qbus interface Din/Dout bus readback
Qbus interface address test
Qbus interrupt 4 logic
Qbus timeout logic
Terminal test (write to LP2 Port)
FDC Registers write/read
Status Register read back
FDD restore (seek track 0)
RUN ALL TESTS
Return to next higher menu level

MSC Diagnostics Firmware

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

Any test selected from 0 to B runs repeatedly. The first error
encountered alternately displays the test mode identifier (an
"F" for Floppy tests) and the test number. If a test fails, the
decimal point lights simultaneously with the test identifier.
The success/failure indication is updated after each test
pass.
A second switch depression halts the test currently running
after the present test pass completes.
If option "L" is selected, all tests in the floppy menu run in
succession. The test currently running is identified on the

LED display. When the last test completes, the menu is
again displayed.
If a failure occurs during this sequence, the failing test runs
repeatedly, alternately displaying its identification character
with the test mode identifier. The decimal point will indicate
pass/fail status for successive passes.
Selection of the "::" display returns the user to the Test Selection Menu.
Floppy mode tests and their error indicators are shown in
Table 9-10.

Table 9-10
Kernel Tests
Error Display (Printer Port Disply)

Name of Test

KeylCs

Function

".0", alternately with "F" (Standard
error message for Qbus Status
Register)

State machine

U4160, U4130,
U3160, U2160,
U4170, U412S

Verifies state transfer table for Qbus
machine

".1", alternately with "F" (Standard
error message for Qbus Status
Register)

Din/Dout register
read back

US010, US030,
US120, US040,
U414S

Verifies integrity of Qbus Din/Dout bus
interface circuitry

".2", alternately with "F" (Standard
error message for Qaddrs
Register)

Qbus address bus

USOSO, US060

Verifies MSG Board can assert Qbus
addresses

".3", alternately with "F" (Standard
error message for Qbus Status
Register or Vector Register)

Interrupt 4 logic

U411S, USOSO,
U417S

Verifies assertion of Interrupt 4

".4", alternately with "F" (Standard
error message for Qbus Status
Register)

Qbus timeout logic

U10BO, US170,
U4170

Verifies integrity of Qbus timeout logic

".S", alternately with "F"

Terminal

Miscellaneous
Qbus circuitry

Verifies actual data transfer on Qbus

".6", alternately with "F" (Standard
error message for Qbus Status
Register; data fields all zeros)

Device Register
readback

U4010, U4120,
U3010, U3020,
U10BO

Verifies the integrity of the MSG Device
Register and Device written flag

"7", alternately with "F" (Standard
error message for FDG Track
Register, FDG Sector Register or
FDG Data Register)

FDG register

US130

Verifies that processor can access
internal registers of FDG IG

".S", alternately with "F" (Standard
error message for Qbus Status
Register or Disk Status Register)

Status ports
readback

Latches, buffers

Verifies integrity of Qbus and disk status
latches

".S", alternately with" F" (Standard
error message for Qbus Status
Register or Disk Status Register)

Floppy drive
restor

US130, U6120,
U6110, US120

Verifies flexible disk drive seeks track 00

9-17

MSC Diagnostics Firmware

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

SCSI Interface Tests
The SCSI interface tests determine the integrity of the controller interface for the hard disk drive. One or all of the tests
in this group may be selected from the SCSI Test Selection
Menu as reflected in Table 9-11.
Table 9-11
SCSI Test Selection Menu

Table 9-13 reflects a list of tests available.

Display
Code

o
1
2
3
L
::

These tests provide debugging capability. They also provide
for tests that are not included in the test groups because
they require either an extended length of time to run (the
hard disk diagnostics), or they require additional hardware
(the floppy exercise tests). These tests are intended to provide a little broader board stimulus than the dedicated tests
in the other test groups.

Test Selected

Table 9-13
Extended Test Selection Menu

SCSI Bus RESET logic
SCSI Bus control signals
SCSI bus poll
Disk controller internal diagnostics
RUN ALL TESTS
Return to next higher menu level

Display
Char

Subtest
Selected

o

RAM write/read scan
Qbus memory size
Read track 0 (floppy)
Read track 76 (floppy)
Hard disk diagnostic (can take up to 25
seconds)
Read Qbus (location 0177777)
Write Qbus (location 0177777)
Return to next higher menu level

1

2
3

SCSI interface tests and their error indicators are shown in
Table 9-12.

4

5
6

Extended Tests
These tests provide a means of troubleshooting for both
manufacturing and service support. Extended tests may
only be run individually. The RUN ALL TESTS mode is not
available.

II
II

Extended tests and their error indicators are shown in Table
9-14.

Table 9-12
SCSI Interface Tests
Error Display (Printer Port Display)

Name of Test

KeylCs

Function

".0", alternately with "H" (Standard
error message where all bit fields
equal zeros)

SCSI bus RST

U2110, U4165B

Verifies that the 80186 can detect SCSI
bus Reset assertion

".1", alternately with "H"(Standard
error message for SCSI data bus or
Disk Status Register)

SCSI bus control

U2110, U2120,
U2150, U2160

Verifies the SCSI bus signals

".2", alternately with "H" (Standard
error message for SCSI Status
Register, data bus or controller)

Hard disk
controller Diags

Hard disk
controller

Verifies operation of internal
diagnostic routines in hard disk
controller

".3", alternately with ~E" (Standard
error message for SCSI bus or drvO
not ready when bits equal 00)

SCSI bus poll

9-18

Verifies access to a system disk drive

MSC Diagnostics Firmware

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

Table 9-14
Extended Tests
Error Display (Printer Port Display)

Name of Test

KeylCs

Function

None

RAM read/write
scan

Data buffers

Low level RAM write/read (no
verification)

"1", alternately with "E" (Standard
error message for Ext Addr Register)

Qbus memory
bank selection

U5070, U6050,
U5110

Verifies each bank of Qbus memory and
reports size (xxxxK bytes)

"2", alternately with "E" (Standard
error message for FDC Status
Register)

Floppy read
track 00

U5120 and
interface circuitry

Verifies floppy drive and interface
circuitry

".3", alternately with "E" (Standard
error message for FDC Status
Register or data read error)

Floppy drive
track 76

U5120

Verifies write/read function flexible
drive

".4", alternately with "E" (Standard
error message for drive n not
ready (field equals 00) or drv
n (n is the drive tested)

Fixed disk
diagnostics

Controller-drive
interface

Verifies access to and formatting of
fixed disk drive(s)

None

Read Qbus
0177777

Many

Verifies read operation of Qbus
interface circuitry

None

Write Qbus
0177777

Many

Verifies write operation of Qbus
interface circuitry

Printer Port Error Display Summary
A list of possible error messages, together with a description of each, follows. These messages appear upon termination of a failing test.
Qbus status reg. The bit fields for actual and expected refer
to the Qbus Status Register composed of U1080, U1040,
U4110, U1090.
Vector reg. The bit fields for actual and expected refer to
the Qbus Vector Register U4030.
Disk status reg. The bit fields for actual and expected refer
to the Disk Status Register U3130 and U1060. This message also refers to the SCSI status control bus since it is
mapped into upper 8 bits of the Disk Status Register. The
Mask Register allows differentiating.

FDC status reg. The bit fields for actual and expected refer
to the Status Register internal to floppy controller U5130.
The bit field actual represents the state of the floppy disk
system known by the controller. The bit position definitions
are as follows:

bit 0:

= > controller BUSY status

bit 1:

=> INDEX hole under detector or DATA REQUEST depending on command in process

bit 2:

1

=> TRACK 0 or LOST DATA depending.on command in process

bit 3:

1

=

> CRC ERROR

bit 4:

1

=

> SEEK ERROR or RECORD NOT FOUND depending on command in process

bit 5:

1

=> HEAD LOADED or RECORD TYPE in read
operation

FDC track reg. The bit fields for actual and expected refer
to the Track Register internal to floppy controller U5130.
FDC sector reg. The bit fields for actual and expected refer
to the Sector Register internal to floppy controller U5130.

> disk WRITE PROTECTed

bit 6:

1

=

bit 7:

1

=> drive NOT READY

9-19

MSC Diagnostics Firmware

FDC data reg. The bit fields for actual and expected refer to
floppy controller Data Register U5130 which is accessed
with address lines 0 and 1 at logic 1.
Din/Dout bus. This message appears when errors occur
during readback of the Din/Dout bus. This is accomplished
by logically connecting the Din/Dout bus through the Qbus
drivers (U6010, U6020, U6030, U6040) and reading from
the Din Registers (U5010, U5030) the data pattern written
to the Dout Registers (U5020, U5040).
Qaddrs reg. This message implies that an error was detected while testing the Qbus Address Register (U5050,
U5060). The Address Register is read back by logically connecting it to the Din Registers (U5010, U5030) through the
Qbus transceivers.
Qbus FSM. This message suggests an error in the Qbus
control FSM. The actualfield contains the pattern read back
from the Diagnostic Register, U2160. The mask field describes the set of bits actually compared.
Dev Reg. This message suggests a problem with the Qbus
Device Register (U4010, U4020). This register is tested by
writing through the Qbus and reading it back.
SCSI data bus. This test suggests an error while testing the
SCSI data bus. This bus is tested by writing it a walking one
pattern, followed by a walking zero pattern. The pattern
written is recorded in the expected field. The pattern read
back is recorded in the actual field. This bus is 8 bits wide
and is right justified in the record fields.
xxxxK bytes memory detected. This message reflects the
number of contiguous 64K memory banks found to be
unique. A bus timeout indicates the end of available memory. This number should be compared with the amount of
memory known to exist in the system. A mismatch between
this value and the system memory size might occur as the
result of a problem with the Extended Address Register
(U5070) or the Qbus driver associated with the address
lines from the Extended Address Register (U6050, U6080).
Bus timeout. This message is printed by the Device Register test indicating that a Qbus timeout occured while running
patterns on the Device Register.
MSC diagnostics. This message, printed by the terminal
test routine, is used to determine if any other messages
should be printed.

9-20

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

print error. This message indicates that the transmitter on
Printer Port LP2 took longer than 10 ms to return 'transmitter empty' status. This happens if there is no printer connected. This message may also appear if a printer is
connected whose buffer becomes full and therefore unable
to accept additional characters until some are printed out.
drvO not ready. This message implies that hard disk drive 0
did not indicate 'ready' status when polled. This may be due
to cable connections from the disk controller to the drive,
drive not powered-up, or drive not up to speed (can take up
to 25 seconds after power-up).
SCSI BSY timeout. This message indicates that a timeout
occurred while communicating with the hard disk controller.
The timeout limits the length of time for the complete communication process, (sending command, returning data and
status). The timeout does not begin until the MSC Board
has control of the bus and the target selection process is
completed. This may indicate a problem with the controller.
target select timeout. The target did not respond within the
300 ms time limit. Verify that a hard disk controller exists at
bus address "5".
SCSI reset interrupt fault. No interrupt was detected after
asserting the SCSI reset line. The 80186 INTO is used to
detect the interrupt. This is generally caused by the SCSI
RESET line sticking or inverter U4165B not working.
SCSI arbitration timeout. A timeout occured while waiting
for the SCSI state machine (U2130 and related logic) to gain
control of the SCSI bus.
lost arbitration. A higher priority device took control of the
SCSI bus during the arbitration process. If there are no
other masters on the bus, and the SCSI CONTROL test
passed (E1), a problem may exist in the SCSI control logic
(U2130 and related logic).
Ext Addrs Reg bank interdependence. One of the Qbus
memory banks appeared to overwrite another while testing
the Extended Address Register (U5070). This may be due to
a stuck or shorted address line.
data read err. This message is generated by the floppy
write/read test. It indicates that the information read back
from track 76 sector 26 is different from what was written. A
different data pattern is written each time this test runs. This
may indicate a write gate assertion or write data problem
(U6120).

MSC Diagnostics Firmware

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

disk controller fault. This message indicates that the hard
disk controller failed its internal diagnostics. These diagnostics test its processor, data buffers, error correction circuitry, and internal RAM. The controller was healthy
enough, however, to communicate successfully on the SCSI
bus.

1/.x:

the kernel group ROM test

"x" may be:
.d

indicating failed data test low byte RAM (U4040)

.A

indicating failed address test low byte RAM (U4040)

drive O. This message indicates that hard disk drive 0 failed
the drive diagnostic tests. This may be due to the disk's not
being formatted, having crashed, read data separation problems in the controller, or cabling problems.

.p

indicating failed data test high byte RAM (U4080)

.U

indicating failed address test high byte RAM
(U4080)

drive 1. This message indicates that hard disk drive 1 failed
the drive diagnostic tests. This may be due to the disk's not
being formatted, having crashed, read data separation problems in the controller, or cabling problems.

.2/F:

floppy group Qbus interface address bus

.2/H:

hard disk group hard disk controller internal
diagnostics

.2/E:

extended test group raw read track 00 (requires formatted floppy in drive)

3/.x:

kernel group CPU test

drY 1 not ready. Hard disk drive 1 did not return 'ready'
status when polled. This may be due to cabling problems,
the drive not powered up, the drive not up to speed or only
having one drive (drive 0) in the system.

·x" may be:

LED displays
The seven-segment LED displays provide a rough indication
of possible problems. These displays are used whether or
not a display device is connected to Printer Port LP2. In
order to remove some of the ambiguity from the test displays, the test group identifier is alternately displayed with
the test identifier for the user selected tests. The kernel
mode power-up tests display an error type identifier alternately with the test identifier. In all cases the decimal point is
used to indicate that an error was encountered on the most
recent pass of the test. For the user selected tests, it is
possible to have the decimal point light, then go out, indicating that the test now passes. The kernel tests do not repeat
a test, and the error displays will always have the decimal
point lit while displaying the test identifier.
The following displays are shown with the alternately displayed characters on either side of a "/". Decimal points are
shown where they appear if appropriate. The character to
the left of the"/" is the display while the test is running.

.L

indicating failed low byte ROM checksum (U4060)

.H

indicating failed high byte ROM checksum (U4090)

.1 IF:

the floppy group Dout/Din bus test

.1 IH: -the hard disk group SCSI bus lines test
.1 IE:

the extended test group Qbus memory sizing test

2/.x:

the kernel group RAM test

"x" may be:
.a

indicating byte wide register tests

.b

indicating word wide register tests

.c

indicating byte wide memory operations

.d

indicating word wide memory operations

.g

indicating stack operations

.0fF:

the floppy group state machine test

.h

indicating interrupt operations

.0/H:

the hard disk group SCSI reset test

.n

indicating flag operations

.0/E:

the extended test group RAM scan

.0

indicating string operations

9-21

MSC Diagnostic Firmware

Mass Storage Controller Board-8560/8561/8562 Service

.r

indicating timer operation

.S/E:

extended test group Qbus read stimulus

.u

indicating interrupt controller operation

.6/F:

floppy group Device Register test

.y

indicating DMA operations

.6/E:

extended test group Qbus write stimulus

.3/F:

floppy group interrupt 4 test

.7/F:

floppy group Floppy Controller Register test

.3/H:

hard disk group SCSI bus drive 0 ready test

.8/F:

floppy group Status Register test

.3/E:

extended test group write/read track 76 (floppy)

.9/F:

floppy group floppy drive track 0 test

.4/F:

floppy group Qbus timeout test

.L:

F/H test groups, top menu-loop on tests

.4/E:

extended test group hard disk diagnostic test

II.
.11 •

Return to next higher menu

.S/F:

floppy group Printer Port LP2 communication test

.u:

could come from anywhere-unexpected interrupt
received.

9-22

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 10
THE XEBEC S 141 0 DISK CONTROLLER

Page
Introduction ................................. 10-1
Functional Organization ....................... 10-1
Diagnostic Jumpers .......................... 10-1

ILLUSTRATIONS
Fig.
No.

10-1

Page

Xebec 81410 Disk Controller block diagram. 10-1

10-i

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 10
THE XEBEC S1410 DISK CONTROLLER

INTRODUCTION
The Xebec S141 0 Disk Controller controls the operation of
up to two 5 1/4-inch Winchester-type disk drive units. The
S1410 Disk Controller uses the Shugart Associates System
Interface (SASI).

Functional Organization
Figure 10-1 is a simplified block diagram of the functional
organization of the controller. The major functional blocks
are as follows:
1. The host interface connects the internal data bus to the
host adapter.
2. The processor monitors and controls operation.
3. The state
operations.

machine

controls

and

synchronizes

STATE MACHINE

4. The serializer/deserializer (SERDES) converts parallel
data from the internal data bus to serial data for transfer to a selected disk drive. SERDES converts serial
data from the selected disk drive to parallel data and
places it on the internal data bus.
5. The data separator makes required conversions of
NRZ data to MFM data and vice versa.
6. The selector buffer handles data transfers between the
disk and the host computer to prevent data overruns.

Diagnostic Jumpers
The Xebec S1410 Disk Controller contains jumpers and
straps. Refer to Section 3 of this manual for the function
and default positions of the jumpers and straps for the Xebec S1410 Disk Controller Board.

SERIALIZER/
DESERIALIZER

J2

DATA
SEPARATOR
HOST

HOST

ADAPTER

INTERFACE

......... I
J3

TO
DRIVES

P2

SECTOR
BUFFER

4759-27

Fig. 10-1. Xebec S1410 Disk Controller block diagram.

10-1

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 11
THE DISK DRIVES

Page
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 11-1
The Flexible Disk Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 11-1
The Winchester-Technology Hard Disk Drive(s) ........................................................ 11-1
The Seagate ST419 Disk Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 11-1
The Micropolis Model 1304 DisK Drive ............................................................... 11-1

11-i

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 11
THE DISK DRIVES

INTRODUCTION
The 8560 Series MUSDU provides up to approximately
80M bytes of nonvolatile memory. The vehicles for this storage are a double-sided, double-density flexible disk drive
and Winchester-type hard disk drives.

is circulated through the clean area by a spindle pump. The
air flow is directed through a 0.3 micron absolute filter. Thermal isolation of the motor assemblies from the disk enclosure results in a very low temperature increase within the
disk enclosure. This low temperature increase provides read
and write operations to be performed immediately after
power-up without a thermal stabilization delay.

THE FLEXIBLE DISK DRIVE

The Seagate ST419 utilizes 5 1/4-inch nonremovable disks
as storage media.

The 8560 flexible disk drive is a Qume Corporation
QumeTrak 242. This unit uses standard removable 8-inch
flexible disks.
This drive provides storage under these standards:
•

0.5M bytes of storage capacity on a double-sided,
single-density disk

•

1M bytes of storage capacity on a double-sided,
double-density disk

The QumeTrak 242 drive has a two-sided head/carriage assembly with two ceramic read/write heads that provide a
track-to-track access time of 3 ms.
For additional information, see the QumeTrak 242 Maintenance Manual, available from Tektronix, Inc.

THE WINCHESTER· TECHNOLOGY
HARD DISK DRIVE(S)
The 8560 Series MUSDU is equipped with one or two hard
disk drive units. The type of hard disk drive installed depends on the particular development system selected.

The Seagate ST419 Disk Drive
The Seagate ST419 is a 15M-byte hard disk drive. The
ST419's formatted capacity is 15M bytes. The heads, actuator and disks are protected by an aluminum enclosure. Air

The Seagate ST419 interfaces with an intelligent Xebec
S141 0 Disk Controller which can control the operation of up
to two 5 1/4-inch Winchester-type disk drives. The S1410
Disk Controller uses the Shugart Associates System Interface (SASI) to communicate with the 8560 bus.
Servicing the disks inside the clean area of the Seagate
ST419 is performed only by the manufacturer. If your disk
drive needs servicing, you will have to remove it from the
8560 MUSDU. Service information and instructions for removing the Seagate ST419 disk drive are given in Section
15 of this manual. Detailed information on the Seagate
ST419 is provided in the ST406/412/419 Microwinchester
Service Manual, which is available from Tektronix, Inc.
Additional information regarding the Xebec S1410 Disk
Controller is provided in Section 10 of this manual.

The Micropolis Model 1304
Disk Drive
The Micropolis Model 1304 is a 40M-byte hard disk drive.
The 1304's formatted capacity is 40M bytes. The disk drive
unit consists of an inner and outer die casting separated by
shock isolators. The inner casting contains the read/write
heads, disks, and voice coil rotary motor. Air is circulated
through the clean area by the rotation of the disks. The air
flow is directed through a 0.3 micron absolute filter. The
shock isolators protect the inner casting from mechanical
shock.

11-1

The Winchester-Technology Hard Disk Drive(s)

The Micropolis Model 1304 has a direct drive, brushless dc
motor that rotates up to four sealed disks.
The Micropolis Model 1304 is interfaced with an intelligent
Xebec S1410 Disk Controller, which can control the operation of up to two 51f4-inch Winchester-type disk drives. The
S1410 Disk Controller uses the Shugart Associates System
Interface (SASI) to communicate with the 8560 bus.

11-2

The Disk Drives-8560/8561/8562 Service

Servicing the disks inside the clean area requires that you
remove the drive unit completely from the 8560 enclosure.
The disk drive is serviced by the manufacturer only.
Service information and instructions for removing the
Micropolis Model 1304 disk drive are given in Section 15 of
this manual. Detailed information on the Micropolis Model
1304 is provided in the Micropolis 1300 Series Rigid Disk
Drive Maintenance Manual, available from Tektronix, Inc.

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 12
POWER SUPPLY

ILLUSTRATIONS

Page
Introduction ................................. 12-1
Functional Description . ........................ 12-1
Inverter-Type Supply Description ............... 12-1
DC Output Circuitry .......................... 12-1

Fig.

No.
12-1
12-2

12-3
Troubleshooting Guide ........................ 12-2
Equipment Required ......................... 12-2
Jumpers ................................... 12-3
Catastrophic Failures ......................... 12-3
Non-Catastrophic Failures ..................... 12-6
The Supply Won't Turn On .................. 12-6
Procedure .............................. 12-6
Troubleshooting the + 12 V Secondary
Regulator ............................... 12-8
Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-9
Troubleshooting the + 24 V and
-12 V Secondary Regulators ................ 12-9
EMI Test Procedure .......................... 12-9
Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-9

12-4

12-5
12-6
12-7
12-8
12-9
12-10
12-11

TABLES
Table

No.
Bring-Up Procedure . ......................... 12-10
Preconditions .............................. 12-10
Procedure................................. 12-11

Page

Inverter-type supply block diagram ........ 12-1
8560 power supply block diagram . . . . . . .. 12-2
The Inverter Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12-4
The Inverter Board-200 Vdc ............ 12-4
Semiconductor component pinouts ....... 12-5
Waveforms at shutdown testpoint ........ 12-7
Test equipment set-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12-10
03010/02010 base-emitter voltage
waveform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12-11
05074/05075 drain voltage waveform. . .. 12-13
T1011 primary winding waveforms. . . . . .. 12-13
+ 12 V regulator reference waveform. . . .. 12-14

12-1
12-2
12-3
12-4

Page

Overcurrent Checkpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12-8
-12 V and + 24 V Secondary Regulator
Faults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12-9
Equipment Required for Bring-Up
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12-10
Regulator Board Testpoints . . . . . . . . . . .. 12-14

12-i

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 12
POWER SUPPLY
INTRODUCTION

3. The output of the inverter is fed to an isolation
transformer.

This section describes the 8560 Series power supply and
provides procedures for troubleshooting the supply. The
material in this section consists of:

4. The waveform at each transformer secondary is rectified and filtered into low voltage dc.

•

A functional description of the 8560 power supply.

•

A troubleshooting guide for the 8560 power supply.

•

A bring-up procedure to return a repaired power supply
to operation.
NOTE

All references to the 8560 power supply include the
8560 and 8561 (SN 8100000 and above) and the

8562.

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
This subsection describes the circuitry of the 8560 power
supply and is divided into two parts:
•

A general description of an inverter-type supply.

•

A description of the dc output circuitry in the 8560
power supply.

Inverter-Type Supply Description
The 8560 power supply is an inverter-type supply. The
power supply provides four dc voltages (+5 V, +12 V, -12
V, and +24 V) generated in four steps:
1. The incoming ac line voltage is rectified and filtered into
high voltage dc.
2. The high voltage dc powers an ultrasonic oscillator
called an inverter.

Incoming
ac Line

t\
)

V

Rectifier
and
Filter

Power
Oscillator
(Inverter)

The four steps are illustrated in the block diagram in Fig.

12-1.

DC Output Circuitry
The output voltages are regulated by control circuitry that
feeds information from the output rectifiers and filters back
to the inverter. Three of the four output voltages (+ 12 V,
-12 V, and +24 V) must have additional regulation; only the
+ 5 V output can be adequately regulated by controlling just
the inverter. This additional regulation is performed by the
secondary regulators. The + 12 V and + 24 V secondary
regulators are controlled by the same reference voltage that
controls the + 5 V output. The -12 V secondary regulator's
reference is internal to the regulator. All of the control circuitry is powered by a ± 15 V supply, which is separately
derived from the incoming ac line.
Protection circuitry monitors the voltage outputs and the
inverter and shuts the supply down when fault conditions
occur. Three types of faults external to the supply can shut
the supply down:
•

Line voltage below about 85 V will shut down the supply until the line voltage rises above 90 V.

•

Overcurrent or overvoltage on any of the power outputs shuts down all of the outputs for about 1 second.
The supply then tries to restart every 1 to 1.5 seconds
until the fault is corrected or until the supply is turned
off.

Figure 12-2 is a block diagram of the 8560 power supply.

Transformer

Rectifiers.
Filters.
and
Regulators

-----

]

Output
Voltages

3900-60

Fig. 12-1. Inverter-type supply block diagram.

12-1

Troubleshooting Guide

Power Supply-8560/8561/8562 Service

r------,
I

+12 Vdc

'"V ___.....
Incoming ~-......
ae Line

Input
Rectifier
and
Filter

+24 Vdc

-12 Vdc
±15 V
Supply

1 - - - - - - - 0 +5 Vdc
To
Regulators

I
I

I
L
Instrument

Interface

-

-

- - -

-

To
- - - Regulators

I
I
I

______ J

- .- -

From
__ Regulators
- - - Power Path
- - - - - Control Path

4759-28

Fig. 12-2. 8560 power supply block diagram.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
This troubleshooting guide enables you to locate and repair
most failures that occur in the 8560 power supply. The
guide is divided into two main parts:

Equipment Required
The following equipment is required to perform the tasks
described in this troubleshooting guide:

1. Catastrophic failures
Equipment

2. Non-catastrophic failures
•

Determining why the supply won't turn on

•

Troubleshooting the

•

Troubleshooting the
regulators

•

EMI test procedure

+ 12 V secondary regulator
+ 24 V and -12 V secondary

To troubleshoot the supply, follOW the appropriate procedure in this troubleshooting guide. If you are troubleshooting
a catastrophic failure, proceed to the bring-up procedure,
later in this section, after you have repaired the problem.

12-2

Recommended Type

Soldering iron/solder

800 0 F tip temperature/ 63%
tin, 37% lead, rosin core

Needle-nose pliers

Sturdy, with plastic grips

Screwdriver

Phillips for #6 and #2 screws

Voltmeter/diode meter

Fluke Model 8030A or
equivalent

Oscilloscope

TEKTRONIX 465 or
equivalent

Troubleshooting Guide

PowerSupply-8560/8561/8562 Service

Jumpers
Refer to Section 3 of this manual for detailed information on
all power supply jumpers.

Catastrophic Failures
Cata~trophic

failures generally occur while the instrument is
up and running. Failures of this type cause the instrument
lights to go out and the line fuse to blow. These symptoms
are sometimes accompanied by a burning odor or popping
noises.
Catastrophic failures most often originate in the
high-voltage switching circuit of the main inverter. This circuit is located on the Inverter Board, which is one of three
plug-in circuit boards in the 8560 power supply.
In the following inspection and repair procedure, the most
likely causes of failure are investigated first.
1. Make sure the 8560 is disconnected from the primary
power source.

WARNING

I

Use insulated tools and probes at all times and observe the supplementary cautions contained in the
text. Stored charge in the large capacitors of the
power supply can cause severe burns and/or electric shock even when the supply is turned off.

2. To gain access to the Inverter Board, remove the fan
housing at the rear of the 8560. Remove the two
screws closest to the rear panel on the housing's left
side, and the six screws that secure the housing to the
rear panel. Disconnect the two wires connected to the
fan and set the fan housing aside.
3. Three plug-in circuit boards are now visible through the
opening that the fan housing normally covers. The Inverter Board is the lowest of these three boards. To
remove the Inverter Board, grasp the left side of the
board firmly with a pair of insulated needle-nose pliers
(see Fig. 12-3), and pull the board out.

I

WARNING

I

Do not touch the metal on the pliers; high voltage
may be present on the board while it is installed.
Keep away from grounded objects while pulling the
board out. After removing the board, allow five
seconds for the capaCitors on the board to discharge before handling the board.

I WARNING

I

Whenever the 8560 is connected to a power source
and the unit's power switch is on, use caution in
the area of the Inverter Board. A 200 Vdc potential
exists on the screw in the left-hand corner of the
board. Refer to Fig. 12-4 for the location of this
screw. The same 200 Vdc potential may exist on
the shield below the board if the insulating coating
on the shield is damaged. Damaged shields should
be replaced immediately.

12-3

Power Supply-8560/8561/8562 Service

Troubleshooting Guide

L 2071
f--------,

D

T 3051

~

@

~

-D

C~~

101
T 4051

4)"------J} -c=>~-----~--------~
Pull here
4759-29

Fig. 12-3. The Inverter Board.

NOTE

While performing the rest of the procedure, refer to
the power supply Inverter Board schematics at the
rear of this manual.
5. If the failure appears to be in the main inverter, the
following components (listed in descending order of
probability) may have failed:

Fig. 12-4. The Inverter Board-200 Vdc.

4. Notice the finned heatsink on the left side of the Inverter Board. The two transistors (03010 and 02010)
on the finned heatsink are the main inverter's
high-voltage switching components. Look for obvious
signs of failure, such as cracked transistor cases or
charred circuit board.

12-4

•

High-voltage switching transistors, 03010 and
02010

•

Turn-off capacitors, C4019 and C1019

•

Turn-off transistors, 04011 and 01010

•

Drive transistors, 05074 and 05075

•

Bleeder resistors, R4014 and R1016

If either 03010 or 02010 is obviously damaged, remove the bad transistor(s). Be careful when removing
these transistors. The two screws holding down the
collector tabs of these transistors are the only secure
mechanical connection between the heatsink assembly
and the circuit board.
Even if 03010 or 0201 o appear undamaged, check the
components in-circuit with any diode meter having a 1
mA measuring current. Forward base-collector and
base-emitter voltages for good transistors are between
400 mV and 600 mV. See Fig. 12-5 for pinouts. Remove any transistor that shows a bad junction voltage.

Troubleshooting Guide

Power Supply-8560/8561/8562 Service

After 03010 and 02010 have been removed, all of the
other components listed at the beginning of step 5 can
be checked with the diode meter. The capacitors
should read between 1300 mV and 1600 mV in either
direction, although a resistor failure or turn-off transistor failure could affect these readings. The turn-off transistors should show forward junction voltages between
400 mV and 600 mV. The bleeder resistors should read
between 900 mV and 1100 mV in either direction. The
drive transistors should eventually read between 400
mV and 600 mV when the positive lead of the meter is
connected to the source and the negative lead is con-

nected to the drain. With the leads reversed, the reading should eventually rise to more than 1999 mV.
("Eventually" means that the meter may take a few seconds to charge up the capacitors in parallel with the
component being measured.)
Replace any of the components that seem to be faulty.
Rebuild the heatsink assembly. (Make sure all parts are
present, including the plastic inserts and rectangular
aluminum washers.) Make sure there is heatsink compound under the transistors.
6. Proceed to the bring-up procedure, later in this section.

0
-15V

o

+15V

+Input

Output

-Input

Bypass

-15V

r

1

Hysteresis

156-1126-01
U2010
(on Regulator Board)

E

B

C

151-0439-00

03102

151-0364-00
02071
(on Secondary Board)

~

0 (

BeE
151-0679-00

03010
02010

151-0625-00

04011
01010
(on Inverter Board)

151-0625-00

02063
02073
(on Secondary Board)

G 0 S

151-1127-00

05074
05075

151-1128'-00
05076
(on Inverter Board)

(3900-64)4759-31

Fig. 12-5. Semiconductor component pinouts.

12-5

Troubleshooting Guide

Power Supply-8560/8561/8562 Service

Non-Catastrophic Failures
The two most common non-catastrophic failures are failure
of the supply to turn on and failure of a secondary regulator
to produce the correct output voltage. This part of the troubleshooting guide is organized as follows:
•

Determing why the supply won't turn on

•

Troubleshooting the + 12 V secondary regulator

•

Troubleshooting the +24 V and -12 V secondary
regulators

Follow the appropriate procedure until you've discovered
and repaired the problem. Then, power up the system to
verify that you have completely repaired the supply.

The Supply Won't Turn On
The 8560 power supply has many different kinds of fault
sensing and protection features. As a result, any of a number of things can prevent the supply from coming up when
both front and rear panel power switches are turned on.
If the AC ON light on the front panel remains off, the line
fuse is probably open, indicating one of the following
possibilities:
•

A catastrophic failure has occurred in the supply. See
'Catastrophic Failures," earlier in this section.

•

Your 8560 is configured for a 115 V line, but is connected to a 230 V line. See "Selecting the Proper Primary Voltage" in Section 19 of this manual.

If the AC ON light is illuminated but the 8560 doesn't power
up when you turn on the front panel DC switch, the following procedure should reveal the source of the problem.

NOTE
If the front panel switch is on when the rear panel
switch is turned on, the AC ON light will illuminate
immediately but the instrument won't power up for
about a second. This delay is entirely normal.

Procedure.
1. Remove the two top cover retainers at the rear of the
mainframe and slide off the top cover. Locate the

12-6

power supply top shield, which is behind the hard disk
drive(s).

WARNING

I

Use extreme caution once you have removed the
power supply top shield. Dangerous voltages are
present underneath the top shield.

WARNING

I

Be careful to keep fingers and other objects out of
the power supply fan blades. The fan housing has
no protective covering from the inside of the
supply.
Remove the four screws that secure the shield and lift
the shield off.
2. If you can hear a faint chirping sound coming from the
supply about once every second, proceed to step 3.
If you cannot hear any chirping, measure the voltage at
the PONPS testpoint (TP7048) and at PON on the Interconnect Board (the second pin from the left on the
upper row of J1 01 0). Both of these voltages should be
between 12 V and 15 V if the front and rear switches
are both on.
a. If both voltages are near ground, either the front
panel or the wiring to it from the Interconnect
Board is probably defective. (It is also possible
that the + 15 V supply circuit has failed. Check the
+ 15 V testpoint (TP7076). The voltage should be
correct within +/- 5 percent.)
b. If only PONPS is incorrect, check the shutdown
testpoint (TP7046). If the testpoint voltage is
above 11 V, check the yellow LED on the Regulator Board, which is visible through the fan. If the
LED is lit, the overtemperature protection has
tripped. To reset it, turn off the rear power switch
and allow the instrument to cool down. Then apply
power again. When the supply comes on, check
the fan for proper operation. If the LED is not lit,
proceed to step 3. The supply is probably chirping
as previously described. You may not be able to
hear this sound if you are in a noisy work area.

Troubleshooting Guide

Power Supply-8560/8561/8562 Service

3. Turn off the 8560 at the rear panel power switch.

I WARNING

I

Use insulated tools and probes at all times and observe the supplementary cautions contained in the
text. Stored charge in the large capacitors of the
power supply can cause severe burns and/or electric shock even when the supply is turned off.

4. Locate the fan housing at the rear of the instrument.
Remove the two screws (closest to the rear panel) on
the fan housing's left side and the six screws that secure it to the rear panel. Disconnect the two wires connected to the fan and set the fan housing aside.
5. Notice the three plug-in circuit boards in the rear opening. From top to bottom these boards are: the Regulator Board, the Secondary Board, and the Inverter
Board.
WARNING

I

Dangerous voltages are present on the Secondary
Board even when the front panel power switch is
turned off. Line voltage is connected to the side of
the large transformer (TtOll) that faces the Interconnect Board.

initially. The triggering should be set to normal mode,
dc coupling, external source, positive level, and negative slope.
8. Turn on the 8560 with the rear panel power switch. If
the front panel switch is also on, the supply should
chirp faintly as before. A single trace should be displayed on the scope with every chirp.
If you determine that the shutdown testpoint is not providing a trigger signal but is staying above 11 V at all
times, three possible causes exist:
•

The undervoltage shutdown circuitry (U5040,
U3040A) is faulty.

•

The 8560 is configured for a 230 V line but is connected to a 115 V line. See "Selecting the Proper
Primary Voltage" in Section 19 of this manual.

•

If the 8560 was running for some time prior to
failure, the supply's overtemperature protection
may have tripped. See step 2(b) in this procedure.

9. Set the scope's vertical sensitivity to 5 V/cm. Connect
a probe from the vertical input of the scope to TP7046.
The two traces shown in Fig. 12-6 illustrate the range
of expected waveforms. If the waveform matches Fig.
12-6b, reduce the sweep speed until event Y (shown in
Fig. 12-6a) is visible. Note the position of event Y on the
screen. Event Y occurs when the supply shuts down.

6. Remove the Regulator Board and Secondary Board
from their slots. Insert the Secondary Board in the top
slot, and the Regulator Board in the second slot.
7. Connect the external trigger of an oscilloscope to the
shutdown testpoint on the Regulator Board (TP7046).
The scope's sweep rate should be set to 10 ms/div

WARNING

I

Use extreme caution when servicing the Inverter
Board. Dangerous voltages exist on the Inverter
Board when the 8560 is turned on.

3900-65

Fig. 12-6. Waveforms at shutdown testpoint.

12-7

Troubleshooting Guide

10. Connect the scope probe to the 15K resistor R5084 on
the Inverter Board on the opposite side of the resistor
from the connection to TP5085. You should see a 10 V
negative-going spike from + 15 V at the same position
as event Y in Fig. 12-6a. You may have to increase the
intensity of the display for the spike to become readily
visible.
11. Connect the probe to TP5085.
•

If the spike amplitude is the same as in step 10,
proceed to step 11.

•

If the spike amplitude is greater than in step 10,
the primary current limit is being activated. A fault
may exist in the main inverter control circuitry, or a
secondary winding of power transformer T1011
on the Secondary Board may be shorted.

12. Test for an overvoltage problem on the supply outputs
by connecting the scope probe to each of the following
testpoints on the Regulator Board: +5 V Sense
(TP7061), + 12 V Sense (TP7043), -12 V (TP7015),
+15 V (TP7076), and +24 V (TP7057).
a. If the voltage during event Y at any of these
testpoints is greater than 105 percent of the designated testpoint voltage, the supply is probably being shut down by the overvoltage protection circuit
(U2110A on the Secondary Board).
b. If the overvoltage is on the 5 V line, the reference
voltage Vref (TP7066) may be set too high. Check
Vref by measuring the voltage between TP7066
and Ground Sense (TP7056). The reading should
be within 1 percent of 5 V.
c. If the overvoltage is confined to the + 12 V line,
see "Troubleshooting the + 12 V Secondary
Regulator."
d. If the overvoltage is confined to the + 24 V or -12
V line, see "Troubleshooting the +24 V and -12 V
Secondary Regulators." If the overvoltage is on
the +15 V line, U1060 on the Regulator Board is
probably faulty.
13. Check for a short or an overload on one of the supply's
dc outputs if an overvoltage does not appear to be the
problem. You can accomplish this by connecting the
scope's vertical input differentially across the capacitors listed in Table 12-1. The setup for this connection
is accomplished as follows:
In order to differentially connect across the +5 V and
+ 12 V capacitors, connect a separate scope channel
to each end of the capacitor you want to look at. Then,
set the scope's controls so that the difference between
the two channels is displayed. To connect across the

12-8

Power Supply-8560/8561/8562 Service

+ 12 V and -12 V capacitors, the same method can be
used if your scope has a linear range of 130 cm at a
vertical sensitivity of 100 mV/cm. Otherwise, you must
use a differential probe, such as the TEKTRONIX
P6046. In any case, set the vertical sensitivity of the
scope to 100 mV/cm for both channels, but do not
change the triggering and sweep from their previous
settings.
Each of the capacitors listed in Table 12-1 is the input
capacitor of one of the overcurrent comparators. The
listed capacitors .are all located on the Secondary
Board. If the voltage across a given capacitor approaches within + 10 mV of ground at event Y of Fig.
12-6a, the corresponding output is being overloaded.
Table 12-1
Overcurrent Checkpoints

DC Output

Overcurrent Comparator
Input Capacitor

+5V
+12 V
-12 V
+24 V

C2106
C2098
C3111
C2113

Troubleshooting the
Regulator

+ 12 V Secondary

The output of the + 12 V secondary regulator is determined
by a switching regulator that is slaved to the +5 V regulator. The regulating elements are the two paralleled switching
transistors (02063 and 02073). These are driven by a comparator (U2010) through a complementary emitter follower
(01057, 02071). The comparator generates a switching signal through comparison of Vref with the actual output voltage. All of these components are on the Secondary Board,
except for U2010 on the Regulator Board.
The two most common symptoms of failure in this circuit are
overvoltage on the output (which causes the supply to shut
down), and insufficient voltage (usually less than half the
proper value, even with light loads).
Output overvoltage is usually due to a collector-emitter
short in one of the switching transistors. This short effectively removes the regulator from the circuit. Insufficient
voltage on the output is usually due to an open PNP driver
transistor or a comparator that has failed. Refer to Fig.
12-5.

Troubleshooting Guide

Power Supply-8560/8561/8562 Service

Table 12-2
-12 V and +24 V Secondary Regulator Faults

Procedure.
1. Make sure the 8560 is disconnected from the primary
power source.
WARNING

I

Use insulated tools and probes at all times and observe the supplementary cautions contained in the
text. Stored charge in the large capacitors of the
power supply can cause severe burns and/or electric shock even when the supply is turned off.
2. Remove the fan housing at the rear of the 8560 to gain
access to the Secondary Board. Remove the two
screws closest to the rear panel on the housing's left
side and the six screws securing the housing to the rear
panel. Disconnect the two wires connected to the fan
and set the fan housing aside.
3. Notice the three plug-in circuit boards in the fan housing opening. The Secondary Board is the middle board.
To remove the board, grasp firmly with a pair of pliers
and pull the board out.

Suspect
Components
Circuit Fault

Component Fault

+24 V

-12 V

Output
voltage is
close to
ground

1. Open secondary fuse
2. Failed op amp/
regulator IC
3. Open pass
transistor

F3071

-

U3110B

U4060

04109

-

1. Failed op amp/
regulator IC
2. Failed pass
transistor

U3110B

U4060

04109

-

04109

U4060

U3110B
03102

-

Undervoltage
on output

Overvoltage on
output

4. Check the forward base-collector and base-emitter
voltages of 02063 and 02073 with a diode meter.
These voltages should be between 400 mV and 600
mV. (Since the transistors are paralleled, only two measurements need be made.)
5. Check for a collector-emitter short by connecting the
positive lead of the diode meter to an emitter and the
negative lead to the collectors. The reading should be
more than 1999 mV for a good transistor.
6. If the switching transistor is good, check the two driver
transistors in the same way. Reverse the meter leads
when checking for a collector-emitter short in the NPN
driver transistor.
7. If the driver transistors are good, check the comparator
while the supply is running. A failure of this component
usually shows up in one of two ways:
•

The output may be incompatible with the inputs
(for example, the positive input is above the negative input, but the output is low).

•

The input may be more than a few hundred millivolts above Vref.

1. Shorted pass
transistor/
regulator IC
2. Failed op amp
3. Shorted drive
transistor

-

EMI Test Procedure
The Inverter Board contains an EMI filter amplifier for the
purpose of reducing conducted EMI. The following procedure is used to test the EMI filter amplifier.
To test the EMI filter, you need the following equipment:
Oscilloscope (465 or equivalent)
Power supply (PS 503 or equivalent)
Generator (FG 502 or equivalent)

Procedure
With tl:le Inverter Board out of the instrument, check the
EMI filter amplifier as follows:
1. Set the PS 503 to 33 Vdc (+/- 5 percent). Connect the
negative lead of the supply to pins 31 and 32 of the
Inverter Board. Connect the positive lead to pin 36.

Troubleshooting the + 24 V and -12 V
Secondary Regulators

2. Set the FG 502 for a 50 mV 10KHz sinewave and
connect it to pin 35 of the inverter edge connector.

If the supply won't turn on because of overvoltage on the
+ 24 V or -12 V outputs, or if one or both of these output
lines is the wrong voltage, use Table 12-2 to find the problem. For each faulty circuit condition, the most likely bad
components are listed in descending order of probability. All
listed components are located on the Secondary Board.

3. Check for a 1.5 V (+/-200 mY) signal at the cathode of
CR1058 on the Inverter Board. Increase the frequency
of the generator to 500 KHz. Check that there are no
major peaks or valleys in the waveform (.25 V). The 3
db point of the EMI filter is 500 KHz (-50 KHz, +300
KHz).

12-9

Bring-up Procedure

Power Supply-8560/8561/8562 Service

Table 12-3
Equipment Required for Bring-Up Procedure

BRING-UP PROCEDURE
The following bring-up procedure is intended to be used after you have completed the troubleshooting procedure for
catastrophic failure. This procedure enables you to fully
check out the power supply and restore it to working order.

Preconditions
Before you perform the bring-up procedure, make sure that
you have completed the following steps:

Equipment

Recommended Type

Soldering iron/solder

800 F tip temperature/63%
tin, 37% lead, rosin core

Needle-nose pliers

Sturdy, with plastic grips

Screwdriver

Phillips for #6 and #2 screws

Voltmeter/diode meter

Fluke Model 8030A or
equivalent

0

•

The fan housing on the rear panel of the 8560 and the
power supply top shield have been removed.

Oscilloscpe

TEKTRONIX 465 or equivalent

•

The Inverter Board has been investigated for failures
according to procedures outlined under ·Catastrophic
Failures", and has been repaired as needed.

Isolation transformer

Must have at least 8 A output
capability

Variable autotransformer

•

The rear panel power switch is off, and the input capacitors (the large cans below the Inverter Board) have
discharged to a safe voltage. Discharging occurs within
5 minutes after line power is removed.

Variaca with at least 8 A output capability

External power supply

Must be able to supply
Vat 400 mA

The 8560's line voltage selector switch is properly set.

Extender board kit

Part No. 067-1058-01

•

After verifying that all preconditions are met, refer to Fig.
12-7 and prepare the test set-up. Table 12-3 reflects the
equipment required to perform the bring-up procedure.

I V.hm~'

ps=

(4-25Vdc. 120 Vac rms)

+/-17

a Variac is a registered trademark of the GenRad Corporation

After installing the test equipment, check that all instrument
fuses are good.

8560

ri7~~~~~~~~~~~

External Power Supply
> ± 17V. >400mA

Variac
:::::8A Output
Capability
Isolation
Transformer
1=1
:::::8A Output
Capability

w/Wattmeter
and Voltmeter

Regulator Board
Secondary Board

Probe

Vert. in

Ext. Trig.

4759·32

Fig. 12-7. Test equipment set-up.

12-10

Bring-up Procedure

Power $.ljpply-8560/8561/8562 Service

Procedure
This procedure contains enough detail to allow you to check
out every primary supply characteristic except output ripple,
input line frequency range, and overvoltage shutdown.

I WARNING

I

Use insulated tools and probes at all times and observe the supplementary cautions contained in the
text. Stored charge in the large capacitors of the
power supply can cause severe bums and/or electric shock even when the supply is turned off.
1. Remove the Inverter Board from its slot and insert the
Inverter Extender Board into the same slot. Then insert
the Inverter Board into the extender.
2. Make sure the external power supply is off. Connect
leads from the external supply through a 3-pin harmonica connector to the three square pins on the Regulator
Board (J7075). The connections should be to + Voltage, Ground, and -Voltage, from left to right (viewed
from the rear of the 8560). The supply should be set
between +17 V and +40 V (nominally +20 V).
3. Make sure that the rear panel power switch and the
Variac power switch are off. Turn on the external
power supply. Measure the voltage from the + 15 V

test point (TP7076) to ground (TP7025), and from the
-15 V test point (TP7077) to ground on the Regulator
Board. If any measured voltages are not within 5 percent of a test pOint's assigned voltage, you must repair
the standby regulators (U1060, U1070) on the Regulator Board before further testing. Make sure that the
external supplies are not operating in a current-limited
mode. The external supply current limits should be at
least 400 mA each.
4. Measure the voltage from Vref (TP7066) to Ground
Sense (TP7056). Adjust the trimmer on the Regulator
Board (R7067) until Vref is within 1 percent of +5 V.
5. Remove the undervoltage shutdown jumper (J7047)
from the Regulator Board.
6. Connect the external trigger input of the scope to the
trigger testpoint (TP7039) on the Regulator Board. Set
the scope's sweep rate to 10 ,."s/cm. Be sure that the
external trigger is selected.
7. Connect the vertical input of the scope through a probe
to the base of Q3010 on the Inverter Board. Connect
the ground clip of the probe to the emitter of the selected transistor. Set the vertical sensitivity to 2 V/cm.
8. Turn on the 8560 dc power switch. The scope should
display the waveform shown in Fig. 12-8 or a waveform
shifted from this by 180 degrees. If the waveform is
correct, proceed to step 10.

Fig. 12-8. Q3010/Q2010 base-emitter voltage waveform.

12-11

Bring-up Procedure

Power Supply-8560/8561/8562 Service

9. If the voltage does not drop from 0.7 V to -2 V, but
remains near ground or 0.7 V until the negative pulse,
one of the driver transistors (05074 or 05075) is probably bad. If the negative pulse is less than about 3 V
from base to peak, and the transition time of the falling
edge of the positive pulse is less than 1 I-LS, the other
driver transistor is probably bad.

12. Make sure at least a minimum load exists on the 5 V
supply in the 8560. (A minimum load consists of the
flexible disk drive plus the the standard circuit board
configuration in the 8560 card cage.) One hard disk
should also be plugged in to provide a minimum load on
the + 12 V supply. However, do not bring up the supply
with maximum load on the 5 V output.

To check these transistors, change the scope's vertical
sensitivity to 1 V/cm, and connect the probe to each of
the drain tabs in turn while connecting the ground clip
to TP6069. The scope should display the waveform
shown in Fig. 12-9, or a waveform shifted from this by
180 degrees. If the large positive pulse has a flat top or
is severely attenuated, the transistor is defective. Replace any bad transistors with good ones. If, after you
have checked these transistors, the circuit still does not
seem to be working properly, proceed to step 11.

13. Connect the vertical input probe to the emitter of
03010 and the ground clip to the end of C2030 closest
to the rear of the instrument. (C2030 is the large, white
plastic film capacitor parallel to the long side of the
finned heatsink.) Set the vertical sensitivity to 50 V/cm.

10. Check the base-emitter voltage waveform on 02010.
The waveform should have the same shape as that of
03010 but shifted 180 degrees in phase. If the waveform does not meet this description, check for failures,
as in step 9.
11. If the supply is being brought up after a catastrophic
main inverter failure~ check the waveforms at the gates
of 05074, 05075, and 05076. The waveforms at
05074 and 05075 should be square waves with a period between 50 I-LS and 70 I-LS, a high level at + 15 V,
and a low level at ground. These two waveforms should
also be 180 degrees out of phase. The waveform at
05076 should be a 1 I-LS negative-going pulse from
+ 15 V to ground every 25 I-LS to 35 I-LS.
If any voltage is more than a few volts away from the
proper level, the transistor you are checking is probably
defective even if its drain voltage is correct. However, if
the transistor under investigation checks out good,
U2030 on the Regulator Board is bad. If no voltage is
observed on the bases of 03010 and 02010, and the
gate waveform of 05076 is approximately correct,
05076 is bad.
If you skipped step 10, go back and do it now. Then
proceed to step 12.

12-12

14. Turn the Variac output voltage control to zero. Turn on
both the Variac and the 8560 rear panel power switch.

WARNING

I

Use extreme caution when servicing circuitry on
the .Inverter Board. Dangerous voltages exist on
the Inverter Board when the 8560 is connected to
line voltage.

15. Increase the Variac output voltage slowly to about
20 V. The scope should display the waveform shown in
Fig. 12-10a. The wattmeter should read near zero. If
so, slowly turn the Variac output voltage towards 90 V.
If the waveform seems to be unstable, slowly increase
the Variac voltage while watching its wattmeter. The
waveform should stabilize, eventually increasing in frequency. The wattmeter should not read much over
140 W if there is a minimum load in the instrument (see
step 12). If anything indicates failure, turn the Variac
down immediately. The supply may shut off at some
line voltage below 90 Vrms, but if nothing else suspicious occurs, keep turning the Variac up until its output
is 90 V. If the supply is operating correctly, when the
Variac output is 90 V, the scope will display the waveform shown in Fig. 12-10b.

Bring-up Procedure

Power Supply-8560/8561/8562 Service

Fig. 12-9. Q5074/Q5075 drain voltage waveform.

Fig. 12-10. T1011 primary winding waveforms.

12-13

Bring-up Procedure

Power Supply-8560/8561/8562 Service

16. If the waveform doesn't stabilize or rise in frequency, a
fault probably exists in the main inverter control circuitry on the Regulator Board (U3030, U5030D,
U5060B, U6010, U2040, U2030, and U3040B). If the
wattmeter indicates excessive power consumption, a
shorted diode probably exists on the secondary side of
power transformer T1011. (See the Secondary Board
schematics.) If the supply won't come on when the
Variac output is 90 V, turn to "The Supply Won't Turn
On" (ignore step 2 of that procedure).
17. Connect the negative lead of your voltmeter to Ground
Sense (TP7065), and the positive lead to each of the
testpoints listed in Table 12-4.
Table 12-4
Regulator Board Testpoints

Testpoint Name

Testpoint
Number
Expected Voltage

+5 V Sense

TP7061

+4.85 V to +5.15 V

+24 V

TP7057

+21.8 V to +23.2 V

+12 V Sense

TP7043

+ 11 .4 V to + 12.6 V

-12 V

TP7015

-11.4 V to -12.6 V

18. If the + 12 V output is incorrect, see "Troubleshooting
the + 12 V Secondary Regulator" in the Troubleshooting Guide, earlier in this section. If either the +24 V or
the -12 V output is incorrect, see "Troubleshooting the
+24 V and -12 V Secondary Regulators", also in the
Troubleshooting Guide.
19. Replace the undervoltage shutdown jumper (J7047) on
the Regulator Board. Place the voltmeter leads on the
+5 V Sense testpoint (TP7061) and Ground Sense
testpoint (TP7056). Vary the Variac voltage between
132 Vrms and 90 Vrms. The waveform on the scope
should remain stable, and neither the positive or negative peak should go over 200 V. The voltmeter reading
should remain within 1 percent of 5 V.
20. If the supply is being brought up after a catastrophic
failure in the main inverter, and the supply fails to stay
on over an input voltage range of 90 to 132 Vrms, the
+ 12 V secondary regulator may be regulating improperly. To check the + 12 V secondary regulator, set the
scope's vertical sensitivity to 50 mV/cm and change the
coupling to ac. With the supply running, observe the
waveform at pin 3 of U2010 on the Regulator Board. If
this waveform does not match the waveform in Fig.
12-11 (especially if the sawtooth is smaller or nonexistent), U5030 on the Regulator Board is probably faulty
and should be replaced.

Fig. 12-11. +12 V regulator reference waveform.

12-14

Power Supply-8560/8561/8562 Service

21. Turn off the external power supply. The 8560 supply
should stay on without change. Turn the Variac voltage
below 90 Vrms until the supply shuts off. It should shut
off at approximately 80 to 85 Vrms. Turn the Variac
voltage back up until the supply turns back on. This
should occur below 90 Vrms. The supply should turn on
cleanly, with only one chirp and no sputtering.
22. Check the overcurrent shutdown circuitry (U6040 on
the Regulator Board, U3110A and U211 0 on the Secondary Board). Connect a 20-ohm resistor from the
-12 V test point (TP7015) to ground (TP7025). The
supply should shut down immediately and chirp faintly
every second or so until the resistor is removed. If the
supply does not shut down, don't do any further
overcurrent shutdown testing until the problem in the
-12 V shutdown circuitry is repaired.
If the supply does shut down, connect a 0.75-ohm resistor from + 12 V sense (TP7043) to ground. Then,
connect a 16-ohm resistor from + 24 V (TP7057) to
ground. In both cases, the supply should shut down
and chirp until the resistor is removed. Finally, connect

Bring-up Procedure

a 0.1-ohm resistor from the +5 V power bus to ground
near the edge connector on the Regulator Board. The
supply should again shut down and chirp until the resistor is removed.
23. Turn off the 8560 from the rear panel. Unplug the 8560
and wait 5 minutes for the input capacitors to discharge
to a safe voltage. Then remove all probes from the supply boards.
24. Remove the Inverter Board and its extender, then insert the Inverter Board into its edge connector. Be certain that the Secondary and Regulator Boards are in
the correct slots. Replace the top shield over the supply
with its four screws. If the fan was disconnected, plug
its connector into J7017, being careful to observe the
correct polarity. Replace the fan housing with its eight
screws. Reconnect all hard disk power connector(s)
and replace any circuit boards removed during this
bring-up procedure. Replace any outside covers and
feet that were removed from the instrument. The supply should now be in satisfactory working order.

12-15

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 13
FUNCTIONAL CHECK PROCEDURES

Page

Page
Introduction .................................
The Firmware ...............................
Hardware Restrictions ........................
Utility Board LEDs ...........................

13-1
13-1
13-2
13-2

Power-Up Tests .............................. 13-3
Operation .................................. 13-3
Power-Up Test Descriptions ................... 13-4
Initialization and RAM Test .................. 13-4
ROM Test. ............................... 13-6
CPU Test ................................ 13-7
Line-Time Clock Test. ...................... 13-7
Pri nter Ports Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-8
I/O Processor Test ......................... 13-8
MSC Test. ............................... 13-8
Bootstrap Routine ......................... 13-8
The Debugging Mode ......................... 13-8
Entering the Debugging Mode .................. 13-9
Baud Rate Selection ....................... 13-9
Debugging Mode Commands .................. 13-9
The Restart (t) Commands ................. 13-10
Maintenance Jumper ........................ 13-10
Service Routines ........................... 13-11
Alignment Aid ............................ 13-11
Memory Board Signal Exerciser ............. 13-12
Troubleshooting in the ODT Mode .............. 13-12
Entering ODT .............................. 13-12

Error Summary .............................. 13-13
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13

ILLUSTRATIONS
Fig.
No.
13-1
13-2
13-3
13-4
13-5
13-6

Page
8560 system memory map. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 13-1
The Utility Board LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 13-2
Power-up sequence flowchart. ........... 13-5
8560 block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 13-6
Firmware memory map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 13-7
Debugging mode flowchart. . . . . . . . . . . .. 13-10

TABLES
Table
No.
13-1
13-2
13-3
13-4
13-5
13-6

Page
LED Error Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 13-3
Power-Up Tests ...................... 13-3
Debugging Mode Commands . . . . . . . . . . .. 13-9
Maintenance Jumper Functions . . . . . . . .. 13-11
Service Routines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 13-11
ODT Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 13-12

13-i

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 13
FUNCTIONAL CHECK PROCEDURES

INTRODUCTION
This section describes the self-testing diagnostics that are
executed within the 8560 MUSDU every time you power-up
the system or toggle the front panel RESTART switch. The
diagnostics consist of seven power-up tests and three service routines.

--

Ban~~ --..,
~ank~ _ _
Ban~ ~ _

- -

--

Hig~_

Byte

The power-up tests check the RAM, ROM, CPU, Line-Time
Clock (LTC), line printer ports, the I/O Processor (lOP)
Board(s), and the MSC Board. The service routines help
align the flexible disk drive heads and exercise the memory
board(s) for examination by oscilloscope.

1000000

I/O Hardware Registers

-- ,--

...,!Sank

'!...j

Lo~ ....

Bank 7
- Bank
- -6
-Bank
- 5

~

~

Ban~3 ~yte

~ank~

774776

__

Ban~ ~ _

-Bank 4

-Bank
- -3

ROM

- Bank 2

- Bank
--Bank- 01

Bank 0
I/O Hardware Registers

773000
770000

NOTE

This section is organized into five parts:
•

An introduction to the 8560 ROM-based diagnostics
and some general background information. This part of
the section includes the power-up test summary

•

A detailed description of the power-up tests and the
five LEDs on the Utility Board that display error codes

•

A description of the debugging mode, including service
routines

•

A description of the Octal Debugging Technique (ODT)
and a summary of ODT commands

•

A summary of error codes

1

Page 3

Throughout this section, al/ addresses are shown in
octal notation unless otherwise noted.
High
256K/512K Memory
Board

-

600000

t
t

Page 2

400000

Page 1
Low
256K/512K Memory
Board

-

200000

The Firmware
The 8560 power-up diagnostics and service routines and
the debugging monitor are contained in two 2K x 8-bit
ROMs. The ROMs are located in the system address space
as shown in Fig. 13-1.

Interrupt Vectors

400

o
4759-33

Fig. 13-1.8560 system memory map.

13-1

Introduction

Functional Check Procedure-8560/8561/8562 Service

The ROM firmware is organized in eight selectable banks.
Each bank consists of 512 16-bit words:
•

Bank 0 tests processor-related functions, such as
RAM, ROM and MMU.

•

Bank 1 contains flexible disk drive alignment service
routines, RAM tests and lOP Board drivers.

•

Bank 2 contains a command interpreter. This interpreter is executed after the power-up tests if jumper
P1036 is open or an error is encountered.

•

Bank 3 contains the bootstrap routine and power-up
tests for the MSC.

•

Bank 4 and Bank 5 contain power-up tests for the
CPU.

•

Bank 6 is not used.

•

Bank 7 contains power-up tests for the LTC, lOP
Boards and printer boards.

circuits (power supplies, clock, and reset circuits) are
operational.

Utility Board LEOs
The Utility Board contains five LEOs that represent an octal
code. You can view the five LEOs when the 8560 top cover
is removed. (For more information on removing the top
cover, refer to the 8560 Series Hardware Installation Guide.)
The LEOs are mounted along the Utility Board's top edge
with the least significant bit closest to the rear panel. Figure
13-2 illustrates the Utility Board LEOs.
Ouring the power-up sequence, each test function sets the
individual LEOs on or off, corresponding to the octal number
representing that function. This allows you to identify the
last executed test or function before the sequence was
halted.

Hardware Restrictions

The LED error codes for the functional checks are listed in
Table 13-1.

For the power-up tests to execute properly, certain parts of
the 8560 must be functioning correctly. The diagnostic
firmware assumes that the LSI-11 processor and support

These codes are described in detail in the error summary at
the end of this section.

LEOs
L · ·f·
b·
. . - " - . .~ east sigm Icant It

• •
___ Front of

8560
3900·73

Fig. 13-2. The Utility Board LEOs.

13-2

Functional Check Procedure-8560/8561/8562 Service

Table 13-1
LED Error Codes

LEOs·
*.***

-.._..----*
---*..

--***
**

--.*.

--***

..*---

* *
..*..*..
..*..
.. **-** *
***
****
*
* *
*--*..
* **
*..*-*..*..*
*... *..

*.

- ------

......
..
---

**-..*
.*..*..
**..*.,
*.*
.**..*
****
*****

--

-

Octal
Value
37
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

17
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
30
31
32

33
34
35
36
37

Power-Up Tests

about 15 seconds for a system restart or 40 seconds for a
power-up and gives reasonable assurance that the system.
is operational. Once all power-up tests have passed, the
system boots automatically.

Definition
Unable to execute firmware
LTC error
Initialization error
Printer Port 2 error
LSI-11 MMU error
Printer Port 1 error
ROM error (low byte)
MSC error
ROM error (high byte)
Page 0 RAM error
Page 0 RAM error
Page 1 RAM error
Page 1 RAM error
Page 2 RAM error
Page 2 RAM error
Page 3 RAM error
Page 3 RAM error
Page 0 RAM parity fault
Page 0 RAM parity fault
Page 1 RAM parity fault
Page 1 RAM parity fault
Page 2 RAM parity fault
Page 2 RAM parity fault
Page 3 RAM parity fault
Page 3 RAM parity fault
lOP error
LSI-11 CPU error
Trying to boot from a disk
Not used
Debugging mode
Debugging mode
Executing secondary boot from disk
TNIX running

• The dash represents an unlit LED. The asterisk represents a
lit LED.

POWER-UP TESTS
The seven power-up tests execute automatically every time
you power up the system or toggle the front panel RESTART switch. You can also start the power-up sequence
at any test by entering the appropriate debugging mode at"
command from a terminal. The at" commands are described
in the debugging mode discussion later in this section.

Operation
The power-up tests execute sequentially under control of
the LSI-11 processor. The power-up sequence executes in

If any power-up test fails, the LED readout identifies the
test. If a terminal is installed, the diagnostics pass control to
the debugging monitor. To troubleshoot the problem, you
can loop on the failed test and display the affected registers.
In addition, a set of disk-based diagnostic programs, described in Section 16 of this manual, permits further investigation of the failure.
Table 13-2 summarizes the power-up tests and lists the corresponding restart t commands for each test.

Table 13-2
Power-Up Tests
Name

Command

Description

Initialization
and RAM
Test

Ot

This test initializes critical
interrupt vectors, sets up the
LSI-11 's Memory Management Unit (MMU), and checks
the system memory by writing
various patterns to all RAM
locations and then reading
them back.

ROM Test

1t

This test performs a checksum test on the diagnostic
ROMs located on the Utility
Board.

CPU Test

2t

This test verifies that the
LSI-11 processor is functioning correctly.

LTC Test

3t

This test uses instruction timing to verify that LTC interrupts occur at either a 50 Hz
or 60 Hz rate.

Printer Ports
Test

4t

This test verifies that the
line printer ports on the Utility
Board can be written to and
read from.

lOP Test

5t

This test verifies that at least
one lOP Board is installed in
the 8560 and is working properly. If two boards are installed, both are verified.

MSC Test

6t

This test verifies that the
MSC is working properly and
able to access its disks.

13-3

Power-Up Tests

Power-Up Test Descriptions
The 8560 executes the seven power-up tests in the sequence shown in Table 13-2. Once the sequence is started,
it continues until it is completed or halted by an error. Figure
13-3 is a flowchart of the power-up diagnostics sequence.

Functional Check Procedure-8560/8561/8562 Service

2. Initializing the stack pointer.
3. Initializing the Processor Status Word (PSW).
4. Setting all interrupt vectors (0 through 374) to halt at
the location following the vector. (For example, a trap
to 0 halts at 2.)
5. Setting the LEOs to 11.

Figure 13-4 is a block diagram of the 8560. Refer to this
figure as you read the power-up test descriptions. The
power-up diagnostics execute as follows:

6. Checking the parity error locations (114 and 116) for
the correct data. Since this is the first time that RAM is
read, the program halts at 116 if a RAM problem exists.

1. The LSI-11 initializes the system and attempts to read
from RAM location 4. If this is not possible, the PROCESSOR BUSY light dims noticeably.

7. Writing the address of the parity error handler into the
parity error vector, and verifying that the address was
written.

2. The LSI-11 starts the powe·r-up sequence at ROM location 17773000. The seven power-up tests are then
executed in sequence. Each test sets the LEOs to an
error code during the course of the test. If a test does
not pass, the LEOs remain set, identifying the failed
test. If a line printer is connected to LP1 or LP2, or if a
terminal is connected to LP2, the diagnostics write an
error message. If a line printer or terminal is not connected, the failing test halts the system.

8. Checking all of the interrupt vectors for the correct contents and writing the address of the appropriate error
handler into each vector location.

3. If all tests in the power-up sequence pass, the 8560
bootstrap routine tries to boot from the flexible disk. If
the routine cannot boot from the flexible disk, the routine tries to boot from the hard disk. In the event that
no bootable disk is found, the routine restarts the 8560,
and the power-up sequence repeats. This cycle continues until either a bootable disk is found or the 8560 is
turned off.

9. Setting the LEOs to 03, making sure that the MMU is
disabled and then setting up each MMU register.
10. Enabling the MMU.
11. Initializing the RAM test.
The RAM test verifies system memory by writing patterns
into each byte of memory and then reading each location to
see if the expected data is there. To be more precise, the
test starts at the beginning of free memory (location 400)
and writes a counter into each location within a 128-word
block. The test does a parity check on that block of memory
and then complements the contents of the block. After another parity check, the test moves on to the next block of
memory and repeats the process.

Initialization and RAM Test
Command:

Ot

Function:

To check the addressing and data storage capability of the system memory.

Blocks
Involved:

LSI-11 Processor, Utility Board, System
Memory (See Fig. 13-4.)

Error
Codes:

LED Errors 01, 03, 10 through 27

D.escription. The initialization routine is started every time
you power the system or toggle the front panel RESTART
switch. This routine initializes critical interrupt vectors and
sets up the LSI-11 's Memory Management Unit (MMU) by:
1. Setting the LEOs to 01 to show that the firmware is
initializing.

13-4

When the RAM test reaches the top of memory, a bus error
occurs. The bus error handler .then determines the size of
system memory. After that, the test starts at the top of
memory and reads each location to check for the expected
data. If the data is correct, the location is cleared.
The RAM test can detect parity errors and "wrong data"
errors. If a parity error occurs, the parity interrupt handler
sets the "parity error" LED code and finds the address of
the error. If a "wrong data" error occurs, the test branches
to an error handler that determines the address of the error.
This test takes approximately 4 seconds per memory board
to execute. If the test passes, the next test is automatically
initialized.

Power-Up Tests

Functional Check Procedure-8560/8561/8562 Service

Initialization:
Set LEOs
Set SP
Set PSW
Set Interrupt vectors
Set LEOs
Test PAR ERR vector
Test all vectors
MMU Register Test:
Set LEOs
.
Set up MMU registers
Pass

LTC test:
Set LEOs
Enable LTC interrupts
Count them for .5 second

Loop on
Test

Pass

Printer Ports test:
Set LEOs
Writes to both LP ports
and read back
Pass

RAM test:
Set LEOs
Write patterns into
RAM and read back
Determine size of RAM
Pass

lOP test:
Set LEOs
Initialize lOP
Verify command(s) and
interrupts for each lOP
Pass

ROM test:
Set LEOs
Move program to RAM
Compute and verify
checksums
Pass

MSC Board test:
Set LEOs
Verify command(s) and
interrupts for MSC

CPU test:
Set LEOs
Check instruction set
Verify user and
kernel operations

Flex disk bootstrap:
Set LEOs
Try to boot from
flexible disk
Fail

Hard disk bootstrap:
Set LEOs
Try to boot from
hard disk

(3900-74)4759-39

Fig. 13-3. Power-up sequence flowchart.

13-5

Functional Check Procedure-8560/8561/8562 Service

Power-Up Tests

Power
Supply

Flexible Disk
Drive
Hard Disk
Drive

Front
Panel

r-------,
I
I
I

Mass
Storage
Controller

I

I

I

I

I

I
I

I
I

:

Line
Printer

I

I
I

I

L

IOC
Board

GPIB
Controller

System
Memory

lOP
Board 2

lOP

lOA

Board 1

Board

To 8540s
or Terminals

4759-34

Fig. 13-4. 8560 block diagram.

ROM Test
Command:

1t

Function:

To perform a checksum test on the two Utility
Board ROM devices.

Blocks
Involved:

LSI-11 Processor, Utility Board, System
Memory (See Fig. 13-4.)

Error
Codes:

LED errors 05 and 07

Description. The ROM test performs a checksum test on
the two ROM devices located on the Utility Board. The 8560

13.-6

contains two 4K-byte ROMs, one for the low byte and one
for the high byte. This test takes only a few milliseconds to
execute.
Figure 13-5 shows how the program is organized within the
two ROMs. As shown, bank 0 and bank 3 of each ROM
contain the power-up tests.
This test sets the LEOs to 05 and then moves all of the
firmware banks from ROM into system memory. After the
contents of ROM have been transferred, the ROM test performs a checksum test on the low-byte ROM. The ROM test
then sets the LEOs to 07 and performs a checksum test on
the high-byte ROM. If a ROM error occurs, the program
halts with the LEOs set.

Power-Up Tests

Functional Check Procedure-8560/8561/8562 Service

structions first and then proceeds to more complex instructions. The CPU test performs the following steps:

Checksums
LTC, lOP,
Printer Ports

1. Checks a representative set of single-operand instructions with destination mode O.

Bank 7
(LTCR = 4240)

2. Checks a representative set of single-operand instructions with destination mode 0 using byte mode.

Bank 6
(LTCR = 4200)

CPU Tests

Bank 5
(LTCR = 240)

CPU Tests

Bank 4
(LTCR = 200)

BOOT,MSC

Bank 3
(L TCR = 4040)

Cmd Interpreter
and I/O

Bank 2
(L TCR = 4000)

Service/lOP
Driver, RAM Tests,
Disk Align
Power-up Init,
RAM, ROM,
MMU

3. Checks a representative set of double-operand word
instructions using most source modes and using destination mode O.
4. Checks a representative set of double-operand byte instructions using various source modes and using destination mode O.
5. Checks a representative set of word instructions using
various source modes and most destination modes.
6. Checks a representative set of byte instructions using
various source modes and various destination modes.
7. Checks the JSR, RTS, and MARK instructions using
various modes.
8. Checks the MUL, OIV, and ASHC instructions by solving an equation and checking the result.

Bank 1
(LTCR = 40)

9. Checks that instructions operating in user and kernel
mode work properly when the MMU is activated.
The CPU test checks the results of the executed instructions and halts the LSI-11 if any result is not correct.

Bank 0
(LTCR = 0)
4759-35

Line-Time Clock Test

Fig. 13-5. Firmware memory map.

Command:

3t

Function:

To verify that the Line-Time Clock interrupts
the LSI-11 at the correct rate.

Blocks
Involved:

LSI-11 Processor, Utility
Memory (See Fig. 13-4.)

Error
Codes:

LED Error 00

CPU Test
Command:

2t

Function:

To execute a representative LSI-11 instruction
set, which indicates whether the CPU is
operational.

Blocks
Involved:

LSI-11 Processor, Utility
Memory (See Fig. 13-4.)

Error
Codes:

LED Error 31

Board,

System

Description. The CPU test checks a representative sample
of LSI-11 instructions to determine whether the CPU is operating properly. This test takes only a few milliseconds to
execute.
The test sets the LEOs to 31 and then fetches and executes
instructions from ROM. The test executes the simpler in-

Board,

System

Description. The LTC test checks that the Line-Time Clock
interrupts occur at the proper intervals. This test takes 0.5
seconds to execute.
The LTC test starts by setting the LEOs to 00, setting up
the LTC vector, and enabling the LTC interrupts. The test
then detects the first interrupt and waits in a loop for 0.5
seconds while the LTC handler counts the number of interrupts that occur. The program then disables interrupts and
checks the interrupt counter. If the frequency of the LTC is
between 46 and 54 Hz, the frequency is stored as 50 Hz. If
the frequency of the LTC is between 56 and 64 Hz, the
frequency is stored as 60 Hz. All other frequencies are considered invalid and are reported without rounding. If an
invalid frequency is reported, the test fails.

13-7

The Debugging Mode

Functional Check Procedure-8560/8561/8562 Service

Printer Ports Test

MSC Test

Command:

4t

Command:

6t

Function:

To verify that the line printer ports on the Utility Board can be written to and read from.

Function:

To verify that the MSC is operating properly
and is able to access its disk drives.

Blocks
Involved:

LSI-11 Processor, Utility
Memory (See Fig. 13-4.)

Blocks
Involved:

LSI-11 Processor, MSC Board, Utility Board,
System Memory, Xebec Disk Controller, Hard
Disk Drive, Flexible Disk Drive (See Fig. 13-4.)

Error
Codes:

LED Errors 02 and 04

Error
Codes:

LED Error 06

Board,

System

Description. This test sets the LEOs to 02, writes to the
LP2 Control/Status Register, reads the register, and verifies
that the same data is written and read. The test then sets
the LEOs to 04 and repeats the same procedure for the LP1
Control/Status Register. If either register doesn't respond
correctly, or if a bus error occurs when either register is
accessed, the program will report the error. This test takes
only a few milliseconds to execute. The main purpose of the
printer ports test is to verify the addresses on the Utility
Board.

Description. This test sets the LEOs to 06, sends a self-test
command to the MSC, and then verifies the interrupt and
status indication sent back. The test also reports an error if
the Control Register on the MSC is performed by the boot
routine, which issues a read command for the flexible disk
and/or the hard disk. During an automatic boot, errors such
as "drive not ready" and "no boot record on disk" do not
cause the diagnostics to report an error. However, these
errors are reported during a manual boot attempt.

Bootstrap Routine

I/O Processor Test
Command:

5t

Function:

To verify that at least one lOP Board is installed in the 8560 and is operating correctly.
If two lOP Boards are installed, both boards
are verified.

Blocks
Involved:

LSI-11 Processor, lOP Board, Utility Board,
System Memory (See Fig. 13-4.)

Error
Codes:

LED Error 30

Description. This test sets the LEDs to 30, sends a command to the lOP Board(s), and verifies the interrupt and
status indication sent back. If Device Register 1 on an lOP
Board does not respond correctly, or if a bus error occurs
during a register access, the test will also report the error.
The test then initializes the lOP Board(s) as necessary for
use by the operating system. This test takes only a few
milliseconds to execute under normal conditions. However,
if the lOP Board is malfunctioning, this test may take 2 or 3
seconds to execute.

13-8

Once all of the power-up tests have passed, the bootstrap
routine is automatically started. In the normal power-up sequence, the firmware first attempts to boot from the flexible
disk. If no flexible disk is present, or if the disk doesn't have
a correct boot record, the firmware tries to boot from the
hard disk. If a bootable hard disk cannot be found, the
firmware repeats the power-up sequence.

THE DEBUGGING MODE
The debugging mode is a firmware program that aids in
troubleshooting minor system failures prior to system
boot-up. The debugging mode requires that a terminal be
connected to either LP2 or one of the lOP terminal ports
(directly or through an 8540). The debugging mode allows
you:
•

To write or read any location in the 8560

•

To restart the power-up routine at any test

•

To boot the system manually rather than automatically

•

To type in a program and execute it

•

To execute any service routine

The Debugging Mode

Functional Check Procedure-8560/8561/8562 Service

Entering the Debugging Mode

Debugging Mode Commands

You can enter the debugging mode under the following
conditions:

The debugging mode follows a predetermined operating sequence unless interrupted by a valid debugging mode command. Valid commands are listed in Table 13-3. Figure 13-6
shows the debugging mode program flow.

•

If all power-up tests pass and maintenance jumper
P1036 on the Utility Board is not installed, the firmware
automatically selects the debugging mode.

•

If any test fails (other than ROM or CPU) and maintenance jumper P1036 is installed, the firmware automatically selects the debugging mode. However, if error
codes are to be printed out, a line printer must be connected to LP1 or LP2, or a terminal must be connected
to LP2.

•

Table 13-3
Debugging Mode Commands
Command

Function

xt

Starts a power-up test or service routine
specified by x a

f

Causes the 8560 to boot from the flexible
disk

2. Toggle the RESTART switch

h

Causes the 8560 to boot from the hard disk

3. Set the RUN/HALT switch to RUN

x/

Prints contents of a location x

4. Enter the following underlined characters on a terminal connected to LP2:

RETURN

Closes an open location and accepts next
command

LlNEFEED

Closes current location and opens the next
sequential location

xg

Goes to location x and starts program
execution

You can also enter the debugging mode manually by
the following method:
1. Set the RUN/HALT switch to HALT

7775461 xxxxxx

4000 

P

Baud Rate Selection

a In this table, "x" is an octal number of up to six digits.

The debugging mode normally communicates with your terminal at 2400 baud, but this baud rate may be changed if
necessary. The following text explains how to use a terminal
set for a baud rate other than 2400.

Commands may be entered in either uppercase or lowercase. If you enter an illegal command, the firmware will print
a "help" message.

If you are using the debugging mode from a terminal connected to LP2 or to an 8540, the debugging mode baud rate
is determined by hardware settings. (See the 8560 Series
Hardware Installation Guide or the 8540 Installation Guide,
depending on your set-up.)
If you are using a terminal connected directly to an lOP
channel, the debugging mode baud rate will be 2400 by default. However, you can change the baud rate of any lOP
channel to which your terminal is connected. First set the
baud rate of your terminal to the desired setting. Then press
the BREAK key until the "=" prompt appears on the
screen. You have now programmed the channel's baud rate
to match the baud rate of your terminal.

The debugging mode commands are similar to the Octal
Debugging Technique (ODT) commands discussed later in
this section. Debugging mode commands can be used in
most situations where ODT commands are used. Differences between the two types of commands include:
•

The debugging mode Go command accepts a 16-bit
address only, and no memory mapping is allowed (as in
ODT).

•

In debugging mode, LSI-11 internal registers cannot be
written to or read from (as in ODT).

•

In debugging mode, the terminal does not need to be
connected to LP2 (as required by ODT); the terminal
can also be connected to any lOP port, or the terminal
port of a connected 8540.

•

The ODT Proceed command is not used in the debugging mode.

13-9

The Debugging Mode

Functional Check Procedure-8560/8561/8562 Service

Display prompt
on all channels and
wait for response

Read and interpret
the command
line

Illegal input display help message

"g" - go to a
location

"f" - boot from
flexible disk

"/" - open a
location

"t" - restart powerup routine at a
specified test, or
perform a service
routine

"h" - boot from
hard disk

3900-77A

Fig. 13-6. Debugging mode flowchart.

The Restart (t) Commands

5t

Restarts the lOP test

The debugging mode allows you to restart the power-up
sequence at any test. When the" =» prompt appears on the
terminal, you can issue a command that determines where
to restart the power-up sequence. Following is a list of the
restart commands and their respective functions:

6t

Restarts the MSC test

Ot

Initializes the power-up tests and restarts the RAM
test

1t

Restarts the ROM test

2t

Restarts the CPU test

3t

Restarts the LTC test

4t

Restarts the Printer Ports test

13-10

Maintenance Jumper
If a power-up test failed, you may want to use an oscilloscope or other test equipment for further troubleshooting.
Troubleshooting can be done by removing the maintenance
jumper (P1 036 on the Utility Board) and restarting the 8560.
The system loops on any hardware failure that it finds, thus
exercising the failed circuits. However, this method of troubleshooting is effective only for solid errors. In the case of
intermittent errors, the test drops out of the loop the first
time the test passes.

The Debugging Mode

Functional Check Procedure-8560/8561/8562 Service

As previously mentioned, the maintenance jumper can also
be used to control access to the debugging mode. Table
13-4 lists the functions of jumper P1036. These functions
depend the position of P1036 and on whether the power-up
tests pass or fail.
Table 13-4
Maintenance Jumper Functions
Tests
pass?

P1036
position

no

ON

no
yes
yes

OFF
ON
OFF

Result
Enter debugging mode (if terminal
connected)
Loop on error
Boot from disk
Enter debugging mode

Service Routines
The debugging mode allows you to perform flexible disk
drive head alignment, an azimuth check and perform additional memory verification. Table 13-5 summarizes the service routines.
Table 13-5
Service Routines
Name

Command Description

Alignment
Aid

7t

This service routine assists in
aligning the flexible disk heads
and checking the azimuth. An
oscilloscope and alignment disk
are required. This routine can
also
with
be
used
a
head-cleaning disk to clean the
heads.

Low Memory 10t
Board
Signal
Exerciser

This service routine exercises
the signal paths on the low
memory board, which permits
troubleshooting the board with
an oscilloscope.

High Memory 11t
Board
Signal
Exerciser

This service routine exercises
the signal paths on the high
memory board, which permits
troubleshooting the board with
an oscilloscope.

Alignment Aid
Command:

7t

Function:

To assist in aligning the flexible disk drive
heads.

Blocks
Involved:

LSI-11 Processor, MSC , Flexible Disk Drive,
System Memory, Utility Board (See Fig. 13-4.)

Description. The following service routine is divided into
three parts:
•

A supplementary procedure for flexible disk drive head
alignment

•

A supplementary procedure for a flexible disk drive azimuth check

•

A procedure for cleaning the flexible disk drive heads

Head Alignment. The alignment aid service routine allows
you to perform a track-38 head alignment of the flexible disk
drive. Refer to the QumeTrak 242 Maintenance Manual for
the basic procedure. Use the following service routine to
supplement the procedure.
A message is displayed advising you to type "0" to align
side 0 of the disk or "1" to align side 1. After you select the
desired side of the disk, the disk drive produces a whirring
noise as the heads are loaded onto the alignment disk and
moved to track 38. Once the heads move to track 38, the
same message prints on the screen again.
Each time you select a side of the disk, the program alternately does a seek to either track 0 or 76 and then returns
to track 38. The program then causes the disk drive to do a
perpetual read to track 38, thereby reading continuously
from the alignment track.
Press the front panel REST ART switch to stop this routine.

13-11

Troubleshooting in the ODT Mode

Head Azimuth Check. The alignment aid service routine is
used to check head azimuth as well as to adjust head alignment. Refer to the QumeTrak 242 Maintenance Manual for
the basic azimuth check procedure. Use the following information to supplement the procedure.

Functional Check Procedure-8560/8561/8562 Service

parity by moving jumper P7111 to position 2. Disable refresh by removing jumper P7161 on the memory board. Enter "10t" or "11t" (while in the debugging mode). After the
routine has started, all signal paths on the memory board
will be toggling. Refer to the memory boards schematics at
the back of this manual.

Before performing the azimuth check, you must temporarily
alter the alignment aid service routine so it will do a perpetual read to track 76. Changing the routine is accomplished
by completing the following procedure:

TROUBLESHOOTING IN THE OOT
MODE

1. Enter the debugging mode by removing jumper P1036
on the Utility Board and RESTARTing the 8560.
2. When you see the "=" prompt, enter "124/". In response, you will see 000046 printed (the octal equivalent of 38).
3. Enter 114 (the octal equivalent of 76), followed by a
RETURN.
4. In response to the" =" prompt, enter "7t", just as you
would for head alignment.
After completing this procedure, the firmware will move the
heads to track 76, as required in the azimuth check procedure. You select the disk side and move the heads, as outlined in the preceding head alignment description.
To stop this routine, press the front panel RESTART switch.
Head Cleaning Procedure. The Alignment Aid service routine can also be used to clean the flexible disk drive heads.
To clean the heads, insert a head-cleaning disk in the drive,
and type "7t". In response to the "side of disk" prompt, type
"0". After waiting the time specified in your head-cleaning kit
(usually about 30 seconds), press RESTART and remove
the disk.

Memory Board Signal Exerciser
Command:

Function:

Blocks
Involved:

10t (low memory board) or 11t (high memory
board)
To exercise the signal paths on one of the
memory boards, permitting an oscilloscope to
be used to troubleshoot the board.
LSI-11 Processor, MSC , Flexible Disk Drive,
System Memory, Utility Board (See Fig. 13-4.)

Description. This service routine is used with an oscilloscope to troubleshoot the memory board(s) by allowing you
to examine activity on all of the signal lines. This routine is a
loop that writes to and reads from sequential memory locations, thus stimulating all signal paths on the memory board.
To use this routine, first disable parity and refresh on the
memory board you want to troubleshoot. You can disable

13-12

The Octal Debugging Technique (OOT) is a built-in feature of
the LSI-11 which allows you to examine and change register
contents and memory locations. OOT permits you to
single-step and restart a user program. The OOT commands and octal addresses must be entered on a terminal
connected to LP2.
Table 13-6 summarizes the OOT commands and lists the
ASCII code for each command. The commands may be uppercase or lowercase characters.

Entering OOT
OOT is invoked automatically when the RUN/HALT switch
is set to HALT or the LSI-11 executes a HALT instruction.
Table 13-6
ODT Commands
Command

ASCII

Function

x/

057

Prints contents of location xa
and leaves that location open.

RETURN

015

Closes an open location and accepts next command.

LlNEFEEO

021

Closes current location and
opens the next sequential
location.

rx/
or $x/

122
044

Opens a specific processor
cessor register x.

s

123

Opens the Processor Status
Register (PS). This command
must follow a "$" or "r" command.

xg

107

Goes to location x and starts
program execution.

p

120

Resumes execution of a program.

a In this table, "x" is an octal number of up to six digits.

Error Summary

Functional Check Procedure-8560/8561/8562 Service

17777560 on the Utility Board. Either the Utility
Board is at fault or an address conflict exists between the Utility Board and another board.

ERROR SUMMARY
The following text summarizes the power-up test error
codes displayed on the Utility Board LEOs, a line printer
connected to LP1 or LP2, or on a terminal connected to
LP2. If a line printer or terminal (connected to LP2) is installed on the 8560 before the power-up sequence, error
messages are printed in the following format:
LC
Dl
D2

t

two-digit

LL .

,-dig. octal

error code

03

The CPU Board's Memory Management Unit is not
working properly. To find out which of the MMU's
registers is faulty, divide 01 by 2; the result is the
number of the bad register.

04

LP1 is faulty. This means that the CPU is unable to
write to or read from the registers jumpered for
17777510 on the Utility Board. Either the Utility
Board is at fault, or there is an address conflict between the Utility Board and another board.

05

Normally this code is never printed. If the LEOs display this code, U5080 on the Utility Board does not
verify. Either the ROM or its associated circuitry
might be bad. Check related jumpers.

06

Error during MSC test. If this message is printed,
the data fields provide the following information:

num....

LC is an octal representation of the LEO error code reflecting what the LEOs would have displayed if a line printer or
terminal were not installed. 01 and 02 are optional data
fields containing information about the error. If the error
codes were not printed, you can still find them stored in
8560 memory as follows:
LC
location 52
Dl
location 54
D2
location 56

•
When reading an LEO error code, remember that the LEO
representing the least significant bit is located closest to the
rear panel.

If no data fields are printed, a bus error or
invalid interrupt occurred during the test. This
could mean that the MSC Board is not installed.

•

If 01 is 0, the program was unable to correctly
write or read the Oevice Register on the MSC
Board.

Error Codes

•

If 01 is 1, the MSC did not send a valid interrupt
to the CPU. Make sure the jumpers on the MSC
are correctly installed.

•

If 01 is 2, the MSC sent a valid interrupt to the
CPU but did not set its "done" bit. This could
indicate OMA problems.

•

If 01 is 3, the MSC reported a self-test error.
02 displays the MSC error code. These codes
are described at the end of Section 16 of this
manual.

00

Error during the LTC test. If this message is
printed, the data fields provide the following
information:
•

•

If no data fields are printed after the 00, a bus
error or unexpected interrupt occurred during
the test.
If 01 is 0, no LTC interrupts occurred. This
might be due to a broken Signal path on the
Utility Board, a missing signal on the bus, or
an .incorrectly placed jumper on the CPU
Board.

•

If 01 is greater than 0 but less than 27, the line
frequency is less than 46 Hz.

•

If 01 is greater than 40, the line frequency is
greater than 64 Hz. It is also possible that the
CPU is slowing down due to OMA operations
on part of the system.

01

Normally this code is never printed. If the LEOs display this code, the CPU was unable to complete initialization. Failure to initialize may be due to a hung
bus, a faulty CPU Board, or a faulty memory board.

02

LP2 is faulty. This means that the CPU is unable to
write to or read from the registers jumpered for

07

Normally this code is never printed. If the LEOs
display this code, U5090 on the Utility Board does
not verify. Either the ROM or its associated circuitry might be bad. Check related jumpers.

10-11

This code indicates a RAM error (other than a parity error) in page 0 (0 to 177777). The error could
be due to addressing or data paths, or to RAM
size, which must be at least 256K bytes. 01 displays the address (without the two most significant
bits) where the error occurred, but this address
could be off by ± 2. 02 displays the expected data
at the location specified by 01. With this information you can open the specified location and determine which bits are incorrect. The error is probably
on the low memory board.

13-13

Error Summary

Functional Check Procedure-8560/8561/8562 Service

12-13

not intended for general use. To determine which
of the 16 bits is at fault, disable parity and execute the RAM test again, allowing the last part of
the test to run. To disable parity, move jumper
P7111 on the memory board(s) to position 2. (Position 1 is indicated by the arrow on the circuit
board.) The error is probably on the low memory
board.

This code indicates a RAM error (other than a parity error) in page 1 (200000 to 377777). The error
might be due to addressing or data paths, or to
RAM size, which must be at least 256K bytes. D1
displays the address (without the two most significant bits) where the error occurred, but this address might be off by ±2. D2 displays the
expected data at the location specified by D1. With
this information you can open the specified location and determine which bits are not correct. The
error is probably on the low memory board.

14-15

This code indicates a RAM error (other than a parity error) in page 2 (400000 to 577777). The error
might be due to addressing or data paths, or to
RAM size, which must be at least 256K bytes. D1
displays the address (without the two most significant bits) where the error occurred, but this address might be off by ± 2. D2 displays the
expected data at the location specified by D1. With
this information you can open the specified location and determine which bits are not correct. The
error is probably on the high memory board.

16-17

This code indicates a RAM error (other than a parity error) in page 3 (600000 to 777777). The error
might be due to addressing or data paths, or to
RAM size, which must be at least 256K bytes. D1
displays the address (without the two most significant bits) where the error occurred, but this address might be off by ± 2. D2 displays the
expected data at the location specified by D1 . With
this information you can open the specified location and determine which bits are not correct. The
error is probably on the high memory board.

20-21

This code indicates a RAM parity error in page 0 (0
to 177777). D1 displays the address (without the
two most significant bits) where the error occurred,
but this address might be off by ± 2. D2 displays
where the program was when the error occurred.
Therefore, D2 is not intended for general use. To
determine which of the 16 bits is at fault, disable
parity and execute the RAM test again, allowing
the last part of the test to run. To disable parity,
move jumper P7111 on the memory board(s) to
position 2. (Position 1 is indicated by the arrow on
the circuit board.) The error is probably on the low
memory board.

22-23

13-14

This code indicates a RAM parity error in page 1
(200000 to 377777). D1 displays the 16-bit address (without the two most significant bits) where
the error occurred, but this address might be off by
± 2. D2 displays where the program was when the
error occurred. Therefore, D2 is not intended for

24-25

This code indicates a RAM parity error in page 2
(400000 to 577777). D1 displays the 16-bit address (without the two most significant bits)
where the error occurred, but this address might
be off by ± 2. D2 displays where the program
was when the error occurred. Therefore, D2 is
not intended for general use. To determine which
of the 16 bits is at fault, disable parity and execute the RAM test again, allowing the last part of
the test to run. To disable parity, move jumper
P7111 on the memory board(s) to position 2. (Position 1 is indicated by the arrow on the circuit
board.) The error is probably on the high memory
board.

26-27

This code indicates a RAM parity error in page 3
(600000 to 777777). D1 displays the 16-bit address (without the two most significant bits)
where the error occurred, but this address might
be off by ± 2. D2 displays where the program
was when the error occurred. Therefore, D2 is
not intended for general use. To determine which
of the 16 bits is at fault, disable parity and execute the RAM test again, allowing the last part of
the test to run. To disable parity, move jumper
P7111 on the memory board(s) to position 2. (Position 1 is indicated by the arrow on the circuit
board.) The error is probably on the high memory
board.

30

Error during lOP test. The data fields provide the
following information:
•

If no fields are printed, an lOP bus error occurred. Verify that there is at least one lOP
Board in the 8560.
NOTE

For the following cases, D2 displays the error code
returned by the lOP Board.
•

If D1 is 0, the firmware could not correctly
write to or read from Device Register 0 on lOP
Board 1.

•

If D1 is 1, lOP Board 1 timed out without returning an interrupt. Make sure that the
jumpers on the lOP Board are correctly
installed.

Error Summary

Functional Check Procedure-8560/8561/8562 Service

•

If D1 is 2, lOP Board 1 returned an interrupt,
but the buffer was not changed. This might
be due to DMA-related problems.

•

If D1 is 3, lOP Board 1 detected a fatal error.

•

If D1 is 4, the firmware could not correctly
write to or read from Device Register 0 on
lOP Board 2.

•

If D1 is 5, lOP Board 2 timed out without
returning an interrupt. Make sure that the
jumpers on the lOP Board are correctly
installed.

•

If D1 is 6, lOP Board 2 returned an interrupt
but the buffer was not changed. This might
be a DMA-related problem.

•

If D1 is 7, lOP Board 2 detected a fatal error.

31

Error during CPU test, indicating that the LSI-11
processor is not operational. Normally this code only
appears on the LEDs.

32

Normally this code appears on the LEDs as a status
indication that the 8560 is trying to find a boot able
disk. However, if you used the f or h command and
a message is printed, the data fields provide the following information:
•

•

If no data fields are printed, a bus error or unexpected interrupt occurred. Check that an
MSC Board is installed.
If D1 is 0, the MSC ignored the command to
boot.

•

If D1 is 1, the MSC returned a fatal error code,
which appears in D2. These codes are described at the end of Section 16 of this manual.

•

If D1 is 2, the boot block on the disk was invalid
because it did not have correct data.

•

If D1 is 3, the boot block was loaded and executed, but the file system on the disk was
incorrect.

33

This code is not used.

34-35

This code normally appears only on the LEDs as
a status indication that the firmware is in the debugging mode.

36

This code normally appears only on the LEDs,
signifying that a boot block was loaded from the
disk and is being executed.

37

This code normally appears only on the LEDs. If
this code appears when power is first turned on
and does not change, the firmware cannot execute. This condition may occur if the RUN/HALT
switch is in the HALT position or as the result of
missing memory boards, a missing CPU board,
or a hung bus.

If this code appears after the LEDs flash through their normal sequence, the TNIX operating system is in control of the
8560.

13-15

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 14
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES

Page

+ 5 V Reference Adjustment

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 14-1
Procedure ...................................................................................... 14-1

MSC Board Phase Locked Loop Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 14-1

14-i

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 14
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES

+5 V REFERENCE ADJUSTMENT

5. Remove the voltmeter and replace the fan housing at
the rear of the 8560. The adjustment is now complete.

The +5 V reference adjustment in the power supply sets
the level of the + 12 V, -12 V, and + 24 V dc outputs. This
adjustment should never be changed during normal
operation.

Procedure
1. Make sure the 8560 is disconnected from the primary
power source.
WARNING

I

Use insulated tools and probes at all times. Stored
charge in the large capacitors of the power supply
can cause severe burns and/or electric shock even
when the supply is turned off.
2. To gain access to the +5 V reference adjustment
(which is located on the Regulator Board of the power
supply), remove the fan housing at the rear of the 8560.
Remove the fan housing by taking out the two screws
closest to the rear panel on the housing's left side, and
the six screws that secure the housing to the rear
panel. Disconnect the fan plug from the Regulator
Board (the uppermost board) and set the fan housing
aside. Three plug-in circuit boards are now visible
through the opening that the fan housing normally
covers.
3. Connect the 8560 to the primary power source. Turn
on the rear panel ac power switch, but leave the front
panel dc power switch off.
4. Measure the voltage between Vref (TP7066) and
Ground Sense (TP7056) on the Regulator Board. The
voltage should be within 4.95 to 5.05 V. If the measured voltage is out of that range, adjust trimmer resistor R7067 (located near the right-hand edge of the
board).

MSC BOARD PHASE LOCKED LOOP
CALIBRATION
The following procedure is used to calibrate
phase-locked loop circuit on the MSC Board:

the

1. Locate the 8560 so that you have access to the top of
the unit. Make sure the power on the 8560 is off. Remove the top cover, following instructions in Section
15, "Removing the Cover Panels."
2. Remove the MSC Board from the card cage. Install an
extender card in the MSC slot and insert the MSC
Board in the extender card.
3. Make sure jumper P6141 is in its normal position, connecting the upper pin (indicated by an arrow) and the
middle pin.
4. Power up the 8560 MUSDU.
5. Attach an oscilloscope probe to TP5131.
6. Move jumper P6141 so that it connects the middle and
lower pins.
7. Adjust variable resistor R6153 until the oscilloscope reflects a 500 KHz signal and positive-going pulses are
250 ns wide.
8. Move the probe to TP5153.
9. Adjust variable capacitor C6151 for a 500 KHz square
wave.
10. Move the probe to TP6111.
11. Adjust variable resistor R5158 until the positive-going
pulses are 200 ns wide.

14-1

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 15
MAINTENANCE

Page

Page

Introduction ................................. 15-1

Installing the Winchester-Type Hard Disk Drive . ... 15-6

Static-Sensitive Devices . ...................... 15-1

Removing the Flexible Disk Drive . .............. 15-7

Reducing Susceptibility To Static Discharge ...... 15-1

Installing The Flexible Disk Drive Unit . ........... 15-8

15-1
15-2
15-2
15-2
15-2

Accessing The Flexible Disk Drive For
Head Alignment . ............................ 15-8

Preventive Maintenance .......................
Cleaning ...................................
Exterior ..................................
Interior ..................................
Visual Inspection ............................

Removing the Xebec S1410 Disk Controller . ...... 15-9
Installing the Xebec S1410 Disk Controller . ....... 15-9

Troubleshooting . ............................. 15-2
Servicing Aids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
Diagrams ................................ 15-2
Circuit Board Illustrations .................... 15-2
Capacitor Marking ......................... 15-3
Resistor Marking .......................... 15-3
Diode Code ............................. 15-4
Coil and Transformer Identification ............ 15-4
Transistor and Integrated Circuit Pin
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4
Obtaining Replacement Parts .................. 15-4
Assembly Repair and Exchange Program. . . . . . . . . 15-5
Initial Equipment Checks ...................... 15-5
Preparing the 8560 for Servicing Power Supply . ... 15-5
Removing The Cover Panels ................... 15-5
Removing The Rear Panel Fan Housing ......... 15-6
Removing the Winchester-Type Disk Drive Unit(s) . 15-6

ILLUSTRATIONS
Fig.

No.
15-1
15-2
15-3
15-4
15-5
15-6
15-7
15-8
15-9

Page

Ceramic and film capacitor coding . . . . . . . ..
Tantalum capacitor color code. . . . . . . . . . ..
Metal film resistor color code . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Diode polarity markings .................
Integrated circuits pin 1 identification. . . . . ..
Removing the 8560 top cover. . . . . . . . . . . ..
Hard disk drive screw locations ...........
Qume disk drive screw locations . . . . . . . . ..
Xebec Disk Controller Board cable and
screw locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

15-3
15-3
15-4
15-5
15-5
15-6
15-7
15-8
15-9

15-i

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 15
MAINTENANCE

INTRODUCTION
This section describes preventive maintenance procedures
to improve equipment reliability. It contains techniques and
aids for troubleshooting, including diagnostic testing
routines. If the equipment fails to operate properly, corrective measures should be taken immediately to prevent additional problems from developing.

•

Use a soldering iron that has a connection to earth
ground.

•

Use a special anti-static suction-type desoldering tool,
such as the Silverstat Soldapullt.

REDUCING SUSCEPTIBILITY TO
STATIC DISCHARGE
ST ATIC-SENSITIVE DEVICES
Some of the transistor and integrated circuit devices in this
equipment are sensitive to static discharge and can be damaged by improper handling. Observe the following suggestions to minimize the possibility of such damage:
•

Minimize the handling of static-sensitive parts.

•

Transport and store static-sensitive parts in their original containers, on a metal rail or on conductive foam.
Label any container that has a static-sensitive assembly or device.

•

Discharge the static charge on yourself by using a wrist
strap before you handle these devices. Servicing of
static-sensitive assemblies or devices should be performed only at a static-free workstation by qualified
personnel.

•

Do not allow anything capable of generating or holding
a static charge onto the workstation surface.

•

Pick up a part by the body, never by its leads, and keep
the leads shorted together whenever possible.

•

Do not subject the part to sliding movements over any
surface.

•

Avoid handling static-sensitive parts in areas where the
floor or work surface covering contributes to the generation of a static charge.

The 8560 incorporates a number of safeguards to reduce
the chance of static discharge damage.

~
Violation or modification of the following safeguards
can result in ground loops and/or static discharge
problems.
1. The ground (earth) wire of the primary power cable is
connected to the chassis where the cable enters the
unit.
2. Shields of interconnecting cables are grounded to the
chassis at the point of connection to each unit.
3. Ground loops have been avoided by installing a common ground between all units.

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Preventive maintenance consists of cleaning, visual inspection, and performance checks. The preventive maintenance
schedule established for the equipment should be based on
the amount of use and on the environment in which the
equipment is operated.

15·1

Troubleshooting

Maintenance-8560/8561/8562 Service

Cleaning

TROUBLESHOOTING

Clean the equipment often enough to prevent dust or dirt
from accumulating in or on it. Dirt acts as a thermal insulator
and prevents efficient heat dissipation. It also provides
high-resistance electrical leakage paths between conductors or components in a humid environment.

~
Do not allow water to get inside any enclosed assembly or components, such as switch assemblies and
potentiometers. Do not clean any plastic materials
with organic cleaning solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene, acetone, or similar compounds. Such solvents may damage the plastic.

Check your warranty or service agreement before performing any troubleshooting yourself. For your warranty to remain in effect, all service must be performed by Tektronix,
Inc. for the first 90 days following delivery.
Your Tektronix service support center is best suited to perform repairs on Tektronix equipment. However, the following servicing aids and troubleshooting procedures may aid
you in tracing a problem to its source.

Servicing Aids
Diagrams

Exterior
Remove dust from the outside of the equipment by cleaning
the surface with a soft cloth or brush. Hardened dirt may be
removed with a cloth dampened in water containing a mild
detergent. Do not use abrasive cleaners.

Interior
Clean the interior by loosening accumulated dust with a dry,
soft brush. Blow the loosened dirt away with low-pressure
air. To clean a circuit board, remove the circuit board and
clean it with a dry, soft brush. Hardened dirt or grease may
be removed with a cotton-tipped applicator dampened with
a solution of mild detergent and water. Abrasive cleaners
should not be used.
After cleaning, allow the interior to dry thoroughly before
applying power to the equipment.

Visual Inspection
After cleaning, carefully check the equipment for defective
connections and damaged parts. The remedy for most visible defects is obvious. If you discover heat-damaged parts,
try to determine the cause of overheating before replacing
the damaged part. Otherwise, the damage may reoccur.

15·2

Circuit diagrams appear on foldout pages. in the Diagrams
section of this manual. The circuit number and electrical
value of each component are shown on the diagram. (See
the first page of the Diagrams section for an explanation of
the symbols used to identify components in this equipment.)
Components on circuit boards are assigned vertical and horizontal grid numbers which correspond to the location of the
component on the circuit board. Refer to Section 20 of this
manual for a complete description of each component and
assembly.
NOTE

Corrections and modifications to the manual and
equipment are described on inserts bound into the
rear of the manual. Check this Change Information
section for manual or instrument changes and
corrections.

Circuit Board Illustrations
Electrical components, connectors, and test pOints are identified on circuit board illustrations located on the inside fold
of the corresponding circuit diagram or on the back of the
preceding diagram. This allows cross-referencing between
the diagram and the circuit board and shows the physical
location of components.

Troubleshooting

Maintenance-8560/8561/8562 Service

Codes (all values in picofarads):

III L

XXXX

III L

XRXX

XXXX

III

Tolerance (optional)
Number of zeros following significant digits
2nd significant digit
1 st significant digit

T.'."~,,.p';~'"
2nd significant digit
Decimal point
1 st significant digit

XX9X

<~
(XXXX

IY

Tolerance (optional)
Multiply significant digits by 0.1
2nd significant digit
1 st significant digit

F

G

H

J

±1%

±2%

±3%

±5%

Tolerance Code
Tolerance

L

K

M

Z

P

W

0/
+221
±10% ±20% -20/
+80% +10% -90%

G
Special
(3758-3)3770-19

Fig. 15-1. Ceramic and film capacitor coding.

Tolerance _ _ _ _..,

±20% tolerance-No dot
±10% tolerance-Silver dot
±5% tolerance-Gold dot

Capacitor Marking
1st Figure

2nd Figure

Voltage
and
Polarity

Multiplier

".~;"-BOdY Color
Optional

With Vendor

Color

+85 C
Voltage

Black

Gray

4
6
10
15
20'
25
35
50
-

White

-

Brown

Red
Orange
Yellow
Green

Blue
Violet

Capacitance in
Multiplier
Picofarads
1st Figure 2nd Figure

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

The capacitance (in microfarads or picofarads) and voltage
rating of any ceramic, mica, plastic film, and electrolytic capacitors are marked on the side of the component body.
The values of other ceramic disk and plastic film capacitors,
as well as monolithic ceramic capacitors (such as DIP and
glass-encapsulated types), are marked according to the
code shown in Fig. 15-1. Tantalum capacitors are marked in
microfarads or according to the color code shown in Fig.
15-2.

X104

Resistor Marking

x10 5

x10 6
X107

-

Carbon resistors are marked according to the standard
four-band resistor color code. A fifth band, if present, defines the failure rate. Metal film resistors are marked according to either the standard four-band resistor color code or
the five-band color code illustrated in Fig. 15-3.

(3758-4)3770·20

Fig. 15-2. Tantalum capacitor color code.

15-3

Troubleshooting

Maintenance-8560/8561/8562 Service

.1 It Significant-Digit-8and
2nd Significant-Dig it-Band

Tolerance Band

3rd Significant-Dig it-Band

Date Code and Temperature Characteristic Code

DATE CODE INFORMATION

T1::.-.

vvww

Week of the year (may be from 01-52)
Last two digits of the year

TEMPERATURE CHARACTERISTIC INFORMATION
COLOR BAND INFORMATION
Temperature

Characteristic
Color

1st
Sig.
Digit

2nd
Sig.
Digit

3rd
Sig.
Digit

Code
Multiplier

Black

0

0

0

1

Brown

1

1

1

Red

2

2

2

10
100

.Orange

3

3

3

Yellow

4

4

4

1.000
10,000

Green

5

5

5

100,000

6

6

1,000,000

Blue

6

Tolerance
± %

T-O

0

(C-O)

T-OO

-

0

T-2

C (C-2)
E (C-3)

F
G

3.

H

T-9
T-l0

.5

0

T-13

.25

C

T-14
T-15
T-16

-

(C-l)

T-l

1.
2.

Tamperature
Coefficient
(PPM/DC)

o to ±150
o to ±200
o to ±100
o to ± 50
o to ± 25
o to ± 15
o to ± 10
o to ± 20
o to ± 25
o to ± 5
o to ~ 2
o to ± 5

Temperature
Range (DC)

-55 to +175
-55 to +175
-55 to +175
-55 to +175
-55 to +175
-20 to + 85
-20 to + 85
-20 to + 85
-20 to + 85

Violet

7

7

7

10,000,000

.1

B

Grey

8

8

100,000,000

.05

A

White

9

8
9

9

1,000,000,000

-

.1

5.
10.

J
K

T-1B
T-B

15.

L

T-E

o to +100 -500

-55 to +175

20.

M

l-R

o to +100 -250

-55 to +175

Gold
Silver
No Color

.01

No Color

T-1B

Oto ± 10

-20 to + 85
Oto+ 60
-55 to +125
25 to +125

(3758-5)3770-21

Fig. 15-3. Metal film resistor color code.

Diode Code. Diode cathodes are indicated by a stripe, a
series of stripes, or a dot on the diode body. Some diodes
have a diode symbol printed on one side. Figure 15-4 illustrates diode types and polarity markings.

Transistor and Integrated Circuit Pin
Configuration
Lead identification drawings for transistors and three-lead
integrated circuits are included with the schematic diagrams. Pin 1 identification for typical DIP integrated circuits
is shown in Fig. 15-5.

Coil and Transformer Identification
Coils and transformers are identified by Tektronix part numbers, If the part number appearing on the part consists of
only four numbers, a prefix number must be added to obtain
the complete part number, as follows:

Classification

Part No. Prefix

Fixed Coils
Variable Coils
Transformers

10B-XXXX-XX
114-XXXX-XX
120-XXXX-XX

15·4

Obtaining Replacement Parts
Most electrical and mechanical parts are available through
your local Tektronix field office or representative. The Replaceable Electrical and Mechanical Parts List sections contain information on how to order these replacement parts.
You can obtain many standard electronic components locally in less time than if you ordered them from Tektronix,
Inc. If you do so, try to duplicate the original component as
closely as possible. Parts orientation and lead dress should
be duplicated, since orientation may affect circuit
interaction.

Preparing the 8560 for Servicing Power Supply

M aintenance-8560/8561 /8562 Service

If a component you have ordered has been replaced with a
new or improved part, your local Tektronix field office or
service representative will contact you concerning the
change in the part number.

Assembly Repair and Exchange
Program
Tektronix service centers provide replacement or repair of
major equipment assemblies in addition to complete equipment units. Contact your local service center for this service.

Initial Equipment Checks
Before you start any detailed troubleshooting of the equipment, perform the following basic equipment checks:

IC1664-14)3770-22

Fig. 15-4. Diode polarity markings.

•

Check that all cabling is installed properly

•

Verify that all supporting equipment is operating
correctly

•

Check power supply levels

•

Remove appropriate circuit boards, clean the edge connectors on the boards, and replace the boards in their
correct positions in the eqUipment

PREPARING THE 8560 FOR
SERVICING POWER SUPPLY
To inspect, replace or calibrate the power supply, the 8560
must be powered down, and the top cover-panel and rear
panel fan housing must be removed.
Section 12 in this manual describes the power supply and
provides troubleshooting information. Section 14 contains
procedures to adjust the power supply +5 V reference
voltage.

Removing The Cover Panels
The 8560 has four cover panels: two side panels, one top
panel, and one bottom panel. These panels are flat metal
sheets with a small flange at their rear edge. Each cover,
except the top one, fits into two grooves along the side or
bottom of the chassis. Four plastiC retainers at the rear of
the cabinet hold them in place. The retainers are fastened to
the rear casting with screws. A T-20 Torx tip screwdriver is
required to remove any of the cover retainer screws.

12184-36)3770-23

Fig. 15-5. Integrated circuits pin 1 identification.

Before removing any of the cover panels, make sure
the power to the 8560 is off.

15-5

Installing the Winchester-Type Hard Disk Drive

Maintenance-8560/8561/8562 Service

Top Cover

~---­

~,~cover
Retainers -tt\---_
Cover Reteiner
screws

---++t--__

(2184-36)3770-23

Fig. 15-6. Removing the 8560 top cover.

To remove the top cover, remove the screws and retainers
as shown in Fig. 15-6. Slide the top cover an inch or so
towards the cabinet rear and lift it away.
To remove any other cover, remove the appropriate retainers and slide the cover all the way toward the cabinet rear.
Make sure that there is sufficient clearance to do so.

Removing The Rear Panel Fan
Housing
To access the power supply area, remove the fan housing
at the 8560 cabinet rear panel. Facing the cabinet rear, remove the housing as follows:

the Cover Panels," earlier in this section.) Slide the top
cover an inch or so to the rear and lift it off the unit.
Remove the drive unit side cover by sliding it out.
2. Disconnect the power cable and the two Xebec S 141 0
Disk Controller interface cables at the disk drive(s).
3. Remove 2-screws from the top left rail, 2 screws from
the top of each drive, and 2 top bulkhead screws to
loosen the drive retainer plate. Figure 15-7 shows the
screw locations.
4. Lift the MSC Board, together with the 50-pin flat cable
attached to it, out of the instrument and adjust the
board and cable so that they are not in the way of the
drive retainer plate.
5. Slide the retainer plate toward the rear of the 8560.

1. Remove the two horizontally mounted screws in the
housing's left side.

6. Grasp the drive unit(s) at the back and front and carefully lift out.

2. Remove six additional screws (three on top and three
on the bottom) that mount the housing to the rear
panel.

7. Place the unit(s) in a safe location where they will not
be damaged.

3. Remove the fan power cable which is located at the
rear-left corner of the Regulator Board. Notice the color
coding of the cable when removing it so that the cable
will be reinstalled in the appropriate direction.

REMOVING THE
WINCHESTER· TYPE DISK DRIVE
UNIT(S)
Remove the Winchester-type hard disk drive(s) in the following sequence:
1. Remove the two top rear cover retainers and the bottom cover retainer on the drive side. (See "Removing

15-6

NOTE
Prior to installing a new hard disk drive unit, see the
default strapping configuration information contained
in Section 3 of this manual.

INSTALLING THE
WINCHESTER· TYPE HARD DISK
DRIVE
To install a Winchester-type hard disk drive, reverse the removal process. Make sure the holes provided on the bottom
side of the drive drop onto the locating pins.

Maintenance-8560/8561/8562 Service

Removing the Flexible Disk Drive

Optional drive
screw locations
Four screws

_ - - Hard disk
drive

4759-36

Fig. 15-7. Hard disk drive screw locations.

REMOVING THE FLEXIBLE DISK
DRIVE
The QumeTrak 242 flexible disk drive unit is removed
through the front of the 8560 cabinet. Figure 15-8 shows the
Qume disk drive screw locations. (Note that the screws
used in this drive are metric.) Refer to this illustration as you
perform the following procedure:
1. Disconnect the 50-pin ribbon cable located at the rear
center of the drive. Disconnect the power cable.
2. Remove both of the side covers and the top cover. (See
"Removing the Cover Panels" earlier in this section.)

3. Remove all boards from the main card cage.
4. Remove the three screws on the left side.
5. Turn the 8560 on its left (drive unit) side.
6. Remove the three inside screws.
7. Slide the flexible disk drive unit out through the front
of the 8560 unit.
NOTE
Prior to installing a new flexible disk drive unit, see the
default strapping configuration information provided in
Section 3 of this manual.

15-7

Accessing the Flexible Disk Drive for Head Alignment

Maintenance-8560/8561/8562 Service

Three screws
on bottom outside

Three screws

(4759-36)4759-37

Fig. 15-8. Qume disk drive screw locations.

INSTALLING THE FLEXIBLE DISK
DRIVE UNIT
To install a flexible disk drive unit, reverse the removal process. Then reinstall all previously removed circuit boards in
the main card cage. Install top and side covers and secure
the covers with the corner plastic retainers.

unit from the 8560 cabinet bottom using the following
procedure:
1. Remove the four cover retainers at the rear of the
8560.
2. Remove the hard disk drive(s) as described in "Removing the Winchester-Type Disk Drive," earlier in this
section.
3. Slide the bottom cover toward the rear and remove it
completely. Turning the 8560 on either side will facilitate this step.

ACCESSING THE FLEXIBLE DISK
DRIVE FOR HEAD ALIGNMENT
To align the flexible disk drive head, or to perform an azimuth check using 8560 firmware, you do not need to remove the drive unit from the 8560. You can access the drive

15-8

You now have access to all adjustments and testpoints
needed to perform a firmware-aided head alignment or azimuth check. Service routines to perform those operations
are described in Section 13 of this manual. The actual procedures are described in the QumeTrak 242 Flexible Disk
Drive Service Manual.

Maintenance-8560/8561/8562 Service

REMOVING THE XEBEC S1410 DISK
CONTROLLER
The Xebec 81410 Disk Controller Board is removed through
the top of the instrument. Figure 15-9 shows the Xebec
Board with cable and screw locations. Refer to this illustration as you perform this procedure.
1. Remove the top and left side cover panels, as explained earlier in this section.
2. Remove the hard disk drive(s) as described in "Removing the Winchester-Type Disk Drive," earlier in this
section.
3. Unplug the center 50-pin ribbon cable from the Xebec
Board. Remove the power connector at the top rear of
the unit.
4. Turn the 8560 on its right side with the Xebec Board
facing up, and remove the four nylon screws (one in
each corner of the board).

34-pin
Hard Disk
drive(s)
connector

20-pin
Drive 0
connector

Installing the Xebec 51410 Disk Controller

5. Lift the board out of the unit.
6. Remove the two flat cables from the old board and attach them to the new board.
NOTE
Prior to installing a new disk controller, see the default
strapping configuration information in Section 3 of this
manual.

INSTALLING THE XEBEC S1410
DISK CONTROLLER
To install the Xebec 81410 Disk Controller Board, reverse
the removal process. Be careful not to overtighten the nylon
screws.

~Front
50-pin MSC
Board Connector

connector

4759-38

Fig. 15-9. Xebec Disk Controller Board cable and screw locations.

15-9

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 16
DISK-BASED DIAGNOSTICS

Page

Page

Introduction ................................. 16-1

Disks Test ................................ 16-15
GPIB Test ................................ 16-16
Device Interaction Test ...................... 16-16

Hardware Restrictions ......................... 16-1
8560 Diagnostics Overview ..................... 16-1
8560 Menu Descriptions ...................... 16-3
The Option Menu .......................... 16-3
Run all tests ............................ 16-3
Run specified tests ....................... 16-3
Help ................................... 16-3
The Loop Control Menu ..................... 16-3
Do not loop on test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-4
Loop on test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-4
Loop until error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-4
Help ................................... 16-4
Display Mode Menu ........................ 16-4
Display run-time status .................... 16-4
No run-time display ....................... 16-4
Help ................................... 16-4
Display Output Menu ....................... 16-4
Help ................................... 16-4
The Diagnostics Test Series ................... 16-5
The System Interaction Test ................. 16-5
Diagnostics Failure .......................... 16-7
Typical Operating Procedure ...................
Fixtures Required ...........................
Procedure ..................................
System Won't Boot ..........................
Program Stops Running ......................

16-7
16-7
16-7
16-8
16-9

Test Program Descriptions ..................... 16-9
Test Summary .............................. 16-9
RAM Test ................................ 16-10
ROM Test ................................ 16-11
CPU Test. ................................ 16-12
LTC Test ................................. 16-12
Printer Ports Test .......................... 16-12
lOP Channel Test .......................... 16-13

Error Displays ............................... 16-16
General Messages .......................... 16-18
RAM-Related Messages ..................... 16-18
ROM-Related Messages ..................... 16-20
CPU-related Messages ...................... 16-20
LTC-Related Messages ...................... 16-20
Line Printer Port-Related Messages ............ 16-20
lOP-Related Messages ...................... 16-21
Disk-Related Messages ...................... 16-23
GPIB Controller Error Messages ............... 16-25
LED Error Message Summary ................ 16-27

ILLUSTRATIONS
Fig.
No.
16-1
16-2
16-3
16-4

Page
8560 diagnostics flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 16-2
8560 block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 16-10
Jumper locations for chip swap . . . . . . . . .. 16-19
lOP Board seven-segment LED . . . . . . . . .. 16-22

TABLES
Table
No.
16-1
16-2
16-3

Page
Diagnostic Test Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 16-9
GPIB Controller Errors ................. 16-26
Diagnostic Disk LED Error Codes. . . . . . . .. 16-27

16-i

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 16
DISK-BASED DIAGNOSTICS

INTRODUCTION

The 8560 disk-based diagnostics can execute within an
8560 system or a combined 8560/8540 system.

This section describes the 8560 disk-based diagnostics. The
diagnostics consist of eight individual tests:
1. RAM test-checks the 8560 system memory
2. ROM test-checks the 8560 boot and diagnostic
memory
3. CPU test-checks the LSI-11 processor

HARDWARE RESTRICTIONS
The 8560 diagnostics work only if the 8560 kernel is operational. The kernel consists of:

4. LTC test-checks the Line-Time Clock
5. Printer ports test-checks the printer ports

•

6. lOP test-checks the lOP channels

•

LSI-11 processor

7. Disks test-checks the read/write capability of the
disks

•

The lower memory board

•

The portion of the Utility Board containing the boot
ROM

•

Either an lOP Board or that portion of the Utility Board
that controls a serial I/O channel (LP2)

•

The I/O Adapter (lOA) Board and I/O Connector (IOC)
Board

•

The MSC Board

•

The flexible disk drive

8. GPIB test-checks GPIB hardware
These tests check the same hardware as the ROM-based
diagnostics discussed in Section 13 of this manual but
check it more thoroughly. In addition, a separate system
interaction test checks how well the different elements of
the tested 8560 system hardware work together. The system interaction test executes automatically every time all
the diagnostic tests are executed in a series.

Power supplies

NOTE

Throughout this section, al/ addresses are shown in
octal notation unless otherwise noted.

8560 DIAGNOSTICS OVERVIEW

This section is organized into four major parts:
1. General information introducing the disk-based diagnostics, giving a summary of tests and their functions and providing other information of general interest
2. Instructions
diagnostics

for

executing

the

8560

disk-based

The following basic procedure is used for running the
diagnostics:
1. Insert the diagnostic disk into the 8560 flexible disk
drive.

3. Detailed descriptions of individual test routines

2. If the 8560 is already on, toggle the front panel RESTART switch. Otherwise, turn on the 8560.

4. A summary of all terminal-displayed error messages

3. Answer the questions that appear on your terminal.

The disk-based diagnostics outlined in this section are distinct from the ROM-based power-up tests described in Section 13. The disk-based diagnostics are contained on a
flexible disk and can be accessed from a terminal connected
to LP2 or to one of the I/O Processor (lOP) terminal ports.

The "Typical Operating Procedure,' later in this section, provides a more detailed explanation.
Figure 16-1 is a flowchart of the 8560 diagnostics
procedure.

16-1

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

8560 Diagnostics Overview

TNIX boots
from hard
disk
Error message
printed on
LP1 and LP2

Fail

Error message
printed on
terminal the "f"
came from

Label of disk
is printed on
terminal the "f"
came from

Error message
printed on all
terminals

Program loaded
from flexible
disk

"Press return to
select terminal"
printed on all
terminals

Fail

No

"Diagnostics
loaded" printed
on user's

terminal
Enter V 

to see more
information

Remove diagnostic
disk and RESTART
8560 to load TNIX
from hard disk
3900-106A

Fig. 16-1.8560 diagnostics flowchart.

The 8560 diagnostic program, which consists of a single file
called "diag60.sav", resides on one flexible disk written in
the TNIX file structure. The disk is self-loading and does not
require either the TNIX operating system or the hard disk for
loading. Once this file is loaded, it remains in system memory until the 8560 is restarted.

16-2

The diagnostics are nondestructive in that they will not corrupt any directories or files on the disks in the 8560. A terminal connected to any serial I/O port in the system (except
LP1) may be used to communicate with the program.

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

8560 Diagnostics Overview

8560 Menu Descriptions
To perform all 8560 diagnostics functions, four menus are
provided: the Option, Loop Control, Display Mode, and Display Output menus. If you want to select a test or function
listed in one of the menus, enter the number that precedes
that test or function, and then press RETURN. If you want
to select the default option, simply press RETURN.

executes the system interaction test which determines
whether all checked system components interact properly
with each other. If you do not specify an individual test, this
option is selected by default.
Run specified tests. Items 1 through 8 are run codes that
each specify an individual test routine to be executed.
Help. This item displays information that explains all of the
options in the display.

The Option Menu
The Option Menu is the first 8560 menu displayed on the
system terminal after the 8560 has passed its power-up
tests. Display 16-1 shows the Option Menu as it appears on
the terminal screen.

Run all tests. This item executes the test series once. When
the 8560 has passed all eight tests, the diagnostic program

The Loop Control Menu
After you choose one of the Option Menu tests, the diagnostic program displays the Loop Control Menu. This
menu allows you to select a looping option. Display 16-2
shows the format of the Loop Control Menu as it appears
on the terminal screen.

856x Diagnostic Disk VI.x
Press RETURN to select terminal
•••••••• 856x Diagnostics - Version l.x - Loaded ••••••

*.

Option Milnu
[default]
RAM
ROM
Processor
Line-Time Clock
Printer Ports
lOP Channels
Disk Drives
GPlB controller

0 - Run all tests

I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 h -

Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Test
Help

856x
856x
856x
856x
856x
856x
856x
856x

Type in option {} or {o - 8 or hand }
?

Display 16-1

16-3

8560 Diagnostics Overview

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

Loop Control Menu
1
2
3
h

-

Do not loop on test
Loop on test
Loop until error
Help

[default)

Type in loop control {} or {l - 3 or hand }
?

Display 16-2

Display Mode Menu
1 - Display run-time status
2 - No run-time display
h - Help

[default)

Type in mode {} or {l - 2 or hand }
?

Display 16-3

Do not loop on test. This item executes the selected test
option only once. Select the "no looping" option either with
a RETURN or with a "1" followed by a RETURN.
Loop on test. This item continuously repeats the selected
test option until you press the ESC key.

Display run-time status. This option displays messages
during the tests to describe what is going on. Select this
option by entering a RETURN or a "1" followed by a
RETURN.
No run-time display. This option disables the run-time dis-

play (but input prompt messages are still displayed).
Loop until error. This item continuously repeats the se-

lected test option until an error is encountered, or until you
press the ESC key.

Help. This item displays information that explains both of
the options in the display.

Help. This item displays information that explains all of the
options in the display.

Display Output Menu
Display Mode Menu
This menu is displayed after you select either item 1, 2, or 3
from the Loop Control Menu. Display 16-3 shows the Display Mode Menu as it appears on the terminal. The display
mode option allows you to turn the run-time status displays
either on or off. (For an example of the run-time status display, see Display 16-5.) You can select either item 1, 2 or
Help.

16-4

This menu selects the peripheral device on which the test
data is displayed. Display 16-4 shows the Display Output
Menu as it appears on the terminal. This menu is the last
8560 menu displayed. Press RETURN to display the test
data on the terminal. You may alternatively display the error
information on a line printer connected to either LP1 or LP2.
Help. This item displays information that explains all of the
options in the display.

8560 Diagnostics Overview

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

Display Output Menu
1
2

- Display on terminal
- Display on printer 1

[default]

3 - Display on printer 2
h - Help

Type in display output «CR>} or {I - 3 or hand }
?

Display 16-4

Beginning of pass 1
Elapsed time:
o
a
o
Testing RAM ••••••••••••••••
Testing ROM •••
Testing Processor •••
Testing Line Time Clock •••
Testing Printer Ports •••
Lprl
Nothing connected to Lprl - press RETURN to continue?
Lpr2
Testing lOP channels •••
lOPl ••••
Nothing connected to channel 3 - press RETURN to continue?
Testing disk drives •••
Flex disk drive
Writing to unused blocks between 137 and 1994
Hard disk drive(s}
Writing to unused block 69599 on hard disk 0
Testing GPlB controller

Display 16-5

The Diagnostics Test Series

The System Interaction Test

Instead of executing tests individually, you can execute all
diagnostic tests sequentially. When you press RETURN (or
"0" followed by a RETURN), the diagnostic program executes all tests in the sequence shown. When the tests are
executed in a series, all error information is displayed at the
end of the series.

When you execute all tests in a series, the diagnostic program automatically proceeds to the system interaction test
after the last test is executed.

While the diagnostic program is executing the test series,
the program keeps you informed about test status on the
terminal. As each test is executed, the terminal displays the
name of each test. Each time the test series executes, the
terminal displays the time that has elapsed since the test
series was started.
When you execute the 8560 test series, a display similar to
Display 16-5 is shown on the terminal.

The system interaction test checks that all individual system
components work together as designed. This test cannot be
selected individually; it is always part of the test series. The
system interaction test requires about a minute to execute
and displays the contents of the error registers on the terminal, as shown in Display 16-6. The error registers' contents
change continuously, as this test exercises the system. If
the system passes the system interaction test, you can be
reasonably sure that your 8560 is operating properly.
If you respond with a "y" and RETURN, statistical data similar to Display 16-7 appears on the terminal. Information only
appears for the tests you run.
If you respond with an "n" and RETURN, the Option Menu
is displayed again.

16-5

8560 Diagnostics Overview

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

Beginning device interaction test (error counters in octal) •••
ROM
RAM
'CPU
INT
BUS
LTC
IOPI
IOP2
LPRI
LPR2
DISCS
000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000
Results of 856x Diagnostics Vl.x Copyright 1981, Tektronix, Inc.
856x verification passed. Do you want to see more information?
Type y or n
?

Display 16-6

Note: addresses and register values are listed in octal
Number of test cycles: 1
Elapsed time:
0: 1 : 26
RAM memory installed: 256 K bytes
ROM utility board PROM part number(s): 160 2634 01, 160 2633 01
CPU standard processor installed
LTC frequency = 60 hz, status: 000340
Lprl line printer connected
baud
rcsr
rbuf
xcsr
xbuf
2400 040000 000000 070200 000000
Lpr2 test plug connected
baud
rcsr
rbuf
xcsr
xbuf
2400 160000 000000 070200 000000
lOPs IOPI PROM part number(s): 160 1408 01, 160 1407 01, 160 1406 01
HSI 1/0 0 - terminal connected, current baud rate
2400
HSI liD 1 - terminal connected, current baud rate = 2400
HSI liD 2 - test plug connected, lOA set for HSI
HSI 1/0 3 - nothing connected, lOA set for terminal
Disks PMS/MSC controller board Prom part number(s): 160 2219 00, 160 2218 00
flexible disk: double-sided, double-de'nsity
hard disk 0 capacity = 69599 blocks (35 M bytes)
GPIB GPIB controller board PROM part number(s): 160 1820 00
local RAM size: 32 K bytes
status of device at 0, 4
16 (decimal)
856x verification passed
Ready for next menu (press RETURN)?

Display 16-7

16-6

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

Diagnostics Failure
If some 8560 boards do not pass a particular test, the diagnostic program displays warning messages while that
test executes. After the system interaction test is completed, you may request that the diagnostic program display
statistical information as shown in Display 16-7.
Display 16-7 shows statistical data from an error-free run. If
any errors occur during diagnostic testing, they will be reported along with the statistical data in this display. The
error messages that can be displayed by the diagnostic program are explained later in this section in the "Error Displays" discussion. These error messages enable you to
determine whether the failures are serious enough to warrant further investigation and/or repair.

TYPICAL OPERATING PROCEDURE
The following procedure may be used to run the entire 8560
diagnostic test series once. (The same procedure can be
used to run individual diagnostic tests by selecting a different option.)

Fixtures Required
The serial ports can be partially tested without any additional hardware. However, to fully exercise the 8560 ports,
one or more wrap-back connectors are required. Wrap-back
connectors are RS-232-C-type connectors wired so that
output signals from the port are fed back into the same port.
(A wrap-back connector is referred to as a "test plug" in
displays produced by the diagnostic program.) Thus, data
transmitted by a port is received by the same port.
Wrap-backs connectors can be ordered from Tektronix, Inc.
NOTE

When performing this procedure on a terminal connected directly to an lOP channel jumpered for
RS-232-C operation, set the terminal for 2400 baud if
it can be done from the keyboard. If the terminal is not
set for 2400 baud, the first message from the diagnostic program will be garbled.

Typical Operating Procedure

8560 through an 8540 Integration Unit, turn the 8540 on and
make sure it is in its transparent mode. Refer to the 8540
System Users Manual for information about the 8540.
Turn on the 8560's ac power switch (located on the rear
panel of the unit) and the dc power switch (located on the
front panel of the unit). Both the DC ON and AC ON indicators on the front panel will light. The whining noise you
hear is caused by the spinning of the hard disk and the fan.
The PROCESSOR BUSY indicator will light and remain on.
Insert the 8560 diagnostic disk into the flexible disk drive.
Within approximately 30 seconds, the access light indicator
on the front panel will light as the 8560 reads the boot block
off the disk. (If the system is unable to boot from the disk,
refer to the "System Won't Boot" discussion, following this
procedure.)
The following message will appear on the screen:
856x Diagnostic Disk Vl.x
If the message appears garbled, check that your terminal's
baud rate is set at 2400.
If more than one terminal (and/or a line printer connected to
LP2) is online, the following message appears:
Press RETURN to select terminal
After you have pressed RETURN, if the display appears
garbled, press the BREAK key to select a new baud rate.
Continue pressing the BREAK key until you see the message "new baud rate selected". Now press RETURN.
The following message will be displayed:
•••••••• 856x Diagnostics - version l.x loaded ••••••••
This message is followed by the Option Menu. If the display
appears garbled, press the BREAK key until the message
"new baud rate selected" appears. Then press the ESC key
to cause the Option Menu to be printed.
Press RETURN to select the "Run all tests" option. The
Loop Control Menu will be displayed. Press RETURN to
disable the looping options.

At this point, the Display Mode Menu will be displayed.

Procedure

Press RETURN to enable the run-time display.

The following paragraphs describe the procedure for running the 8560 diagnostic test series.

The Display Output Menu will now be displayed. Press RETURN to direct the output to your terminal.

Verify that your terminal is properly connected to the system. Turn the terminal on. If the terminal is connected to the

The tests will begin running. A run-time display similar to
that shown in Display 16-5 will be displayed.

16-7

Typical Operating Procedure

When the program tests a serial I/O port and discovers
nothing is connected to the port, the following message is
displayed:
nothing connected to port x - press RETURN
to continue?

If the foregoing message is displayed, you can connect a
terminal or wrap-back connector to the port and then press
RETURN. You can rearrange connectors whenever the program is paused. This enables you to use one wrap-back
connector to test all of the ports.
After the test series is completed, the following message will
appear:
Verification passed.
more information?
Type y or n

Do you want to see

If you type a "y" and press RETURN, the program displays
information about how your 8560 is configured. If you don't
want to perform any more tests, remove your diagnostic
disk and toggle the RESTART switch to boot the TNIX operating system.

System Won't Boot
If the system won't boot from the diagnostic disk, read
through the following four situations. Find the situation that
describes the condition of your system, and follow the directions provided.

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

Situation 2
The light on the flexible disk drive stays on for a period
ranging from several seconds to over a minute. After the
light goes out, an error message is displayed on one or
more terminals (at 2400 baud). TNIX is then loaded. This
means that the boot block was loaded from the disk, but the
file could not be loaded.
If this situation occurs, perform the following steps:
1. If the message displayed was not legible, set the baud
rate of your terminal to 2400 baud and RESTART the
8560.
2. If the message concerns an invalid file system, the directory and/or diagnostiC file on your flexible disk may
have been altered. If you suspect a problem with your
disk, substitute another disk.
3. If the message refers to disk read errors, a problem
may exist with your flexible disk, or with your flexible
disk drive. Substituting another disk or cleaning the
heads may solve this problem. (A head cleaning procedure is described under the "Alignment Aid" description
in Section 13 of this manual.)
If this does not solve the problem, refer to the MSC
error code summary at the end of this section. The error code displayed may indicate why the read error
occurred.

Situation

3

Neither TNIX nor the diagnostic disk can be loaded and
executed.

Situation 1
The light on the flexible disk drive flashes briefly, then the
8560 loads the operating system off the hard disk.
The 8560 firmware decided that booting the flexible disk
was impossible. Perform the following steps:
1. Remove jumper P1036 from the Utility Board.
2. Connect a line printer to LP1 or LP2, or connect a terminal to LP2. (These two ports are used by the
firmware to report errors.)
3. RESTART the 8560.
4. When you see the" =" prompt on your terminal, press
"f". Three error codes should print out. For an explanation of these codes, refer to "Error Summary" at the
end of Section 13 in this manual.

16-8

This generally means that a power-up self-test failed. To
locate the problem, complete the following steps:
1. Connect a line printer to LP1 or LP2, or connect a terminal to LP2. (These two ports are used by the
firmware to report errors.)
2. RESTART the 8560. One of the following events will
occur:
•

Within a minute, an error code is displayed.

•

The PROCESSOR BUSY light on the front panel
goes out. If this occurs, remove the 8560 top
cover, and look at the error code displayed on the
Utility Board LEDs. Refer to Utility Board LEDs in
Section 13 in this manual.)

3. If the "=" prompt is displayed on your terminal, you
may be able to override ~he error by typing an "f", depending on the type of error detected.

Test Program Descriptions

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

Situation

4

TN IX and the diagnostic disk won't load and the 8560
firmware won't run.
This may be due to bad firmware on the Utility Board. Try
the following procedure to manually load the disk diagnostic
tests:
1. Insert the diagnostic disk in the flexible disk drive.
2. Connect a terminal to LP2.
3. Set the front panel RUN/HALT switch to the HALT
position.

TEST PROGRAM DESCRIPTIONS
The following discussion provides a summary of the 8560
tests and detailed descriptions of each individual test
routine.

Test Summary
Table 16-1 summarizes the disk-based diagnostic routines.
For each routine, the table gives the test name, the run
code, and a short test description. Figure 16-2 is a block
diagram of the 8560. Refer to Fig. 16-2 while reading the
test descriptions.

4. Toggle the RESET switch on the front panel.

Table 16-1
Diagnostic Test Summary

5. Set the front panel RUN/HALT switch to the RUN
position.
6. You are now in ODT mode. Enter the following underlined characters on the keyboard:
llQQQL xxxxxx
2013 
0110021 xxxxxx
0 
1000 
0110041 xxxxxx
0110061 xxxxxx
0 
0110101 xxx xxx
0 
0110121 xxxxxx
0 
0110141 xxxxxx
0 
11001 
7771501 xxxxxx

Name

Run
Code

Description

RAM test

1

This test checks the system RAM.

ROM test

2

This test performs a checksum test
on bootstrap/diagnostic ROMs, and
checks for a valid ROM part number. The test consists of two parts
with each part testing one ROM.

CPU test

3

This test checks selected LSI-11 instructions and registers. The CPU
test performs a more thorough
check of the instruction set than the
ROM-based CPU test.

LTC test

4

This test checks the
Line-Time Clock interrupts.

Printer ports
test

5

This test checks the
two RS-232-C line printer ports.

lOP test

6

This test checks the operation of
the lOP ports and the associated
DMA circuitry.

Disks test

7

This test verifies the operation of
the MSC and the disk drives. The
test checks the read/write capability
of the disks.

GPIB

8

This test checks for the presence of
a GPIB Controller, requests a
s~lf-test operation, then allows a
serial bus poll of a selected device.

7. You will hear the flexible disk drive activate. When the
drive noise subsides (after about a second) enter:
R71
xxxxxx Q
p

8. The system should now boot from the flexible disk.

Program Stops Running
If the diagnostic program hangs up while executing, and
pressing the ESC key does not produce any results, complete the following procedure:
1. Connect your terminal to LP2. The baud rate of your
terminal must match the LP2 baud rate (which is set for
2400 at the factory).
2. Raise the front panel RUN/HALT switch, and then
lower it again.
3. Enter "3000g" on your terminal. If the diagnostic program is still intact in system memory, the program will
display the results from the tests that were previously
run.

8560

16-9

Test Program Descriptions

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

Power
Supply

Flexible Disk
Drive
Hard Disk
Drive

Front
Panel

r-------,
I
I
I

Mass
Storage
Controller

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I
:

Line
Printer

I

I

I
I

I

L

System
Memory

lOP
Board 2

lOA
Board

lOP
Board 1

To 8540s
or Terminals

4759-34

Fig. 16-2. 8560 block diagram.

RAM Test
Run Code:
Function:

Checks the data storage capability of the system RAM

Blocks
Involved:

LSI-11 Processor, Utility Board, System
Memory, IDA, IOC, and lOP Boards (See Fig.

16-2.)
Duration:

Up to 30 seconds

Description
The RAM test verifies system memory by determining the
size of memory, writing patterns into each location, and then
reading the patterns back. If you have selected the
"Run-time display" option from the Display Mode Menu, the
test will print out a series of period characters while execut-

16-10

ing. Each period that is printed represents a test module
that is executed within the RAM test. The test performs the
following steps:
1. The first period character of the display is printed if you
selected the run-time display.
2. The test first determines how much RAM is installed by
writing to memory locations above the program until a
bus timeout is detected. An error occurs if less than
64K words of memory is installed or if the memory
banks are not unique.
3. The test now verifies that part of RAM occupied by
diagnostics by:
•

Saving the contents of each program location

•

Writing complementary test patterhs into the
location

•

Verifying that the patterns were written

•

Restoring the original contents of each location

If an error is detected, it is stored in RAM for later
display.

Test Program Descriptions

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

4. The test verifies the remaining RAM in the 8560 by:
•

Printing the second period, putting the CPU in
user mode, and writing 125252 into every location
above the program

•

Printing the third period, then waiting 2.5 seconds
(this step is used to verify the refresh circuit)

•

Printing the fourth period, then waiting 2.5
seconds

•

Printing the fifth period, then complementing each
word of the test pattern (starting at the bottom of
the test area)

•

Printing the sixth period, then verifying each
location

•

Printing the seventh period, then complementing
each word of test pattern (starting at the bottom
of the test area)

•

Printing the eighth period, then reading and verifying each location

•

Printing the ninth period, then complementing
each byte of the test pattern (starting at the top of
the test area)

•

Printing the tenth period, then reading and verifying each location

•

Printing the eleventh period, then complementing
each byte of the test pattern (starting at the top of
the test area)

•

Printing the twelfth period, then reading and verifying each location

•

Printing the thirteenth period, then complementing
each word twice and adding 1 to each byte (starting at the bottom of the test area)

•

Printing the fourteenth period, then reading and
verifying each location

•

Printing the fifteenth period, then complementing
each word (starting at the top of the test area)

•

Printing the sixteenth period, reading and verifying
each location, and then putting the CPU in kernel
mode

If an error occurs, the error information is stored for future
display. Note that the interval between printing two
successive periods varies (depending on how much memory
is installed) but should never be more than about 3 seconds
between any two successive periods.
If a parity error interrupt occurs during this test, the location
of the error is stored, but the bit fault mask is not. The fault
mask is a six-digit octal number, in which each non-zero bit

represents a mismatch between the data written and the
data read inside the given address range. To determine
which bit is at fault, you must disable parity error reporting
by moving P7111 on the memory board(s) to position 2 and
run the test again. Parity should be enabled again before
you reboot TNIX.
It is possible to narrow down the source of a reported error,
because the error message prints out both an address
range and a mask of the bits that failed. For example, if a
single bit failed within a narrow range of addresses, a RAM
chip probably failed. The address range in the error message will allow you to identify the failed chip. On the other
hand, if more than one bit is set in the fault mask, it is more
likely that the support circuitry for the RAMs has failed.

ROM Test
Run Code:

2

Function:

Checks
the
data
recorded
diagnostic/bootstrap ROMs.

Blocks
Involved:

LSI-11 Processor, Utility Board, System
Memory, lOA, IOC, and lOP Boards (See Fig.
16-2.)

Duration:

1 second

in

the

Description
1. Test Low-Byte ROM. The test calculates the checksum
and compares it with the checksum stored in the lOW-byte
ROM. The ROM test also reads the ROM-stored part number and determines whether that number is valid.
2. Test High-Byte ROM. The test calculates the checksum
and compares it against the checksum stored in the
high-byte ROM. The ROM test also reads the ROM-stored
part number and determines whether the number is valid.
3. Recall Error Information. If the test is executed alone,
and both ROMs have been checked, the program recalls the
error information from the system memory and displays it
on the terminal. If the test is executed as part of the test
series, the diagnostics program displays the error at the
completion of the test series.

16-11

Test Program Descriptions

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

CPU Test

LTC Test

Run Code:

3

Run Code:

4

Function:

Checks the operation of the CPU by executing
a representative instruction set

Function:

Checks the frequency of interrupts from the
ac power source

Blocks
Involved:

LSI-11 Processor, Utility Board, System
Memory, lOA, IOC, and lOP Boards (See Fig.
16-2.)

Blocks
Involved:

LSI-11 Processor, Utility Board, System
Memory, lOA, IOC, and lOP Boards (See Fig.
16-2.)

Duration:

Less than 1 second

Duration:

1 second

Description

Description

The CPU test checks a representative sample of LSI-11 instructions to determine whether the CPU is operating properly. The disk-based CPU test checks more instructions
than the ROM-based test. The test executes the simpler
instructions first and then proceeds to more complex instructions. The CPU test verifies most LSI-11 operations by
checking:

This test verifies that the processor is correctly receiving line
frequency interrupts. The test uses the Line-Time Clock to
count the interrupts caused by the line frequency.

1. A representative set of single-operand instructions with
destination mode 0
2. A representative set of single-operand instructions with
destination mode 0, using byte mode
3. A representative set of double-operand word instructions using most source modes and using destination
mode 0
4. A representative set of double-operand byte instructions using various source modes and using destination
mode 0
5. A representative set of word instructions using various
source modes and most destination modes
6. A representative set of byte instructions using various
source modes and various destination modes

1. Initialize Interrupts. The LTC test starts by setting up the
LTC vector and enabling the LTC interrupts. The test detects the first interrupt, then waits in a loop for 1 second
while the LTC handler counts the number of interrupts that
occur. The program then disables interrupts and checks the
interrupt counter. If the frequency of the LTC is between 48
and 52 Hz, the frequency is stored as 50 Hz. If the frequency is between 58 and 62 Hz, the frequency is stored as
60 Hz. All other frequencies are considered invalid and are
reported without rounding. If an invalid frequency is reported, the program logs the error and stores the frequency.
2. Display Errors. If the test is executed alone, the program
recalls the error information from the memory and displays it
on the terminal. If the test is executed as part of the test
series, the error data is displayed at the completion of the
test series.

7. The JSR, RTS, and MARK instructions using various
modes
8. Trap instructions
9. The MUL, DIV, and ASHC instructions by solving an
equation and checking the result
10. The instructions operating in user and kernel mode assuring they work properly when the MMU (Memory
Management Unit) is on

Printer Ports Test
Run Code:

5

Function:

Check the two line printer (RS-232-C) ports

Blocks
Involved:

LS1-11 Processor, Utility Board, System
Memory, lOA, IOC, and lOP Boards (See Fig.
16-2.)

Duration:

Up to 20 seconds

11. The floating point function
The CPU test checks the results of the executed instructions. If any result is not correct, the test records the error
for later display.

16-12

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

Description
The printer ports test consists of two identical parts. The
first part checks LP1, and the second checks LP2. Each
part is divided into individual routines, depending on the system configuration. The printer ports test can check the two
ports under the various conditions determined by the external port connections. This test checks port operation with
the port connected to one of the following devices:
•

A wrap-back connector

•

A line printer

•

The terminal from which the test is exercised

•

An open circuit

The following test sequence is used for each printer port:
1. The test displays the name of the port under test on
your terminal if the "run-time display" option was selected from the Display Mode Menu.
2. The test determines whether the printer control registers can be accessed. If not, the test logs the error and
discontinues testing this printer interface.
3. The test exercises the CTS line to determine whether
any device is connected to the port. If the DTR signal is
not detected, the test assumes that nothing is connected and notifies you. After you acknowledge this notification by pressing RETURN, the test again checks
the port to see if any device is connected.
4. The test verifies that the bits in the interface registers
can be turned on and off. If any bit fails, the test logs an
error.

5. The test determines the vector address of the transmit
interrupt if any device is connected to the port (DTR
has been detected). The vector address determines
whether the port is strapped for terminal or printer operation. If the port is not strapped for printer operation,
an error is logged.
6. The test exercises the transmit and receive circuits by
transmitting a series of characters through the
wrap-back connector if a wrap-back connector is installed. The test transmits characters at various baud
rates by reprogramming the interface, and checks
these baud rates against the line frequency. Since this
process takes about 10 seconds, the test prints out
three period characters during this step.
7. The test verifies overrun error checking by transmitting
several characters without emptying the receive buffer
if a wrap-back connector is installed.
8. The test transmits the following test pattern if a line
printer is connected:
! "#$%&' ()*+,-.10123456789: ;<=>?@AB

CDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZl

)A

_, abcdefghi jk1mnopqrstuvwxyz { :} ~

Test Program Descriptions

9. The test retrieves the error information from the system
memory and displays it on the terminal if the printer
ports test is executed alone. The error information is
displayed at the end of the series if the test is executed
as part of the test series.

lOP Channel Test
Run Code:

6

Function:

Check the I/O channel operation

Blocks
Involved:

LSI-11 Processor, Utility Board, System
Memory, lOA, lac Board and lOP Board (See
Fig. 16-2.)

Duration:

Up to 30 seconds

Description
The lOP Channel test consists of two identical parts. The
first part checks lOP Board 1 (channels 0 through 3), and
the second checks lOP Board 2 (channels 4 through 7). At
least one lOP Board must be installed for the test to pass. If
two boards are installed, both are tested.
Each test part consists of individual test routines that are
assembled to match the system configuration. If the jumper
plug on the lOA Board for a particular channel is in the
RS-232-C position, the test will automatically execute a set
of routines for any of the following configurations (depending on what is connected to the lOP channel):
•

A wrap-back connector

•

A terminal

•

An open circuit

If the jumper plug on the lOA Board for a particular channel
is in the HSI position, the test will automatically execute a
set of routines for any of the following configurations (depending on what is connected to the lOP channel):
•

A wrap-back connector

•

An 8540

•

An open circuit

The following test sequence is used for each lOP Board:
1. The test attempts to read the Device Register on the
lOP Board. If a bus time-out occurs, the test assumes
the board is not installed and stops testing the board.
2. The test prints the name of the board under test if the
"run-time display" option was selected from the Display
Mode Menu.

16-13

Test Program Descriptions

3. The test issues a self-test command to the board under
test. This causes the lOP Board to verify its ROM,
RAM, and DMA and to verify that certain control circuits respond. On completion, the lOP writes its PROM
part numbers and status into 8560 RAM and issues an
interrupt to the LSI-11 processor. If the test program
times out without receiving the interrupt, the program
logs the fact that no interrupt was received; If the status is invalid, the program logs an appropriate error
code. (Note that in this part of the test, the program
may ignore keyboard interrupts.)
4. The routine tests each of the four lOP channels individually after the self-test is completed, using the following
steps:
a. If the· Run-time display" option was selected from
the Display Mode menu, the routine prints a period
character.
b. The routine requests HSI status for the lOP channel. The routine uses the response to determine
whether the jumper block on the lOA Board is in
the RS-232-C or HSI position.
c. If the channel is jumpered for a terminal, the routine tells the lOP to assert CTS and then check for
DTR. If DTR is not present, the output of the
channel is assumed to be an open circuit, and the
routine skips to step h.
d. The routine ·characterizes" the channel. This
characterization involves telling the lOP what
baud rate to use for the channel, how characters
are to be echoed, and what to return if a framing
error is detected. The routine tells the lOP to return a  any time a framing error is detected. You may get confusing results if you type a
 on the keyboard while the diagnostics are
running.
e. The routine tells the lOP to return a character if
the lOP receives a character on this channel.
f. The routine tells the lOP to transmit a RETURN on
this channel. If after 0.07 seconds the character
has still not been transmitted, the routine assumes
the channel is an open circuit and skips to step h.
g. If the routine receives a RETURN from this channel, the routine assumes that a wrap-back connector is attached. If nothing is received from the
channel, the routine assumes that either a terminal
or an 8540 is connected depending on the position
of the lOA jumper block.
h. The routine recharacterizes the channel using parameters that are appropriate for the device connected to the channel. The routine now branches
to one of the following steps (i, ii, or iii), depending
on which device is connected to the channel.

16-14

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

i. If the test has determined that the connector
is an open circuit, and if this is the first pass
of the test, the routine reminds you that the
circuit is open. At this point you have the option of connecting a device to the port. When
you press RETURN, the routine repeats
steps b through h to see if the connector is
still an open circuit. If the circuit is still open,
the routine goes back to the beginning of
step 4 or goes on to step 5, depending on
whether this is the last lOP channel to be
tested.
ii. If a wrap-back connector is installed, the test
exercises the transmit and receive functions
of the channel by transmitting a series of
characters through the wrap-back connector. The test exercises these functions at
various baud rates by reprogramming the interface. The test also checks the throughput
rate against the line frequency to determine
whether the baud rate circuitry is being programmed correctly. Note that baud rate verification is performed only on channels that
are jumpered for terminals; the HSI baud
rate of 153.6K is not verified by this test.
iii. If a terminal or 8540 is connected to this
channel, but this is not the channel that you
are using (as determined by the diagnostics
after boot-up), the routine transmits the
message:
Diagnostics in progress.
No logins.

The routine does not automatically perform
character input testing in part iii, but you can
still verify that this channel works by typing
characters on the terminal connected to this
channel (or to an 8540 connected to this
channel), and noting that the characters are
echoed.
If the lOA is set up for HSI mode, this verification also checks the baud rate of 153.6K.
If a terminal is connected, you can use the
BREAK key to select different baud rates as
outlined in the "Typical Operating Procedure", earlier in this section. This type of verification can be performed at any time, not
just during the lOP channels test.
5. When all four channels of the lOP Board have been
tested, the program displays an error count if any errors have occurred. (If the "run-time display" option
was selected from the Display Mode Menu, the error
count is not displayed.)

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

6. After both boards have been checked, and if the lOP
test was executed alone, the program retrieves the error information from memory and displays it on the output device. If the test was executed as part of the test
series, the error information is displayed at the end of
the series.

Disks Test
Run Code:

7

Function:

Checks the operation of the MSC Board and
the disk drives

Blocks
Involved:

LSI-11 Processor, Utility Board, System
Memory, MSC Board, Xebec Disk Controller,
Flexible Disk Drive, Hard Disk Drive, IDA, IOC,
and lOP Boards (See Fig. 16-2.)

Duration:

Less than 1 minute

Description
1. The test attempts to read the Device Register on the
MSC Board. If a bus time-out occurs, the test stores an
error code in system memory and makes an exit.
2. The test issues a self-test command to the MSC. This
command causes the MSC to verify its own RAM and
ROM, the DMA interface, the interrupt circuitry, the interface to the disk drives, and the ability of the controller to move the heads. The test does not, however,
check the read/write capability of the drives. The MSC
also reports the part numbers of its PROMs.

Test Program Descriptions

~
If the test is looping, do not change flexible disks after
the first test pass; the test may write over used blocks
on the new disk. The disks test searches for free
blocks only during the first test pass. If you substitute
another disk after the free block search, the test will
not perform another search.
5. The test writes to five randomly-selected blocks within
the permitted range if there are free blocks on the flexible disk, or if you have decided to let the program write
on the disk anyway (and the disk is not
write-protected). The test then reads back the information to verify the write operation. If a read-only test is
being run, the test simply verifies the CRCs (cyclic redundancy checks) on five randomly selected blocks.
6. The test reads the first four blocks of track 0 into a
high-address memory area if there is a disk in the flexible disk drive. This is simply to verify that the boot
block area on the disk is readable and that the MSC
can access upper RAM addresses in the 8560.
7. The number of recoverable errors is displayed if any
recoverable errors were detected during the test (for
example, the MSC was able to read data after several
tries). Recoverable errors are usually due to worn flexible disks or dirty heads. Unless these errors occur conSistently (for example, once per test pass), they may be
ignored.
8. The test informs you that it is testing the hard disk
drive. The test then asks the MSC what the disk capacity is. If the controller returns an invalid response, the
test logs an error code.
9. The test writes and reads a special reserved service
block on the disk, which is not accessible by TNIX. The
test compares the data to make certain the data was
written correctly.

The program logs one or more error codes if the
self-test command doesn't issue an interrupt to the
LSI-11 or if the command returns invalid status bytes.

10. The test reads from 10 randomly selected blocks on the
disk and verifies their CRCs.

3. The test informs you that it is checking the flexible disk
drive. The test then asks the MSC what type of disk is
in the flexible disk drive. If an invalid response is returned, the test logs an error code.

11. The test reads the first four blocks of the hard disk into
a high-address memory area. This verifies that the boot
block area on the disk is readable, and that the MSC
can access upper RAM addresses in the 8560.

4. The test searches the directory to locate the free (unused) blocks if a disk is in the flexible disk drive. The
test skips to step 5 if free blocks can be located. If not,
the test gives you the option of choosing a read/write
test (which will erase the disk) or a read-only test on the
entire disk. If the test cannot locate free blocks, one of
the following conditions exists:

12. The number of recoverable errors is displayed if any
recoverable errors were detected during the test. Recoverable errors may result from reading blocks that
were in TNIX's bad block list (and therefore not used by
TNIX). Running the TNIX syschk program ensures that
TNIX never accesses the bad blocks but does not prevent diagnostics from reading the bad blocks.

•

All blocks on the disk are used

•

The directory is unreadable

•

The directory is not a TNIX fbr-type directory

•

The directory is corrupted

13. If the disks test is executed alone, the error data is
retrieved from system memory and displayed on the
terminal. If the test is executed as part of a test series,
the error information is displayed at the end of the
series.

16-15

Error Displays

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

the error ("device at address PP [,SS] does not respond"). Otherwise, the most recent status is logged
for later display. As in the self-test, any error codes
returned by the serial poll routine are logged for later
display.

GPIB Test
Run Code:

8

Function

This test checks for the presence of a GPIB
Controller and, if found, requests a self-test
operation. Upon successful completion, this
test allows the user to perform a serial poll of
an external device.

Blocks
Involved:

Run Code:

Only executes after all the other tests have
been run

Function:

Checks that all 8560 devices interact with
each other properly

Blocks
Involved:

All (See Fig. 16-2.)

Duration:

Less than 1 minute

LSI-11 Processor, System Memory, MSC,
GPIB Controller (See Fig. 16-2.)

Description
1. The test attempts to read the Device Register on the
GPIB Controller Board. If a bus timeout occurs, it then
tries to read the alternate Device Register address. If
the alternate address also fails, the test assumes no
GPIB Controller is installed, reports "not installed," and
exits.
2. This test issues a no-op command to the board to verify its DMA addressing if the Device Register responds
at the correct address. Possible errors are "board does
not process commands," "missing interrupts," and
"DMA error."
3. A self-test command is sent to the GPIB Controller
firmware if the no-op command completes without errors. This command causes the GPIB Controller to sequentially test its RAM, ROM, CPU, GPIB chip, and
DMA interface to the CPU. This test does not, however, check the GPIB path beyond the GPIB Controller
itself. The program will log an error code if the self-test
does not complete with correct status, does not return
an interrupt and does not alter the scratch buffer allocated to it for DMA interface testing. There is a failsafe
timeout just in case the GPIB command does not complete. The error code returned by the board (if any), as
well as the PROM part number(s) and on-board RAM
size, are also logged for later display.
4. If the GPIB Controller Board self-test completes with
no fatal errors, (i.e., no error occurred which would prohibit GPIB traffic), then, as a final check, the user may
elect to verify the external GPIB interface by conducting a serial poll of a selected device. During the initial
pass of the GPIB Controller test, the user is asked if a
serial poll of an external device should be performed
("Poll external device?"). If this option is selected, the
user is prompted to supply the primary (and secondary,
if used) GPIB address of the device (default is 0 and 4 is
for the Dylon tape controllers).
Since no serial poll routine resides in the GPIB
firmware, a serial poll test file residing on the diagnostic
disk is loaded into system memory, down-loaded into
the GPIB Board and executed. If there is no response
to the serial poll within the allotted time, the test reports

16-16

Device Interaction Test

Description
This test consists of a foreground task (the RAM test described previously), and a number of background tasks that
are interrupt-controlled and DMA-controlled. These background tasks consist of parts of the LTC test, the printer
ports test, the lOP test, and the disks test. The ROM test
and CPU test are not rerun, but the CPU is tested implicitly.
If the "run-time display" option was selected from the Display Mode Menu, a set of error counters will be continuously
reprinted in octal during the device interaction test. These
error counters are also displayed on any other terminals that
are online. If any of these error counters is not zero, the test
will display a more detailed error message explaining the
counter after the test is stopped.

ERROR DISPLAYS
At the end of a set of tests, you will see a display similar to
Display 16-8.
The following is an explanation of the messages in Display
16-8:
•

"NNNNN" is the number of errors detected

•

"Function A" is the name of the function that caused
errors

•

"Device X" is the name of the module or board that is
the likely culprit

•

"Device Y" or "device Z" are less likely culprits

When you type "y" and RETURN, you will see a display or
printout similar to that in Display 16-9. Information appears
only for those tests run.

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

Error Displays

···Warning··· NNNNN function A error(s}
Probable source: device X
Other possibilities: device Y, device Z
Verification [failed or passed]. Do you want to see more information?
Type y or n
?

Display 16-8

Note: addresses and register values are listed in octal
Number of test cycles: 1
Elapsed time:
0 : 1 : 26
RAM memory installed: 256K bytes
ROM utility board PROM part number(s}: 160 2634 01, 160 2633 01
CPU standard processor installed
LTC frequency = 60 hz, status: 000340
Lprl line printer connected
rbuf
baud
rcsr
xcsr
xbuf
2400 040000 000000 070200 000000
Lpr2 test plug connected
baud
rcsr
rbuf
xcsr
xbuf
2400 160000 000000 070200 000000
lOPs IOPI PROM part number(s}: 160 1408 01, 160 1407 01, 160 1406 01
HSI IIO 0 - terminal connected,
current baud rate
2400
HSI IIO 1 - terminal connected,
current baud rate = 2400
HSI IIO 2 - test plug connected,
lOA set for HSI
HSI IIO 3 - nothing connected,
lOA set for terminal
Disks PMS/MSC controller board PROM part number(s}: 160 2219 00, 160 2218 00
flexible disk: double-sided, double-density
hard disk 0 capacity = 69599 blocks

(35M bytes)

GPIB GPIB controller board PROM part number(s}: 160 1820 00
local RAM size: 32K bytes
status of device at 0 , 4 = 16 (decimal)
856x verification passed
Ready for next menu (press RETURN)?

Display 16-9

16-17

Error Displays

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

Display 16-9 shows statistical data from an error-free run. If
any errors occurred during diagnostic testing, they will be
reported along with the statistical data in this display. The
error messages displayed by the diagnostic program are explained in the following paragraphs.

Stack overflow-possible interrupt problem. The processor detected that its stack pointer was outside the legal
range. This problem could occur if the CPU has to process
more interrupts than it can handle. This problem could also
be caused by a series of unexpected interrupts.

General Messages

Run the tests individually to determine which board is causing the problem. Also look at other error messages, such as
RAM errors or unexpected interrupt errors. It may be necessary to reload the program and start over.

The following messages, if they are used, appear near the
top of the display. These messages do not relate specifically
to any of the eight diagnostic tests.
Number of test cycles. The number of test cycles that were
run or started. If you did not specify looping, there will be
only one test cycle.
Elapsed time. The amount of time the test took to run. For
a pass of the entire 8560 diagnostic series, this number
ranges between 1 to 2 minutes, depending how the 8560 is
configured for the test.
Unexpected interrupt vectored at NNNNNN. An interrupt
occurred that was not anticipated by the diagnostics. The
number represents the interrupt vector address. Standard
8560 interrupts include:
000004 - bus timeout or stack overflow
000010 - invalid instruction executed
000014 - BPT instruction
000020 - lOT instruction
000024 - power fluctuation
000030 - EMT instruction
000034 - TRAP instruction
000060 - LP2 1/0
000064 - LP2 (normally unused)
000100 - Line Time Clock
000114 - RAM parity error
000200 - LPI 1/0
000204 - LPI (normally unused)
000234 - Mass Storage Controller
000244 - floating point
000250 - memory management
000260 - Mass Storage Controller
000270 - Mass Storage Controller
000274 - Mass Storage Controller
000300 - lOP 1
000304 - lOP 2
000310 - lOP 1
000314 - lOP 2
If the vector displayed is not on this list, the vector strapping
on one of the boards may be incorrect. Run the diagnostic
tests individually to determine which board is producing the
interrupt.

16-18

Invalid instruction trap. Possible program error. Restart
or press . The processor detected an invalid instruction. The presence of an invalid instruction probably
means that part of the program has been accidentally altered. The program could have been altered by a number of
problems: a CPU error, RAM error, unauthorized DMA operation by another device on the bus, or unexpected
interrupts.
Press the ESC key to see if any error messages are printed.
Then reload the diagnostic program and run individual tests
to isolate the problem.
Memory mapping error. Possible program error. Restart
or press . The processor reported a memory management exception indicating program corruption. Memory
management exceptions are generally caused either by writing to write-protected RAM, or by an unauthorized action of
a diagnostic task running in user mode. Also, the program
may have been corrupted by a RAM error, CPU error, Memory Management Unit (MMU) error, unauthorized DMA operation on the bus, or an unexpected interrupt. First press
ESC to see if any error messages are printed. Then reload
the program and run individual tests to isolate the source of
the problem.
Power failure detected. Restart or press . This
message is displayed if a power-fail interrupt is detected by
the CPU Board. A power-fail interrupt generally indicates
that the dc outputs of the power supply are fluctuating.
NNNNN bus errors. This indicates that intermittent bus reply timeouts were detected at an unknown address. You
can isolate the problem by running individual tests.
NNNNN interrupt errors. This indicates that unanticipated
interrupts occurred. Look for a subsequent message indicating the vector at which the interrupts occurred.

RAM-Related Mes·sages
The following messages display information gathered by the
RAM test.

Error Displays

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

RAM error in program space_ Restart or press .
An error occurred in the memory that the diagnostic program occupies. If the diagnostic program is loaded into bad
memory, the program may not run properly. Note that since
the program itself requires less than 32K words, it is possible to reconfigure memory by changing jumpers. See "Bank
Interchange Straps" in Section 3 of this manual.

BB

='" PS081

=

NNNNN RAM error(s). Some type of RAM error was detected. Error types include configuration errors, parity errors, and data or addressing errors. The following messages
should help you isolate the problem.

PS092
PS10S
PS111

Memory installed-NNN K words. NNN is the amount of
memory (in K words) tested by the program. This can range
upward from 64K words to 128K words, depending on the
number and type of memory board(s) installed. If less than
64K words of memory is installed, an error will be reported.
The program determines how much memory is installed by
writing to memory locations above the program until a bus
reply timeout is detected. If the diagnostics report less
memory than you have installed, recheck the jumpers on the
memory board(s) before you suspect a malfunctioning
board.
RAM error(s) in range xxxxx to xxxxx, fault mask =
NNNNNN, This indicates the address range where RAM errors were detected. The fault mask is a 6-digit octal number
in which each non-zero bit represents a mismatch between
the data written and the data read inside the given address
range.
If only parity errors were detected, the fault mask will be 0
because the program is unable to determine bit faults when
a parity interrupt occurs. If necessary, you can disable parity
error reporting by moving P7111 on the memory board(s) to
position 2, and then rerun the test to isolate the bits at fault.
(Restore P7111 before reloading TNIX.) If the errors are in a
single bit of the mask, and within a single 16K-word address
range (for example, 100000 to 177777), the error is likely to
be in or near the corresponding 16K RAM chip. If the range
is larger than 16K words (100000 octal) or errors are detected in more than one bit, the problem may be in the support circuitry on the memory board.
If you disable parity and run through the above test and no
errors occur, the problem may be in the parity error RAM
chips.
Relocate jumpers P5081 , P5092, P5101 and P5111 to the
positions shown in Fig. 16-3. Rerun the above test with parity disabled to see if the error occurs. If it does, replace the

AG

I

P7111

4759-40

Fig. 16-3. Jumper locations for chip swap.

appropriate chips. After testing, make sure you restore all
jumpers to their original positions.
Patterns in the address range or fault mask may help isolate
the problem. For example, errors that only occur within a
16K-word range may indicate a problem with the corresponding 16K-word bank of memory. A fault mask of
177400 or 000377 may indicate a problem in the byte
accessing circuits.
NNNNN parity error(s) were detected. This indicates the
number of parity interrupts that occurred during testing. If
the jumpers on the memory board are set up for normal
operation (for running TNIX), almost all memory errors
should produce a parity error interrupt. For troubleshooting
the memory board, however, you should move the parity
enable jumper (P7111 on the memory board) to position 2.
This disables hardware error checking and allows the diagnostics to more easily isolate the error.

16-19

Error Displays

ROM-Related Messages
The following messages display information gathered by the
ROM test.
NNNNN ROM error(s): U50xx. The contents of the Utility
Board ROMs, which contain the 8560 bootstrap and
power-up diagnostics, don't match their checksums. U50xx
indicates which ROM (U5080 or U5090) failed to verify. If
replacing the ROMs does not help, check for activity on the
ROMs' data and address lines during the ROM test.
Utility Board PROM part numbers: 160-2634-xx,
160-2633-xx. This 'message indicates which version of
bootstrap/diagnostic firmware is installed in your 8560. The
first number is the part number of U5080, the second is the
part number of U5090. The last two digits of each part number are the version number. If the parts are reversed or
identical, your 8560 will not be able to boot automatically.

CPU-related Messages
The following messages display information gathered by the
CPU test.
NNNNN processor error(s). The 8560's LSI-11 processor
did not pass its instruction set test. The CPU Board is probably at fault. However, this error message may be printed if
part of the program memory has been corrupted by a RAM
failure or an unauthorized OMA access.
standard processor installed. The LSI-11 /23 processor in
your 8560 has no options installed. If the diagnostic program displays this message, but your processor has the
floating point option, check to be certain the floating point
device is properly inserted in the correct socket before rerunning the CPU test.
enhanced processor installed. An LSI-11/73 processor is
installed in your 8560.
floating pOint option installed. The LSI-11/23 processor in
your 8560 has the floating point option installed.
bad floating point function. Processor failed floating point
instruction set test. Make certain the floating pOint device is
properly inserted in the correct socket. If the floating pOint
device is properly installed, the device itself is probably bad.

LTC-Related Messages
The following messages display information gathered by the
LTC test.

16-20

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

NNNNN line-time clock error(s). The Line-Time Clock did
not provide interrupts at the correct frequency, as measured
by the processor. See the following message for information
about the frequency observed by the 8560's processor.
Ranges accepted by the test are 48-52 Hz, and 58-62 Hz.
Note that if power supply noise (glitches) occurs during the
LTC test, you may see a figure of 51 Hz or 61 Hz.
frequency = NN Hz, status: NNNNNN. The frequency provided in this message should be the line frequency of the
8560 power source. If a frequency error occurs at any time
during the test, the incorrect frequency will be reported in
this message. If the reported frequency is too high, it may
be due to power line noise or to a device performing excessive OMA accesses. Either of these conditions effectively
slows down the processor speed, which is used as a frequency reference.
NNNNNN represents the contents of the LTe Status Register on the Utility Board. This Status Register normally contains either 000340 (if jumper P1036 on the Utility Board is
installed) or 000341 (if P1036 is removed).
missing interrupt. The expected line frequency interrupts
did not occur. This may be due to a broken signal path
somewhere between the power supply and the Processor
Board, or to an unauthorized jumper on the Processor
Board.

Line Printer Port-Related Messages
The following messages display information gathered by the
LPR test.
Ipr n errors. Some type of error was detected on the specified line printer port. The following messages indicate the
type of error:
incorrect address strapping. A bus reply timeout was detected when the processor attempted to access the printer
port's registers. This is probably due to incorrect jumper
configurations on the Utility Board.
xxxxx connected. This message indicates whether a line
printer or wrap-back connector (or nothing at all) was connected to the printer port. If the device was later moved to
another channel, "later removed" will also be printed. The
test uses the CTS and OTR signals to determine which device is connected. The message "nothing connected" means
no OTR Signal was detected, and "test plug connected"
means the OTR and CTS lines were tied together.
baud
resr
rbuf
xesr
xbuf
xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxxx xxxxxx. The numbers displayed in this message indicate the status of the printer interface on the Utility Board.

Error Displays

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

The baud rate that the previously specified printer port is
strapped for is "baud". If no error message is printed, the
other four status fields can be ignored.
For a detailed explanation of the following registers' contents, refer to "Serial Interface Register Definitions" in Section 5 of this manual.
•

•

"rcsr" displays the contents of the Receiver
Control/Status Register. Bits 0, 13, 14, and 15 represent various interface signals. Bit 6 is the interrupt enable bit, and bit 7 is the character received bit.
"rbuf" displays the contents of the Receiver Data
Buffer, which is the logical OR of the characters that
caused errors. Bits 13, 14, and 15 are error bits.

•

"xcsr" displays the contents of the Transmit
Control/Status Register, which indicates the transmitter's control status. Bits 12, 13, 14, and 15 represent
the baud rate in use by the interface. Bits 0, 5, and 6
are various control signals. Bit 7 is the transmitter
ready bit.

•

"xbuf" displays the contents of the Transmit Data
Buffer, which is the transmitter's output buffer. The
XBUF Register always contains zero unless there is a
stuck bit on the data bus.

The RCSR and RBUF Registers are for diagnostic use. The
XCSR and XBUF Registers are used by TNIX as well as by
the diagnostics.
baud rate not as shipped. This message is intended primarily for factory use. When shipped, line printer ports on
the Utility Board are jumpered for 2400 baud. If you have
intentionally changed the baud rate jumpering, you may ignore this message.

received through the connector on the back panel. TRDY is
generated by the UART on the Utility Board.
output interrupt not present-port not fully tested. Although a device was connected to the printer port, the port
was unable to correctly generate a transmit interrupt. This
may be due either to an incorrectly set jumper on the Utility
Board or to a problem with the interrupt request circuit.
LP mode not as shipped. The line printer mode straps on
the Utility Board are set incorrectly. TNIX requires that the
line printer ports be strapped for line printers.
input not present-port not fully tested. This message is
meaningful only if a wrap-back connector is installed. No
data was received due to a problem with the receive or
transmit lines on the lOA, IOC, or Utility Boards. Make sure
the wrap-back connector is installed properly and is wrapping the signals back. This message may also appear if the
line printer ports strapping is incorrect.
NNNNN data errors. Receiver errors have probably occurred. If bit 13 in rbuf is set (in a preceding message), a
framing error was detected. If bit 14 in the rbuf is set, an
overrun occurred (characters were received faster than the
program could process them). If neither of these error bits is
set, an out-of-sequence character was received.
Other errors in the 8560 may also produce this error message, such as excessive DMA requests or interrupt requests. If receiver errors seem to be the cause of this
message, check the UART on the Utility Board.
input interrupt not present-port not fully tested. Although the rcsr indicated that characters were received by
the port through the wrap-back connector, no input interrupt
occurred. This may be due to a problem with the interrupt
request circuit.

baud rate errors. One or more baud rates for this printer
port did not seem to be correct. Baud rate verification is
performed only if a wrap-back connector is connected to the
port. Verification is performed by measuring the throughput
rate against the line frequency. Anything that interferes with
throughput or with the Line-Time Clock may also cause this
test to fail. The baud rate at which the test failed is reported
in the xcsr display. Note that the baud rate that failed may
not be the baud rate that the port is now jumpered for because the test reprograms the baud rate.

NNNNN IOPx errors. Errors were detected during the lOP
test in lOP Board x. The following messages provide more
details.

output not present-port not fully tested. No output device was detected for this printer port so only minimal testing was performed. In other words, the DTR and/or
Transmit Ready (TRDY) signals were not present. DTR is

IOPn PROM part numbers: 160-xxxx-xx, 160-xxxx-xx,
160-xxxx-xx. This message indicates which firmware is installed on lOP Board number n. The last two digits of each
part number indicate the version number.

lOP-Related Messages

16-21

Error Displays

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

HSI I/O n-description. This message describes what the
diagnostics have decided is connected to channel n (where
n is a number between 0 and 7). If a terminal is connected,
the current baud rate will also be shown. If a wrap-back
connector is in use, the lOA jumper configuration will be
shown. A "nothing connected" message indicates that the
lOP test detected no DTR signal for this channel.
If you do not see the description you expect, there are several different steps you can take to find and correct the
problem:
•

Reseat the lOP Board in its socket.

•

Connect your terminal to the channel specified in this
message and then run the lOP test to see if characters
can be transmitted and received.

•

Check to see if the ROM-resident debugging monitor
will communicate with this channel. (Refer to Section
13 for information on the debugging mode.)

For further details on how the lOP test determines what
device is connected to an HSI I/O channel, refer to the lOP
test description earlier in this section.

a

c

b
•.•. .•.•. .•.•. .•. .•.•. <>.::.::.::.:,:,.::.-:

:..•. ::.-:.::.•................. ::.::.

., ....

<:<:"

:::,.- -:':': ....

...

...

.:->'.' .,:-:-:-:.'

...

•··•··.•··•··.•··. ·8···.·······.··.··.···.···.···.···
.••......•.•••...•.....•........•...•..••.••..•...•...
•·.•·.•·. ·8·······.·.··.·.··
.•··•·.•·.···..••.·•·..•..•....•••.•.................•......•.....•
.,
'
.,
.
'

d

e
3900·108

baud rate did not verify. One of the programmable terminal
baud rates did not verify when throughput was checked
against the Line-Time Clock. Baud rate verification is performed only if the lOA jumper block is in the terminal position and a wrap-back connector is installed. Anything that
interferes with either the lOP throughput or the LTC may
also cause this test to fail.
To verify that a baud rate is failing, connect a terminal to the
specified channel and restart the lOP test to see if a message is displayed. If a message is displayed but the message is garbled, program the channel for different baud
rates by pressing the BREAK key.
missing interrupts. The anticipated interrupts from the lOP
Board did not occur within the expected time. This might be
due to a throughput problem that prevents the lOP from
sending or receiving characters or to a problem with the
interrupt logic on the lOP Board.
board does not process commands. The lOP firmware
does not respond to commands issued by the system processor, although the Device Register on the lOP Board can
be accessed. There are many possible causes for this
problem.
To determine if the lOP Board is operational, check to see if
the LED on the lOP Board matches any of the displays
shown in Fig. 16-4.

16-22

Fig. 16-4. lOP Board seven-segment LED.

The displays shown in Fig. 16-4 indicate the following:
a. The 8088 microprocessor is probably not running at all.
b. The self-test PROM activated normally but could not
transfer control to the other two PROMs correctly.
c. The self-test PROM correctly transferred control but
the lOP Board is unable to properly communicate with
the 8560 bus. This display is used only if the input
power line frequency to the 8560 is 60 Hz.
d. The self-test PROM correctly transferred control, but
the lOP Board is unable to properly communicate with
the 8560 bus. This display is used only if the input
power-line frequency to the 8560 is 50 Hz.
e. If the lOP self-test is in progress, the seven-segment
LED display shows three horizontal bars.
If the LED displays characters other than those shown in
Fig. 16-3, an HSI communication problem may exist with the
8088 operation.
no lOP Boards installed. Bus reply timeouts occurred when
the system processor tried to access IOP1 and IOP2. If you
have an lOP Board installed, make sure that the jumpers on
the board are set properly and the board is firmly seated in
the 8560.

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

Error Displays

lOP aborted command. The lOP Board unexpectedly
aborted a command that was sent to the board. Make sure
that all of the connectors are firmly attached. Do not change
any jumpers while the test is running.

PMS/MSC RAM addressing error. This message appears
during the disks test if the MSC does not seem to be using
the 8560 RAM buffers set aside for its use. This may be due
to a problem with the MSC bus interface.

missing DMA write or unexpected interrupt. More interrupts were received than could be accounted for by DMA
transfers. (The software expects the number of interrupts
and the number of DMA transfers to match.) A DMA write
problem may exist with the lOP Board.

PMS/MSC overran buffer. Attempting restart. This message appears during the disks test if the MSC exceeded the
boundaries of its data buffer in 8560 memory. Since the
diagnostic program may have lost control, the program attempts to reinitialize itself after printing this message. The
problem may be due to the DMA sequencer on the MSC
Board that communicates with the 8560 bus, or to some
other problem on the MSC Board.

transmit timeout. The program tried to transmit something
from this channel but was unable to transmit within the expected time period. This may occur if a connector is disconnected. It may also be caused by an intermittent DTR signal.
timeout. The program sent a command to the lOP Board
expecting a quick reply, but the response did not occur as
expected. This problem may occur if a connector or jumper
is changed during the test, or if the lOP Board spends excessive time on some previous command.
invalid character(s) received. The program thought that a
wrap-back connector was connected to this channel, but
the program received a character that was different than the
character it sent. The problem may be on the lOA Board or
lOP Board. An lOP addressing error may also be responsible for this message. For example, the lOP Board may have
read from or written to the wrong location in system
memory.
self-test error, code = NNNNNN. The self-test command
issued to the lOP Board did not produce the expected
response.
The self-test error code is initially set to 177777 by the diagnostic program. The lOP Board changes this error code
to 0 if the self-test reveals no problems and writes a test
pattern into memory. If these events do not occur as expected, one of three codes is displayed. lOP error codes
and their meanings are as follows:
•

000017 -SIO device U4100 failed

•

000360-S10 device U4080 failed

•

000377 -both SIO devices failed

Make sure that all lOP Board jumpers are correctly set and
the three lOP PROMs are properly installed.

Disk-Related Messages
The following messages display information gathered by the
disks test.
Timeout waiting for interrupt. This message appears during the disks test if the MSC did not complete an operation
in the expected time period. For additional information,
check the messages printed after the tests are complete.

Writing to unused block(s) .... This message is displayed
during the first pass of the disks test to reassure the user
that the only blocks written to by the test are those not used
by TNIX.

~
When responding to the following error message, typing a "y" and RETURN will erase the inserted flexible
disk.

Cannot locate TN IX (fbr) free blocks. OK to erase flex
disk? This message is displayed during the disks test if the
diagnostics are unable to determine where to write on the
flexible disk. Either the disk inserted does not have an fbr
directory, the directory is corrupted, or parts of the directory
are unreadable. Since the 8560 diagnostic disk has a valid
fbr directory on it, this message should not appear unless
you have changed disks. If you press RETURN, or "n" and
RETURN, the diagnostics program will perform a read-only
test on the drive. If you press "y" and RETURN, the diagnostics will assume this is a formatted "scratch" disk, and
will write and read to random blocks all over the flexible
disk. If you press the ESC key, the test will be aborted, and
the program will tell you whether any read errors were detected while reading the directory. The program will also
specify the type of read errors.
Disk just became ready. This message will be printed during the the disks test if the corresponding disk drive has
changed its "ready" status to ready. For example, if you
insert a disk into the flexible disk drive while diagnostics are
running, this message will be displayed. After you have
started a test pass, don't do anything that might change the
ready status.
Disk just became not ready. This message will be printed
during the disks test if the corresponding disk drive has
changed its "ready" status to not ready. For example, if you
open the door of the flexible disk drive while diagnostics are
running, this message will be displayed. After you have
started a test pass, don't do anything that might change the
ready status.

16-23

Error Displays

NNNNN recoverable errors. Errors were detected during
operations on the previously specified drive, but the MSC
Controller automatically retried the operation and the errors
were no longer present. Unless the number of recoverable
errors is excessive (one or more per test pass), the errors
may be ignored. Usually, these errors are due to disk
media-related problems. If these errors occurred on a flexible disk, the disk is probably worn from use or the heads are
dirty. If these errors occurred on a hard disk, you can use
the syschk program under TNIX to make sure that TNIX
never accesses the bad blocks. (Unlike TNIX, the diagnostics have access to the bad blocks).
NNNNN disk error(s). Nonrecoverable errors were detected
during the disks test. The following messages provide more
details:
Controller does not respond at address. A bus reply
timeout occurred when the program tried to access the Device Register of the MSC. This may be due to incorrectly
placed jumpers on the MSC Board, an incorrectly installed
board, or a problem with the bus interface circuit on the
MSC Board.
PMS/MSC Board PROM part numbers: 160-2218-xx,
160-2219-xx. This message indicates which version of
firmware is installed. The first part number is the low byte of
the MSC PROM set; the second part number is the high
byte. If the two PROMs are reversed, or if both PROMs are
the same, the system will not boot.
NNNNN controller error(s). The MSC does not seem to be
functioning properly. Generally, there will be an error code
listed several lines below this message indicating the specific symptom. Check the error code before assuming the
MSC is faulty.
miSSing interrupts. The expected interrupts from the MSC
Board did not occur. Possible causes include:
•

The MSC may be waiting indefinitely for a particular
signal to occur.

•

The MSC Board may have its jumpers set for
stand-alone diagnostics. (Remember that in normal operation, the MSC will usually have a "5" in its LED display while 8560 diagnostics are running.)

•

If everything else seems to be normal, the interrupt
logic on the MSC Board may be at fault.

flexible disk: description. This message describes which
type of disk (if any) is inserted in the drive. This message
also reports the density, whether the disk is double-sided,
and whether the write-protect notch is covered.
hard disk n not ready. The specified drive did not return a
ready status. Make sure all the cables are connected. If the
disk has power applied, you will hear a steadily increasing

16-24

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

whining noise as the disk comes up to speed after
power-on. The problem is more likely caused by the hard
disk and its associated circuitry than by the MSC.
hard disk n capacity = NNNNNN blocks. This indicates
the capacity of the hard disk. Each block holds 512 bytes of
user data.
bad blocks include: NNNNNN NNNNNN. This message indicates which blocks the MSC had trouble reading. The program can report up to 52 different bad blocks. If this
message follows the flexible disk message, the errors may
be due to worn media or to an unformatted flexible disk. On
the hard disk, the blocks may be blocks that TNIX has already recorded in its bad block list. Since the diagnostics do
not look at the bad block list, they may be reporting irrelevant information. To make certain TNIX does not use the
bad blocks, you may want to run the syschk program supplied with TNIX.
(These should be in TN IX's bad block list. If you're not
sure, run syschk). Bad blocks were detected on the hard
disk. Since the diagnostics do not use the bad block list, it is
possible that the bad blocks reported by the diagnostics are
ones that TNIX already knows about. To be safe, you
should run syschk.
(Try using a new disk and/or cleaning the heads). Errors
that occurred while reading the flexible disk could be due to
a worn disk or dirty heads. A head-cleaning procedure is
described under "Alignment Aid" in Section 13 of this
manual.
error codes include NNNNNN NNNNNN. This message displays up to five octal error codes for each disk drive. Most
of these error codes are reported by the MSC Board; however, some special codes are generated by the diagnostic
program. In general, if the high bit (bit 15) of the code is a 1,
the error was nonrecoverable. If bit 15 is a 0, the error may
generally be ignored unless it is frequent (one or more recoverable errors per test pass).
The following error codes are generated by the diagnostic
program:
177400 - invalid disk size for this drive
177401 - timeout and/or missing interrupt
177402 - MSC is not addressing 8560 RAM
correctly
177403 - the value written to the MSC
Board's Device Register is not
the value being used by the MSC.
177404 - the MSC completed a read operation,
but did not put anything in the
8560'8 data buffer.
177405 - the data read from the disk is not
the same as the data written to it.

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

The following error codes are returned by the M8C Board
firmware during self-test operations:
100010

-

timeout waiting
Xebec
100011 - Xebec Board ROM
100012 - Xebec Board RAM
100013 - timeout waiting
become ready

for response from
checksum error
error
for hard disk to

In addition to the previous error codes, there are approximately 40 error codes that can be returned by the M8C
during normal operation. These error codes are listed under
three categories: software interface errors, flexible disk errors, and hard disk errors.
Software interface errors
The following errors should never occur under normal circumstances. If any of these error codes is returned, reload
the diagnostiC software.
102400 - invalid device number
104000 - invalid command code
116400 - QBus timeout error

Flexible disk errors
010400
011000
011400
012000
014400
015400

-

drive not ready
no track 0 signal
data overrun error
CRC error
miSSing ID field address mark
attempt to access sector beyond end
of track
016000 - invalid cylinder address
017000 - write-protected disk
052000 - block number is too large

Hard disk errors
020400
021400
022400
023000
023400
025400
026400
027400
060400
061400
062000
062400

-

invalid hard disk command
drive not ready
illegal head or cylinder address
sector not found
data error
drive fault during write
DMA timeout during disk read
DMA timeout during disk write
no spare sector on track
hard disk access timeout
block number is too large
bad hard disk format

Error Displays

GPIB Controller Error Messages
The following messages display information gathered by the
GPIB controller test.
NNNNN GPIB Controller errors. Errors were detected during the GPIB Controller test. The following messages provide more details.
Not installed. There is no bus reply when an attempt is
made to communicate with the board. The board does not
appear to be in the system.
incorrect address strapping. The board is jumpered for its
alternate test address, not for normal operation.
primary address out of range: [0-30). A primary address
outside of the valid range was entered. (Primary address 31
is illegal because it is used to send the UNT (untalk)
command.)
secondary address out of range: [0-31]. A secondary address outside of the valid range was entered.
GPIB Controller PROM part number(s): 160-xxxx-xx. This
message indicates what level of firmware is installed on the
GPIB Controller Board. The last two digits of the part number indicate the version number.
local RAM size: NN K bytes. This tells how much RAM is
accessible on the GPIB Controller Board.
[last] status of device at address PP [, SS ]= DD (decimal). The external GPIB device at primary address PP, optional secondary address 88, returned a status byte of DD
(decimal) in response to the last serial poll. "last status ... "
indicates that the selected device replied to a serial poll on
at least one pass, but currently the device does not
respond.
device at address PP [, SS ]does not respond. The external GPIB device at primary address PP, optional secondary
address 88, did not respond to the serial poll within the
allotted time. Either an invalid address was specified, or a
fault condition exists in the external device, the system interconnections, the 8560 rear panel assembly, or the GPIB
Controller bus drivers.

16-25

Error Displays

board does not process commands. The GPIB Controller
firmware does not respond to commands issued by the system processor although the Device Register on the board
can be accessed. This can be due to a whole range of problems, including a bad 8088 chip, bad PROMs, and faulty
OMA and interrupt logic. Look at the seven-segment LED
on the board for clues.

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

Table 16-2
GPIB Controller Errors
Error
Code

Type of
Error

101xxx

DMA

controller error(s). Errors were detected in the GPIB
Controller.

Explanation
Data bit error
(xxx = bits in error)
001 = bit 0
002 = bit 1

DMA error. The GPIB Controller does not seem to be
accessing the correct locations in system memory.
interface error(s). No listeners were on the external GPIB
during a serial poll. Either the line drivers, the rear panel
connector board, the GPIB cable, or the external device is
faulty.
possible address error. No device responded to the serial
poll. However, one or more devices did complete the transfer of the serial poll command string. This may be caused by
an incorrect address or by the absence of the selected device from the bus.

200 = bit 7
101401

OMA

Argument error (byte count
too large)

101402

OMA

DMA timeout

002007

LTC

Line time clock not running

002010

LTC

Slow clock (freq. < 44 Hz)

002011.

LTC

Fast clock (freq. > 66 Hz)

103xxx

GPIB control line

Where xxx = lines
in error
001 = REN error
002 = IFC error
004 = SRQ error
010 = EOI error
020 = NRFO error
040 = NDAC error
100 = DAVerror
200 = A TN error

104xxx

GPIB data
line

Where xxx = bits in
error
001 = 0101
002 = 0102

cannot open file: . The GPIB test file,
, was not found in the directory of the diagnostic disk and could not be opened for read operations.
cannot read file: . The GPIB test file,
, was located on the disk, but an error occurred
during the read operation of the file. The file is probably
corrupted.
misSing interrupts. The anticipated interrupt from the GPIB
controller did not occur as expected. A problem may exist
with the interrupt logic, or the GPIB controller's program.
error codes include. The following error codes are returned
during the GPIB tests. This list is in approximate reverse
order of occurrence and contains the last 10 unique error
codes.
NOTE
Several of the following error types use the low byte
of the error code to return specific bit errors. In these
instances, multi-bit errors are represented by logically
ORing the individual bit error codes. For example, error code 101103 indicates system DMA errors of bits
0, 1 and 6. Error code 103300 suggests GPIB control
lines DA V and A TN are faulty.

The error codes listed in Table 16-2 are returned by the
GPIB Controller firmware during self-test operations.

16-26

200 = 0108
104402

GPIB data
line

Transfer timeout

104420

GPIB data line
line

DAVerror

104440

GPIB data line

BO (Byte Out) error

104460

GPIB data line

OAV & BO errors

104500

GPIB data line

Handshake error

Error Displays

Disk-Based Diagnostics-8560/8561/8562 Service

Table 16-2 (Cont.)

GPIB Controller Errors
Error
Code

Type of
Error

Explanation

005xxx

8088 maskable
interrupt

Vector bit error
(xxx = bits in error)
001
002

=
=

LED Error Message Summary
The disk-based diagnostics also use the five Utility Board
LEOs to display error information. (The LED error displays
are discussed fully in Section 13 of this manual.) A summary
of the error codes is shown in Table 16-3.
Table 16-3
Diagnostic Disk LED Error Codes

bit 0
bit 1
LEDsa
** **

200

=

bit 7

Octal
Value
33
35

37

005402

8088 maskable
interrupt

Interrupt timeout (no interrupt
within 100 Jjs)

005412

8088 maskable
interrupt

Early interrupt

005500

8088 maskable
interrupt

Handshake error (9914A did
not sense error condition)

006001

LocalDMA
error

Argument error (byte count
too large)

04

006002

LocalDMA
error

DMA timeout

05

006003

LocalDMA
error

Data comparison error

06

006004

LocalDMA
error

Terminal count error

000003

RAM size
warning

Less than standard RAM
available

000002

NaP/Serial
poll

Invalid command

00
01

02
03

12

13

20
21

177002

NaP/Serial
poll

Timeout during transfer of
serial poll command string

177005

NaP/Serial
poll

No response from
selected device

NaP/Serial
poll

"Byte Out" error (9914A did
not take control)

24

NaP/Serial
poll

Handshake error (no listener
on the bus)

25

NaP/Serial
poll

Listen mode error (9914A did
not become a listener)

177040
177100
177200

22
23

Definition
Booting in file from disk
Printing label from disk
Program started and issued a reset
Program cleared LEOs after starting
Initializing RAM variables and interrupt vectors, enabling LTC interrupts and verifying LTC frequency
Program checking which lOP channels have terminals
Program checking which line printer
ports have terminals
Printing "Press RETURN to select
terminal" on all terminals
Waiting for a terminal to send a
return
Reinitializing terminal interfaces and
variables
Illegal instruction trap; program not
executing properly (could not
recover)
Memory management trap; program not executing properly (could
not recover)
Using terminal connected to HSII/O

o

Using terminal connected to HSI I/O
1
Using terminal connected to HSI I/O
2
Using terminal connected to HSI I/O

3
Using terminal connected to HSII/O

4
Using terminal connected to HSI I/O

5
26

Using terminal connected to HSI I/O

6

27
30

Using terminal connected to HSI I/O
7
Using terminal connected to LP2

a The dash represents an unlit LED. The asterisk represents a
lit LED.

16-27

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 17
ACCESSORIES

Page
Standard Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-1
Optional Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-1

17-i

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 17
ACCESSORIES

STANDARD ACCESSORIES
The 8560 has the following standard accessories:

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
The 8560 has the following optional accessories:

•

TNIX Operating System 062-5882-xx

•

•

Diagnostic Software 062-5840-xx

•

System Reference Manual 070-3941-xx

•

System Users Manual 070-3940-xx

•

QumeTrak 242 Maintenance ManuaI070-5080-xx

•

System Reference Booklet 070-3942-xx

•

•

Two blank flexible disks

Micropolis 1300 Series Rigid Disk Drive Maintenance
Manual 070-5090-xx

•

One power cord (Options A1-A5)

•

•

Shipping restrainer 360-1073-xx

Seagate ST406/412/419
ManuaI070-5081-xx

•

Shipping restrainer 360-107 4-xx

•

8560 Series Hardware Installation Guide 070-5049-xx

•

8560 Series System Manager's Operation Guide
070-5050-xx

8560/8561/8562 Service ManuaI070-4759-xx

Microwinchester

Service

17-1

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 18
INSTALLATION

Page

Page

Introduction ................................. 18-1

Storage and Reshipping . ...................... 18-5
Storage ................................... 18-5
Reshipping ................................. 18-6

Site Selection and Preparation . .................
Space Requirements .........................
Power Requirements .........................
Environmental Considerations ..................

18-1
18-1
18-2
18-2

Unpacking the 8560 . ..........................
Removing the 8560 From the Carton ............
Removing The Circuit Board Restrainer ..........
Removing the Flexible Disk Head Restraint .......
Internal Cables .............................
Replacing the Covers ........................

18-2
18-2
18-3
18-4
18-4
18-4

Preparing the 8560 for Operation . ............... 18-4
Rack Mount Procedure ........................ 18-5

ILLUSTRATIONS
Fig.
k

18- 1
18-2
18-3
18-4
18-5
18-6

~~

8560 dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 18-1
Circuit board clearance requirements. . . . . .. 18-2
Removing the 8560 top cover. . . . . . . . . . . .. 18-3
Removing the 8560 circuit board restrainer.. 18-3
Selecting the primary power voltage . . . . . .. 18-4
Rack-mount guide orientation. . . . . . . . . . . .. 18-5

18-i

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 18
INSTALLATION

INTRODUCTION
This section contains information on how to install the 8560
Multi-User Software Development Unit (MUSDU). This section does not describe optional components. Installation
procedures for options are given in each option's Installation Manual.

!-597mm(23.5")

This section contains only minimum operating information.
For more information on how to operate the 8560, refer to
your System Users Manual.
Top View

This section explains the steps involved in unpacking, installing, and preparing the 8560 for operation. The following
subjects are covered:
•

Site selection and preparation, including space and
power requirements

•

Unpacking the 8560

•

Preparing the 8560 for operation

•

Storage and reshipping

r--432mm(17")i

Rear View

SITE SELECTION AND
PREPARATION
Figure 18-1 illustrates the 8560 dimensions. The three main
considerations for selecting an appropriate work site for an
8560 are space, power requirements and environmental
conditions. These considerations are explained further in the
following paragraphs.

D

.in

o
~

E
E

I'

'"

N

(3900-82)4759-41

Fig. 18-1.8560 dimensions.

3. Storage space for manuals and other documents.

Space Requirements
Consider the following pOints when choosing an appropriate
work site for your 8560 unit:
1. Adequate ventilation.
2. Room at the rear of the unit for proper cable dress.

4. Space for ongoing hardware development projects.
5. Space for a system terminal and perhaps a line printer.
6. Sufficient space behind and to the sides of the unit to
permit removal of the cover and access to the inside of
the unit. (Refer to Fig. 18-2 for the required circuit
board clearances.)

18-1

Unpacking the 8560

Installation-8560/8561 /8562 Service

Direction
of Air Flow

l
\

When preparing a work site for the 8560, observe the following electrical guidelines :
1. All peripheral components at the work station must
share common ground and neutral lines to avoid noisy
grounds and ground loops.
2. All units must be properly grounded.
3. The work station should be on a separate power
breaker switch.

Fan

Environmental Considerations
The following considerations should be taken into account
when preparing the work site:
•

r

/f-(----_

229 mm (9")
Clearance
Required to
Remove

The area selected for the work station should be adequately lit, air-conditioned and dust-free.

~

Typical
P.C. Board

Static electricity may damage components of the
8560. Use standard anti-static procedures when setting up the work site.
•

The work area should be as static-free as possible. If
carpet is used, the carpet must be static-free and
treated with anti-static chemicals as often as required.

•

The 8560 should be placed on a static-free work
surface.

•

Allowances must be made for adequate air exhaust at
the rear of the unit (6 inches minimum).

In=================================t:::\
I--

h

UNPACKING THE 8560

(2975-11)4759-42

Fig. 18-2. Circuit board clearance requirements.

Power Requirements
The primary power requirements for the 8560 are as
follows:
Line Voltages:

115 Vac Nominal (90-132 Vac)
or
230 Vac Nominal (180-250 Vac)

Line Frequency

48-66 Hz

Line Current

7.3 Amps (maximum) @115V
3.8 Amps (maximum) @220V

Power Consumption

18-2

410 Watts

Before you unpack the 8560, examine the carton for external damage. If you find any damage:
•

Immediately notify the carrier who made delivery and
request inspection.

•

Contact your nearest Tektronix field engineering office
or sales representative.

•

Do not throwaway the boxes.

•

DO NOT TRY TO REPAIR THE INSTRUMENT.

Removing the 8560 From the Carton
The 8560 unit is packed in a heavy-duty cardboard container surrounded by foam packing material. A piece of
cardboard covers the top of the unit. The power cord and
options rest on the cardboard.
When you open the carton, remove the power cord and any
other material that may rest on the cardboard and set them
aside. Remove the cardboard and set it aside.

Unpacking the 8560

Instaliation-8560/8561/8562 Service

WARNING

I

damaged during shipment.) Note that the aluminum circuit
board restrainer covers the circuit boards. Using a Phillips
screwdriver, remove the restrainer as shown in Fig. 18-4.

Use caution when lifting the 8560 out of the box.
The 8560 weighs 22 kg (49 Ib). Don't hurt
yourself-get some help.
Remove the 8560 and surrounding foam. Set the packing
material aside. (Don't lose the packing material-you'll need
it again if you ever want to ship or store the instrument).

This step involves removing two machine screws from
the 8560. Be careful not to drop the screws into the
8560. Severe electrical damage can occur if they are
left inside the unit.

Set the screws and nuts aside, and lift out the restrainer.
Store the restrainer with the packing material for possible
later use. Carefully replace the two screws and two nuts.

Removing The Circuit Board
Restrainer
Before you can remove any circuit board from the Main Interconnect Board, the circuit board restrainer must be removed. (The restrainer prevents boards from being

Examine the inside of the 8560 for any loose circuit boards,
cables or connectors. If you see any damage, follow the
procedure given earlier for reporting damage.

Top Cover

~---­

~,~cover
Retainers - t i H - - -__..
Cover Retainer
screws

o<:JiQlo

---.JJ\+--_.~r?

3665-6

Fig. 18-3. Removing the 8560 top cover.

Circuit Board
Restrainer

Loosen these screws
(2974-7)3900-110

Fig. 18-4. Removing the 8560 circuit board restrainer.

18-3

Preparing the 8560 for Operation

Installation-8560/8561/8562 Service

Removing the Flexible Disk
Head Restraint

2. Insert the cover into the grooves until the right-angle
flange at its rear edge is flush with the rear panel of the
8560 chassis.

To prevent damage to the read/write heads in the
flexible-disk drive assembly, a cardboard head restraint is
installed in the disk slot during shipment or storage. Before
you operate the 8560, remove this restraint by pulling outward on the cardboard tab that protrudes through the front
panel of the flexible-disk drive unit. Store the cardboard
head restraint with the other packing materials to use if you
store or ship the unit.

3. Place a cover retainer at each upper rear corner of the
8560, covering the right-angle flange of the top cover.
4. Thread the screws through the cover retainers and
tighten them.

PREPARING THE 8560 FOR
OPERATION
Internal Cables
The 8560 has a number of signal and power supply cables.
Check that all cables are connected tightly.

The 8560 is configured to plug into the primary power
source available at your work site. If, for some reason, you
need to change power sources, use the following
procedure:
1. Refer to Fig. 18-5. Notice the small plate at the lower
part of the rear panel. Using a Phillips screw driver,
remove the screws holding the plate.

Replacing the Covers
Replace the 8560 covers in the following manner:
1. Slide the cover(s) from the rear into the appropriate two
grooves located along the instrument's edges.

2. The power range selector switch is located under the
plate. It selects either 115 or 230 volts.
3. Set the switch to the correct primary power range.

Fig. 18-5. Selecting the primary power voltage.

18-4

Installation-8560/8561/8562 Service

Storage and Reshipping

~

screws securely. When the guides are mounted, slide the
8560 into the rack, keeping cable dress in mind.

The fuse rating depends on the voltage selected. For
115 volt operation, use a 3AG, 8 amp, 250 volt,
fast-blow (5 sec.) fuse. For 230 volt operation, use a
3AG, 4 Amp, 250 volt, fast-blow (5 sec.) fuse.
4. Install a fuse with the proper rating into the line fuse
holder.
5. Replace the switch cover plate.

RACK MOUNT PROCEDURE
If your 8560 includes the rack-mount option, you'll find
rack-mount hardware in the bottom of the 8560 shipping
carton. The rack-mount slides are already mounted to the
sides of the 8560. You must install the slide guides in the
equipment rack frame.
Figure 18-6 illustrates the guide orientation. Mount the
guides in the rack with the hardware provided. Tighten all

STORAGE AND RESHIPPING
To repack the 8560, simply follow the unpacking instructions in reverse order. In addition, consider the following
information when storing or reshipping the 8560.

Storage
Observe the following considerations whenever you place
the 8560 in storage:
•

Provide adequate protection from dust.

•

Do not exceed the humidity or temperature limitations
of the instrument outlined in Section 2 of this manual.

•

Store the carton upright. Do not compress the carton
or stack heavy objects upon it.

~
~

()
()
()
()

0
(2974-8)3900-87

Fig. 18-6. Rack-mount guide orientation.

18-5

Storage and Reshipping

R~shipping
If the unit must be shipped to the factory or service center,
the following steps should be taken:
1. Note the serial number on the back panel of the unit
and any other relevant numbers or symbols required for
identification. Include these numbers when you correspond with Tektronix about any possible problems concerning your 8560 unit.
2. Replace the cardboard head restraint in the flexible disk
drive slot.
3. Wrap the unit in durable waterproof material, such as
heavy polyethylene, and tape securely. This step
should be carried out only in a dry atmosphere, and
with the unit cool to the touch.

18-6

Installation-8560/8561 /8562 Service

4. Pack the unit in a sturdy box (heavy cardboard is acceptable for land shipments) lined with 76 mm (3
inches) of medium-density foam or expanded
polystyrene.
5. Wrap cables, adapters, and other accessories separately and tape them to the inner liner at a break in the
foam or to a separate platform mounted above the
foam or polystyrene. In the latter case, a sheet of 25
mm (1 inch) minimum thick foam should be taped above
the cable package.
6. Seal the carton with reinforced packaging tape and
identify the sender, the unit number, and the serial number on the outside of the carton.
7. Notify the factory or your sales representative of your
intent to ship the unit and await their acknowledgement
before shipping.

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 19
REFERENCE MATERIAL

ILLUSTRATIONS

Page
Introduction ................................. 19-1
Back Plane Connector Configurations ............
J3/J4 LS 1-11 Processor .......................
J6 MSC Board ..............................
J8 and J9 System Memory Boards 2 and 1 .......
J10 GPIB Option ............................
J11 and J12 I/P Processor Boards 2 and 1 .......
J 13 Utility Board ............................

19-1
19-2
19-3
19-4
19-5
19-6
19-7

Fig.
No.
19-1
19-2
19-3
19-4
19-5
19-6

8560 Bus Signals ............................. 19-8

Page
J3/J4 LSI-11 Processor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
J6 MSC Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
J8 and J9 System Memory Boards 2 and 1 ..
J10 GPIB option .......................
J 11 and J 12 I/O Processor 2 and 1 . . . . . . ..
J13 Utility Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

19-2
19-3
19-4
19-5
19-6
19-7

TABLE
Table
No.
19-1

Page
8560 Bus Signal Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . .. 19-8

19-i

8560/8561 /8562 Service

Section 19
REFERENCE MATERIAL

INTRODUCTION
This section describes Main Interconnect Board connector
wiring so you may easily relate pins and signal names for
each system board. In addition, this section describes the
8560 bus signals and their functions.

Since a connector configuration depends on the type of
board the connector serves, each connector configuration is
different. Connectors for board pairs, however, are identical.
Connectors for Memory Boards 1 and 2 are wired identically, as are the connectors for lOP Boards 1 and 2.
The following pages show the Main Interconnect Board connector configurations for these connectors:

BACK PLANE CONNECTOR
CONFIGURATIONS
Figures 19-1 through 19-6 show eight Main Interconnect
Board connector configurations. As shown, each figure repeats all LSI-11 lines, thus relating the 100-line 8560 bus to
the 72-line DEC Q-bus.

•

J3/J4-LSI-11 Processor (Fig. 19-1)

•

J6-MSC Board (Fig. 19-2)

•

J8-System Memory Board 2 (Fig. 19-3)

•

J9-System Memory Board 1 (Fig. 19-3)

•

J10-GPIB Option (Fig. 19-4)

•

J11-I/O Processor Board 2 (Fig. 19-5)

•

J12-I/O Processor Board 1 (Fig. 19-5)

•

J13-Utility Board (Fig. 19-6)

19-1

Reference Material-8560/8561/8562 Service

Back Plane Connector Configuration

J3/J4 LSI-11 Processor

COMPONENT
SIDE

/

8560 Bus
A

BIROS L
BIR06 L
BOAL 16 L
BOAL 17 L
SSP ARE 1
SSP ARE 2
SSP ARE 3
GNO
MSPARE A
MSPARE A
GNO
BOMR L
BHALT L
BREF L
+12 B
GNO
PSPARE 1
+5 B

BOCOK H
BPOK H
BOAL 18'L
BDAL 19 L
BOAL 23 L
BOAL 21 L
SSPARE 8
GNO
MSPARE B
MSPARE B
GNO
BSACK L
BIRQ7 L
BEVNT L
+12 B
GNO
PSPARE 2
+5V

2
4
6
8
13
12
14
16
18
"- 23
22
24
26
28
33
32
34
36
38
43
42
44
46
48
53
52
54
56
58
63
62
64
66
68
73
72
74
76
78
83
82
84
86
88
93
92
94
96
98
11:'13

BACK
SIDE

8560 Bus
/

A

+5V
-12V
GNO
+12V
BOOUT L
BRPLY L
BOIN L
BSYNC L
BWTBT L
BIRO L
BIAKI L
BIAKO L
BB57 L
BOM6I L
BOM60 L
BINIT L
BOAL3 L
BOALI L

+5V
-12V
GNO
+12V
BOAL2 L
BOAL3 L
BOAL4 L
BOALS L
BOAL6 L
BOAL7 L
BOAL8 L
BOAL9 L
BOAL13 L
BOALll L
BOAL12 L
BOAL13 L
BOAL14 L
BOAL15 L

"-

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
65
67
69
71
73

75
77

79
81
83
85
87
89
91
93
95
97
99

3900-88

Fig. 19-1. J3/J4 LSI-11 Processor.

19-2

Back Plane Connector Configuration

Reference Material-8560/8561/8562 Service

J6 MSC Board

COMPONENT
SIDE

2
4
6
8

H'

8560 Bus

,,,-

/

BIROS l
BIR06 l
BOAl 16 l
BOAl 17 L
SSPARE 1
SSP ARE 2
SSP ARE 3
GND
MSPARE A
MSPARE A
GND
BOHR l
BHAlT l
BREF l
+12 B
GND
·PSPARE 1
+5 B

12
14
16
18
"- 2e
22
24
26
28
3e
32
34
36
38
4e
42
44
46
48
53
52
54
56
58
63 ..
62
64
66
68
73
~

BOeOK H
BPOK H
BDAl 18 L
BDAl 19 L
BDAl 2113 l
BOAl 21 l
SSPARE 8
eND
MSPARE B
MSPARE B
eND
BSACK L
BIR07 l
BEVNT l
+12 B
GND
PSPARE 2
+5V

*

DRIvE SELECT4
DIRECTION
STEP
WRITE DATA
WRITE DATA
TRACK ee
WR lTE PROTECT
REA DATA

,

l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l

BACK
SIDE

/

*

8560 Bus
A

+5V
-12V
eND
+12V
BDOUT l
BRPlY l
BDIN L
BSYNC l
BWTBT l
BIRO l
BIAKI L
BIAKO l
BB57 l
BDM61 L
BDH60 l
BINIT l
BDAl" l
BDAll l

NOT USED
NOT USED
W/WRWRL
RO FlTRSW/WRWR L

72

74
76
78
83
82
84
86
88
93
92
94
96
98
1"£I
CONNECTED BUT NOT USED

+5V
-12V
eND
+12V
BDAl2 l
BDAl3 l
BDAl4 l
BOALS L
BDAl6 l
BDAl7 l
BDAl8 l
BDAl9 L
BDAlH' l
BDAL11 l
BDAL12 l
BOAl13 l
BDAl14 l
BDAL15 l
L - - - -..

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
"- 19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
65
67
69
71
73
75

DRIVE SELECT3
DRIVE SELECT2
DRIVE SELECTl

*

READY
MUDEX
HEROlOAO

*

L
L
L
L
l
L

SIDE SELECT
DISK CHANGE

L
l

TWO SIDED

L

*
*
NOT USED

77

79
81
83
85
87
89
91
93
9S
97
99

3900-89

Fig. 19-2. J6 MSC Board.

19-3

Reference Material-8560/8561/8562 Service

Back Plane Connector Configuration

J8 and J9 System Memory Boards 2 and 1
COMPONENT
SIDE

8560 Bus

/

A

BIRQ5 L
BIR06 L
BDAL 16 L
BDAL 17 L
SSP ARE 1
SSP ARE 2
SSP ARE 3
GND
MSPARE A
MSPARE A
GND
BDMR L
BHALT L
BREF L
+12 B
GND
PSPARE 1
+5 B

BDCOK H
BPOK H
BDAL 18 L
BDAL 19 L
BDAL 213 L
BDAL 21 L
SSP ARE 8
GND
MSPARE B
MSPARE B
GND
BSACK L
BIR07 L
BEVNT L
+12 B
GND
PSPARE 2
+5V

"-

2
4
6
8
ll1J
12
14
16
18
211J
22
24
26
28
311J
32
34
36
38
411J
42
44
46
48
511J
52
54
56
58
613
62
64
66
68
713
72
74
76
78
813
82
84
86
88
913
92
94
96
98
11311J

BACK
SIDE

8560 Bus

/

A

+5V
-12V
GND
+12V
BDOUT L
BRPLY L
BDIN L
BSYNC L
BWTBT L
BIRO L
BIAKI L
BIAKO L
BB57 L
BDM61 L
BDM60 L
BINIT L
BDAL13 L
BDALI L

+5V
-12V
GND
+12V
BDAL2 L
BDAL3 L
BDAL4 L
BDAL5 L
BDAL6 L
BDAL7 L
BDAL8 L
BDAL9 L
BDALI13 L
BDALll L
BDAL12 L
BDAL13 L
BDAL14 L
BDAL15 L

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
"- 19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
65
67
69
71
73
75
77

79
81
83
85
87
89
91
93
95
97
99

3900-90

Fig. 19-3. J8 and J9 System Memory Boards 2 and 1.

19·4

Referenc;e Material-8560/8561/8562 Service

Back Plane Connector Configuration

J10 GPIB Option
Cot1PONENT
SlOE

2
4
6

8560 Bus

/

A

BIRQ5 L
BIRQ6 L
BOAL 16 L
BOAL 17 L
SSP ARE 1
SSP ARE 2
SSPARE 3
eND
HSPARE A
HSPARE A
eND
BOHR L
BHALT L
BREF L
+12 B
eND
PSPARE 1
+5 B

"-

8
111
12
14
16
18
21rJ
22
24

/

28
311
32
34
36
38
411
42
44
46
48

51iJ
52
54
56
58

66
68
71iJ

8560 Bus
A

+5V
-12V
CNO
+12V
BOOUT L
BRPLY L
BOIN L
BSYNC L
BWTBT L
BIRQ L
BIAKI L
BIAKO L
BB57 L
BOH61 L
BOH60 l
BINIT L
BOALIiJ L
BOALl L

26

6IrJ
62
64

BOCOK H
BPOte. H
BOAl 18 l
BOAl 19 L
BOAL 21iJ L
BOAL 21 L
SSPARE 8
eND
HSPARE B
HSPARE B
eND
BSACI<. L
BIR07 L
BEVNT L
+12 B
eND
PSPARE 2
+5V

BACK
SlOE

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*
*
*
*

+5V
-12V
CNO
+12V
BOAl2 L
BOAL3 L
BOAL4 L
BOALS L
BOAl6 L
BOAl7 l
BOAl8 L
BOAl9 L
BOALIS L
BOAll1 L
BOAL12 L
BOAL13 L
BOAL14 L
BOAL15 L

72

74
76
78
81rJ
82
84
86
B8
ge
92
94
96
98
leS

"-

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
65
67
69
71
73
75

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

*
*
*
*

77

79
81
83
85
87
89
91
93
95

97
99

* CONNECTED. BUT NOT USED
3900-91

Fig. 19-4. J10 GPIB option.

19-5

Back Plane Connector Configuration

Reference Material-8S60/8S61/8S62 Service

J11 and J12 liP Processor Boards 2 and 1
COMPONENT
SIDE

8560 Bus
/

A

BIRQ5 l
BIRQ6 l
BoAl 16 l
BDAl 17 L
SSP ARE 1
SSP ARE 2
SSP ARE 3
GNo
MSPARE A
MSPARE A
GND
BoMR l
BHAlT l
BREF l
+12 B
GND
PSPARE 1
+5 B

BoCOK H
BPOK H
BDAl 18 l
·BDAl 19 l
BDAl 213 l
BDAl 21 l
SSP ARE 8
GNO
MSPARE B
MSPARE B
GNo
BSACK L
BIRQ7 L
BEVNT l
+12 B
GNo
PSPARE 2
+5V

2
4
6
8
113
12
14
16
18
\. 213
22
24
26
28
313
32
.34
36
38
413
42
44
46
48
513
52
54
56
58
613
62
64
66

68
713
72

74
76
78
813
82
84
86
88
913
92
94
96
98
lBB

ClK
oTR-D
SERIN-B
2SA-B
CTS-3
SEROUT
DTR-3
HSI-3
SERIN-3
LINE PR

BACK
SIDE

l
l
H
l
l
l
l
l
/

8560 Bus
A

+5V
-12V
GNo
+12V
BDOUT l
BRPlY L
·BDIN L
BSYNC l
BIITBT L
BIRQ l
BIAKI l
BIAKO L
BB57 L
BOM61 l
BDM60 l
BINIT l
BDAlB L
BDAll L
NOT
NOT
NOT
NOT

USED
USED
USED
USED
+5V
-12V
GND
+12V
BOAL2 L
BOAL3 L
BOAL4 L
BOALS L
BOAl6 l
BDAl7 L
BDAl8 l
BoAl9 l
BOAllB L
BDAlll L
BOAL12 l
BDAl13 l
BDAL14 L
BDAL15 L

1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
\. 19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
65
67
69
71

CTS-B
SEROUT-B
HSI-13
CTS-l
SEROUT-l
DTR-l
HSI-l
SERIN-l
CTS-2
SERDUT-2

NOT USED
OTR-2
HSI-2
SERIN-2

L
l
L

l
l
L
l
l
l
l

l
L

L

73

75
77

79
81
83
85
87
89
91
93
95
97
99

3900-92

Fig. 19-5. Jll and J12 I/O Processor 2 and 1.

19-6

Back Plane Connector Configuration

Reference Material-8560/8561/8562 Service

J13 Utility Board
COMPONENT
SIDE

2
4
6
8

'"

/

8560 Bus
A

BIRQ5 L
BIRQ6 L
BDAl 16 L
BDAl 17 L
SSP ARE 1
SSPARE 2
SSP ARE 3
eND
MSPARE A
MSPARE A
eND
BDMR l
BHALT l
BREF L
+12 B
GNO
PSPARE I
+5 B

"

12
14
16
18
2"
22
24
26
28
311J
32
34
36
38
4"
42
44
46
48
5"
52
54
56
58
6"
62
64

BDCOK H
BPOK H
BDAL 18 l
BDAl 19 l
BDAl 2" l
BDAl 21 l
SSP ARE 8
GND
MSPARE B
MSPARE B
eND
BSACK L
BIRQ7 L
BEVNT l
+12 B
GND
PSPARE 2
+5V

66
68
7"
72
74
76
78
8"
82
84
86
88
9"
92
94
96
98

'"''

POWER
DTR2
EXTClKQ
SEROUT2
SERIN2
RTS 2
CTS 2
NOT USED
NOT USED
ACOK

L
l
l
l
l
L
L

BACK
SIDE

8560 Bus
H

A

/

+5V
-12V
GND
+12V
BDOUT l
BRPLY L
BDIN l
BSYNC L
BWTBT L
BIRO l
BIAKI l
BIAKO L
BB57 l
BDMSI l
BDHSO L
BINIT L
BDAl" l
BDAll l
RUN/HALT
RESTART
PROCBUSY
NOT USEO

L
l
l
+5V
-12V
eND
+12V
BDAL2 L
BDAl3 l
BDAl4 L
BDALs l
BOAL6 L
BOAL7 l
BDAL8 L
BOAL9 l
BDALlS L
BDALII l
BDALl2 L
BDAL13 L
BDALl4 l
BDAlls l

"

I
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
65
67

DCON
DTRI
EXTClK
SERIN
SEROUT
RSTI
CTSI
NOT USED
NOT USED

L
l

HSFE
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED

l

l
l

59

71
73
75
77

79
81
83
85
87
89
91
93
95
97
99

3900-93

Fig. 19-6. J13 Utility Board.

19-7

8560 Bus Signals

Reference Material-8560/8561/8562 Service

8560 BUS SIGNALS
Table 19-1 describes the 8560 bus signals.
Table 19-1
8560 Bus Signal Descriptions
Mnemonic

Description

BSPARE1
BSPARE2

Bus Spare-(Not assigned. Reserved for DEC use.)

BADL16
BADL17

Extended address bits

GND

Ground-System signal ground and dc return.

BDMR(L)

Direct Memory Access (DMA) Request-A device asserts this signal to request bus mastership. The
processor arbitrates bus mastership between itself and all DMA devices on the bus. If the processor is
not bus master (it has completed a bus cycle and BSYNC(L) is not being asserted by the processor), it
grants bus mastership to the requesting device by asserting BDMGO(L). The device responds by
negating BDMR(L) and asserting BSACK(L)_

BHALT(L)

Processor Halt-When BHALT(L) is asserted, the processor responds by halting normal program
execution. External interrupts are ignored but memory refresh interrupts (enabled if W4 on the processor module is removed) and DMA request/grant sequences are enabled. When in the HALT state, the
processor executes the ODT microcode and the console device operation is invoked.

BREF(L)

Memory Refresh-Asserted by a processor microcode-generated refresh interrupt sequence (when
enabled) or by an external device. This signal forces all dynamic MOS memory units to be activated for
each BSYNC(L)/BDIN(L) bus transaction.

BDCOK(H)

DC Power OK-Power supply-generated signal that is asserted when there is sufficient dc voltage
available to sustain reliable system operation.

BPOK(H)

Power OK-Asserted by the power supply when primary power is normal. When negated during
processor operation, a power fail trap sequence is initiated.

BSACK(L)

This signal is asserted by a DMA device in response to the processor's BDMGO(L) signal, indicating
that the DMA device is bus master.

BSPARE6

Bus Spars,-(Not assigned. Reserved for DEC use.)

BEVNT(L)

External Event Interrupt Request-When the processor is asserted, the processor responds (if PS bit
7 is 00) by entering a service routine through vector address 100 (octal). A typical use of this is a line
time clock interrupt.

PSPARE4

Spare-Not assigned.

PSPARE2

Spare-Not assigned.

+5
+5
-12

+5 V Power-Normal +5 Vdc system power.
+5 V Power-Normal +5 Vdc system power.
-12 V Power--12 Vdc power for devices requiring this voltage.

+12

+12 V Power-+12 Vdc system power.

BDOUT(L)

Data Output-BDOUT, when asserted, implies that valid data is available on BDALO-15(L) and that
an output transfer, with respect to the bus master device, is taking place. The BDOUT(L) signal must
assert BRPLY(L) to complete the transfer.

19-8

Reference Material-8560/8561/8562 Service

8560 Bus Signals

Table 19-1 (Cont.)
8560 Bus Signal Descriptions
Mnemonic

Description

BRPLY(L)

Reply-BRPLY is asserted in response to BDIN(L) or BDOUT(L) and during an IAK transaction.
BRPLY(L) is generated by a slave device to indicate that its data is on the BDAL bus or that it has
accepted output data from the bus.

BDIN(L)

Data Input-BDIN(L) is used for two types of bus operation:
1. When asserted during BSYNC(L) time, BDIN(L) implies an input transfer with respect to the current
bus master, and requires a response (BRPLY(L)). BDIN(L) is asserted when the master device is ready
to accept data from a slave device.
2. When asserted without BSYNC, BDIN(L) indicates that an interrupt operation is occurring.

BSYNC(L)

Synchronize-BSYNC(L) is asserted by the bus master to indicate that it has placed an address on
BDALO-15. The transfer is in process until BSYNC(L) is negated.

BWTBT(L)

Write/BWTBT(L) is used in two ways to control a bus cycle:
1. It is asserted during the leading edge of BSYNC(L) to indicate that an output sequence is to follow
(DATO or DATOB), rather than an input sequence.
2. It is asserted during BDOUT(L), in a DATOB bus cycle, for byte addressing.

BIRQ(L)

Interrupt Request-A device asserts this signal when its interrupt enable and interrupt request
flip-flops are set. If the processor's PS word bit 7 is 0, the processor acknowledges the request by
asserting BDIN(L) and BIAKO(L).

BIAKI(L), BIAKO(L)

Interrupt Acknowledge Input and Interrupt Acknowledge Output-This is an interrupt acknowledge
signal generated by the processor in response to an interrupt request (BIRQ(L)). The processor asserts BIAKO(L), which is routed to the BIAKI(L) pin of the first device on the bus. If it is requesting an
interrupt, it will inhibit passing BIAKO(L). If it is not asserting BIRQ(L), the device will pass BIAKI(L) to
the next (lower priority) device through its BIAKO(L) pin and the lower priority device's BIAKI(L) pin.

BBS7(L)

Bank 7 Select-The bus master asserts BBS7(L) when an address in the upper 4K bank (address in
the 28-32K range) is placed on the bus. BSYNC(L) is then asserted and BBS7(L) remains active for
the duration of the addressing portion of the bus cycle.

BDMGI(L),
BDMGO(L)

DMA Grant input and DMA Grant Output-This is the processor-generated, daisy-chained signal
which grants bus mastership to the highest priority DMA device along the bus. The processor generates BDMGO(L), which is routed to the BDMGI(L) pin of the first device on the bus. If the processor
requests the bus, it will inhibit passing BDMGO(L). If it is not requesting the bus, it will pass the
BDMGI(L) signal to the next (lower priority) device via its BDMGO(L) pin. The device asserting
BDMR(L) is the device requesting the bus, and it responds to the BDMGI(L) signal by negating BDMR,
asserting BSACK(L), assuming bus mastership, and executing the required bus cycle.

BINIT(L)

Initialize-BIN IT is asserted by the processor to initialize or clear all devices connected to the I/O bus.
The signal is generated in response to a power-up condition (the negated condition of BDCOK(H)).

BDALO(L)
BDAU(L)

Data/Address Liries-These two lines are part of the 16-line data/address bus over which address and
data information are placed on the bus by the bus master device. The same device then either receives
input data from, or outputs data to, the addressed lines.

+5
-12
+12

+5 V Power-Normal +5 Vdc system power.
-12 V Power- -12 Vdc power for devices requiring this voltage.
+12 V Power- +12 Vdc system power.

19-9

8560 Bus Signals

Reference Material-8560/8561/8562 Service

Table 19-1 (Cont.)
8560 Bus Signal Descriptions
Mnemonic
BDAL2(L)
BDAL3(L)
BDAL4(L)
BDALS(L)
BDAL6(L)
BDAL7(L)
BDAL8(L)
BDAL9(L)
BDAL10(L)
BDAL11(L)
BDAL12(L)
BDAL13(L)
BDAL14(L)
BDAL1S(L)

19-10

Description

Data Address Lines.

8560/8561/8562 Service

REPLACEABLE
ELECTRICAL PARTS
PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION
Replacement parts are available from or through your local
Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or representative.
Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to
accommodate improved components as they become available,
and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements
developed in our engineering department. It is therefore important, when ordering parts, to include the following information in
your order: Part number, instrument type or number, serial
number, and modification number if applicable.
If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or
improved part, your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Officeor representative will contact you concerning any change in part number.

Only the circuit number will appear on the diagrams and
circuit board illustrations. Each diagram and circuit board
illustration is clearly marked with the assembly number.
Assembly numbers are also marked on the mechanical exploded
views located in the Mechanical Parts List. The component
number is obtained by adding the assembly number prefix to the
circuit number.
The Electrical Parts List is divided and arranged by
assemblies in numerical sequence (e.g., assembly AI with its
subassemblies and parts, precedes assembly A2 with its subassemblies and parts).
Chassis-mounted parts have no assembly number prefix
and are located at the end of the Electrical Parts List.

Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this
manual.

TEKTRONIX PART NO. (column two of the
Electrical Parts List)

LIST OF ASSEMBLIES
A list of assemblies can be found at the beginning of the
Electrical Parts List. The assemblies are listed in numerical order.
When the complete component number of a part is known, this list
will identify the assembly in which the part is located.

Indicates part number to be used when ordering replacement part from Tektronix.

CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TO
MANUFACTURER

SERIAL/MODEL NO. (columns three and four
of the Electrical Parts List)

The Mfr. Code Number to Manufacturer index for the
Electrical Parts List is located immediately after this page. The
Cross Index provides codes, names and addresses of manufacturers of components listed in the Electrical Parts List.

Column three (3) indicates the serial number at which the
part was first used. Column four (4) indicatestheserial number at
which the part was removed. No seri!!1 number entered indicates
part is good for all serial numbers.

ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviations conform to American National Standard Vl.l.

COMPONENT NUMBER (column one of the
Electrical Parts List)
A numbering method has been used to identify assemblies,
subassemblies and parts. Examples of this numbering method
and typical expansions are illustrated by the following:
Example a.

NAME & DESCRIPTION (column five of the
Electrical Parts List)
In the Parts List, an Item Name is separated from the
description by a colon (:). Because of space limitations, an Item
Name may sometimes appear as incomplete. For further Item
Name identification, the U.S. Federal Cataloging Handbook HS-l
can be utilized where possible.

component number

A23R1234
Assembly number

~

A23

R1234

~ ~

Circuit number

Indicates the code number of the actual manufacturer of the
part. (Code to name and address cross reference can be found
immediately after this page.)

Read: Resistor 1234 of Assembly 23

Example b.

MFR. CODE (column six of the Electrical Parts
List)

component number
r

.A..

"-

A23A2R1234
A23
A2
R1234
Circuit
Assembly
~ Subassembly
number
number ~ ~ number
Read: Resistor 1234 of Subassembly 2 of Assembly 23

MFR. PART NUMBER (column seven of the
Electrical Parts List)
Indicates actual manufacturers part number.

20-1

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER
Mfr. Code

Manufacturer

Address

City, State, Zip

OOOFG

RIFA WORLD PRODUCTS INC.

OOOFJ
OOOGU
OOOJR
00779
00853
01121
01281

MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55435
CAZENOVIA, N.Y. 13035
SUNNYVALE, CA 94086
KODAIRA-SHI, TOKYO, JAPAN
HARRISBURG, PA 17105
PICKENS, SC 29671
MILWAUKEE, WI 53204
LAWNDALE, CA 90260

P.O. BOX 5012
2800 WEST BROADWAY
17070 EAST GALE AVENUE
ROUTE 202

DALLAS, TX 75222
COUNCIL BLUFFS, IN 51501
CITY OF INDUSTRY, CA 91745
SOMERVILLE, NY 08876

ELECTRONICS PARK
POBOX 867
5005 E MCDOWELL RD,PO BOX 20923
21001 NORDHOFF STREET

SYRACUSE, NY 13201
MYRTLE BEACH, SC 29577
PHOENIX, AZ 85036
CHATSWORTH, CA 91311

600 W JOHN ST.

HICKSVILLE LI, NY 11802

464 ELLIS STREET

MOUNTAIN VIEW, CA 94042

09353
12954
12969
14433

MARCOM SWITCHES INC.
SUPERTEX INC.
MUSASHA WORKS OF HITACHI LTD
AMP, INC.
SANGAMO ELECTRIC CO., S. CAROLINA DIV.
ALLEN-BRADLEY COMPANY
TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, SEMICONDUCTOR
OPERATIONS
TEXAS INSTRUMENTS, INC.
SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP
PETERSEN RADIO COMPANY, INC.
SPECTROL ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
RCA CORPORATION, SOLID STATE DIVISION
GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY, SEMI-CONDUCTOR
PRODUCTS DEPARTMENT
AVX CERAMICS, DIVISION OF AVX CORP.
MOTOROLA, INC., SEMICONDUCTOR PROD. DIV.
VIKING INDUSTRIES, INC.
GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORP ELECTRONIC
SYSTEMS DIV.
FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR, A DIV. OF
FAIRCHILD CAMERA AND INSTRUMENT CORP.
CORNELL-DUBILIER ELECTRONIC DIVISION
FEDERAL PACIFIC ELECTRIC CO.
C AND K COMPONENTS, INC.
SIEMENS CORPORATION, COMPONENTS GROUP
UNITRODE CORPORATION
ITT SEMICONDUCTORS

7625 BUSH LAKE RD
P.O. BOX 35263
67 ALBANY STREET
1225 BORDEAUX DRIVE
1450 JOSUIHON-CHO
P.O. BOX 3608
P.O. BOX 128
1201 2ND STREET SOUTH
14520 AVIATION BLVD.

SANFORD, NC 27330
WATERTOWN, MA 02172
SCOTTSDALE, AZ 85252
WATERTOWN, MA 02172

14552
14752
15454
15476
20932

MICRO SEMICONDUCTOR CORP.
ELECTRO CUBE INC.
RODAN INDUSTRIES, INC.
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORP.
EMCON DIV OF ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS INC.

22526
27014
32997
34335
34649
50157

BERG ELECTRONICS, INC.
NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP.
BOURNS, INC., TRIMPOT PRODUCTS DIV.
ADVANCED MICRO DEVICES
INTEL CORP.
MIDWEST COMPONENTS INC.

2652 DALRYMPLE ST.
103 MORSE STREET
8700 E THOMAS RD, POBOX 1390
580 PLEASANT STREET
3301 ELECTRONICS WAY
POBOX 3049
2830 E FAIRVIEW ST.
1710 S. DEL MAR AVE.
2905 BLUE STAR ST.
146 MAIN ST.
11620 SORRENTO VALLEY RD
POBOX 81542
YOUK EXPRESSWAY
2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR.
1200 COLUMBIA AVE.
901 THOMPSON PL.
3065 BOWERS AVE.
P. O. BOX 787
1981 PORT CITY BLVD.

50522

MONSANTO CO., ELECTRONIC SPECIAL
PRODUCTS
CENTRE ENGINEERING INC.
MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC, CORP. OF AMERICA
SANIVOID CO.
PLESSEY CAPACITORS, DIV. OF PLESSEY INC.
NICHICON/AMERICA/CORP.
SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO.
ZILOG INC.
R-OHM CORP.
BOURNS INC NETWORKS DIV 12155
GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORP.
OPTO ELECTRONICS DIV.
TUSONIX INC.
WARD LEONARD ELECTRIC CO., INC.
BUSSMAN MFG., DIVISION OF MCGRAWEDISON CO.
ITT CANNON ELECTRIC
DIALIGHT, DIV. AMPEREX ELECTRONIC
ERIE TECHNOLOGICAL PRODUCTS, INC.
BECKMAN INSTRUMENTS, INC., HEll POT DIV.
SIGNALITE DIV., GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORP.
MINNESOTA MINING & MFG CO. ELECTRO
PRODUCTS DIV.

3400 HILLVIEW AVENUE
2820 E COLLEGE AVENUE
1 PANASONIC WAY
881 S GRAND AVE.
5334 STERLING CENTER DR.
6435 N PROESEL AVENUE
87 MARSHALL ST.
14060 BUBB RD.
16931 MILLIKEN AVE.
MAGNOLIA AVE

PALO ALTO, CA 94304
STATE COLLEGE, PA 16801
SECAUCUS, NJ 07094
PASADENA, CA 91105
WEST LAKE VILLAGE, CA 91361
CHICAGO, IL 60645
NORTH ADAMS, MA 01247
CUPERTINO, CA 95014
IRVINE, CA 92713
RIVERSIDE, CA 92503

3400 HILLVIEW AVE
2155 N FORBES BLVD
31 SOUTH ST.

PALO ALTO, CA 94304
TUCSON, AZ 85705
MOUNT VERNON, NY 10550

2536 W. UNIVERSITY ST.
666 E. DYER RD.
203 HARRISON PLACE
644 W. 12TH ST.
2500 HARBOR BLVD.
1933 HECK AVE.

ST. LOUIS, MO 63107
SANTA ANA, CA 92702
BROOKLYN, NY 11237
ERIE, PA 16512
FULLERTON, CA 92634
NEPTUNE, NJ 07753

3M CENTER

ST. PAUL, MN 55101

01295
01807
02111
02735
03508
04222
04713
05574
05828
07263
09023

51642
54473
54563
55112
55680
56289
56708
57668
57924
58361
59660
63743
71400
71468
72619
72982
73138
74276
75037

20-2

WEST PALM BEACH, FL 33402
SANTA ANA, CA 92704
SAN GABRIEL, CA 91776
ANAHEIM, CA 92806
MAYNARD, MA 01754
SAN DIEGO, CA 92121
NEW CUMBERLAND, PA 17070
SANTA CLARA, CA 95051
RIVERSIDE, CA 92507
SUNNYVALE, CA 94086
SANTA CLARA, CA 95051
MUSKEGON, MI 49443

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER
Mfr. Code

Manufacturer

75042

TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, IRC FIXED
RESISTORS, PHILADELPHIA DIVISION
CTS KNIGHTS, INC.
BELL INDUSTRIES, INC.,
MILLER, J. W., DIV.
TEKTRONIX, INC.
ELECTRA-MIDLAND CORP., MEPCO DIV.
INTERNATIONAL RECTIFIER CORP.
SWITCHCRAFT, INC.
TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, TRW CAPACITORS
ILLUMINATED PRODUCTS INC., A SUB OF
OAK INDUSTRIES, INC.
MALLORY CAPACITOR CO., DIV. OF
P. R. MALLORY AND CO., INC.
DALE ELECTRONICS, INC.
QUALITY COMPONENTS, INC.
CONTINENTAL CONNECTOR CORP.
SAN FERNANDO ELECTRIC MFG CO
ROEDERSTEIN E SPEZIALFABRIK FUER
KONDENSTATOREN GMBN
PANASONIC COMPANY DIVISION OF
MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC CORP OF AMERICA

75378
76493
80009
80031
81483
82389
84411
87034
90201
91637
95121
95238
96733
D5243
T0510

T0946

SAN-O INDUSTRIAL CORP.

Address

City, State, Zip

401 N. BROAD ST.
400 REIMANN AVE.

PHILADELPHIA, PA 19108
SANDWICH, IL 60548

19070 REYES AVE., POBOX 5825
POBOX 500
22 COLUMBIA ROAD
9220 SUNSET BLVD.
5555 N. ELSTON AVE.
112 W. FIRST ST.

COMPTON, CA 90224
BEAVERTON, OR 97077
MORRISTOWN, NJ 07960
LOS ANGELES, CA 90069
CHICAGO, IL 60630
OGALLALA, NE 69153

2620 SUSAN ST, PO BOX 11930
3029 E. WASHINGTON STREET
P. O. BOX 372
P. O. BOX 609
POBOX 113
34-63 56TH ST.
1501 FIRST ST

SANTA ANA, CA 92711
INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46206
COLUMBUS, NE 68601
ST. MARYS, PA 15857
WOODSIDE, NY 11377
SAN FERNANDO, CA 91341

LUDMILLA STRASSE 23-25

8300 LANDSHUT, GERMANY

ONE PANASONIC WAY

SECAUCUS, NJ 07094

170 WILBUR PL

BAH EM lA, LONG ISLAND,NY 1171

20-3

Replaceable ElectricaIParts-8560/8561 /8562 Service

Component No.

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN INTERCONNECT
MOOULE:PROCESSOR LSI 11/23
(8560 & 8561 ONLY)
CKT BOARD ASSY:KOJll-A PROCESSOR
(8560 OPT 10/Fl0 & 8561 OPT 10 & 8562 ONLY
REPLACEABLE AS A UNIT ONLY)

80009
54563

670-7208-00
5013326-00

15476

KOJll-A

CKT BOARD
CKT BOARD
(8560 & 8561
CKT BOARD
CKT BOARD
(8560 & 8561

ASSY:UTILITY
ASSY:I/O PROCESSOR
aTY 1,8562 aTY 2)
ASSY:I.O ADAPTER
ASSY:I/O CONNECTOR
OPT 08 ONLY)

80009
80009

670-8495-00
670-7330-00

80009
80009

670-7308-00
670-7306-00

ASSY:I/O CONNECTOR
OPT 08 ONLY)
ASSY:I/O CONNECTOR

80009

670-8162-00

80009

670-7307-00

670-1277-00
670-8245-00

CKT BOARD
(8561 & 8561
CKT BOARD
(8562 ONLY)
CKT BOARD
CKT BOARD

ASSY:MASS STORAGE CONTROLLER
ASSY:PS INTERCONNECT

80009
80009

670-1277-00
670-8245-00

670-3184-00
670-3163-00
670-3057-00
670-8244-00
670-7474-00
670-7951-01

CKT
CKT
CKT
CKT
CKT
CKT

ASSY:INVERTER
ASSY:REGULATOR
ASSY:SECONOARY
ASSY:PS LINE
ASSY:FRONT PANEL
ASSY:256K BYTE MEMORY

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

670-3184-00
670-3163-00
670-3057-00
670-8244-00
670-7474-00
670-7951-00

80009

119-1617-01

80009

670-7952-00

Tektronix
Part No.

Al0
A15
A15
A15
A15
A15

670-7208-00
119-1447-00

A20
A30
A30
A35
A40
A40

670-8495-00
670-7330-02

A40
A40
A40
A40
A45
A60
A62
A64
A66
A68
A70
A75
A75
A80
A80
A85
A85

119-1793-00

670-7308-00
670-7306-00

670-8162-00
670-7307 -00

119-1617-01
670-7952-01

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

Name & Description

BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD

(8560/8561 ONLY)
CONTROLLER DISK:
(REPLACEABLE AS A UNIT ONLY)
CKT BOARD ASSY:512K BYTE MEMORY
(8562 ONLY)

Al0
Al0J2
Al0J3
Al0J4
Al0J5
Al0J6

670-7208-00
131-1425-00
131-1973-00
131-1973-00
131-2409-00
131-2240-00

CKT BOARD ASSY:MAIN INTERCONNECT
TERM SET,PIN:(36) 0.025 SO RTANG,0.15L
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT BO,36 CO NT WIO MTG TABS
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT BO,36 CONT W/O MTG TABS
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT BO,2 X 25,MALE
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT BO,50/100 CONT

80009
22526
15476
15476
75037
05574

670-7208-00
65521-136
H807
H807
3496-2003
000201-5256

Al0J7
Al0J8
Al0J9
Al0Jl0
Al0Jll
Al0J12

131-2240-00
131-2240-00
131-2240-00
131-2240-00
131-2240-00
131-2240-00

CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT

05574
05574
05574
05574
05574
05574

000201-5256
000201-5256
000201-5256
000201-5256
000201-5256
000201-5256

Al0J13
A10J14
Al0J15
Al0J16
Al0J17
Al0J19

131-2240-00
131-1939-00
131-2406-00
131-2727-00
131-2410-00
131-1343-00

CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT BO,50/100 CONT
TERM. SET,PIN:l X 14,0.15 SPACING
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT BO,2 X 17,MALE
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:HEAOER,2 X 20,0.100 CTR
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT BO,2 X 25,MALE
TERM. SET,PIN:36-0.525 LX 0.025 SO

05574
22526
22526
22526
22526
22526

000201-5256
65561-114
65692-020
65692-026
65496-035
65501-136

Al0J20
Al0J21
Al0J22
Al0J23
Al0J24
Al0J25

131-1343-00
131-1343-00
131-1343-00
131-1343-00
131-1343-00
131-1343-00

TERM.
TERM.
TERM.
TERM.
TERM.
TERM.

SET,PIN:36-0.525
SET,PIN:36-0.525
SET,PIN:36-0.525
SET,PIN:36-0.525
SET,PIN:36-0.525
SET,PIN:36-0.525

LX
LX
LX
LX
LX
LX

0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025

SO
SO
SO
SO
SO
SO

22526
22526
22526
22526
22526
22526

65501-136
65501-136
65501-136
65501-136
65501-136
65501-136

Al0J26
Al0J27
Al0J28
Al0J29
Al0J30
Al0J31

131-1343-00
131-1343-00
131-1343-00
131-1343-00
131-1343-00
131-1343-00

TERM.
TERM.
TERM.
TERM.
TERM.
TERM.

SET,PIN:36-0.525
SET,PIN:36-0.525
SET,PIN:36-0.525
SET,PIN:36-0.525
SET,PIN:36-0.525
SET,PIN:36-0.525

LX
LX
LX
LX
LX
LX

0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025
0.025

SO
SO
SO
SO
SO
SO

22526
22526
22526
22526
22526
22526

65501-136
65501-136
65501-136
65501-136
65501-136
65501-136

Al0J32

131-1343-00

TERM. SET,PIN:36-0.525 LX 0.025 SO

22526

65501-136

20-4

BO,50/100
BO,50/100
BO,50/100
BO,50/100
BO,50/100
BO,50/100

CONT
CONT
CONT
CONT
CONT
CONT

.. RC!placeable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Component No.
A15
A15
A15
A15
A15
A15Cl

Tektronix
Part No.
119-1447-00

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

54563

5013326-00

15476

KDJll-A

283-0786.00

MODULE:PROCESSOR LSI 11/23
(8560 & 8561 ONLY)
CKT BOARD ASSY:KDJll-A PROCESSOR
(8560 OPT 10/Fl0 & 8561 OPT 10 & 8562 ONLY
REPLACEABLE AS A UNIT ONLY)
CAP.,FXD,MIC~ D:745PF,1%,500V

09023

CD19FD(745)F03

A15C2
A15C3
A15C4
A15C5
A15C6
A15C7

283-0786-00
290-0297-00
281-0813-00
281-0813-00
281-0813-00
281-0813-00

CAP.,FXD,MICA D:745PF,1%,500V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:39UF, 10%, 1OV
CAP.,FXD CER DI:0.047UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD CER DI:0.047UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD CER DI:0.047UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD CER DI:0.047UF,20%,50V

09023
56289
04222
04222
04222
04222

CD19FD(745)F03
150D396X9010B2
GC705-E-473M
GC705-E-473M
GC705-E-473M
GC705-E-473M

A15C8
A15C9
A15Cl0
A15Cl1
A15C12
A15C13

281-0813-00
281-0813-00
281-0813-00
281-0813-00
281-0813-00
281-0813-00

CAP.,FXD
CAP.,FXD
CAP.,FXD
CAP.,FXD
CAP.,FXD
CAP.,FXD

CER
CER
CER
CER
CER
CER

DI:0.047UF,20%,50V
DI:0.047UF,20%,50V
DI:0.047UF,20%,50V
DI:0.047UF,20%,50V
DI:0.047UF,20%,50V
DI:0.047UF,20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

GC705-E-473M
GC705-E-473M
GC705-E-473M
GC705-E-473M
GC705-E-473M
GC705-E-473M

A15C14
A15C15
A15C16
A15C17
A15C18
A15C19

281-0813-00
281-0813-00
281-0813-00
281-0813-00
281-0773-00
281-0773-00

CAP.,FXD CER
CAP.,FXD CER
CAP.,FXD CER
CAP.,FXD CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.047UF,20%,50V
DI:0.047UF,20%,50V
DI:0.047UF,20%,50V
DI:0.047UF,20%,50V
DI:0.01UF,10%,100V
DI:0.01UF,10%,100V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

GC705-E-473M
GC705-E-473M
GC705-E-473M
GC705-E-473M
MA201Cl03KAA
MA201Cl03KAA

A15C20
A15C21
A15C22
A15C23
A15C24
A15C25

281-0773-00
281-0773-00
283-0198-00
283-0198-00
283-0198-00
283-0198-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:O.Ol UF,10%,100V
DI:0.01UF,10%,100V
DI:0.22UF,20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,20%,50V

04222
04222
56289
56289
56289
56289

MA201 Cl 03KAA
MA201 Cl 03KAA
1Cl OZ5U223M050B
1Cl OZ5U223M050B
1Cl OZ5U223M050B
1Cl OZ5U223M050B

A15C26
A15C27
A15C28
A15C29
A15C30
A15C31

283-0198-00
290-0135-00
290-0135-00
290-0261-00
281-0813-00
281-0813-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:15UF,20%,20V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:15UF,20%,20V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:6.8UF,10%,35V
CAP.,FXD CER DI:0.047UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD CER DI:0.047UF,20%,50V

56289
56289
56289
12954
04222
04222

lCl0Z5U223M050B
150D156X0020B2
150D156X0020B2
D6R8B35Kl
GC705-E-473M
GC705-E-473M

A15C32
A15C33
A15C34
A15Dl
A15El
A15E2

281-0813-00
281-0813-00
283-0796-00
152-0141-02
156-0948-02
156-0180-04

CAP.,FXD CER DI:0.047UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD CER DI:0.047UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,MICA D:100PF,5%,500V
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD D F-F,BURN-IN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATE

04222
04222
09023
01295
01295
01295

GC705-E-473M
GC705-E-473M
CD10FD101J03
lN4152R
SN74S175J4
SN74S00NP3

A151;3
A15E4
A15E5
A15E6
A15E7
A15E8

156-0738-04
15ti-l058-00
156-1 046-02
156-1600-00
307-0676-00
118-0998-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX D FF W/CLEAR,BURN-IN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL SCHMITT TRIGGER BFR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL D TYPE EDGE TRIG FF
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL RETRIG MONO MULTIVIB
RES NTWK,FXD,FI:14,330 OHM,14,680 OHM,O.lW
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8881 NAND GATE QUAD

01295
01295
80009
01295
01121
54563

SN74S174(JP4)
SN74S240J
156-1046-02
SN74LS123NP3
316E331681
OBD

A15E9
A15E10
A15E11
A15E12
A15E13
A15E14

156-0459-02
156-0865-02
156-0388-03
118-0646-00
156-1179-01
156-0323-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INPUT & GATE,BURN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL D-TYPE FF W/CLEAR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D FLIP-FLOP
MICROCKT,INTFC:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XCVR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL BFR,W/3 STATE OUT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INVERTER, BURN-IN

01295
01295
07263
27014
01295
01295

SN74S08
SN74LS273NP3
74LS74A
DS8641N
SN74S241 JP4
SN74S04

119-1793-00

20-5

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A15E15
A15E16
A 15E17
A 15E18
A15E19
A15E20

118-1108-00
118-1000-00
156-0718-03
156-0304-02
156-1055-00
156-0914-02

A15E21
A15E22
A15E23
A15E24
A15E25
A15E26

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

OSCILLATOR:13.824 MHZ,0.05%
MICROCIRCUIT,INTFC:TTL,DUAL TTL TO MOS
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3-INP NOR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 4 INP NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD NOR UNIFIED BUS RCVR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCT ST BFR W/3 STATE OUT

54563
54563
01295
01295
27014
01295

1812131-00
OBD
SN74LS27
SN74S20
DS8640N
SN74LS240

156-0703-02
156-1046-02
118-1003-00
156-0331-03
156-1055-00
307-0406-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:4-2-3-2 INPUT & OR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL 0 TYPE EDGE TRIG FF
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:32 X 8 TS PROM
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 0 TYPE POS EDGE TRIG
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD NOR UNIFIED BUS RCVR
RES.,FXD,FILM:NETWORK,4.3 AND 7.5K OHM,2%

07263
80009
54563
80009
27014
91637

74S64
156-1046-02
23266Al-00
156-0331-03
DS8640N
MPP16-00-5XX

A15E27
A15E28
A15E29
A15E30
A 15E31
A15E32

156-0735-02
156-0480-02
156-0388-03
156-0914-02
118-1106-00
156-0739-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:4 BIT BISTABLE LCH,BURN-IN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INP & GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 0 FLIP-FLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCT ST BFR W/3 STATE OUT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DATA CONTROL HYBRID
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INP OR GATE,SCRN

01295
01295
07263
01295
54563
01295

SN74LS75
SN74LS08NP3
74LS74A
SN74LS240
5700000-01
SN74S32

A15E33
A15E34
A15E35
A15E36
A15E37
A15E38

156-0690-03
118-0646-00
118-1389-00
156-0386-02
156-161 8-00
156-1046-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INP NOR GATE,BURN IN
MICROCKT,INTFC:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XCVR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD J-K FLIP-FLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3-INP NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD BUS TRANSCEIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL 0 TYPE EDGE TRIG FF

01295
27014
54563
27014
34335
80009

SN74S02
DS8641N
1915367-00
DM74LS10N
AM2908DCB
156-1046-02

A15E40
A15E41
A15E42
A15E43
A15E44
A15E45

156-0645-02
156-0481-02
307-0676-00
156-1618-00
156-0118-03
156-0382-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INV ST NAND GATES,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3 INP & GATE
RES NTWK,FXD,FI:14,330 OHM,14,680 OHM,O.lW
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD BUS TRANSCEIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:l DUAL J-K FF,BURN-IN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP NAND GATE

01295
27014
01121
34335
01295
01295

SN74LS14
DM74LSllNA+
316E331681
AM2908DCB
SN74S112JP3
SN74LSOO

A15E46
A15E47
A15E49
A15E50
A 15E51
A15E52

156-1058-00
156-1618-00
156-0331-03
156-0703-02
307 -0676-00
156-1618-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL SCHMITT TRIGGER BFR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD BUS TRANSCEIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 0 TYPE POS EDGE TRIG
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:4-2-3-2 INPUT & OR GATE
RES NTWK,FXD,FI:14,330 OHM,14,680 OHM,O.lW
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD BUS TRANSCEIVER

01295
34335
80009
07263
01121
34335

SN74S240J
AM2908DCB
156-0331-03
74S64
316E331681
AM2908DCB

A15E53
A15E54
A15E55
A15E56
A15E58
A15E59

156-0956-02
156-0469-02
156-1618-00
156-1618-00
156-1046-02
156-0403-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL BFR W/3 STATE OUT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:3/8 LINE DC DR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD BUS TRANSCEIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD BUS TRANSCEIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL 0 TYPE EDGE TRIG FF
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INVERTER,SCRN

01295
01295
34335
34335
80009
01295

SN74LS244NP3
SN74LS138NP3
AM2908DCB
AM2908DCB
156-1046-02
SN74S05

A15Ql
A15Rl
A15R2
A15R3
A15R4
A15R5

151-0223-00
315-0473-00
315-0473-00
315-0202-00
315-0681-00
315-0681-00

TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,NPN
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:680 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:680 OHM,5%,0.25W

04713
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

SPS8026
CB4735
CB4735
CB2025
CB6815
CB6815

A15R6
A15R7
A15R8
A15R9
A15Rl0
A 15Rll

31 5-0621 -00
315-0222-00
315-0223-00
315-0153-00
315-0152-00
315-0512-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:620 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:22K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN: 15K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN: 1.5K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:5.1 K OHM,5%,0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB6215
CB2225
CB2235
CB1535
CB1525
CB5125

20-6

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Name & Description

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

RES .• FXD.CMPSN:100K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:2K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:1 K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .. FXD.CMPSN:180 OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:180 OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:270 OHM.5%.0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1045
CB2025
CB1025
CB1815
CB1815
CB2715

315-0181-00
315-0181-00
315-0100-00
315-0202-00
315-0202-00
315-0152-00

RES .• FXD.CMPSN: 180 OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:180 OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:10 OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:2K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:2K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN: 1.5K OHM.5%.0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1815
CB1815
CB1005
CB2025
CB2025
CB1525

A15R24
A15R25
A15R26
A15R27
A15R28
A15R29

315-0102-00
31 5-0681-00
315-0681-00
315-0681-00
315-0681-00
315-0151-00

RES .• FXD.CMPSN: 1K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:680 OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:680 OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:680 OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:680 OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:150 OHM.5%.0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1025
CB6815
CB6815
CB6815
CB6815
CB1515

A15R30
A15R31
A15W3

315-0102-00
315-0102-00
131-0566-00

RES .• FXD.CMPSN:1K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:1K OHM.5%.0.25W
BUS CONDUCTOR:DUMMY RES.2.375.22 AWG

01121
01121
57668

CB1025
CB1025
JWW-0200EO

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A15R12
A15R13
A15R14
A15R15
A15R16
A15R17

31 5-01 04-00
315-0202-00
315-0102-00
315-0181-00
315-0181-00
315-0271-00

A15R18
A15R19
A15R20
A15R21
A15R22
A15R23

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Name & Description

20-7

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

670-8495-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CKT BOARD ASSY:UTILITY
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:0.1 UF, + 80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:0.1 UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:0.1 UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V

80009
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

670-8495-00
OG015El04Z
OG015El04Z
OG015El04Z
OG015El04Z
OG015El04Z

A20C1092
A20Cll08
A20Cll19
A20C2079
A20C2082
A20C2121

283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
290-0804-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CAP.,FXO,CER 01:0.1 UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:0.lUF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXO,ELCTLT:l0UF,+50-10%,25V
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:0.1 UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXO,CER DI:O.1UF, + 80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
55680
04222
04222

OG015El04Z
OG015El04Z
OG015El04Z
ULA1E100TEA
OG015El04Z
OG015E104Z

A20C3031
A20C3069
A20C3093
A20C3096
A20C3117
A20C3131

283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0095-00
283-0095-00
283-0421-00

CAP.,FXO,CER
CAP.,FXO,CER
CAP.,FXO,CER
CAP.,FXO,CER
CAP.,FXO,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

01:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
01:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:O.l UF, +80-20%,50V
01:56PF,10%,200V
01:56PF, 10%,200V
DI:O.l UF, +80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
59660
59660
04222

DG015El04Z
OG015El04Z
OG015El04Z
855-536-COG0560K
855-536-COG0560K
OG015El04Z

A20C4029
A20C4051
A20C4057
A20C4058
A20C4079
A20C4109

283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0032-00
290-0804-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CAP.,FXO,CER 01:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER 01:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:470PF,5%,500V
CAP.,FXO,ELCTLT: 1OUF, + 50-1 0%,25V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :0.1 UF, + 80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V

04222
04222
59660
55680
04222
04222

OG015E104Z
DG015El04Z
0831085Z5E00471J
ULA1El00TEA
OG015El04Z
OG015El04Z

A20C5041
A20C5056
A20C5063
A20C5119
A20C6011
A20C6022

290-0804-00
281-0816-00
283-0000-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT: 10UF, +50-10%,25V
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:82PF,5%,100V
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:0.001 UF, + 100-0%,500V
CAP.,FXD,CER 01:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER 01:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V

55680
96733
59660
04222
04222
04222

ULA1El00TEA
R3247
83161 OY5UOl 02P
OG015E104Z
OG015El04Z
OG015El04Z

A20C6043
A20C6046
A20C6047
A20C6053
A20C6054
A20C6139

290-0804-00
290-0776-00
283-0177-00
283-0421-00
283-0078-00
283-0421-00

CAP.,FXO,ELCTLT: 1OUF, + 50-1 0%,25V
CAP.,FXO,ELCTLT:22UF, +50-10%,1 OV
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:1 UF,+80-20%,25V
CAP.,FXD,CER 01 :0.1 UF, + 80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:0.001 UF,20%,500V
CAP.,FXD,CER 01:0.1 UF,+80-20%,50V

55680
55680
56289
04222
59660
04222

ULA1El00TEA
ULA 1A220TEA
2C20Z5U105Z025B
OG015El04Z
0801 547X5F0102M
OG015E104Z

A20C7037
A20C7038
A20C7039
A20C7041
A20C7059
A20C7067

283-0421-00
290-0804-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CAP.,FXO,CER DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXO,ELCTLT:1 OUF, +50-1 0%,25V
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:0.1 UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER 01:0.1 UF,+80-20%,50V

04222
55680
04222
04222
04222
04222

OG015E104Z
ULA 1El OOTEA
OG015El04Z
DG015El04Z
OG015El04Z
OG015El04Z

A20C7078
A20C7091
A20C7092
A20C7117
A20CR4037
A20CR5031

290-0776-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
152-0141-02
152-0141-02

CAP.,FXO,ELCTLT:22UF, +50-1 0%, 10V
CAP.,FXD,CER 01:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:0.lUF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXO,CER 01:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
SEMICONO DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
SEMICONO OEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA

55680
04222
04222
04222
01295
01295

ULA1A220TEA
OG015E104Z
OG015El04Z
OG015E104Z
lN4152R
1N4152R

A20CR6039
A20CR7098
A20CR7099
A20CR7105
A20CR7106
A200S1021

152-0075-00
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
150-1020-00

SEMICOND OEVICE:SW,GE,22V,40MA
SEMICONO OEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
SEMICONO OEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
SEMICONO DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
SEMICONO DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
LAMP,LEO:REO,5 VOLTS

14433
01295
01295
01295
01295
72619

G866
lN4152R
lN4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R
555-2007

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A20
A20Cl022
A20Cl033
A20Cl054
A20Cl057
A20Cl063

20-8

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

150-1020-00
150-1 020-00
150-1 020-00
150-1 020-00
315-0103-00
315-0103-00

LAMP,LED:RED,5 VOLTS
LAMP,LED:RED,5 VOLTS
LAMP,LED:RED,5 VOLTS
LAMP,LED:RED,5 VOLTS
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l0K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l0K OHM,5%,O.25W

72619
72619
72619
72619
01121
01121

555-2007
555-2007
555-2007
555-2007
CB1035
CB1035

A20R3107
A20R402B
A20R4039
A20R4047
A20R4059
A20R502B

315-0106-00
315-0621-00
315-0104-00
315-0102-00
315-0273-00
315-0102-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l0M OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:620 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l00K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:27K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l K OHM,5%,O.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1065
CB6215
CB1045
CB1025
CB2735
CB1025

A20R5029
A20R5031
A20R5032
A20R503B
A20R5039
A20R504B

315-0102-00
315-0103-00
315-0103-00
315-0273-00
315-0103-00
315-0103-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l0K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN: 1OK OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:27K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l0K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l0K OHM,5%,O.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1025
CB1035
CB1035
CB2735
CB1035
CB1035

A20R5049
A20R5052
A20R5053
A20R5064
A20R5111
A20R5121

315-0103-00
315-0153-00
315-0101-00
315-0203-00
315-0102-00
315-0222-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN: 1OK OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN: 100 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:20K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.2K OHM,5%,O.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1035
CB1535
CB1015
CB2035
CB1025
CB2225

A20R5122
A20R5131
A20R6031
A20R6033
A20R6034
A20R6035

315-0222-00
315-0102-00
315-0391-00
321-0382-00
321-0341-00
321-0350-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.2K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN: 1K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:390 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,FILM:93.1K OHM,l%,O.125W
RES.,FXD,FILM:34.BK OHM,l %,O.125W
RES.,FXD,FILM:43.2K OHM,l%,O.125W

01121
01121
01121
91637
91637
91637

CB2225
CB1025
CB3915
MFFl B16G931 01 F
MFFl B16G34801 F
MFF1B16G43201F

A20R6036
A20R6037
A20R6038
A20R6041
A20R6042
A20R6044

321-0341-00
321-0341-00
321-0352-00
315-0471-00
315-0471-00
315-0471-00

RES.,FXD,FILM:34.8K OHM,l%,O.125W
RES.,FXD,FILM:34.BK OHM,l %,O.125W
RES.,FXD,FILM:45.3K OHM,l %,O.125W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,5%,O.25W

91637
91637
91637
01121
01121
01121

MFFl B16G34801 F
M FF1816G34801 F
MFF1816G45301 F
CB4715
CB4715
CB4715

A20R6045
A20R6052
A20R6055
A20R6059
A20R6111
A20R6121

315-0103-00
31 5-01 03-00
315-0102-00
321-0290-00
315-0102-00
315-0102-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l0K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l0K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,FILM:l0.2K OHM,l%,O.125W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l K OHM,5%,O.25W

01121
01121
01121
91637
01121
01121

CB1035
CB1035
CB1025
MFF1816Gl 0201 F
CB1025
CB1025

A20R6131
A20R700B
A20R7019
A20R7023
A20R7024
A20R7045

315-0102-00
315-0101-00
315-0101-00
315-0331-00
315-06B 1-00
315-0681-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN: 1K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l00 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l00 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:6BO OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:6BO OHM,5%,O.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1025
CB1015
CB1015
CB3315
CB6B15
CB6B15

A20R7047
A20R7055
A20R7056
A20R7065
A20R7066
A20R7096

315-06Bl-00
315-0681-00
315-0331-00
315-0331-00
315-0331-00
315-0101-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:6BO
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:6BO
RES.,FXO,CMPSN:330
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l00

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB6B15
CB6815
CB3315
CB3315
CB3315
CB1015

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A20DS1022
A20DS1023
A20DS1031
A20DS1032
A20Rl035
A20R2051

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

OHM,5%,O.25W
OHM,5%,O.25W
OHM,5%,O.25W
OHM,5%,O.25W
OHM,5%,O.25W
OHM,5%,O.25W

20-9

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l00 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES,NTWK,FXD,FI:l0K OHM,5%,0.125W
RES,NTWK,FXD,FI:l0K OHM,5%,0.125W
RES NTWK,FXD,FI:DUAL,180 X 390 OHM,5%,1.5W
RES NTWK,FXD,FI:DUAL, 180 X 390 OHM,5%,1.5W

01121
01121
01121
01121
73138
73138

CB1015
CB1025
106Al03
106Al03
898-5-R180/390
898-5-R180/390

307 -054 7-00
131-0608-00
131-0608-00
156-0480-02
156-0391-02
156-0388-03

RES NTWK,FXD,FI:DUAL,180 X 390 OHM,5%,1.5W
TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD
TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INP & GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX LATCH W/CLEAR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D FLIP-FLOP

73138
22526
22526
01295
01295
07263

898-5-R 180/390
47357
47357
SN74LS08NP3
SN74LS174
74LS74A

A20Ul040
A20Ul050
A20Ul060
A20Ul070
A20Ul080
A20Ul090

156-0535-02
156-0470-02
156-0470-02
156-0361-00
156-0865-02
156-0530-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:3-STATE HEX BUFFER,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8 INP DATA SEL W/3 STATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8 INP DATA SEL W/3 STATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:UNIV A SYN RCVR XMTR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL D-TYPE FF W/CLEAR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP MUX,SCRN

27014
01295
01295
80009
01295
01295

DM8097NA+
SN74LS251
SN74LS251
156-0361-00
SN74LS273NP3
SN74LS157P3

A20Ull00
A20Ulll0
A20U2010
A20U2020
A20U2030
A20U2040

156-0850-02
156-0470-02
156-0541-02
156-0388-03
156-0388-03
156-0382-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:PRGM BIT RATE GEN SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8 INP DATA SEL W/3 STATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 2 TO 4 LINE DCDR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D FLIP-FLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D FLIP-FLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP NAND GATE

07263
01295
01295
07263
07263
01295

4702BDCQR
SN74LS251
SN7 4LS 139NP3
74LS74A
74LS74A
SN74LSOO

A20U2050
A20U2060
A20U2080
A20U2100
A20U2110
A20U2120

156-0470-02
156-0471-02
156-0470-02
156-0478-02
156-0470-02
156-0219-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8 INP DATA SEL W/3 STATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 4/1 LINE DATA SEL
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8 INP DATA SEL W/3 STATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 4 INP & GATE,BURN-IN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8 INP DATA SEL W/3 STATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8-INPUT PRIORITY DCDR

01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
07263

SN74LS251
SN74LS253NP3
SN74LS251
SN74LS21 NP3
SN74LS251
9318DC

A20U3010
A20U3020
A20U3030
A20U3040
A20U3050
A20U3060

156-0382-02
156-0219-00
156-0392-03
156-0464-02
156-0385-02
156-0471-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8-INPUT PRIORITY DCDR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD LATCH W/CLEAR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 4 INP NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INVERTER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 4/1 LINE DATA SEL

01295
07263
01295
01295
01295
01295

SN74LSOO
9318DC
SN74S175NP3
SN74LS20
SN74LS04
SN74LS253NP3

A20U3070
A20U3080
A20U3090
A20U3100
A20U3120
A20U3130

156-0361-00
156-0865-02
156-0530-02
156-0850-02
156-0390-02
156-0385-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:UNIV A SYN RCVR XMTR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL D-TYPE FF W/CLEAR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP MUX,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:PRGM BIT RATE GEN SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 4/2 LINE DCDR/DEMUX
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INVERTER

80009
01295
01295
07263
01295
01295

156-0361-00
SN74LS273NP3
SN7 4LS 157P3
4702BDCQR
SN74LS155
SN74LS04

A20U4010
A20U4020
A20U4030
A20U4040
A20U4050
A20U4060

156-0479-02
156-0388-03
156-0382-02
156-0718-03
156-0718-03
156-0480-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP OR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D FLIP-FLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3-INP NOR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3-INP NOR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INP & GATE

01295
07263
01295
01295
01295
01295

SN74LS32NP3
74LS74A
SN74LSOO
SN74LS27
SN74LS27
SN74LS08NP3

A20U4080
A20U4090
A20U4100
A20U4110
A20U4120
A20U4130

156-0470-02
156-0470-02
156-0386-02
156-0382-02
156-0390-02
156-0388-03

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8 INP DATA SEL W/3 STATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8 INP DATA SEL W/3 STATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3-INP NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 4/2 LINE DCDR/DEMUX
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D FLIP-FLOP

01295
01295
27014
01295
01295
07263

SN74LS251
SN74LS251
DM74LS10N
SN74LSOO
SN74LS155
74LS74A

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A20R7097
A20R7121
A20RP1092
A20RP3092
A20RP7030
A20RP7060

315-0101-00
315-0102-00
307-0542-00
307-0542-00
307-0547-00
307-0547-00

A20RP7080
A20TP1058
A20TP1059
A20Ul0l0
A20Ul020
A20U1030

20-10

Serial/Model No.
Elf
Dscont

Name & Description

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INP & GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D FLIP-FLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,LI:QUAD COMPARATOR,SEL
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INVERTER BUFFER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL RETRIG MONOSTABLE MV
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL RETRIG MONOSTABLE MV

01295
07263
04713
27014
07263
07263

SN74LS08NP3
74LS74A
LM339JDS
DM8006
9602
9602

156-1065-01
160-2634-00
160-2633-00
156-0383-02
156-0385-02
156-0382-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL D TYPE TRANS LATCHES
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:4096 X 8 EPROM,PRGM
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:4096 X 8 EPROM,PRGM
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP NOR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INVERTER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP NAND GATE

34335
80009
80009
01295
01295
01295

AM74LS373
160-2634-00
160-2633-00
SN74LS02
SN74LS04
SN74LSOO

A20U5130
A20U6010
A20U6020
A20U6040
A20U6050
A20U6070

156-0385-02
156-0383-02
156-0385-02
156-0645-02
156-0645-02
156-0653-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INVERTER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP NOR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INVERTER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INV ST NAND GATES,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INV ST NAND GATES,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV

01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
27014

SN74LS04
SN74LS02
SN74LS04
SN74LS14
SN74LS14
D58838

A20U6080
A20U6090
A20U6100
A20U6110
A20U6130
A20U7020

156-0653-02
156-0653-02
156-0539-01
156-0539-01
156-0539-01
156-0653-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:6 BIT UNIFIED BUS COMPTR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:6 BIT UNIFIED BUS COMPTR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:6 BIT UNIFIED BUS COMPTR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV

27014
27014
80009
80009
80fJ09
27014

D58838
D58838
156-0539-01
156-0539-01
156-0539-01
D58838

A20U7040
A20U7050
A20U7070
A20U7090
A20U7100
A20U7110

156-0455-02
156-0653-02
156-0653-02
156-0653-02
156-0866-02
156-0539-01

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX BUS RECEIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:13 INP NAND GATES,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:6 BIT UNIFIED BUS COMPTR

80009
27014
27014
27014
80009
80009

156-0455-02
D58838
D58838
D58838
156-0866-02
156-0539-01

A20U7120
A20U7130
A20VR6032
A20Y3111

156-0111-02
156-0539-01
152-0437-00
158-0124-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:BCD TO DEC DC DR/DRVR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:6 BIT UNIFIED BUS COMPTR
SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,SI,8.2V,2%,0.4W
XTAL UNIT,QTZ:2.4576 MHZ,0.05% PARALLEL

01295
80009
14552
75378

SN74145
156-0539-01
TD332679
MP-024

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A20U5010
A20U5020
A20U5030
A20U5040
A20U5050
A20U5060

156-0480-02
156-0388-03
156-0411-02
156-0153-02
156-0405-03
156-0405-03

A20U5070
A20U5080
A20U5090
A20U5100
A20U5110
A20U5120

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Name & Description

20-11

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A30
A30
A30C1011
A30C1041
A30C1051
A30C1061

670-7330-02

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

80009

670-7330-02

290-0847-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CKT BOARD ASSY:I/O PROCESSOR
(8560 & 8561 QTY 1,8562 QTY 2)
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF, +SO-l 0%,10 V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,SOV

S4473
04222
04222
04222

ECE-B1 AV470S
DG01SE104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z

A30C1081
A30C1091
A30C1101
A30Cl121
A30Cl131
A30Cl1S1

283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP .. FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

01:0.1 UF, +80-20%,SOV
01:0.1 UF, +80-20%,SOV
DI :0.1 UF, + 80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,SOV
D1:0.1 UF, +80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,SOV

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z

A30C1161
A30C1171
A30C2011
A30C2021
A30C2031
A30C20S1

290-0847-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF, +SO-l 0%, 10 V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP. ,FXD,CER DI :0.1 UF, + 80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
CAP. ,FXD,CER DI:0.1 UF, + 80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V

S4473
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

ECE-B1AV470S
DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z

A30C2061
A30C2081
A30C2091
A30C2101
A30C2102
A30C2131

283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-009S-00
283-009S-00
283-0421-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:56PF,10%,200V
DI:56PF,10%,200V
DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,SOV

04222
04222
04222
S9660
S9660
04222

DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z
8SS-S36-COGOS60K
8SS-S36-COGOS60K
DG01SE104Z

A30C2141
A30C2151
A30C2161
A30C2171
A30C3171
A30C4011

283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-017S-00
283-0421-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
01:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,SOV
DI:10PF,5%,200V
DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
96733
04222

DG01SE104Z
DG015E104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z
TDR43BY100DP
DG01SE104Z

A30C4021
A30C4031
A30C4041
A30C40S1
A30C4111
A30C4121

283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z

A30C4131
A30C4141
A30C4151
A30C4171
A30CS121
A30C5131

283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,SOV

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z

A30CS141
A30C51S1
A30C60S1
A30C6071
A30C6101
A30C6172

283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0144-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1 UF, + 80-20%,50V
DI:0.1 UF, + 80-20%,50V
DI:0.1 UF, + 80-20%,50V
DI:33PF,1%,SOOV

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
59660

DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
801-S47P2G330G

A30C7011
A30C7011
A30C7021
A30C7031
A30C7041
A30C7051

283-0421-00
290-0847-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF,+50-10%,10 V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,SOV

04222
54473
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E104Z
ECE-B1 AV470S
DG015E104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z

20-12

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

A30C7071
A30C7091
A30C7101
A30C7102
A30C7111
A30C7121

283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0000-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

04222
04222
04222
59660
04222
04222

DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
83161 OY5U01 02P
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z

A30C7131
A30C7141
A30C7151
A30C7161
A30C7171
A30DS1031

283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-042t-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
150-1037-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
LAMP,LED,RDOUT:7 SEGMENT,LH DECIMAL,ORANGE

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
58361

DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
03409/MAN36202

A30Q6171
A30R2041
A30R2091
A30R2111
A30R2161
A30R2171

151-0221-00
315-0222-00
315-0222-00
315-0106-00
315-0272-00
315-0272-00

TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,PNP
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.2K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.2K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN: 1OM OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.7K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.7K OHM,5%,O.25W

04713
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

SPS246
CB2225
CB2225
CB1065
CB2725
CB2725

A30R5171
A30R5172
A30R5173
A30R7061
A30R7071
A30R7072

315-0122-00
315-0221-00
315-0220-00
315-0681-00
315-0331-00
315-0331-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.2K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:220 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:220HM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:680 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,O.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1225
CB2215
CB2205
CB6815
CB3315
CB3315

A30R7073
A30R7101
A30R7102
A30R7141
A30R7151
A30RP1021

315-0681-00
315-0331-00
315-0681-00
315-0681-00
315-0331-00
307-0636-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:680 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:680 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:680 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES NTWK,FXD,FI:8,330 OHM,2%,O.125W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB6815
CB3315
CB6815
CB6815
CB3315
316B331

A30RP5111
A30U1040
A30U1050
A30U1060
A30U1080
A30U1090

307-0650-00
156-0469-02
1 60-1408-02
160-1407-02
160-14Q6-02
156-1594-00

RES NTWK,FXD,FI :9,2.7K OHM,5%,O.150W
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:3/8 LINE DC DR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:4096 X 8 EPROM
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8192 X 8 EPROM
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8192 X 8 EPROM
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:2048 X 8 SRAM

32997
01295
80009
80009
80009
OOOJR

431 OR-1 01-272
SN74LS138NP3
160-1408-02
160-1407-02
160-1406-01
HM6116P-3(DD-24)

A30U1100
A30Ul120
A30U1130
A30U1150
A30U1160
A30U1170

156-1594-00
156-1594-00
156-1594-00
156-1594-00
156-1594-00
156-1594-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:2048
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:2048
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:2048
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:2048
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:2048
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:2048

OOOJR
OOOJR
OOOJR
OOOJR
OOOJR
OOOJR

HM6116P-3(DD-24)
HM6116P-3(DD-24)
HM6116P-3(DD-24)
HM6116P-3(DD-24)
HM6116P-3(DD-24)
HM6116P-3(DD-24)

A30U2010
A30U2020
A30U2030
A30U2040
A30U2080
A30U2090

156-1111-02
156-0865-02
156-0956-02
156-0694-02
156-1065-01
156-0874-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL BUS TRANSCEIVERS
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL D-TYPE FF W/CLEAR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL BFR W/3 STATE OUT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DCDR/3 LINE TO 8 LlNE,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL 0 TYPE TRANS LATCHES
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8 BIT ADDRESSABLE LCH

01295
01295
01295
07263
34335
04713

SN74LS245JP3
SN74LS273NP3
SN74LS244NP3
74S138DCQR
AM74LS373
SN74LS259

A30U2100
A30U2130
A30U2140
A30U2150
A30U2160
A30U3010

156-0850-02
156-0396-02
156-0479-02
156-0480-02
156-0479-02
156-1065-01

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:PRGM BIT RATE GEN SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP 3-STATE BFR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP OR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INP & GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP OR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL 0 TYPE TRANS LATCHES

07263
27014
01295
01295
01295
34335

4702BDCQR
DM8094N/A+
SN74LS32NP3
SN74LS08NP3
SN74LS32NP3
AM74LS373

Name & Description
DI:0.WF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
01:0.001 UF, + 100-0%,500V
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.WF,+80-20%,50V

X8
X8
X8
X8
X8
X8

SRAM
SRAM
SRAM
SRAM
SRAM
SRAM

20-13

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL D TYPE TRANS LATCHES
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL BFR W/3 STATE OUT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL D TYPE TRANS LATCHES
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8 BIT MICROPROCESSOR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DMA CONTROLLER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP OR GATE

34335
01295
34335
34649
34649
01295

AM74LS373
SN74LS244NP3
AM74LS373
D8088
(C OR D)8237 A-5
SN74LS32NP3

156-0481-02
156-0480-02
156-0385-02
156-0693-02
156-1428-02
156-0982-03

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3 INP & GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INP & GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INVERTER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DECODER/DEMULTIPLEXER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:CLOCK GENERATOR & DRIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL-D-EDGE FF,SCRN

27014
01295
01295
27014
34649
01295

DM74LSll NA+
SN74LS08NP3
SN74LS04
DM74S139
QD8284A
SN74LS374 N3

A30U4020
A30U4030
A30U4040
A30U4060
A30U4070
A30U4080

156-0956-02
156-0982-03
156-0956-02
156-0804-02
156-0479-02
156-1424-01

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL BFR W/3 STATE OUT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL-D-EDGE FF,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL BFR W/3 STATE OUT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUADRUPLE S-R LATCH,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP OR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:SERIAL INPUT/OUTPUT

01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
56708

SN74LS244NP3
SN74LS374 N3
SN74LS244NP3
SN74LS279NP3
SN74LS32NP3
Z80A-SIO/l CS-Ol

A30U4100
A30U4110
A30U4120
A30U4130
A30U4140
A30U4150

156-1424-01
156-0391-02
156-0480-02
156-0469-02
156-0469-02
156-0479-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:SERIAL INPUT/OUTPUT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX LATCH W/CLEAR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INP & GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:3/8 LINE DCDR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:3/8 LINE DCDR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP OR GATE

56708
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295

Z80A-SIO/l CS-01
SN74LS174
SN74LS08NP3
SN74LS138NP3
SN74LS138NP3
SN74LS32NP3

A30U4160
A30U4170
A30U5010
A30U5020
A30U5030
A30U5040

156-0480-02
156-0653-02
156-1065-01
156-1065-01
156-1065-01
156-1065-01

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INP & GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL D TYPE TRANS LATCHES
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL D TYPE TRANS LATCHES
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL D TYPE TRANS LATCHES
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL D TYPE TRANS LATCHES

01295
27014
34335
34335
34335
34335

SN74LS08NP3
D58838
AM74LS373
AM74LS373
AM74LS373
AM74LS373

A30U5050
A30U5060
A30U5070
A30U5080
A30U5090
A30U5100

156-0956-02
156-0956-02
156-0865-02
156-0994-02
156-0994-02
156-0994-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL BFR W/3 STATE OUT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTALBFR W/3 STATE OUT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL D-TYPE FF W/CLEAR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8 INPUT DATA SEL/MUX
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8 INPUT DATA SEL/MUX
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8 INPUT DATA SEL/MUX

01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295

SN74LS244NP3
SN74LS244NP3
SN74LS273NP3
SN74LS151NP3
SN74LS151NP3
SN74LS151NP3

A30U5110
A30U5120
A30U5130
A30U5140
A30U5150
A30U5160

156-0994-02
156-0385-02
156-0479-02
156-0382-02
156-0383-02
156-0422-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8 INPUT DATA SEL/MUX
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INVERTER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP OR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP NOR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:UP/DOWN SYN BINARY CNTR

01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295

SN74LS151NP3
SN74LS04
SN74LS32NP3
SN74LSOO
SN74LS02
SN74LS191

A30U5170
A30U6010
A30U6020
A30U6030
A30U6040
A30U6050

156-0422-02
156-0982-03
156-0982-03
156-0982-03
156-0982-03
156-0539-01

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:UP/DOWN SYN BINARY CNTR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL-D-EDGE FF,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL-D-EDGE FF,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL-D-EDGE FF,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL-D-EDGE FF,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:6 BIT UNIFIED BUS COMPTR

01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
80009

SN74LS191
SN74LS374
SN74LS374
SN74LS374
SN74LS374
156-0539-01

A30U6060
A30U6070
A30U6080
A30U6090
A30U6100
A30U6110

156-0956-02
156-0386-02
156-1605-00
156-0388-03
156-0386-02
156-0388-03

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL BFR W/3 STATE OUT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3-INP NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DIRECT MEMORY ACCESS
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D FLIP-FLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3-INP NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D FLIP-FLOP

01295
27014
15476
07263
27014
07263

SN74LS244NP3
DM74LS10N
DC01019.14038
74LS74A
DM74LS10N
74LS74A

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A30U3020
A30U3030
A30U3040
A30U3050
A30U3060
A30U3110

156-1065-01
156-0956-02
156-1065-01
156-1609-00
156-1606-00
156-0479-02

A30U3120
A30U3130
A30U3140
A30U3150
A30U3160
A30U4010

20-14

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Name & Description

N3
N3
N3
N3

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A30U6120
A30U6130
A30U6140
A30U6150
A30U6160
A30U6170

156-0716-03
156-0366-03
156-0645-02
156-0460-02
156-0323-02
156-1172-01

A30U7010
A30U7020
A30U7030
A30U7040
A30U7050
A30U7070

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3-INP NOR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 0 FLIP-FLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INV ST NAND GATES,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OUAD 2 INP & GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INVERTER,BURN-IN
MICROCIRCUIT,OI:OUAL 4 BIT CNTR

01295
07263
01295
01295
01295
01295

SN74LS27
74LS74A
SN74LS14
SN74LS06NP3
SN74S04
SN74LS393

156-0653-02
156-0653-02
156-0653-02
156-0653-02
156-0465-02
156-0653-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OUAD UNIFIED BUS
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OUAD UNIFIED BUS
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OUAD UNIFIED BUS
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OUAD UNIFIED BUS
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:6 INP NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OUAD UNIFIED BUS

XVER INV

27014
27014
27014
27014
01295
27014

056636
056638
056836
056638
SN74LS30NP3
056836

A30U7080
A30U7090
A30U7100
A30U7110
A30U7130
A30U7140

156-0653-02
156-0653-02
156-0653-02
156-0479-02
156-0460-02
156-0716-03

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OUAD 2-INP OR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OUAD 2 INP & GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3-INP NOR GATE

27014
27014
27014
01295
01295
01295

056636
058636
056636
SN74LS32NP3
SN74LS06NP3
SN74LS27

A30U7150
A30U7160
A30U7170
A30Y2121
A30Y3170

156-0362-02
156-0362-02
156-0366-03
156-0124-00
158-01 35-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OUAD 2-INP NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OUAD 2-INP NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 0 FLIP-FLOP
XTAL UNIT,OTZ:2.4576 MHZ,0.05% PARALLEL
XTAL UNIT,OTZ:14.7456 MHZ,0.01%,SERIES

01295
01295
07263
75376
01607

SN74LSOO
SN74LSOO
74LS74A
MP-024
OBD

Name & Description

XVER
XVER
XVER
XVER

INV
INV
INV
INV

20-15

Replacea~le

Electrical Parts....,...8560/8561/8562 Service

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

670-7308-00
283-0193-00
283-0193-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CKT BOARD ASSY:I/O ADAPTER
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:510PF.2%.100V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:510PF.2%.100V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:0.1UF.+80-20%.50V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:0.1VF.+80-20%.50V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:0.1UF.+80-20%.50V

80009
51642
51642
04222
04222
04222

670-7308-00
200-100-NPO-511G
200-1 00-NPO-511 G
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z

283-0193-00
283-0193-00
283-0421-00
290-0745-00
283-0193-00

CAP .• FXD.CER DI:510PF.2%.100V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:510PF.2%.100V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:0.1VF.+80-20%.50V
CAP .• FXD.ELCTLT:22UF. + 50-1 0%.25V
CAP .• FXD.ELCTLT:22UF.+50-10%.25V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:510PF.2%.100V

51642
51642
04222
54473
54473
51642

200-1 OO-N PO-511 G
200-1 OO-N PO-511 G
DG015E104Z
ECE-A25V22L
ECE-A25V22L
200-1 00-NPO-511 G

A35C3012
A35C3013
A35C3031
A35C3041
A35C3061
A35C4011

283-0193-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
290-0745-00
283-0193-00

CAP .• FXD.CER DI:510PF.2%.100V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:0.1 UFo +80-20%.50V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:0.1UF.+80-20%.50V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:0.1UF.+80-20%.50V
CAP .• FXD.ELCTLT:22UF. + 50-1 0%.25V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:510PF.2%.100V

51642
04222
04222
04222
54473
51642

200-100-NPO-511G
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
ECE-A25V22L
200-1 OO-N PO-511 G

A35C4012
A35C4013
A35C4031
A35C5011
A35C5012
A35C5013

283-0193-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0193-00
283-0193-00
283-0421-00

CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER

DI:510PF.2%.100V
DI:0.1UF.+80-20%.50V
DI:0.1UF.+80-20%.50V
DI:510PF.2%.100V
DI:510PF.2%.100V
DI:0.1UF.+80-20%.50V

51642
04222
04222
51642
51642
04222

200-1 OO-N PO-511 G
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
200-1 00-NPO-511 G
200-100-NPO-511G
DG015E104Z

A35C5031
A35C5041
A35C6011
A35C6012
A35C6013
A35C6031

283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0193-00
283-0193-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER

DI:0.1 UF.+80-20%.50V
DI:0.1 UF.+80-20%.50V
DI:510PF.2%.100V
DI:510PF.2%.100V
DI:0.1VF.+80-20%.50V
DI:0.1 UFo +80-20%.50V

04222
04222
51642
51642
04222
04222

DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
200-1 00-NPO-511 G
200-1 OO-N P0-511 G
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z

A35C6061
A35C7011
A35C7012
A35C7013
A35C7031
A35C7041

283-0421-00
283-0193-00
283-0193-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER

DI:0.1 UFo + 80-20%.50V
DI:510PF.2%.100V
DI:510PF.2%.100V
DI:0.1UF.+80-20%.50V
01:0.1 UFo +80-20%.50V
DI:0.1 UFo +80-20%.50V

04222
51642
51642
04222
04222
04222

DG015E104Z
200-1 00-NPO-511 G
200-1 OO-N PO-511 G
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z

A35C7061
A35C7062
A35C7063
A35C7064
A35C7065
A35C8011

283-0193-00
283-0193-00
283-0193-00
283-0193-00
283-0421-00
283-0193-00

CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .. FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER
CAP .• FXD.CER

DI:510PF.2%.100V
DI:510PF.2%.100V
DI:510PF.2%.100V
DI:510PF.2%.100V
DI:0.1 UFo + 80-20%.50V
DI:510PF.2%.100V

51642
51642
51642
51642
04222
51642

200-100-NPO-511G
200-1 00-NPO-511 G
200-100-NPO-511G
200-100-NPO-511G
DG015E104Z
200-100-NPO-511G

A35C8012
A35C8013
A35R2041
A35R2042
A35R2043
A35R2044

283-0193-00
283-0421-00
315-0123-00
315-0201-00
315-0123-00
315-0201-00

CAP .• FXD.CER DI:510PF.2%.100V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:0.1UF.+80-20%.50V
RES .• FXD.CMPSN: 12K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:200 OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:12K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:200 OHM.5%.0.25W

51642
04222
01121
01121
01121
01121

200-100-NPO-511G
DG015E104Z
CB1235
CB2015
CB1235
CB2015

A35R2045
A35R2046
A35R2047
A35R2048
A35R4041
A35R4042

315-0201-00
315-0123-00
315-0201-00
315-0123-00
315-0123-00
315-0201-00

RES .• FXD.CMPSN:200 OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:12K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:200 OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:12K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:12K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:200 OHM.5%.0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB2015
CB1235
CB2015
CB1235
CB1235
CB2015

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A35
A35C1011
A35C1012
A35C1013
A35C1031
A35C1041
A35C2011
A35C2012
A35C2031
A35C2051
A35C2052
A35C3011

20-16

290-074~00

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A35R4043
A35R4044
A35R4045
A35R4046
A35R4047
A35R404B

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

315-0123-00
315-0201-00
315-0201-00
31 5-0123-00
315-0201-00
315-0123-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1235
CB2015
CB2015
CB1235
CB2015
CB1235

A35R6041
A35R6042
A35R6043
A35R6044
A35R6045
A35R6046

315-0123-00
315-0201-00
315-0123-00
315-0201-00
31 5-0201-00
315-0123-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1235
CB2015
CB1235
CB2015
CB2015
CB1235

A35R6047
A35R604B
A35R6061
A35R6062
A35R6063
A35R7059

31 5-0201-00
315-0123-00
315-0123-00
315-0123-00
315-0123-00
315-0102-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB2015
CB1235
CB1235
CB1235
CB1235
CB1025

A35R7061
A35R7062
A35RB041
A35RB042
A35RB043
A35RB044

31 5-0123-00
315-0123-00
315-0123-00
315-0201-00
315-0123-00
315-0201-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1235
CB1235
CB1235
CB2015
CB1235
CB2015

A35RB045
A35RB046
A35RB047
A35RB04B
A35RB049
A35RB061

315-0201-00
315-0123-00
31 5-0201-00
315-0123-00
315-0102-00
315-0123-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN: 12K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:12K OHM,5%,0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB2015
CB1235
CB2015
CB1235
CB1025
CB1235

A35U1030
A35U1040
A35U2030
A35U2050
A35U3030
A35U3040

156-1316-00
156-1315-00
156-1316-00
156-0B46-00
156-1316-00
156-1315-00

MICROCKT,INTFC:QUAD 3 STATE SINGLE ENDED
MICROCKT,INTFC:QUAD DIFFERENTIAL RECEIVER
MICROCKT,INTFC:QUAD 3 STATE SINGLE ENDED
MICROCIRCUIT,LI:VOLTAGE REGULATOR
MICROCKT,INTFC:QUAD 3 STATE SINGLE ENDED
MICROCKT,INTFC:QUAD DIFFERENTIAL RECEIVER

BOO09
34335
BOO09
04713
BOO09
34335

156-1316-00
AM26LS32
156-1316-00
MC7905CT
156-1316-00
AM26LS32

A35U4030
A35U5030
A35U5040
A35U6030
A35U6060
A35U7030

156-1316-00
156-1316-00
156-1315-00
156-1316-00
156-1315-00
156-1316-00

MICROCKT,INTFC:QUAD
MICROCKT,INTFC:QUAD
MICROCKT,INTFC:QUAD
MICROCKT,INTFC:QUAD
MICROCKT,INTFC:QUAD
MICROCKT,INTFC:QUAD

3 STATE SINGLE ENDED
3 STATE SINGLE ENDED
DIFFERENTIAL RECEIVER
3 STATE SINGLE ENDED
DIFFERENTIAL RECEIVER
3 STATE SINGLE ENDED

BOO09
BOO09
34335
BOO09
34335
BOO09

156-1316-00
156-1316-00
AM26LS32
156-1316-00
AM26LS32
156-1316-00

A35U7040
A35U7060
A35UB030
A35UB060

156-1315-00
156-1316-00
156-1316-00
156-1315-00

MICROCKT,INTFC:QUAD
MICROCKT,INTFC:QUAD
MICROCKT,INTFC:QUAD
MICROCKT,INTFC:QUAD

DIFFERENTIAL RECEIVER
3 STATE SINGLE ENDED
3 STATE SINGLE ENDED
DIFFERENTIAL RECEIVER

34335
BOO09
BOO09
34335

AM26LS32
156-1316-00
156-1316-00
AM26LS32

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

20-17

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Component No.
A40
A40
A40
A40
A40
A40
A40J8001
A40J8011
A40J8021
A40J8031
A40J8031
A40J8041
A40J8041
A40J8051
A40J8061
A40J8061
A40J8071
A40J8071
A40J8081
A40J8081
A40J8101
A40RP1011
A40RP2011
A40RP3011

20-18

Tektronix
Part No.
670-7306-00
670-8162-00
670-7307-00

131-1178-03
131-1437-00
131-1437-00
131-1437-00
131-1437-00

131-1437-00
131-1437-00
131-1437-00

131-1437-00
131-1437-00
307-0594-00
307 -0594-00
307-0594-00

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Name & Description
CKT BOARD
(8560 & 8561
CKT BOARD
(8561 & 8561
CKT BOARD
(8562 ONLY)

ASSY:I/O CONNECTOR
OPT 08 ONLY)
ASSY:I/O CONNECTOR
OPT 08 ONLY)
ASSY:I/O CONNECTOR

CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT BD,36/72 CONT
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:25 FEMALE CONTACT
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:25 FEMALE CONTACT
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:25 FEMALE CONTACT
(8560/8562 ONLY)
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:25 FEMALE CONTACT
(8560/8562 ONLY)
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:25 FEMALE CONTACT
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:25 FEMALE CONTACT
(8562 ONLY)
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:25 FEMALE CONTACT
(8562 ONLY)
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:25 FEMALE CONTACT
(8562 ONLY)
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:25 FEMALE CONTACT
RES NTWK,FXD FI:7,220 OHM,2%,l.0W
RES NTWK,FXD FI:7,220 OHM,2%,l.0W
RES NTWK,FXD FI:7,220 OHM,2%,l.0W

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

80009

670-7306-00

80009

670-8162-00

80009

670-7307-00

80009
71468
71468
71468

131-1178-03
DB25S-F179
DB25S-F179
DB25S-F179

71468

DB25S-F179

71468
71468

DB25S-F179
DB25S-F179

71468

DB25S-F179

71468

DB25S-F179

71468
91637
91637
91637

DB25S-F179
CSC08A011 01221 G
CSC08A01101221G
CSC08A011 01221 G

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A45
A45C1021
A45C1071
A45C1081
A45C2031
A45C2083

670-1277-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
281-0759-00

A45C2085
A45C2091
A45C2111
A45C2131
A45C2151
A45C2164

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

CKT BOARD ASSY:MASS STOARGE CONTROLLER
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:22PF,10%,100V

80009
04222
04222
04222
04222
96733

670-1277-00
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
R2735

281-0759-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
290-0847-00

CAP .,FXD,CER DI:22PF,1 0%, 1OOV
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF,+50-10%,10 V

96733
04222
04222
04222
04222
54473

R2735
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
ECE-B1AV470S

A45C3011
A45C3031
A45C3041
A45C3101
A45C3121
A45C3141

283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.1 UF, +80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z

A45C3161
A45C4023
A45C4041
A45C4061
A45C4081
A4SC4091

283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG015E104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z

A4SC4121
A4SC4133
A4SC4141
A4SC41S1
A45C4171
A4SCS011

283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.1 UF, + 80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,SOV

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z

A4SCS031
A45CSOS1
A45CS081
A4SCS101
A4SCS132
A4SCS1SS

283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
281-077S-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1 UF,20%,SOV

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG015E104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG015E104Z
MA20SE104MAA

A4SCS171
A4SCS173
A45C6011
A4SC6031
A4SC60S1
A4SC6081

283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00
283-0421-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

01:0.1 UF, + 80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1 UF,+80-20%,SOV
DI:0.1UF,+80-20%,SOV

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG015E104Z
DG01SE104Z
DG01SE104Z

A4SC6123
A4SC61S1
A4SC6173
A4SCRS1S1
A4SDS2011
A4SJ2

283-0421-00
281-020S-00
290-0847-00
lS2-0141-02
lS0-1 037-00
131-2221-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1 UF, + 80-20%,SOV
CAP.,VAR,PLSTC:S.5-6SPF,100V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF,+SO-10%,10 V
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILlCON,30V, lS0MA
LAMP,LED,RDOUT:7 SEGMENT,LH DECIMAL,ORANGE
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT BD,SO CONT,MALE

04222
80031
S4473
0129S
S8361
00779

DG01SE104Z
2810CSRS6SQJ02FO
ECE-B 1AV 4 70S
1N41S2R
03409/MAN36202
2-86479-9

A4SR1031
A4SR1041
A4SR2041
A4SR2071
A4SR3023
A4SR3061

31S-0272-00
31S-0272-00
31S-0222-00
31S-0330-00
31 S-Ol 02-00
31S-0330-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.7K OHM,S%,0.2SW
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.7K OHM,S%,0.2SW
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.2K OHM,S%,0.2SW
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330HM,S%,0.2SW
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 K OHM,S%,0.2SW
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330HM,S%,0.2SW

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB272S
CB272S
CB222S
CB330S
CB102S
CB330S

Name & Description

20-19

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mlr Part Number

315-0103-00
315-0103-00
315-0330-00
315-0272-00
315-0272-00
315-0272-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l0K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l0K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:33 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.7K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.7K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.7K OHM,5%,O.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1035
CB1035
CB3305
CB2725
CB2725
CB2725

A45R4021
A45R4126
A45R4131
A45R5153
A45R5156
A45R5157

315-0272-00
315-0102-00
315-0272-00
315-0102-00
315-0103-00
31 5-01 03-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.7K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN: 1K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.7K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l0K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN: 1OK OHM,5%,O.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB2725
CB1025
CB2725
CB1025
CB1035
CB1035

A45R5158
A45R5161
A45R5163
A45R6071
A45R6072
A45R6073

311-1228-00
315-0272-00
315-0102-00
315-0331-00
315-0681-00
31 5-0331 -00

RES.,VAR,NONWIR:l0K OHM,20%,O.50W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.7K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:680 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,O.25W

32997
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

3386F-T04-1 03
CB2725
CB1025
CB3315
CB6815
CB3315

A45R6074
A45R6075
A45R6076
A45R6077
A45R6078
A45R6124

315-0681-00
31 5-0331-00
315-0681-00
31 5-0331-00
31 5-0681-00
31 5-01 03-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:680 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:680 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:680 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l0K OHM,5%,O.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB6815
CB3315
CB6815
CB3315
CB6815
CB1035

A45R6153
A45R6155
A45RPlll0
A45RPl160
A45RP2021
A45RP6121

311-1228-00
315-0103-00
307-0847-00
307-0847-00
307-0636-00
307-0611-00

RES.,VAR,NONWIR:l0K OHM,20%,O.50W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:l0K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES NTWK,FXD,FI:12X220 OHM,12X330 OHM,5%
RES NTWK,FXD,FI:12X220 OHM,12X330 OHM,5%
RES NTWK,FXD,FI:8,330 OHM,2%,O.125W
RES NTWK,FXD FI:7,150 OHM,5%,l.125W

32997
01121
01121
01121
01121
32997

3386F-T04- 103
CB1035
314E221331
314E221331
316B331
4308Rl01-151J

A45TP5151
A45TP6111
A45TP6133
A45Ul0l0
A45Ul020
A45Ul030

214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
156-0383-02
156-1707-00
156-0382-02

TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL
TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL
TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP NOR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI: QUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP NAND GATE

80009
80009
80009
01295
07263
01295

214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
SN74LS02
74FOOPCQR
SN74LSOO

A45Ul040
A45Ul060
A45Ul070
A45Ul080
A45Ul090
A45Ull00

156-0388-03
156-0956-02
156-0382-02
156-0388-03
156-0956-02
156-0479-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D FLIP-FLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL BFR W/3 STATE OUT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 0 FLIP-FLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL BFR W/3 STATE OUT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP OR GATE

07263
01295
01295
07263
01295
01295

74LS74A
SN74LS244NP3
SN74LSOO
74LS74A
SN74LS244NP3
SN74LS32NP3

A45U2015
A45U2030
A45U2040
A45U2060
A45U2070
A45U2090

156-0388-03
156-0865-02
156-0956-02
156-0385-02
156-1065-01
156-0480-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 0 FLIP-FLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL D-TYPE FF W/CLEAR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL BFR W/3 STATE OUT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INVERTER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL 0 TYPE TRANS LATCHES
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INP & GATE

07263
01295
01295
01295
34335
01295

74LS74A
SN74LS273NP3
SN74LS244NP3
SN74LS04
AM74LS373
SN74LS08NP3

A45U2100
A45U2110
A45U2120
A45U2130
A45U2140
A45U2150

156-0956-02
156-1618-00
156-1618-00
160-2414-00
156-1618-00
156-1618-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL BFR W/3 STATE OUT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD BUS TRANSCEIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD BUS TRANSCEIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:REGISTERED AND/OR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD BUS TRANSCEIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD BUS TRANSCEIVER

01295
34335
34335
80009
34335
34335

SN74LS244NP3
AM2908DCB
AM2908DCB
160-2414-00
AM2908DCB
AM2908DCB

A45U2160
A45U3010
A45U3020
A45U3030
A45U3040
A45U3060

156-0956-02
156-0465-02
156-0539-01
156-0479-02
156-1111-02
156-1065-01

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL BFR W/3 STATE OUT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8 INP NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:6 BIT UNIFIED BUS COMPTR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP OR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL BUS TRANSCEIVERS
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL 0 TYPE TRANS LATCHES

01295
01295
80009
01295
01295
34335

SN74LS244NP3
SN74LS30NP3
156-0539-01
SN74LS32NP3
SN74LS245JP3
AM74LS373

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A45R3091
A45R3093
A45R3095
A45R3112
A45R3131
A45R3151

20-20

Serial/Model No.
Dscont
Efl

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:16 BIT MICROPROCESSOR,68 P
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL 0 TYPE TRANS LATCHES
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL BUS TRANSCEIVERS
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INVERTER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3 INP & GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX LATCH W/CLEAR

34649
34335
01295
01295
27014
01295

80186
AM74LS373
SN74LS245JP3
SN74LS04
DM74LS11 NA+
SN74LS174

156-0381-02
156-1393-01
156-0865-02
156-0982-03
156-0982-03
156-0982-03

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP EXCL OR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INPUT NAND BFR,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL D-TYPE FF W/CLEAR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL.D-EDGE FF.SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL·D-EDGE FF,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL·D-EDGE FF,SCRN

01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295

SN74LS86
SN74S38
SN74LS273NP3
SN74LS374 N3
SN74LS374 N3
SN74LS374 N3

A45U4040
A45U4060
A45U4080
A45U4090
A45U4110
A45U4115

156-1842-00
160-2218-00
156-1842-00
160-2219-00
156-0388-03
156-0388-03

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:CMOS,1892 X 8 SRAM
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8192 X 8 EPROM,PRGM
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:CMOS,1892 X 8 SRAM
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:8192 X 8 EPROM,PRGM
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 0 FLIP-FLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 0 FLIP-FLOP

Tl126
80009
Tl126
80009
07263
07263

HM6264P-15
160-2218-00
HM6264P-15
1 60-2219-00
74LS74A
74LS74A

A45U4120
A45U4125
A45U4130
A45U4140
A45U4145
A45U4150

156-0479-02
156-0388-03
160-2217-00
156-0480-02
156-0386-02
156-0383-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP OR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D FLIP-FLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:LOGIC ARRAY,PRGM
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INP & GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3-INP NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP NOR GATE

01295
07263
80009
01295
27014
01295

SN74LS32NP3
74LS74A
160-2217-00
SN74LS08NP3
DM74LS10N
SN74LS02

A45U4155
A45U4160
A45U4165
A45U4170
A45U4175
A45U5010

156-0479-02
156-1388-00
156-0645-02
156-0382-02
156-0479-02
156-1 065-01

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP OR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP MUX W/STOR,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INV ST NAND GATES,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP OR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL 0 TYPE TRANS LATCHES

01295
04713
01295
01295
01295
34335

SN74LS32NP3
SN74LS399
SN74LS14
SN74LSOO
SN74LS32NP3
AM74LS373

A45U5020
A45U5030
A45U5040
A45U5050
A45U5060
A45U5070

156-1065-01
156-1065-01
156-1065-01
156-0956-02
156-0956-02
156-1065-01

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL 0 TYPE TRANS LATCHES
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL 0 TYPE TRANS LATCHES
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL 0 TYPE TRANS LATCHES
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL BFR W/3 STATE OUT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL BFR W/3 STATE OUT
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL 0 TYPE TRANS LATCHES

34335
34335
34335
01295
01295
34335

AM74LS373
AM74LS373
AM74LS373
SN74LS244NP3
SN74LS244NP3
AM74LS373

A45U5080
A45U5090
A45U5100
A45U5110
A45U5120
A45U5130

156-0480-02
156-0382-02
156-0480-02
156-0383-02
156-0645-02
156-1983-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INP & GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INP & GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP NOR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INV ST NAND GATES,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:FLOPPY DISK CONTROLLER

01295
01295
01295
01295
01295

SN74LS08NP3
SN74LSOO
SN74LS08NP3
SN74LS02
SN74LS14

A45U5160
A45U5170
A45U6010
A45U6020
A45U6030
A45U6040

156-0389-02
156-1172-01
156-0653-02
156-0653-02
156-0653-02
156-0653-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:4-BIT RT SHF,LFT SHF SR,SCR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 4 BIT CNTR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV

01295
01295
27014
27014
27014
27014

SN74LS95(NP3 OR
SN74LS393
058838
058838
058838
058838

A45U6050
A45U6060
A45U6080
A45U6090
A45U6100
A45U6110

156-0653-02
156-0653-02
156-0653-02
156-0653-02
156-0653-02
156-0645-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS XVER INV
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INV ST NAND GATES,SCRN

27014
27014
27014
27014
27014
01295

058838
058838
058838
058838
058838
SN74LS14

A45U6120
A45U6160
A45U6170
A45Y2081

156-0093-02
156-0388-03
156-0093-02
158-0115-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INV BUFFER,BURN-IN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 0 FLIP-FLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INV BUFFER,BURN-IN
XTAL UNIT,QTZ: 16MHZ,O.01 %,SERIES

01295
07263
01295
01807

SN74LSOO (NP3)
74LS74A
SN74LSOO (NP3)
7-13P

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A45U3070
A45U3090
A45U3100
A45U3110
A45U3120
A45U3130

156-1841-00
156-1065-01
156-1111-02
156-0385-02
156-0481-02
156-0391-02

A45U3140
A45U3150
A45U3160
A45U4010
A45U4020
A45U4030

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

Name & Description

20-21

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A60
A60CR4061
A60CR4063
A60J1010
A60J2010
A60J4010

670-8245-00
152-0574-00
152-0574-00
131-2194-01
131-1078-00
131-1078-00

A60J5010
A60J6051
A60R4041
A60W1061

131-1078.00
131-2588-00
315-01 53-00
131-0566-00

20-22

Serial/Model No.
Dscont
Eft

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

CKT BOARD ASSY:PS INTERCONNECT
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILlCON,120V,O.15A
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILlCON,120V,O.15A
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT BD,12/24 MALE,R ANGLE
CONNECTOR,RCPT,:28/56 CONTACT
CONNECTOR,RCPT,:28/56 CONTACT

80009
14433
14433
00779
95238
95238

670-8245-00
WG1308
WG1308
1-87229-2
600-1156Y25GDF30
600-1156Y25GDF30

CONNECTOR,RCPT,:28/56 CONTACT
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:HEADER,l X 4,0.25 SPACING
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15K OHM,5%,O.25W
BUS CONDUCTOR:DUMMY RES,2.375,22 AWG

95238
00779
01121
57668

600-1156Y25GDF30
1-350948-D
CB1535
JWW-0200EO

Name & Description

R~placeable

Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

I

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A62
A62Cl018
A62Cl019
A62Cl030
A62Cl051
A62Cl054

670-3184-00
281-0775-00
283-0194-00
285-0932-00
281-0815-00
281-0815-00

A62Cl056
A62Cl059
A62C2030
A62C4010
A62C4019
A62C4023

281-0815-00
285-11 96-00
285-1226-00
, 281-0775-00
283-0194-00
283-0212-00

A62C4030
A62C4031
A62C5052
A62C5064
A62C5078
A62C5079

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

.

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

CKT BOARD ASSY:INVERTER
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:O.l UF.20%.50V
CAP .. FXD.CER DI:4.7UF.20%.50V
CAP .• FXD.PLSTC:1UF.l0%.400V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:0.027UF.20%.50V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:0.027UF.20%.50V

80009
04222
56289
14752
72982
72982

670-3184-00
MA205El04MAA
5C37Z5U475M050B
230B1E105K
8005D9AABW5R273M
8005D9AABW5R273M

CAP .• FXD.CER DI:0.027UF.20%.50V
CAP .• FXD.PAPER:O.Ol UF.20%.250V
CAP .• FXD.PLSTC:2.6UF.10%.200V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:0.WF.20%.50V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:4.7UF.20%.50V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:2UF.20%.50V

72982
80009
84411
04222
56289
51642

8005D9AABW5R273M
285-1196-00
TRW-35
MA205El04MAA
5C37Z5U475M050B
400-050-Z5U205M

285-1226-00
283-0078-00
285-1196-00
281-0791-00
290-0846-00
283-0212-00

CAP .• FXD.PLSTC:2.6UF.l0%.200V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:0.001 UF.20%.500V
CAP .• FXD.PAPER:O.Ol UF.20%.250V
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:270PF.l0%.100V
CAP .• FXD.ELCTLT:47UF.-l 0+ 75%.35 WVDC
CAP .• FXD.CER DI:2UF.20%.50V

84411
59660
80009
04222
54473
51642

TRW-35
0801 547X5F0102M
285-1196-00
GC101C271K
ECE-A35V47LU
400-050-Z5U205M

A62CR10ll
A62CR1012
A62CR1013
A62CR1014
A62CR1015
A62CR1016

152-0398-00
152-0066-00
152-0066-00
152-0398-00
152-0066-00
152-0400-00

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE:SILICON.200V.1A
DEVICE:SILlCON,400V.750MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,400V.750MA
DEVICE:SILICON.200V.1A
DEVICE:SILlCON,400V.750MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,400V.1A

04713
14433
14433
04713
14433
80009

SR3609RL
LG4016
LG4016
SR3609RL
LG4016
152-0400-00

A62CR1018
A62CR1052
A62CR1053
A62CR1056
A62CR1058
A62CR1062

152-0400-00
152-0333-00
152-0333-00
152-0066-00
152-0066-00 '
152-0141-02

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE:SILlCON,400V.1A
DEVICE:SILICON.55V.200MA
DEVICE:SILICON.55V.200MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,400V.750MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,400V.750MA
DEVICE:SILICON.30V.150MA

80009
07263
07263
14433
14433
01295

152-0400-00
FDH-6012
FDH-6012
LG4016
LG4016
lN4152R

A62CR1063
A62CR4011
A62CR4015
A62CR4016
A62CR4017
A62CR4018

152-0141-02
152-0398-00
152-0066-00
152-0398-00
152-0066-00
152-0400-00

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE:SILICON.30V.150MA
DEVICE:SILICON.200V.1A
DEVICE:SILlCON,400V.750MA
DEVICE:SILICON.200V.1A
DEVICE:SILlCON,400V.750MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,400V.1A

01295
04713
14433
04713
14433
80009

1N4152R
SR3609RL
LG4016
SR3609RL
LG4016
152-0400-00

A62CR4019
A62CR4021
A62CR5012
A62CR5083
A62L2033
A62L2071

152-0400-00
152-0398-00
152-0066-00
152-0779-00
108-0691-00
10B-0909-00

SEMICOND DEVICE:SILlCON,400V.1A
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILICON.200V.1A
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILlCON,400V.750MA
SEMICOND DEVICE:RECT.SI.200V.0.75A
COIL.RF:l.8MH
COIL.RF:FIXED.1.6MH

BOO09
04713
14433
05828
76493
80009

152-0400-00
SR3609RL
LG4016
RW02M
02279
108-0909-00

A62Ql010
A62Ql053
A62Q2010
A62Q3010
A62Q5010
A62Q5074

151-0625-00
151-0190-00
151-0679-00
151-0679-00
151-0625-00
151-1127-00

TRANSISTOR:SILICON.PNP
TRANSISTOR:SILICON.NPN
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,NPN
TRANSI STOR: SI LICON .NPN
TRANSISTOR:SILICON.PNP
TRANSISTOR:SILICON.N-CHANNEL

03508
07263
04713
04713
03508
OOOGU

D45Hll
S032677
SJE362
SJE362
D45Hl1
VN0204T5

A62Q5075
A62Q5076
A62Q5085
A62Rl016
A62Rl017
A62Rl032

151-1127-00
151-1128-00
151-0190-00
315-0102-03
307 -0115-00
301-0820-00

TRANSISTOR:SILICON.N-CHANNEL
TRANSISTOR:SILICON.P-CHANNEL
TRANSISTOR:SILICON.NPN
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:1K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .. FXD.CMPSN:7.5 OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:82 OHM.5%.0.50W

OOOGU
81483
07263
01121
01121
01121

VN0204T5
IRF9523
S032677
CB1025
CB75G5
EB8205

Name & Description

20-23

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:620 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:24K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN: 1OOK OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.50W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB6215
CB1025
CB2435
CB1045
CB1045
EB2025

315-0514-00
315-0132-00
315-0243-00
315-0204-00
315-0364-00
301-0271-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:510K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.3K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:24K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:360K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:270 OHM,5%,0.50W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB5145
CB1325
CB2435
CB2045
CB3645
EB2715

A62R3032
A62R4012
A62R4014
A62R4022
A62R4032
A62R5062

30S-03S7 -00
307 -0115-00
315-0102-03
307-0103-00
315-0364-00
30S-0779-00

RES.,FXD,WW:17S OHM,1%,3W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:7.50HM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.70HM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:360K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,WW:20HM,1%,3W

91637
01121
01121
01121
01121
91637

RS2B-B17SROF
CB75G5
CB1025
CB27G5
CB3645
NS2B-2ROOOF-T/R

A62R5063
A62R5072
A62R5073
A62R5074
A62R50S0
A62R50S1

31 5-0S20-00
30S-0779-00
315-01 04-00
315-0104-00
315-0104-00
301-0201-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:S20HM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,WW:20HM,1%,3W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,O.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,O.50W

01121
91637
01121
01121
01121
01121

CBS205
NS2B-2ROOOF-T/R
CB1045
CB1045
CB1045
EB2015

A62R50S2
A62R50S4
A62T3051
A62T4051
A62T4071
A62TP50S5

315-0102-00
315-0153-00
120-1511-00
120-152S-00
120-1432-00
214-0579-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15K OHM,5%,O.25W
TRANSFORMER,RF:TOROID,COMMON MODE
TRANSFORMER,RF:DRIVER
TRANSFORMER,RF:CURRENT
TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL

01121
01121

CB1025
CB1535

SOO09
SOO09
SOO09

120-152S-00
120-1432-00
214-0579-00

A62TP50S6
A62U1050
A62VR50S2

214-0579-00
156-13S1-00
152-0647-00

TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL
MICROCIRCUIT,LI:XSTR ARRAY
SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,6.SV,5%

SOO09
02735
04713

214-0579-00
CA3096AE-17
SZG35014K3RL

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A62R1051
A62R1052
A62R1054
A62R1055
A62R1057
A62R105S

315-0621 ~OO
315-0102-00
315-0243-00
315-0104-00
315-01 04-00
301-0202-00

A62R1059
A62R1060
A62R1061
A62R1064
A62R2032
A62R2035

20-24

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Name & Description

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A64
A64Cl015
A64Cl016
A64Cl021
A64Cl032
A64Cl036

670-3163-00
281-0775-00
281-0775-00
281-0775-00
281-0861-00
290-0745-00

A64Cl041
A64Cl045
A64C2037
A64C2048
A64C2051
A64C2053

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

CKT BOARD ASSY:REGULATOR
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:O.l UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER Di:o.l UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:O.l UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:270 PF,5%,50V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:22UF, +50-1 0%,25V

80009
04222
04222
04222
04222
54473

670-3163-00
MA205El04MAA
MA205El04MAA
MA205El04MAA
GC105A271J
ECE-A25V22L

290-0846-00
290-0916-00
290-0782-00
281-0814-00
283-0167-00
290-0922-00

CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF,-10+ 75%,35 WVDC
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:2200UF, +50-1 0%,35V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:4.7UF, + 75-10%,35V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:l00PF,10%,100V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD, ELCTLT: 1OOOU F, + 50-1 0%,50V

54473
55680
55680
04222
72982
55680

ECE-A35V47LU
ULB1V222TFAANA
ULA1V4R7TEA
GC101Al01K
8131N145X5R0104K
ULBl E1 02TFAANA

A64C2064
A64C2068
A64C2071
A64C3011
A64C3013
A64C3015

281-077 5-00
281-077 5-00
290-0745-00
281-0707-00
281-0707-00
283-0341 -00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:22UF, +50-1 0%,25V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:15000PF,20%,100V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:15000PF,20%,1 OOV
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.047UF,1 0%,1 OOV

04222
04222
54473
20932
20932
72982

MA205El04MAA
MA205E104MAA
ECE-A25V22L
402EM200AD153K
402EM200AD153K
8121N153X7R0473K

A64C3016
A64C3017
A64C3021
A64C3026
A64C3031
A64C3052

281-0865-00
281-0775-00
290-0782-00
281-0775-00
285-1049-00
290-0922-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:1000PF,5%,100V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:4.7UF,+ 75-1 0%,35V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1 UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,PLSTC:0.01UF,1%,200V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:1 OOOUF, +50-1 0%,50V

04222
04222
55680
04222
14752
55680

MA201 A 102JAA
MA205E104MAA
ULA1V4R7TEA
MA205El04MAA
230B1Cl03F
ULB1 E1 02TFAANA

A64C3072
A64C4013
A64C4028
A64C4029
A64C4031
A64C4038

290-0745-00
285-0905-00
283-0341-00
281-0775-00
281-0819-00
281-0814-00

CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:22UF, + 50-1 0%,25V
CAP.,FXD,PLSTC:0.33UF,5%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.047UF, 10%, 1OOV
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1 UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:33PF,5%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:l00PF,10%,100V

54473
56289
72982
04222
72982
04222

ECE-A25V22L
LP66A 1A334J002
8121N153X7R0473K
MA205E104MAA
8035BCOG330
GC101Al01K

A64C4058
A64C4061
A64C4062
A64C4063
A64C4065
A64C4066

281-0865-00
283-0100-00
290-0745-00
283-0167-00
281-0775-00
281-0865-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:l000PF,5%,1 OOV
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.0047UF,1 0%,200V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:22UF, + 50-1 0%,25V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :0.1 UF, 10%, 1OOV
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:O.l UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:1000PF,5%,100V

04222
56289
54473
72982
04222
04222

MA201 A 102JAA
273C3
ECE-A25V22L
8131N145X5R0104K
MA205E104MAA
MA201 A 1 02JAA

A64C5012
A64C5014
A64C5019
A64C5021
A64C5022
A64C5037

281-0775-00
281-0865-00
281-0814-00
281-0537-00
290-0846-00
281-0773-00

CAP .. FXD,CER DI:O.l UF.20%.50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI: 1000PF,5%, 1OOV
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:l00PF,10%,100V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.68PF,20%,600V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF,-10+ 75%,35 WVDC
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:O.Ol UF, 10%,1 OOV

04222
04222
04222
95121
54473
04222

MA205E104MAA
MA201A102JAA
GC101Al01K
OC-.68MM 20%
ECE-A35V 4 7LU
MA201Cl03KAA

A64C5073
A64C5074
A64C6018
A64C6037
A64C6038
A64C6041

290-0846-00
290-0846-00
281-0865-00
281-0775-00
281-0775-00
283-0212-00

CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF,-10+ 75%,35 WVDC
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF,-10+ 75%,35 WVDC
CAP.,FXD,CER DI: 1000PF,5%, 1OOV
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:O.l UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:O.l UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:2UF,20%,50V

54473
54473
04222
04222
04222
51642

ECE-A35V47LU
ECE-A35V47LU
MA201A102JAA
MA205E104MAA
MA205E104MAA
400-050-Z5U205M

A64C6046
A64C6066
A64CR1019
A64CR1032
A64CR1057
A64CR2024

281-0814-00
281-077 5-00
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0585-00
152-0141-02

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:l00PF,10%,100V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:O.l UF,20%,50V
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILlCON,BRIDGE,200V,lA
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA

04222
04222
01295
01295
80009
01295

GC101A101K
MA205El04MAA
1N4152R
lN4152R
152-0585-00
1N4152R

Name & Description

20-25

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,400V,750MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,400V,750MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,400V,750MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,400V,750MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA

01295
14433
14433
14433
14433
01295

1N4152R
LG4016
LG4016
LG4016
LG4016
1N4152R

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA

01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295

1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R
1 N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R

152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA

01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295

1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R

A64CR4023
A64CR4024
A64CR4032
A64CR4037
A64CR4039
A64CR4041

152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA

01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295

1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R

A64CR4042
A64CR4045
A64CR4064
A64CR5026
A64CR5036
A64CR6013

152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE: SILlCON,30V, 150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA

01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295

1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R

A64CR6014
A64CR6025
A64CR6043
A64CR6055
A64CR6061
A64CR7035

152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE: SILlCON,30V, 150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA

01295
01295
01295
01295
01295
01295

1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R
1N4152R

A64CR7046
A64DS7052
A64Q1034
A64Q1035
A64Q2022
A64Q3029

152-0141-02
150-1063-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00

SEMICOND DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
LT EMIDING DIO:YELLOW,585 NM,40 MA
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,NPN
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,NPN
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,NPN
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,NPN

01295
72619
07263
07263
07263
07263

1N4152R
550-0305-804
S032677
S032677
S032677
S032677

A64Q3037
A64Q3038
A64Q3043
A64Q4016
A64Q4038
A64Q4046

151-0188-00
151-0188-00
151-0188-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00
151-0190-00

TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,PNP
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,PNP
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,PNP
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,NPN
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON ,NPN

04713
04713
04713
07263
07263
07263

SPS6868K
SPS6868K
SPS6868K
S032677
S032677
S032677

A64Q4047
A64Q6019
A64Q6021
A64Q6025
A64Q6026
A64Q6047

151-0190-00
151-1005-00
151-1066-00
151-0190-00
151-0188-00
151-0190-00

TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,NPN
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,JFE,N-CHANNEL
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,FE,P-CHANNEL
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,NPN
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,PNP
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,NPN

07263
27014
27014
07263
04713
07263

S032677
F55037
SF88025
S032677
SPS6868K
S032677

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A64CR2025
A64CR2061
A64CR2062
A64CR2063
A64CR2073
A64CR3021

152-0141-02
152-0066-00
152-0066-00
152-0066-00
152-0066-00
152-0141-02

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

A64CR3026
A64CR3031
A64CR3032
A64CR3033
A64CR3034
A64CR3035

152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02

A64CR3036
A64CR3041
A64CR3043
A64CR3048
A64CR3051
A64CR4014

20-26

Serial/Model No.
Elf
Dscont

Name & Description

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,PNP
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:510K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.8K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 K OHM,5%,0.25W

04713
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

SPS6868K
CB1015
CB1005
CB5145
CB1825
CB1025

315-0302-00
315-0101-00
315-0102-00
315-0622-00
315-0622-00
315-0100-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:6.2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:6.2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100HM,5%,0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB3025
CB1015
CB1025
CB6225
CB6225
CB1005

A64R2025
A64R2026
A64R2033
A64R2034
A64R2036
A64R2037

315-0391-00
303-0221-00
301-0152-00
321-0264-00
321-0243-00
315-0471-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:390 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:220 OHM,5%,1W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.5K OHM,5%,0.50W
RES.,FXD,FILM:5.49K OHM,1%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,FILM:3.32K OHM,1%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,5%,0.25W

01121
01121
01121
91637
91637
01121

CB3915
GB2215
EB1525
MFF1816G54900F
MFF1816G33200F
CB4715

A64R2038
A64R2047
A64R2065
A64R2066
A64R2067
A64R2074

315-0222-00
315-0822-00
321-0234-00
321-0134-00
321-0234-00
321-0134-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:8.2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,FILM:2.67K OHM,1%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,FILM:2430HM,1%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,FILM:2.67K OHM,1%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,FILM:2430HM,1%,0.125W

01121
01121
91637
91637
91637
91637

CB2225
CB8225
MFF1816G26700F
MFF1816G243ROF
MFF1816G26700F
MFF1816G243ROF

A64R3012
A64R3013
A64R3014
A64R3015
A64R3017
A64R3018

321-0342-00
321-0358-00
315-0222-00
315-0203-00
315-0100-00
315-0183-00

RES.,FXD,FILM:35.7K OHM,1%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,FILM:52.3K OHM,1%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:20K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:18K OHM,5%,0.25W

91637
91637
01121
01121
01121
01121

MFF1816G35701 F
MFF1816G52301F
CB2225
CB2035
CB1005
CB1835

A64R3019
A64R3025
A64R3027
A64R3028
A64R3029
A64R3042

315-0102-00
301-0152-00
321-0294-00
321-0188-00
315-0122-00
315-0153-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.5K OHM,5%,0.50W
RES.,FXD,FILM:11.3K OHM,1%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,FILM:8870HM,1%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1.2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15K OHM,5%,0.25W

01121
01121
91637
91637
01121
01121

CB1025
EB1525
MFF1816G11301 F
MFF1816G887ROF
CB1225
CB1535

A64R3044
A64R3045
A64R3046
A64R3047
A64R3051
A64R3052

315-0622-00
315-0153-00
315-0273-00
315-0102-00
315-0203-00
321-0358-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:6.2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:27K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:20K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,FILM:52.3K OHM,1%,0.125W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
91637

CB6225
CB1535
CB2735
CB1025
CB2035
MFF1816G52301F

A64R3062
A64R3063
A64R4015
A64R4032
A64R4033
A64R4034

315-01 03-00
315-0273-00
315-0132-00
315-0134-00
315-0273-00
31 5-01 03-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:27K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN: 1.3K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:130K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:27K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1035
CB2735
CB1325
CB1345
CB2735
CB1035

A64R4035
A64R4036
A64R4037
A64R4041
A64R4043
A64R4044

315-0104-00
315-0103-00
315-0222-00
315-0201-00
315-0104-00
315-0153-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15K OHM,5%,0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1045
CB1035
CB2225
CB2015
CB1045
CB1535

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A6407045
A64R1011
A64R1012
A64R1018
A64R1023
A64R1031

151-0188-00
315-0101-00
315-0100-00
315-0514-00
315-0182-00
315-0102-00

A64R1032
A64R1033
A64R1034
A64R2012
A64R2021
A64R2023

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

Name & Description

20-27

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A64R4045
A64R4047
A64R4048
A64R4049
A64R4051
A64R4067

315-0273-00
315-0102-00
315-0104-00
315-0104-00
321-031 8-00
315-0563-00

A64R5014
A64R5015
A64R5016
A64R5017
A64R5018
A64R5019

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

RES .• FXD.CMPSN:27K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .. FXD.CMPSN:1 K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .. FXD.CMPSN:100K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:100K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.FILM:20K OHM.1%.0.125W
RES .. FXD.CMPSN:56K OHM.5%.0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
91637
01121

CB2735
CB1025
CB1045
CB1045
MFF1816G20001 F
CB5635

31 5-0153-00
315-0563-00
315-0822-00
31 5-0822-00
31 5-0302-00
31 5-01 03-00

RES .• FXD.CMPSN:15K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .. FXD.CMPSN:56K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:8.2K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:8.2K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .. FXD.CMPSN:3K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES.,FXD.CMPSN:10K OHM.5%.0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1535
CB5635
CB8225
CB8225
CB3025
CB1035

A64R5027
A64R5028
A64R5029
A64R5031
A64R5038
A64R5039

315-0622-00
315-0153-00
31 5-0563-00
31 5-0183-00
321-0318-00
321-0280-00

RES .• FXD.CMPSN:6.2K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:15K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:56K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:18K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.FILM:20K OHM.1%.0.125W
RES .• FXD.FILM:8.06K OHM.1%.0.125W

01121
01121
01121
01121
91637
91637

CB6225
CB1535
CB5635
CB1835
MFF1816G20001 F
M FF1816G80600F

A64R5041
A64R5045
A64R5046
A64R5047
A64R5048
A64R5051

321-0322-00
315-0222-00
315-0162-00
321-0188-00
321-0246-00
321-031 8-00

RES .• FXD.FILM :22.1 K OHM.1 %.0.125W
RES .. FXD.CMPSN:2.2K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .. FXD.CMPSN:1.6K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.FILM:8870HM.1%.0.125W
RES .• FXD.FILM :3.57K OHM.1 %.0.125W
RES .• FXD.FILM:20K OHM.1%.0.125W

91637
01121
01121
91637
91637
91637

MFF1816G221 01 F
CB2225
CB1625
MFF1816G887ROF
MFF1816G35700F
MFF1816G20001F

A64R5065
A64RS066
A64R5071
A64R6011
A64R6012
A64R6022

315-0683-00
315-0112-00
321-0210-00
315-0226-00
315-01 03-00
31 5-01 84-00

RES .. FXD.CMPSN:68K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN: 1.1 K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .. FXD.FILM:1.5K OHM.1%.0.125W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:22M OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:10K OHM.5%.0.2SW
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:180K OHM.5%.0.25W

01121
01121
91637
01121
01121
01121

CB6835
CB1125
MFF1816G15000F
CB2265
CB1035
CB1845

A64R6023
A64R6025
A64R6026
A64R6027
A64R6028
A64R6039

315-0471-00
315-0622-00
301-0152-00
315-0103-00
31 5-0203-00
315-0514-00

RES .• FXD.CMPSN:470 OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:6.2K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:1.5K OHM.5%.0.50W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:10K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .. FXD.CMPSN:20K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .. FXD.CMPSN:510K OHM.5%.0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB4715
CB6225
EB1525
CB1035
CB2035
CB5145

A64R6044
A64R6045
A64R6056
A64R6071
A64R6072
A64R7031

315-0622-00
315-0153-00
315-0153-00
321-0279-00
315-01 00-00
301-0102-00

RES .• FXD.CMPSN:6.2K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .. FXD.CMPSN:15K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:15K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .. FXD.FILM:7.87K OHM.1%.0.125W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:10 OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:1 K OHM.5%.0.50W

01121
01121
01121
91637
01121
01121

CB6225
CB1535
CB1535
MFF1816G78700F
CB1005
EB1025

A64R7033
A64R7036
A64R7037
A64R7041
A64R7042
A64R7043

321-0241-00
315-0103-00
321-0302-00
315-01 04-00
31 5-01 53-00
315-01 03-00

RES .• FXD.FILM:3.16K OHM.1 %.0.125W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:10K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.FILM:13.7K OHM.1%.0.125W
RES .. FXD.CMPSN:100K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .• FXD.CMPSN:15K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .. FXD.CMPSN:10K OHM.5%.0.25W

91637
01121
91637
01121
01121
01121

MFF1816G31600F
CB1035
MFF1816G13701F
CB1045
CB1535
CB1035

A64R7044
A64R7051
A64R7055
A64R7067
A64TP7015
A64TP7025

31 5-0153-00
301-0621-00
307-0972-00
311-1340-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00

RES .• FXD.CMPSN:15K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .. FXD.CMPSN:620 OHM.5%.0.50W
RES .. THERMAL:1 K OHM.5%.0.25W
RES .. VAR.NONWIR:1K OHM.10%.0.50W
TERM.TEST POINT:BRS CD PL
TERM.TEST POINT:BRS CD PL

01121
57668
50157
02111
80009
80009

CB1535
NTR501 E620E
2K-102-J
43P102T672
214-0579-00
214-0579-00

20-28

Serial/Model No.

Eft

Dscont

Name & Description

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00

TERM,TEST POINT:8RS CD PL
TERM,TEST POINT:8RS CD PL
TERM,TEST POINT:8RS CD PL
TERM,TEST POINT:8RS CD PL
TERM,TEST POINT:8RS CD PL
MICROCIRCUIT,LI:VOLTAGE REGULATOR

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
27014

214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
LM317T

156-1451-00
156-1126-01
156-0524-02
156-0350-05
156-1126-01
156-0366-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:3-TERM NEG VOLTAGE RGLTR
MICROCIRCUIT,LI:VOLTAGE COMPARATOR,SEL
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3-INPUT NAND GATES
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INPUT NAND GATE,CHK
MICROCIRCUIT,LI:VOLTAGE COMPARATOR,SEL
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D FLiP-FLOP,CHK

27014
01295
80009
80009
01295
80009

LM337T
LM311JG4
156-0524-02
156-0350-05
LM311JG4
156-0366-02

A64U5030
A64U5040
A64U5060
A64U6010
A64U6040
A64U7040

156-1225-01
156-1225-01
156-0158-07
156-1191-00
156-0402-03
156-1225-01

MICROCIRCUIT,LI:DUAL COMPARATOR,SCREENED
MICROCIRCUIT,LI:DUAL COMPARATOR,SCREENED
MICROCIRCUIT,LI:DUAL OPNL AMPL,SCREENED
MICROCIRCUIT,LI:81-FET OPNL AMPL
MICROCIRCUIT,LI:TIMER,TESTED
MICROCIRCUIT,LI:DUAL COMPARATOR,SCREENED

27014
27014
01295
01295
80009
27014

LM393N/AT
LM393N/AT
MC1458JG4
TL072ACP
156-0402-03
LM393N/AT

A64VR2035
A64VR4025
A64VR4026
A64VR4027
A64VR4039
A64VR4051

152-0662-00
152-0760-00
152-0760-00
152-0166-00
152-0667-00
152-0166-00

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713

SZG195
SZ630205
SZ630205
SZ11738RL
SZG30025RL
SZ11738RL

A64VR5013
A64VR5047
A64VR5072
A64VR6024

152-0281-00
152-0662-00
152-0317-00
152-0166-00

SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,O.4W;22V,5%
SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,O.4W,5V,1%
SEMICONDDEVICE:ZENER,O.25W,6.2V,5%
SEMICOIliD DEVICE:ZENER,O.4W,6.2V,5%

12954
04713
04713
04713

1N9698
SZG195
SZG20012
SZ11738RL

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

A64TP7039
A64TP7043
A64TP7046
A64TP7048
A64TP7056
A64TP7057

214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00

TERM,TEST
TERM,TEST
TERM,TEST
TERM,TEST
TERM,TEST
TERM,TEST

A64TP7058
A64TP7061
A64TP7066
A64TP7076
A64TP70n
A64U1060

214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
156-1161-00

A64U1070
A64U2010
A64U2030
A64U2040
A64U3030
A64U3040

Name & Description
POINT:8RS CD
POINT:8RS CD
POINT:8RS CD
POINT:8RSCD
POINT:8RS CD
POINT:8RS CD

PL
PL
PL
PL
PL
PL

DEVICE:ZENER,O.4W,5V,1%
DEVICE:ZEN,SI,6.2V,2%,400MW
DEVICE:ZEN,SI,6.2V,2%,400MW
DEVICE:ZENER,O.4W,6.2V,5%
DEVICE:ZENER,O.4W,3.0V,2%
DEVICE:ZENER,O.4W,6.2V,5%

20-29

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

CKT BOARD ASSY:SECONDARY
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:O.OOl UF,20%,1 OOV
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:1200UF,+ 100-1 0%,12V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:1200UF, + 100-1 0%, 12V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:2200UF, + 50-1 0%,35V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:O.Ol UF, 10%,1 OOV

80009
04222
90201
90201
55680
04222

670-3057-00
MA 101 Cl 02MAA
VPR122N012E1L1J
VPR122N012Ell1J
ULB1V222TFAANA
MA201 Cl 03KAA

290-0946-00
290-0974-00
281-0770-00
281-0775-00
281-0775-00
281-0773-00

CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:270UF,1 0+ 1 00%,40V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:l0UF,20%,50VDC
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:O.OOl UF,20%, 1OOV
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:O.l UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:O.l UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:O.Ol UF, 10%,1 OOV

90201
55680
04222
04222
04222
04222

VPR271 N040El El C
ULB1Hl00MEA
MA 101 Cl 02MAA
MA205El04MAA
MA205El04MAA
MA201Cl03KAA

A66C2113
A66C3031
A66C3037
A66C3039
A66C3062
A66C3072

281-0773-00
283-0032-00
281-0815-00
281-0815-00
290-0950-00
290-0782-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.01UF,10%,100V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:470PF,5%,500V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.027UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.027UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:l00UF, +50-1 0%,50V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:4.7UF, + 75-1 0%,35V

04222
59660
72982
72982
55680
55680

MA201 Cl 03KAA
0831 085Z5E00471 J
8005D9AABW5R273M
8005D9AABW5R273M
ULB1H101TJAANA
ULA1V4R7TEA

A66C3074
A66C3094
A66C3111
A66C3114
A66C3115
A66C3116

281-0773-00
290-091 8-00
281-0773-00
281-0775-00
281-0775-00
281-0775-00

CAP.,FXD,CER Dl:0.01UF,10%,100V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:220UF, +50-1 0%,63V
CAP.,FXD,CER 01:0.01 UF, 10%,1 OOV
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER 01:0.1 UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER 01:0.1 UF,20%,50V

04222
55680
04222
04222
04222
04222

MA201 C1 03KAA
TLB1J221TCAANA
MA201Cl03KAA
MA205E104MAA
MA205E104MAA
MA205E104MAA

A66C3117
A66C4095
A66C4115
A66CR1041
A66CR1043
A66CR1061

281-0775-00
283-0059-00
281-0786-00
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0582-00

CAP.,FXD,CER 01:0.1 UF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER 01:1 UF, +80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER 01: 150PF, 10%, 1OOV
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
SEMICOND DEVICE:SILlCON,20V,3A

04222
51642
51642
0129(5
01295
04713

MA205E104MAA
400050Z5U105Z
G1710100NP0151K
lN4152R
lN4152R
lN5820

A66CR2031
A66CR2033
A66CR3032
A66CR3033
A66CR3036
A66CR3038

152-0398-00
152-0398-00
152-0400-00
152-0400-00
152-0398-00
152-0398-00

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE:SILlCON,200V,1A
DEVICE:SILlCON,200V,lA
DEVICE:SILlCON,400V,lA
DEVICE:SILlCON,400V,1 A
DEVICE:SILlCON,200V,1 A
DEVICE:SILlCON,200V,1 A

04713
04713
80009
80009
04713
04713

SR3609RL
SR3609RL
152-0400-00
152-0400-00
SR3609RL
SR3609RL

A66CR3112
A66CR4011
A66CR4012
A66CR4015
A66CR4035
A66CR4082

152-0141-02
152-0810-00
152-0810-00
152-0714-00
152-0714-00
152-0720-00

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE:SILlCON,30V,150MA
DVC,DI:RECT,SI,150V,7A FAST
DVC,DI:RECT,SI,150V,7A FAST
DEVICE: RECT,SI,SCHOTTKY,40V,50A
DEVICE:RECT,SI,SCHOTTKY,40V,50A
DEVICE:SILlCON,100V,7A

01295
12969
12969
01281
01281
80009

1N4152R
UES1430
UES1430
1N6098
lN6098
152-0720-00

A66F3071
A66F3092
A66L1055
A66L2041
A66L3023
A66L3061

159-0015-01
159-0193-00
108-1125-00
108-1126-00
108-0981-00
108-1107-00

FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,3A,250V,FAST-BLOW
FUSE,WIRE LEAD:l0A,125V,5 SEC
COIL,RF:FIXED,2.3UH
COIL,RF:FIXED,10.5UH
COIL,RF:FIXED,270UH
COIL,RF:FIXED,4MH

71400
T0946
80009
80009
80009
80009

GJV3
SP-5 lOA
108-1125-00
108-1126-00
108-0981-00
108-1107-00

A66L3083
A66L4091
A6601031
A6601049
A6601057
A6602063

108-0923-00
108-1207-00
151-1120-00
151-1120-00
151-0710-00
1 51 -0625-00

COIL,RF:FIXED,1.3MH
COIL,RF:87MH,10%
TRANSISTOR:FE,P CHANNEL,SI,VP-3
TRANSISTOR:FE,P CHANNEL,SI,VP-3
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,NPN
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,PNP

80009
80009
OOOGU
OOOGU
27014
03508

108-0923-00
108-1207-00
VP0106N3
VP0106N3
2N6715/92 PU01A
D45Hl1

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A66
A66Cl045
A66Cl051
A66Cl053
A66Cl091
A66Cll02

670-3057-00
281-0770-00
290-0964-00
290-0964-00
290-0916-00
281-0773-00

A66C2061
A66C2096
A66C2098
A66C2101
A66C2102
A66C2106

20-30

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

Name & Description

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

151 ·0364·00
151 ·0625·00
151 ·0190·00
151 ·0439·00
151·0660-00
315·0331 ·00

TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,PNP
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,PNP
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,NPN
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,NPN
TRANSISTOR:SILlCON,NPN
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,0.25W

80009
03508
07263
80009
01295
01121

151 ·0364·00
D45H11
S032677
151 ·0439·00
EP2785
CB3315

A66R1048
A66R1063
A66R1101
A66R1103
A66R1111
A66R1112

315·0331 ·00
315·0102·00
315·0331·00
315·0331 ·00
315·0331·00
315·0102·00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 K OHM,5%,0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB3315
CB1025
CB3315
CB3315
CB3315
CB1025

A66R1113
A66R1114
A66R1119
A66R2081
A66R2082
A66R2084

315·0331·00
315·0331 ·00
315·01 53·00
315·0202·00
315·0202·00
308·0695·00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN: 15K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,WW:0.050HM,10%,5W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
91637

CB3315
CB3315
CB1535
CB2025
CB2025
RLS·5.050HM,10%

A66R2091
A66R2097
A66R2103
A66R2104
A66R2105
A66R2107

308·0695·00
308·0179·00
315·0102·00
321 ·0193·00
321 ·0374·00
321 ·0362·00

RES.,FXD,wW:0.050HM,10%,5W
RES.,FXD,WW:50HM,5%,5W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,FILM:1K OHM,1%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,FILM:76.8K OHM,1%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,FILM:57.6K OHM,1%,0.125W

91637
91637
01121
91637
91637
91637

RLS·5.050HM,10%
CW5·5RDOOJ
CB1025
MFF1816G10000F
MFF1816G76801 F
MFF1816G57601F

A66R2111
A66R2112
A66R2114
A66R2115
A66R2116
A66R3021

321 ·0193·00
321 ·0351 ·00
321·0193·00
315·0102·00
315·0220·00
303·0151 ·00

RES.,FXD,FILM:1 K OHM,1 %,0.125W
RES.,FXD,FILM:44.2K OHM,1%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,FILM:1K OHM,1%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:22 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:150 OHM,5%,1W

91637
91637
91637
01121
01121
01121

MFF1816G10000F
MFF1816G44201F
MFF1816G10000F
CB1025
CB2205
GB1515

A66R3025
A66R3027
A66R3029
A66R3034
A66R3035
A66R3063

315·0331 ·00
307·0007 ·00
307·0007.00
315·0510·00
315·051 0·00
321·0223·00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:330 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.70HM,10%,2W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2.70HM,10%,2W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:51 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:51 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,FILM:2.05K OHM,1%,0.125W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
91637

CB3315
GB27G1
GB27G1
CB5105
CB5105
MFF1816G20500F

A66R3091
A66R3101
A66R3102
A66R3103
A66R3104
A66R3105

308·0070·00
315·0752·00
315·0102·00
321·0193·00
321·0411·00
315·0102·00

RES.,FXD,WW:
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:7.5K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,FILM:1K OHM,1%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,FILM:187K OHM,1%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 K OHM,5%,0.25W

63743
01121
01121
91637
91637
01121

7404
CB7525
CB1025
MFF1816G10000F
MFF1816G18702F
CB1025

A66R3106
A66R3107
A66R3108
A66R3109
A66R3112
A66R3113

315·0101 ·00
315·0111·00
315·0102·00
315·051 0·00
315·0220·00
315·0153·00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:100 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1100HM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:51 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:22 OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15K OHM,5%,0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1015
CB1115
CB1025
CB5105
CB2205
CB1535

A66R3118
A66R3119
A66R4037
A66R4067
A66R4073
A66R4075

315·0153·00
321 ·0318·00
308·0818·00
321 ·0134·00
308·0702·00
303·0360·00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,FILM:20K OHM,1%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,WW:0.0050HM,3%,10W
RES.,FXD,FILM:2430HM,1%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,WW:0.33 OHM,5%,2W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:360HM,5%,1W

01121
91637
91637
91637
75042
01121

CB1535
MFF1816G20001 F
RH10·89/.0053%
MFF1816G243ROF
BWH·R3300J
GB3605

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A6602071
A6602073
A6603101
A6603102
A6604109
A66R1047

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

20-31

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1 K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD WW:0.2 OHM,5%,1.0W
RES.,FXD WW:0.2 OHM,5%,1.0W
RES.,FXD CMPSN:6.8M OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,FILM:69.8K OHM,1%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:15K OHM,5%,0.25W

01121
91637
91637
01121
91637
01121

CB1025
RS1 AR2000JT/R
RS1 AR2000JT/R
CB6855
MFF1816G69801 F
CB1535

120-1527 -00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00

XFMR,PWR,STDN:HIGH FREQUENCY
TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL
TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL
TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL
TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL
TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

120-1527-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00

A66U2110
A66U3110
A66U4060
A66VR1104
A66VR1115
A66VR1116

156-0411-02
156-0853-02
156-1451-00
152-0243-00
152-0147-00
152-0571-00

MIGROCIRCUIT,LI:QUAD COMPARATOR,SEL
MICROCIRCUIT,LI:DUAL OPNL AMPL,CHK
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:3-TERM NEG VOLTAGE RGLTR
SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,15V,5%
SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,27V,5%
SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,16V,5%

04713
04713
27014
14552
04713
04713

LM339JDS
LM358J
LM337T
TD381 0983
SZ50622KRL
SZ35014K1

A66VR1117
A66VR1118
A66W3035

152-0702-00
152-0175-01
175-4700-00

SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,500MW,13V,2%
SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,5.6V,5%
CABLE ASSY,SP,ELEC:4,26 AWG,3.0L,RIBBON

04713
04713
80009

SZG30214RL
SZG5021RL
175-4700-00

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A66R4083
A66R4099
A66R4101
A66R4111
A66R4113
A66R4117

315-0102-00
308-0843-00
308-0843-00
31 5-0685-00
321-0370-00
315-0153-00

A66T1011
A66TP1
A66TP2
A66TP3
A66TP4
A66TP5

20-32

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Name & Description

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

CKT BOARD ASSY:PS LINE
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:1000UF,+100-10%,200V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:1000UF,+1 00-10%,200V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:1000UF,+1 00-10%,200V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:1000UF,+1 00-10%,200V
CAP.,FXD,PPR DI:0.0022UF,20%,250VAC

80009
00853
00853
00853
00853
OOOFG

670-8244-00
DCM102M200AA2P
DCM 102M200AA2P
DCM102M200AA2P
DCM102M200AA2P
PME271Y422

285-1222-00
285-1192-00
285-1250-00
152-0838-00
119-0181-00
119-0181-00

CAP.,FXD,PLSTC:0.068UF,20%,250V
CAP.,FXD,PPR OI:0.0022UF,20%,250VAC
CAP.,FXD,PPR DI:0.1UF,20%,250VAC
SEMICOND,DI:BRIDGE RECT,SI,400V,8A
ARSR,ELEC SURGE:230V,GAS FILLED
ARSR,ELEC SURGE:230V,GAS FILLED

55112
OOOFG
05243

158/.068/M/250/H
PME271Y422
F1772-41 0-2000

74276
74276

CG230L
CG230L

A68F2023
A68F2037
A68P1
A68P2
A68P3
A68R1011

159-0025-00
159-0174-00
131-2803-00
131-2683-00
131-2802-00
303-0114-00

FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,0.5A,250V,FAST-BLOW
FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,8A,250V,5 SEC
CONN,RCPT,ELEC:HEADER,1 X 4,0.25
CONN.,RCPT,ELEC:PWR,3 MALE,250VAC,6A
CONN,RCPT,ELEC: HEADER,1 X 3,0.25 CENTERS
RES.,FXD,CMPSN: 11 OK OHM,5%,1 W

71400
71400
00779
82389
00779
01121

AGC 1/2
ABC-8
350430-1
EAC 303
350429-1
GB1145

A68R1013
A68R1023
A68R2021
A68R2022
A68SW2035
A68T1015

305-0393-00
303-0513-00
307-0746-00
307-0746-00
260-2042-00
120-1511-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:39K OHM,5%,2W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:51 K OHM,5%,1 W
RES.,THERMAL:5 OHM,10%,7A/DEG C
RES.,THERMAL:5 OHM,10%,7NDEG C
SWITCH,SLlDE:DPDT,5A,250VAC
TRANSFORMER,RF:TOROID,COMMON MODE

01121
01121
15454
15454
T0935

HB3935
GB5135
SG-6
SG-6
4021.4220

A68VR1021

152-0241-00

SEMICOND DEVICE:ZENER,0.4W,33V,5%

04713

SZG35009K5

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A68
A68C1017
A68C1019
A68C2011
A68C2013
A68C2024

670-8244-00
290-1 015-00
290-1015-00
290-1015-00
290-1015-00
285-1192-00

A68C2025
A68C2026
A68C2031
A68CR2027
A68E1025
A68E2023

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Name & Description

20-33

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A70
A70C1027
A70R1012
A70R1022
A70R1024
A70R1025
A70R1026
A70R1027
A70R1028
A70U1010

20-34

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

670-7474-00
281-0775-00
303-0751 -00
301-0131-00
315-0332-00
31 5-0332-00

CKT BOARD ASSY:FRONT PANEL
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.1 UF,20%,50V
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:750 OHM,5%,1 W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:1300HM,5%,0.50W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3.3K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3.3K OHM,5%,0.25W

80009
04222
01121
01121
01121
01121

670-7474-00
MA205E104MAA
GB7515
EB1315
CB3325
CB3325

315-0332-00
315-0332-00
315-0202-00
156-0382-02

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3.3K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:3.3K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INP NAND GATE

01121
01121
01121
01295

CB3325
CB3325
CB2025
SN74LSOO

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

80009

670-7951-00

290-0847-00
290-0847-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CKT BOARD ASSY:256K BYTE MEMORY
(8560/8561 ONLY)
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF,+ 50-1 0%,1 OV
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF,+ 50-1 0%,1 OV
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V

54473
54473
04222
04222

ECE-B1AV470S
ECE-B1AV470S
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A75C3031
A75C3041
A75C3051
A75C3061
A75C3071
A75C3081

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A75C3091
A75C3101
A75C3111
A75C3121
A75C3131
A75C3141

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, + 80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, + 80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A75C3151
A75C3161
A75C3171
A75C3181
A75C4011
A75C4021

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A75C4031
A75C4041
A75C4051
A75C4061
A75C4071
A75C4081

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A75C4091
A75C4101
A75C4111
A75C4121
A75C4131
A75C4141

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A75C4151
A75C4161
A75C4171
A75C4181
A75C5141
A75C5151

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A75C5161
A75C5172
A75C6021
A75C6031
A75C6061
A75C6071

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A75C6091
A75C6101
A75C6121
A75C6122
A75C6131
A75C6132

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, + 80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A75
A75
A75C1032
A75C1162
A75C3011
A75C3021

670-7951-01

20-35

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A75C6141
A75C6151
A75C6171
A75C6181
A75C7021
A75C7031

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

A75C7041
A75C7051
A75C7081
A75C7092
A75C7102
A75C7112

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP .. FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A75C7121
A75C7152
A75C7162
A75C8010
A75R5152
A75R7101

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
290-0847-00
315-0202-00
315-0202-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF, + 50-1 0%, 1OV
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W

04222
04222
04222
54473
01121
01121

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
ECE-B1AV470S
CB2025
CB2025

A75R7141
A75R7142
A75R7151
A75RP7091
A75TP5171
A75TP6171

315-0202-00
315-0202-00
315-0202-00
307-1096-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES NTWK,FXD,FI:7,2 OHM,2%,lW
TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL
TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL

01121
01121
01121
57924
80009
80009

CB2025
CB2025
CB2025
4308R-l01-202
214-0579-00
214-0579-00

A75TP7143
A75TP7144
A75U3010
A75U3020
A75U3030
A75U3040

214-0579-00
214-0579-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00

TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL
TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536

Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM

80009
80009
04713
04713
04713
04713

214-0579-00
214-0579-00
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20

A75U3050
A75U3060
A75U3070
A75U3080
A75U3090
A75U3100

156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536

Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM

04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713

MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20

A75U3110
A75U3120
A75U3130
A75U3140
A75U3150
A75U3160

156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536

Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM

04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713

MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20

A75U3170
A75U3180
A75U4010
A75U4020
A75U4030
A75U4040

156-1 626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536

Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM

04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713

MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20

A75U4050
A75U4060
A75U4070
A75U4080
A75U4090
A75U4100

156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536

Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM

04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713

MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20

20-36

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

A75U4110
A75U4120
A75U4130
A75U4140
A75U4150
A75U4160

156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536

A75U4170
A75U4180
A75U5020
A75U5030
A75U5040
A75U5060

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713

MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20

156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1618-00
156-1618-00
156-1749-00
156-1740-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536 Xl DRAM
04713
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536 Xl DRAM
04713
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD BUS TRANSCEIVER
34335
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD BUS TRANSCEIVER
34335
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DYUNAMIC MEMORY CONTROLLER34335
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL DYNAMIC MEM DRIVER
34335

MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
AM2908DCB
AM2908DCB
AM2964BDCB
AM2966DCB

A75U5130
A75U5140
A75U5150
A75U5160
A75U5170
A75U6020

156-1740-00
156-1726-00
156-1743-00
156-1611-00
156-1611-00
156-1618-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL DYNAMIC MEM DRIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 1 OF 4 DCDR,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D TYPE EDGE-TRIGGERED
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D TYPE EDGE-TRIGGERED
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD BUS TRANSCEIV~R

34335
07263
07263
07263
07263
34335

AM2966DCB
74F139
74F02(PCQR OR DC
74F74
74F74
AM2908DCB

A75U6030
A75U6080
A75U6090
A75U6100
A75U6110
A75U6120

156-1618-00
156-0652-02
156-1722-00
156-0738-04
156-1752-00
156-1707-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD BUS TRANSCEIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INPUT EXCL NOR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INVERTER,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX 0 FF W/CLEAR,BURN-IN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3-INPUT NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI: QUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATE

34335
01295
04713
01295
07263
07263

AM2908DCB
SN74LS266
MC74F04
SN74S174(JP4)
74Fl0NDS/JDS
74FOOPCQR

A75U6130
A75U6140
A75U6150
A75U6160
A75U6170
A75U7040

156-1752-00
156-0733-02
156-1611-00
156-0966-01
156-1172-01
156-0653-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3-INPUT NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL MONOSTABLE MV,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D TYPE EDGE-TRIGGERED
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 5 INP NOR GATES
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 4 BIT CNTR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS

07263
01295
07263
80009
01295
27014

7 4Fl ONDS/JDS
SN74LS221 N3
74F74
156-0966-01
SN74LS393
DS8838

A75U7050
A75U7080
A75U7090
A75U7100
A75U7110
A75U7120

156-1746-00
156-1707-00
156-0653-02
156-0653-02
156-1611-00
156-0738-04

MICROCIRCUIT,DI: 8 INP DATA SEL,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI: QUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D TYPE EDGE-TRIGGERED
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX 0 FF W/CLEAR,BURN-IN

01295
07263
27014
27014
07263
01295

SN74S151
74FOOPCQR
DS8838
DS8838
74F74
SN74S174(JP4)

A75U7140
A75U7150
A75U7160
A75W7061
A75W7063
A75W7065

156-1722-00
156-1723-00
156-1707-00
131 -0566-00
131 -0566-00
131-0566-00

. MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INVERTER,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INPUT & GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI: QUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATE
BUS CONDUCTOR:DUMMY RES,2.375,22 AWG
BUS CONDUCTOR:DUMMY RES,2.375,22 AWG
BUS CONDUCTOR:DUMMY RES,2.375,22 AWG

04713
07263
07263
57668
57668
57668

MC74F04
74F08
74FOOPCQR
JWW-0200EO
JWW-0200EO
JWW-0200EO

A75W7067
A75W7069
A75W8062
A75Y7170

131-0566-00
131-0566-00
131-0566-00
119-1599-00

BUS CONDUCTOR:DUMMY RES,2.375,22 AWG
BUS CONDUCTOR:DUMMY RES,2.375,22 AWG
BUS CONDUCTOR:DUMMY RES,2.375,22 AWG
OSC,XTAL CLOCK:25MHZ,0.05%

57668
57668
57668
04713

JWW-0200EO
JWW-0200EO
JWW-0200EO
Kll14A

A80
A80

119-1617-01

CONTROLLER DISK:
(REPLACEABLE AS A UNIT ONLY)

80009

119-1617-01

Name & Description
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM

20-37

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Component No.
A85
A85
A85C1011
A85C1021
A85C1031
A85C1032

Tektronix
Part No.

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

80009

670-7952-00

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
290-0847-00

CKT BOARD ASSY:512K BYTE MEMORY
(8562 ONLY)
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :0.22UF, + 80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF,+50-10%,10V

04222
04222
04222
54473

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
ECE-B1AV470S

A85C1041
A85C1051
A85C1061
A85C1071
A85C1081
A85C1091

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A85C1101
A85C1111
A85C1121
A85C1131
A85C1141
A85C1151

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A85C1161
A85C1162
A85C1171
A85C1181
A85C2011
A85C2021

283-0423-00
290-0847-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF, + 50-1 0%,1 OV
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V

04222
54473
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
ECE-B1AV470S
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A85C2031
A85C2041
A85C2051
A85C2061
A85C2071
A85C2081

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%.50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A85C2091
A85C2101
A85C2111
A85C2121
A85C2131
A85C2141

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A85C2151
A85C2161
A85C2171
A85C2181
A85C3011
A85C3021

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A85C3031
A85C3041
A85C3051
A85C3061
A85C3071
A85C3081

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A85C3091
A85C3101
A85C3111
A85C3121
A85C3131
A85C3141

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

20-38

670-7952-01

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP. ,FXD,CER DI :0.22UF, + 80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, + 80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A85C4091
A85C4101
A85C4111
A85C4121
A85C4131
A85C4141

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, + 80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A85C4151
A85C4161
A85C4171
A85C4181
A85C5141
A85C5151

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A85C5161
A85C5172
A85C6021
A85C6031
A85C6061
A85C6071

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A85C6091
A85C6101
A85C6121
A85C6122
A85C6131
A85C6132

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF, + 80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, + 80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, + 80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, + 80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A85C6141
A85C6151
A85C6171
A85C6181
A85C7021
A85C7031

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, + 80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, + 80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A85C7041
A85C7051
A85C7081
A85C7092
A85C7102
A85C7112

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, + 80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF, + 80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V

04222
04222
04222
04222
04222
04222

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z

A85C7121
A85C7152
A85C7162
A85C8010
A85R5152
A85R7101

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
290-0847-00
315-0202-00
315-0202-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF, +80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF, + 80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI:0.22UF,+80-20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT:47UF,+50-1 0%, 10V
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W

04222
04222
04222
54473
01121
01121

DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
DG015E224Z
ECE-B1AV470S
CB2025
CB2025

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A85C3151
A85C3161
A85C3171
A85C3181
A85C4011
A85C4021

283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00
283-0423-00

A85C4031
A85C4041
A85C4051
A85C4061
A85C4071
A85C4081

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Name & Description

20-39

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

AB5R7141
AB5R7142
AB5R7151
AB5RP7091
AB5TP5171
AB5TP6171

315-0202-00
315-0202-00
315-0202-00
307-1096-00
214-0579-00
214-0579-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0.25W
RES NTWK,FXD,FI:7,2 OHM,2%,lW
TERM, TEST POINT:BRS CD PL
TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL

01121
01121
01121
57924

AB5TP7143
AB5TP7144
AB5Ul0l0
AB5Ul020
AB5Ul030
AB5Ul040

214-0579-00
214-0579-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00

TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL
TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536

BOO09
BOO09
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM

04713
04713
04713
04713

214-0579-00
214-0579-00
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20

AB5Ul050
AB5Ul060
AB5Ul070
AB5Ul0BO
AB5Ul090
AB5Ull00

156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536

Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM

04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713

MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20

AB5Ulll0
AB5U1120
AB5Ul130
AB5Ul140
AB5Ul150
AB5Ul160

156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536

Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM

04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713

MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20

AB5Ul170
AB5UllBO
AB5U2010
A85U2020
A85U2030
AB5U2040

156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536

Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM

04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713

MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20

AB5U2050
A85U2060
AB5U2070
AB5U2080
AB5U2090
AB5U2100

156-1626-00
156· 1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536

Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM

04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713

MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20

AB5U2110
AB5U2120
AB5U2130
AB5U2140
AB5U2150
AB5U2160

156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536

Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM

04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713

MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20

AB5U2170
AB5U2180
A85U3010
AB5U3020
A85U3030
AB5U3040

156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536

Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM

04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713

MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20

AB5U3050
A85U3060
A85U3070
A85U30BO
A85U3090
A85U3100

156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536

Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM

04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713

MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20

20-40

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

BOO09
BOO09

Mfr Part Number
CB2025
CB2025
CB2025
430BR-l01-202
214-0579-00
214-0579-00

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM

04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713

MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20

Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM

04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713

MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536

Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM

04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713

MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20

156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536

Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM
DRAM

04713
04713
04713
04713
04713
04713

MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20

A85U4170
A85U4180
A85U5020
A85U5030
A85U5040
A85U5060

156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1618-00
156-1618-00
156-1749-00
156-1740-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536 Xl DRAM
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536 Xl DRAM
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD BUS TRANSCEIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD BUS TRANSCEIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DYNAMIC MEMORY CONTROLLER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL DYNAMIC MEM DRIVER

04713
04713
34335
34335
34335
34335

MCM6665AL-20
MCM6665AL-20
AM2908DCB
AM2908DCB
AM2964BDCB
AM2966DCB

A85U5070
A85U5120
A85U5130
A85U5140
A85U5150
A85U5160

156-1740-00
156-1740-00
156-1740-00
156-1726-00
156-1743-00
156-1611-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL DYNAMIC MEM DRIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL DYNAMIC MEM DRIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:OCTAL DYNAMIC MEM DRIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUALL 1 OF 4 DCDR,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D TYPE EDGE-TRIGGERED

34335
34335
34335
07263
07263
07263

AM2966DCB
AM2966DCB
AM2966DCB
74F139
74F02(PCQR OR DC
74F74

A85U5170
A85U6020
A85U6030
A85U6080
A85U6090
A85U6100

156-1611-00
156-1618-00
156-1618-00
156-0652-02
156-1722-00
156-0738-04

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D TYPE EDGE-TRIGGERED
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD BUS TRANSCEIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD BUS TRANSCEIVER
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2-INPUT EXCL NOR GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INVERTER,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX D FF W/CLEAR,BURN-IN

07263
34335
34335
01295
04713
01295

74F74
AM2908DCB
AM2908DCB
SN74LS266
MC74F04
SN74S174(JP4)

A85U6110
A85U6120
A85U6130
A85U6140
A85U6150
A85U6160

156-1752-00
156-1707-00
156-1752-00
156-0733-02
156-1611-00
156-0966-01

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3-INPUT NAND GATES
MICROCIRCUIT,DI: QUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:TRIPLE 3-INPUT NAND GATES
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL MONOSTABLE MV,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D TYPE EDGE-TRIGGERED
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 5 INP NOR GATES

07263
07263
07263
01295
07263
80009

74Fl0NDS/JDS
74FOOPCQR
74Fl0NDS/JDS
SN74LS221N3
74F74
156-0966-01

A85U6170
A85U7040
A85U7050
A85U7080
A85U7090
A85U7100

156-1172-01
156-0653-02
156-1746-00
156-1707-00
156-0653-02
156-0653-02

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL 4 BIT CNTR
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS
MICROCIRCUIT,DI: 8 INP DATA SEL,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI: QUAD 2-INPUT NAND GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD UNIFIED BUS

01295
27014
01295
07263
27014
27014

SN74LS393
DS8838
SN74S151
74FOOPCQR
DS8838
DS8838

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

A85U3110
A85U3120
A85U3130
A85U3140
A85U3150
A85U3160

156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIR'CUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536

Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl
Xl

A85U3170
A85U3180
A85U4010
A85U4020
A85U4030
A85U4040

156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:NMOS,65536

A85U4050
A85U4060
A85U4070
A85U4080
A85U4090
A85U4100

156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00
156-1626-00

A85U4110
A85U4120
A85U4130
A85U4140
A85U4150
A85U4160

Name & Description

20-41

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

A85U7110
A85U7120
A85U7140
A85U7150
A85U7160
A85W7061

156·1611·00
156·0738·04
156·1722·00
156· 1723·00
156·1707·00
131·0566·00

A85W7063
A85W7065
A85W7067
A85W7069
A85W8062
A85Y7170

131·0566·00
131·0566·00
131·0566·00
131·0566·00
131·0566·00
119·1599·00

20·42

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

MICROCIRCUIT,DI:DUAL D TYPE EDGE·TRIGGERED
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX D FF W/CLEAR,BURN.IN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:HEX INVERTER,SCRN
MICROCIRCUIT,DI:QUAD 2 INPUT & GATE
MICROCIRCUIT,DI: QUAD 2·INPUT NAND GATE
BUS CONDUCTOR:DUMMY RES,2.375,22 AWG

07263
01295
04713
07263
07263
57668

74F74
SN74S174(JP4)
MC74F04
74F08
74FOOPCQR
JWW·0200EO

BUS CONDUCTOR:DUMMY RES,2.375,22
BUS CONDUCTOR:DUMMY RES,2.375,22
BUS CONDUCTOR:DUMMY RES,2.375,22
BUS CONDUCTOR:DUMMY RES,2.375,22
BUS CONDUCTOR:DUMMY RES,2.375,22
OSC,XTAL CLOCK:25MHZ,0.05%

57668
57668
57668
57668
57668
04713

JWW·0200EO
JWW·0200EO
JWW·0200EO
JWW·0200EO
JWW·0200EO
K1114A

Name & Description

AWG
AWG
AWG
AWG
AWG

Replaceable Electrical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Mlr
Code

Mlr Part Number

T0510
50522
50522
87034
71400

FB12C12L
MV5374C
MV5374C
9AS15
AGC 1/2

71400

ABC-8

71400

MTH4

260-1967-00
260-1989-00

FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,8A,250V,5 SEC
(STANDARD ONLY)
FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,4A,250V,FAST BLOW
(OPTIONS A1,A2,A3,A4 & A5)
SWITCH,SLlDE:DPDT,5A/250V
SWITCH, ROCKER: DPST, 16A,250VAC

OOOFJ
OOOFJ

4021.0512
1602-0120

260-1867-00
260-1868-00
260-2028-00
120-1529-00

SWITCH,TOGGLE:SPDT,0.4A,20V
SWITCH,TOGGLE:SPDT,0.4A,20V
SWITCH,ROCKER:DPDT,0.4A,20VAC
XFMR,PWR,STPDN:LOW FREQUENCY

09353
09353
OOOFJ
80009

7108-J61-CB8
7101-J61-CB8
OBD
120-1529-00

Component No.

Tektronix
Part No.

B610
DS1032
DS1038
DS1052
F100

119-1751-00
150- 1064-00
150-1064-00
150-0093-01
159-0025-00

F615
F615
F615
F615
S615
S650

159-017 4-00

S1014
81024
S1045
T660

159-0017 -00

Serial/Model No.
Dscont
Ell

Name & Description
CHASSIS PARTS
FAN,TUBEAXIAL:80CFM, 12VDC, 1A
LT EMITTING DIO:YELLOW,585NM,40 MA MAX
LT EMITTING DIO:YELLOW,585NM,40 MA MAX
LAMP,INCAND:5V,0.06A,0.05 MSCP,SEL
FUSE,CARTRIDGE:3AG,0.5A,250V,FAST-BLOW

20-43

8560/8561/8562 Service

Section 21
DIAGRAMS
Standards

Assembly Numbers and Grid Coordinates

The following American National Standard Institute
standards are used in the preparation of Tektronix, Inc.
diagrams.
ANSI Y32.2-1975
Graphic Symbols
ANSI Y32.14-1973 (Positive logic.
Logic Symbols
Logic symbols depict the logical
function performed and may differ
from the manufacturer's data.)
ANSI Y1.1-1972
Abbreviations
ANSI Y14.15-1966
Drafting Practices

Each circuit board in the instrument is assigned an assembly
number (e.g. A20). This number appears on the component
location illustration, the schematics, and the component
lookup table. The Replaceable Electrical Parts list also uses
the number to list components by assembly. The following
illustration shows an example of a component number in
the Electrical Parts list.

Line Conventions
And Lettering
Letter Symbols

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
omponent Number

, A23 Ai ,R1234~

ANSI Y14.2-1973
Assembly
Number

~t

C

Schematic
Subassembly
Circuit
Number if used)
Number
Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Num er
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List.

ANSI Y10.5-1968

Component Values
Ele~trical components shown on the diagrams are in the
following units unless noted otherwise:
Capacitors = Values one or greater are in picofarads (pF).
Values less than one are in microfarads (J.lF).
Resistors = Ohms (n)

Both the schematics and the component locator illustration
have locating grids. A lookup table is assigned to each
schematic. The lookup table gives the component location
in both the associated schematic, and on the component
locator illustration.

The following special symbols may appear on the diagrams:

Function Block Title

_~~=::::A~::::~::::::::B:-~::~::::::~C~::::~::~~~D~____
r-------------

I

IC Type

, . - - - - - - - - - - Refer to Waveform

U31bO

1

Function Block Overlay

/

TIP-I ~
~

To Common Tie Point -11---1--------/

!W p/o AI~ MTHR. Bo.1

US ISO
"140""

J 5 QI-----=~_--4 ")o---~

U zno

I

>-

~~........

_---I

2
Grid Locator -

~b-----4

+5. z.v
RIIOO
IB.8bK

o _-=-;L.

I

/r-ff----

741S00FETCH

From Diagram

or Test Data

>=---=Modified Component
'-:r==----- With
(Depicted in Grey, or
Grey Outline)See Pa rts Li st

IRIIO~

r-----

I /

.-J>------i~----+-

L-_ _ _ _ _

Common Tie Point

R~lIb

~

?

~+3.~V'9

~

0---

8=
p~

Circuit Board Outline

3

Line Name

3""

..

Soldered Interconnecting
Bd_ Lead
Destination Diagram No.
Strap or Jumper
(unsoldered)
Plug To EC Board
Plug Index
Signifies Pin No.1

--I1-~t:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:--::"-1G~~~~~~~~~]--;:::::::;~
______Diagram Name & No.
PIO AIO PROC.ESSOR 60.

Part Of Board
Name & Assembly
No. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _./

PROC ESSO/R

7

/.'-.:.1
"
-/

6
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

IV:\. Static Sensitive Devices
\:::I See Mamtenance SectIon

Component Number

, A23 A2 R1234 '
Assembly
Number

:rTLsc~~;:~tc
Subassembly
Number (if used)

Number

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts LIst.

Figure 21·1. A10 Main Interconnect Board.
4759-45

~(LI

...
-

, ,

-

-- ·
-- · ,.·
--- """ ,.,.""
-- "" ..
-- ...." ....
--- ....'" ....
-- .. ....
-- .." ..
-- .." .....
-- .." ••
-

Ie Pin Information

"

LSI 11

Device

vee

GND

26LS30
26LS32
4024
4044
4116
4118
4702
74S00(LS)
74S02(LS)
74S04(LS)
7406
74S08(LS)
74LS10
74S11(LS)
74LS14
7416
74LS20
74S21(LS)
74LS27
74LS30
74S32(LS)
7438
74S64
74LS74

1
16
14
14
9
24
16
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

8
8
7
7
16
12
8
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Device

74LS86
74LS11
74LS123
74LS130
74LS138
74S139(LS)
74148
74LS151
74LS153
74LS155
74LS157
74LS163
74LS174
74LS175
74LS191
74LS221
74S241
74LS244
74LS245
74LS251
74LS253
74LS255
74LS260
74LS266

vee

GND

14
14
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
20
20
20
16
16
14
14
14

7
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
10
10
10
8

8
7
7
7

Device

74LS273
74LS275
74LS279
74LS367
74LS373
74LS374
74LS393
8094
8136
8237-2
8272
8837
8838
9602
AM2908
AY5-1031A
D8284A
HM6116
MC1458
MK3881
MK4118-4
MLM339
MM5369

vee

GND

20
20
16
16
20
20
14
14
16
31
40
16
16
16
20
1
18
24
8
26
24
3
8

10
10
8
8
10
10
7
7
8
20
20
8
8
8
5,16
3
9
12
4
11
12
12
2

....-12'1-

~IL)

··
·•, ·,

" f---

BREFILI

BDIILJlILI
8DAL4ILI
BDAL51Ll
BDAL81Ll
BDAL7tLI
BDAL8IL)
IIOALSILI

"

IIIlALISILI

..

INDEXCLl
HEAD LOAD!L)

SlOE 8E1.ILl

IN USEeL}

'N USEILI

SIDE SELCLl

INDElCCLl

DISC CHANCEILl

"
"

U

BDAL28ILI
BDAL211l1

>0-7

-12'1_

sa I III

DRIVE 8EL04ILI
DIItECTIONILl

·.

--,----

I--- +12V

--i>

--

BRPLYILI

'"

BIlINILI

50

BlitalLl

58

TRACK nlLl

BrAlt1 ILl

VR PROTECTtLI

81AKlIll

"

IIBS7ILI

ltD DATAILI

.." ..••

--"

smalll
B1NITILI

"'-58

n-.

BIROBILI
1IOAL181LI



B~
.~

BIRQ71LI

BEVNT(LI

_+IZV

.7

-

IIDAUILI
lIOAL04tLI
BDAL!5(LI
IIOAl.8tLI

eo

---!>

-

+12V_
BDAL21LI

.. ~Ii.ILI

....
.... "'..
.. ,.. ..,
.7



V

eo

70

.... :=:J
.. ~KILI
.. ....
...." ..
"'
.. ,.

81RQ71LI

BEYNTILI

_+I2V

--i>

- -97

Q -

....

III'ICILI
BIAKILl

P/O All ""Itt INTERCONNECT BOARD

P/O MAIN INTERCONNECT

<2>

0~~----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~

.....""

1'-=-'-----1'

-- .
-,

,----

• 1----='-'1

"'"

o,~

Dio-a:

DIO-5

8ER1N-~

1DM..8CLI

<1--"

IRQ

+12V_ :0
IDOUTILI

......

"

.

LORQ
"f--i>

v

....

1-1
f---J

:

f--i>"'IL)

aIRQIL)

, - - - - I - + - ' , " "...
=''''L'--1

41

58

V------jSI
IDAUICLJ

..........
..........
..........
..........

:

r.:.tHIL)

r--

+12¥

S2~
1M

r-""'"

sa

f---+SY

BDOUT(LI

.

aIRQIL)

"

84

t-- +IZV

"f--i>
BDM..tSILI

IlERINlCLI

8_

('-"'-'----1.

L....J.....

I

"'IDWtIL)

48~

V------j1S1

R~

24 _+I2V
DTlt2ILJ

28

IERDUTZIHI

:

.

lOIN II..I

~

~"'IL)

51 t - - +12Y

51

22_+I5V

-12Y_

REM PlllRIL)

S2~

.,

.. 1--=="-1

~

.., ..... 1-1
1r".::;'RQ::;'::;L''--I
i---J
'(MULl

41

.IAKIIIL2.....- 41
18I11L.1

:~

. . .t(LI

IHo\LTILI

45

J2

4It---"="--.J
81NITILI

1iJtINIHI

21

21

IDOUTILI

SHALTIL)

IDIQILI

lIB t--+I2¥

-i>CTSUHI

+12Y_ :0

:p

,----1-+-'==--141

:: -

'WnI~

+SY_ 21
-12V_

~IL)
..
.. .

alRQ7IL)

8OAL141LI
80ALIISILI

~

~~

IlJAL2IIILI

17

alRQ7CLI
SEVNTILI

.

1DAL121L1

________________

.~

:p
IOALBILI

II------i

1DAL1'IIILI

~

I_t--+IV

-

17

:

1KMLtBILI

021-==:!.."J

.

14

.:w.tlILl
IDALt41LJ

f--i>BSACK(LI
1IRQ7ILI

lr-'=='--!.'

14 t--+'ZV

IDALISIL)

IDALnlLI

~

:~o\CklL)

IOALI.IL)

a:w.2ILI

::D

o
oz
Z

1--' ',--I>

~

PINER .......,

,--

.. :p

I.t--+SV

'----

IIAKlL)

0~Q~-~~---------------L------------------L---------------------------------------------------------

14 t - - +12V

~

m

".

+12Y_ 71

.

IIOALIILI

Z

~



II 1 - - - " " = " - 1

-12V_ D

aDrNILI

v------i ..

BDAL.21L.)

8IML81L.)

21

-IZV_ 17

<1--"

REtlI"VRILI

BRl'LYILI

"I",ILI

..
.
-

211IHI



L-

"

,.

11

12---1>

~

I---....:!:"--J

,.1---"=:.::......1

-12V_

LINE

+'ZV_

FR(HI

,~ '" "--I>

~

22

~ P

1----'="--..1

24--t>

'----

_ L_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ L __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _J

PIO MAIN INTERCONNECT

0

8560/8561/8562 Service

B

A

o

c

E

1

H

G

F

K

J

U11117111
Ul1111
"'HI'
..........

lSI lSI

:a:a

2

p
2891

P
2892
P
2893
P

U21118111

2894

P
289:5

P
P
2897
P
2896

~~l

211111111

U211111
U212111

2898

3
UJI1I6111

UJI1I7111

I'l ....

4

5

..........

•UrU~2J
W411117
W411118
W411119

I/)

ISIISI
I'll'l

:a:a

u=·1

U4119111

I

~

~~

'-'

U5111 9 111

z
o

'"\JI
U51JI1I

U51117111

~

9
I-

6

Z

W

Z

>0
I-Q.
:::i:E

i=0

::;)0

7

El

U61119111

U61JI1I

U6ll111

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

~

8

U61111111

U61112111

U712111

T~SCh,em~tic

Componezt Number

-,

W711111
W711112
W71111J
W711114
W711115
W711116
W711117
W711118
1ffij)-

U71J

, A23
Assembl

y
Number

I
.-J

R1234 '

L ' CirCUit

Subassembly
Number (if used)

Number

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number

prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts list.

IV:\ Static Sensitive Devices

9

\:t::I

See Maintenance Section

PI
4759-46

Figure 21·2. A20 Utility Board.

I.

5ELE.C. TE.O OUT

~~~~

liudw
ri '"
It ((
IY

r-________~-o~~o~----------------------------r_----+_+_+_+_--------------------------~~--------_+_+__________________~~_+~-------------------T-~~H~\--T--D,-(~H~\'~T-D-'2-(~H~)-_T_D
__
'5~(~H~\__~

0



PBR5E.LZ 1O-3(14)

~

PBR5E.L 1) 0-3(H)
-:J':J~

J

J

(/)

If)

~C

0C

"''''',(H\

z.

Te:.RM~TAT1{>i\

'z."

3
13

"'''R2.(H\
Te:.RM5TATZ-(I-I)

14

5

dl JIl



l>
;:0

C

en
m
;:0

:;:
r

o
\

<=}

C~e.~A :;L~:{H)

<2> C--"-D-AV-,-C('-")c'--------------------,3:-1 ~
~
'V'

(

XRDY"(H)

'2.

RDAV2.(H)

,.
" '5

UI0<10D

13 7

RDAT1 -1(Hl

Z.

I"I,'1 9

'"

RDATZ.-b(l-i)

I~eo~r

-~¢

TD6(H)

13

7

"

UIOLIOE

Ie:>

z..

'l

z.

UIO-~ 'c.

0

IY3p."~~~r_r_--------~LD~-X~B~U~F~--'~(~~~

1YZp.5~~r_r_~---------L-D---X-C5~R---1~(-~~
'Y¢p.7'--1-1-1I-I-________

--=.L=D_-'-R=C~5R__-_"(,-L),,-

-

~
UZ.IZD

L.TC - E.N(Hl

"'14148

 C__-"-I--R-O~M~("~)----_+_+--------------------------_r----~------~+_+_----------------------------+_--_r------------------+_+_----------------------------+_~
II
P1O,3b

1V2..(H\

~ (~Z-~V~2.~(H~)------~~----------------------~----------~+__,

D

RD6..TZ-i;ZI-RDATZ-1 (H)

<3>( __R~DA~T~1~-¢~-~R=D~A~T-'-~1f(~H\t_--------------------------r_------------_+~--_r_r----------------------_+----------------------_+_<

~t

--=r
1

+5V
"'035

U IO

RDAT1-2(H) 5

1Y'

TD.tI(t-l)

'C.YZ-(H\
RDATZ.-z..(I-I)

2.Y ~

,\~z.c.z.

RDATZ.-.3(f.I)

Z.

('.<:\1....52..53

13 2C3

~

TD3(H)

RDAT1-1(\oI)

RDAT'C.-H"l

14

1c..1

IY

,

TDZ(")

Z.C.1

1<:50'2.8

ZY

~z.c.z...
'3 'C.<:3

~

~+5V
TD1(H)
R'l.051

~+sv

13 b

3

<2>

A " 5E~A(Ll

5

e

~1
~z...

I

D

~

MlJXEN(~)

'Y

5

TD¢(")

ilil

L-+_+_--,,'5::qz.c. ZYZ~
~ 'o, 'C.Y1 P-:"O'---4-+____________'-R=D~-'_R=B=-=U'_.-_-_=""'(L'_')••"'1
'____________________'-_D_-_R_C5
__"_-_Z--'.lL_),..
U<1I2.0

NCT5-2..(H)

IA.L5155

x e.R.E..A.K.Z.(H)
VE.C-1 (L)

VE:.C-Z.(Lj

(

L-AI (H\

(

"DATZ--<;ZI(H\

Ie!>

'----

X6REAK1(14)

0(


z. c-e'--A

j4 L...5Z.5 I

5ELC(L)

5EL eeL)

-----':'::< '"

~ 1<:,
f-~~ 1<:

7f'5r

NCT.5-1(""')

<2>C
0C

UZ.OBO

101\

RD"'TI-¢(")

3,

,C.3

~ ~C¢
11

CO)

~r-A­

.. 1CZ3

14L5"2.5:!>

b

",'

r-----_r~_r_r_+_+------------------~~1'

eo'" To¢l"l

/"'-:J-'1
~\o4
14

5

~b

f

I

Z.

~

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

L-AZ-(H)

Component Number

DOUT(H)

• A23

5E.R.1(Ll

i NOTE: Table 21-1, shows

.,"RZ-(L.)

Ie pin-out (Vee & GND).

® Static Sensitive Devices
See Maintenance Section

Plo

65100/651:>1/65102. SERVICE

'-embl

I

T

R1234'

=rscnematic

y...J
L'Circuit
Number
Subassembly
Number
Number (If used)

,..,$

Chassis·mQunted components have no Assembl~ Number
prefiX-Sell end of Replaceable Electrical Parts Usl

At.O UTILITY BOARD

SE.RIAL I/O

+IIV
Rfol:31
IK

A

o

[

~

+ 5V

lR

U5130D
'" J>. 7<1l...5O"I

51 2.2.
2..2.K

5E.R-'2.(L)

<$>

-~":-+-:"'117~)-8-----:'-=-~~-=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=--=- =- =- =- =- =-II_____________________________
-=- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- 5_': 'L.~T_C~(H~')~0~
E_:"'_R~Z~=:':(,-L.~):~ 0
-.1®-=- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =- =,-__

~5~YN~C~(7H)~~~~________________________________~~____________________________________
DALI(H)-OALIZ(H)

I

5I1,(H)

BII7 (H)
LD- LTCR(L.\

I

i
~
I

'OALI2.(H}14.

'(/

DAL.II(,,)

~

_~I",K.'r-----''-_ _'----'---'

VAl...8(H) IS
OAL",(H)1:5

2. 14 "i IZ. 10 1\

I

TI Tio T2. T5T3 B4 Bl

15

I

t;,
.3

13

!5

10

I

U7130
15 I!>'"

12.

"I

DAl....:3(H}

IIEl

l...TC(L.'

>

''Z.

"14L11373

WA
r-~

5q 12.
IQ

00 Ib

TD.,Cf.l)

05 IS

TDII(H)

3D

3G(l-b
_ _ _ _A"i--=-C;-,f.l:'-l_',_ _ _ _--i-lf--_---I-r---'-'-jAI

01 10 TOI(H)

CALI(>4)

4QI-"'
_ _ _ _A-.!¢
__('-H.:...}_I--.tt_ _-I_-I-r---8-'-jA¢

o¢ ""

To¢(H)

;:.e,
1~

07 11

TD, (H)

8

10

4D

10

I

'i

Ullc.O
141<1S

L.

+!5v __~INK~~~~----..-~____--,

OALI(H)
DAL2.(H)

15 A
14 II

oAL. S(H)

1:3 C

OAL4 (HI

+-+-___.::..:3'-/>

T02. CH)

2.3

1"1 AID

~ All

"'I
f\.0_A_l..._B.:..(H.'-I_2.-'-lD SCi> f--5=-_ _ _+-...

~ R"1I2.1
t-"I
___-~IV\Kfo,_- +IIV

II

1<;;> I-I-::b_ _ _-,-A-,-'Z..-;.(H-;):...-c:-<
1 d - - - - - - + - + - - " ' - 1 AZ.

OAL.Z.(H\ 14 foO

~I
Z.
I

(e)

A"I--

ZQf-'S'-_ _ _
A...:.II..,C-,H):--c:-<
'd------+-+-.::3-1 All

t--

R""2.1

U50BO
2.732.

~

~

'Y

~2-;=====~...:.A...:..::b7(H",\,-"",_ _ _ _ _++_.::.Z.--IA"

OAL.3("') 17

~

I .:; V-"'I

OUTt-~
_ _ _ _...

I

U5010

b

CAL5(H) 1

U5110

Eh e2. BS 53 T"i

t--1t-__
' 'Z.

DAL"1 (Hl

t;,

U5100C
1<1L110'Z.

-SV
' ""1"1l...110"l

r--;::::=~e-cl1:=>i:"'::'-=--1~tn~~~I~~50
I
>0
OAL."1(",) 3 10
DAl....,(H\ 4 z.o

OALIO(H') 3
,?AL"l(H) 4

R""2.1
oj. 5V

~

z.

U5110F

P-c~
"14L50,7"iL50
'-A-=-¢-=-(H..:..)________1-

o¢ '"

TOIO(H)

10 T09(H)

~_+cI:--_ _ _ _ _ _ __+_Z-l3 All

'"

=i

r-~__I_----------------------__I_---------'--------------~~2.C--!1

All

-<

07 11 TDIS(HI

'--_1_ _ _ _ _ _ _+1_1'" AIO
TPIOS'"

r=

~-t-----------------_I-I-IA1

Z.

TPIOS6

C
-t

T08(H)

CE

~

TD¢(Hl'--t--_T_D-,-15_C
::..H-'.). .

Bb BZ. 55 B!> T4
OUT

I U1:>IOO

1-"'
_ _ _ _---,

~

R

11

55,(H)
DAL"I(H)

RblZ.1
+5V __~INK'r-----''-~-;'----'-____-,

CAL 10(H)
10

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
Component Number

Assembly
Number

'--+---------1>

:rrLSc~~~~i'C
Subassembly
Number ("used)

+ ______---'

DAl...,(H) 1"2.
'"
/I D s <;> 1-_
___

• A23 A2 R1234 '

DALIIlH}

DAL.l'Z.(H)

USllOe::
~4L504
10

IV:\ Static S~nsitive Devices
\2::1 See Mamtenance SectIOn

81310

TS 5T e,

2. Tl

OUT

!

-t
(')

lJ

+5V

~~"I

o

:!:

ULlIIOA

1-"'___~-;I"--l"1"iI...S¢¢

10 T3

RD-ROM(L')

~ .3

~T4

4 T'Z.

14 Tb

~BI
~B"

. -

Chassis-mouoledcompooenls have no AssembiyNumber
prelil-seeend 01 Rep!aceabie Elec\ncal P.rtslisl

7lc

~5S

UI030B
1"11...51<1

Number

~ 54
"3 BZ.

R50W

~+.5V
R5131

~+5V

~B~

NOTE: Table 21-1, shows
Ie pin-out (Vee & GND).

5E.R-1(L\
51O:R1 (L)

@--I

ADDR RECOG,/CHANNIO:L"1

85(00/85101/85102. SE.RVICE

o

>
::Il
r

613'"
Tl T",n T!5T3B4 1:>1

0

C

U,IIO

+--+__7.q 5T5

til

i LiNE TIME Cl...K I

plO A2.0 UTIl...ITY I30ARD

I REC.OG,NIZE RDM AooR
LTC/ROM

"lIC

0-1

:ei=

m=i
:c-<
001

00

Z»

-I:c

~o
r
,/

/DOWNI

(Jl

()l

__-_ _ _

,,",_"w#\Th1'=~,_~%=~m

U5030A
LM339

U\:,0<10E.
~.<1L514

bD;lJ .3bl 4Z 1 25

I

ZIJ~

C1022
C1033
C1054
C1057
C1063
C1092
C110B
C1119
C20B2
C2121
C3031
C3069
C3093
C3131
C4029
C4051

,

,

C4079
C4109
C5119
C6011
C6022
C6053
C6139
C7037
C7039
C7041
C70S9
C7067
C7091
C7092
C7117

GiND

"

[>

I
+5V

(

II

IC7078

~ Z2.)-'F

:

1
~0.'-"FCAP5

TI-\IRTY-ONE

SE£TABL£

!

TPb03" q
Rb03,
34.BK

4-iZV

-12.V
10038

~

IOp.F

ICZO"7C')
10""F

~

C.7037


b

+

CR<.=9

J
~

~13

1

RS031
10K

-

15

-" - - I

1f

R503
10K 2.

10

BI

"

12.
I~

11

U",Oz.oc
01

13

,.<11...504

5
v

INIT (1...,\

4)°0

DCOK(\...'L

00

b

U00WD
04

"l~504

<.

T

1

DCOI<.(L)

RP7030
390

--

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

7.<1L-5¢¢

Component Number

'm A2R1p4'

8
Assembly

LM33"

Number

R503Q
10K

Iqu F

~

~

U5030D

C.4041

A

13Z.

RP70bO
390

U£1030D

ee38

e.q

IZ

I
I

1 ______

B3

I.q

Z

U7050

DI5ABLES

5

<0

!C703'"
~ O.If-4 TTb033 RbO.33
'34.81<.
"3.IK

+ lillY

l

UW40F
13 "14L514

- -

+SV

I

+5V

RS048
10K

,40<.

10

Table 21-2
Thirty-One O.1J.1.F
Oecoupling Capacitors

i

U5040B
3

- Z

+5V

z

R<'035
4.3.ZK

o

RP,000
180
,--------

Rb041
4,0

.ql

VRb03~

C0047

1.~.uF [>

Vz

vb

R<'031
390

fR50.q~
10K

U5040A
1;;.qOb

-4J

T

L S~~c:~:iC

Subassembly
Number (If u$~d)

Number

Chas,ls-mounted components have 00 i1ssembtj Number
p!efi,-see end of Replaceable Electrical Pa!ts L,st

® Static Sensitive Devices
See Mamtenance Sec/Ion

-12.V

NOTE, T,ble 21·1, .how.

I HAL..T

.. RES.,.... ..,..

I

'" ....... ,,.w.

!

u .. u, ,

+5V
R40~

U\:,050A
RE.START(L..')

I

CR503 1 2.t

74L51"'1

.~

z
+5V

Rb052.
10K

U70Z0E

C-1ose

+ "'2'F

Z'I<.

+5V

I

T2.

"

IU5050A

T1
q

~,"02.

10

+5V

I

5YNC(H')

z.

74L52.'

RP\...Y(H)

13

IZ

I

RUN(Ll!HAL..T(H\

R,OZ4
beO

Q
CD
13cb

'"

U5050B
""'02.

~3040B
10
74\...52.0
17.,

"-

BDMR(\...')

T1

II

U~040A

330

lsi

TZ

DMG,I (\...l

R702.3

,,,-

C40S7
4,0
141

CD
31

~l

R 50S 2.
15K

BB36

6

R50Ze

~+'3>V

I:!>.7

+5V

+'3>V

RSOb4
2.0K

C.50&3
IOOOpF
1-1

BRUN (L'

Rb055
II<.

.:>

U",040B

'7'0

T~r'0
________~___z.~p~ae3
___8~___________________________________________________________________________________________P_R_0_C
___
BU
__5_Y~(~L~)~~

,41...514

~f_~~~'-------------------------------------4----~/----------.,,~
4

r--

"<

CD
13

MAIN
I NT. 80.

U70LOA

IS

T"-

U50bOB
"'1001:.

pia

U70Z.0c..

P'

ee:38

1

pia A2.0

8SIoO/85fal/ 8Sfa2.. SERVICE

UTILITy 60ARD

POWER CONTROL HALT/RESTART

Uz..030A
74L574

I

~

RDAVI - I NT(H')

UZ()LIOD

U.30LlOA

r--------5~~r:-4-L-S--~-O--------------------------------------------~I~R~~Q~(~H~)~~<3>

741..5¢¢

4.1"-0

+5V

UIOIOB

O

I A K 1 (H\
01 N (1-1)

~

1?9

. " r----. 741..5¢¢
R Q .-8
___--.,.--..,-,

IOJ

M

/'

~8

eL-

5 ZD

12..

~~-----------+~~----------J

I~

U-z.OIO
14L513.,

z.
B

4

31

U302.0

7"'1L5175

7414e

I
4
ZQ 1--_ _ _ _..q

~

TBMT1- EN(H)

U3030

3D

3C<

4D

4(;(

lD

1(;(

z..

c.
4
Gt2A

~ZB

Gr1
y~

"1

10 _ _ _
3..q b
1--_
15
~ 5
I

4

13

"3

~s ~
E¢ f-1_5_---J

U3050F

S

~1

b

10

1

R,50z.e

IL

~>Iz..-----'
5....--- Ie::>
1V~(H)
M
4 B ,}---------+--t--------...... ~

¢

A1

r2-

~EI

U30IOB

~+5V

4

5]

-=

14L5¢¢

W

~

VEc..-z..(L\

\..p--------+---------~
~ ~

V

~b

RDAVZ.-INT(I-I\

<92

U4010A

LlNE.-PTR,1(H)

'Z.. ~141-532.

~

LlNE- PTR~(H)

VE.e -1 (I..)

"\p-----i--_~ ~

~3

~
1\

74L-S74

DS

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

U2.040B

r->

Q 5
R

13 '(

~

UW2.05

IO~

0
%>

14~04

13

Ii"'
I--('Z..

A-

0

INT.5D.

j-

3

UZ.040C

\31

Plo
MAIN

~Zl~_~¢¢

74LS74

II

PI

~BO

U3010A

~DS
XRDY1 -INT(t-l\

p/o

r=-

....

UZ030B

IO~

330

5 ~/4L50e
14 ee38
131AK~ -(L' , '43
4 I 'J-------; DO---........----*"----------I-~/
"
~_~b
15
R7047

~--~----------~--~--_4----------------------------------+_~~_+--------------------------------+_

~----~~--------~--~----------~--~------------~~~~----~

R70'=>5

U70Z.0F

Compone~t

5...---.. 14 L.S
~
\.

Number

:rT
f

A23

-/b

Assembly
Number

XRDY2.- INT(I-!')

,

R1234

~SChematiC
L ' Circuit

Subassembly
Number (if used)

Number

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefiK-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List.

TBMTZ.-E..N(H)

I


A0-A7(H)

/

BDALIO(L.)
BDAI...1

13
14

U4040

~

BDALII(I...)
/

7

U7010jl7
AOREN(Ll

(I...)

I
A7(H)

6

A6(H)

e

AS(H)

II

A4(H)

13

AS(H)

4

AZ(H)

2

AI(H)

15

A0(H)

17

BDAI...¢(I...)

19

U7020

74L5244

IA3

Iv3

IA4

IY4

2AI

2YI

2A22Y2
IA2

IY2

IAI

IYI

2AS 2YS
2A4ZY4

7

14

D07(H)

DOII(H)

2

12

D06(H)

DOI0(H)

5

DOS(H)

DOI(H)

7

D04(H)

D00(H)

18

D03(H)

DAL.lI(I...)

IS

DOZ(H)

DAI...I !I)(L)

4

5

DO I (H)

OALI(L)

IZ

3

D00(H)

OAL0(L)

15

"

B

~<§>~
14

II

14
I

12

03

I I

04

63

02

B4

01

3

OIII(H)

6

DII0(H)

10

DII(H)

13

OI0(H)

U4110
"74LSI,4
<0:'0

B2

01 (H)

3

BI

D2.(H)

4

0

PATEN(Ll

De(H)

19

D5(H)

:3

04(H)

4

03(H)

14

BDAL., (I...)

DZ(H)

13

6DALe(l...)

01 (H)

7

/

BDAL -'(1...)

00(H)

8

"-

BDAl...b (I...)

U5020

U7030

74L5373

as.38

7D

70

80

80

10

IQ

2D

20.

60

6Q

50

50.

3D

30

40

4Q

"-

II

16

DOI'5(HI

2

19

0014(H)

'5

2

DOIS(H)

5

0012(H)

"

15

DOII(H)

CAL9(L)

I

12

oOI¢(H}

DAI...B(L)

4

6

009(H)

OAI...7(L)

12

9

DOS(H)

DAI...6(L)

15

14

II

II

3Q

10

IQ

2.0

2.'<

SO
60

SQ
GQ

40

4'0

~
~

I',O-QDL(L)



9

1

1z

03

II

04

BS

02

B4

01

,

DI9(H)

6

DIS(H)

10

DI7(H)

13

DI6(H)

1

I2.

e.z.

plo
PI

- - --

4

BDALIB(I...) --"

I

60A1-1O:> (I...) .. "-

IS

BDALZO(L)_ "-

12.

BDAI...2.I(L) "-

9

P/O
MAIN
IIJT.BP.

(H)

RES(Ll

17

ID

I'

DS(H)

D,(H)

7Q
eQ

IS

Static Sensitive Devices

14

EXT E.NO(L)

0¢-07(H)

7D
80

13

04(H) 14-

~
~

;:~~:r

ee3S

9

03(Hl 13

Wf\

®

U5010
74LS373

3

0

Lsc~em~tic

Subasse'!'bly

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefLx-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts list.

81

7

T

Number (If used)

B2

19

I

,

A23fR1234

13

BDAL.I2.(L.)

~
~

Number

I

AIS(H)

plo

---

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

U7010

74L'5244

8

70

74LS373

7Q

10

10.

8D

8Q

20

20

SO

30.

SO

50

60

60

40

40.

16

D7(H)

2

D6(H)

19

oS(H)

'5

D4(H)

6

D3(H)

12

D2(H)

15

DI(H)

9

Dd(H)

13
14
12

03

I I

04

BS

02

B4

01

3

DIS(H)

6

D14(H)

10

DI3(H)

13

DI2(H)

62
81

n
J7011

(5
qBU'S ENABLE(L)

0~

BDAL-4(I...~

"l:I
0>
U1

en
c

til
C

BDAI...3(1...)

(J)

BDAL 2. (I...)

:XI

m

G)

PIO
MAI>J
I>JT.BO.

DIN-OUT(H)

10

NOTE: Table 21-1, shows
Ie pin-out (Vee & GND).

II

P/O

85CoO/B561/B5b2. SERVICE

A3Q

10

PROCESSOR

~

m
:XI

(J)

BOARD

8Sf:>O BUS RE.GdSTE.RSf BUFFE.RS

DATEN(L\

3

14


QSUS ENAt.LEIL)

13

14
01

12

04

I I

13

I3AI"tH)

6

9S7(H)

B3

~
~

64
B261
7

I9

U6140C

IN'T. BD.

7~S'4

NOTE: Table 21·1. shows
Ie pln-out (vee .. GND).

5 v

R\ Static Sensitive Devices

6

ADREN (Hl

I

\J:)I See Maintenance Section

P/O

85~;D/85bl/a5f:,z. SERVICE.

A.30

10

or

~

101

OMA

U7160A

8

z

-l
:D

USI40B

5-

74L532.

U7140A

~
~

SET QE>U5 ERROR(U

WAIT QeU51Hl

U5130B

Q13U5

+V

v
DIN(L)

SYNC

74-LS74

9

R7071
allo

J,\1-~,

RO+WR(L)

DIN (Ll

s

o q

"

SMH~(H)

MASTER

U6090
fO

IZ-

OMR
OMGI

REQ

R7072

sso

INIT

~
+v

DE.<.. 0C.010

19

U6I50D

74L5\l!2
10

r-------1

1r-_D_I_4--,C:....H:...I______7-j SO

°
Ir-_D_'_S_(,--H.,.l______8-j4 °
°

°

1r-_0_'_'~'.:..(H...:I______4-j 2 D

O_O_'...:'CH....:>--1
zo I-S
________

Ir-_D_'_'_O,--CH_>______"-j,O

'0 1-:2
_______D_O_'_O-'CH_I--1

Ir_0
__
'_S_CH--'I______'_4-j 6
D12CHI
'S 50

sO r'_2______D_0
__
Z_(_H,...1-'l

Ir-_O_'_'_'C_H..:.I______4-J :2
OI'OCHI
3 '0

Ir_'D_I_S--'(:....H:...I______'7--j 70

70 1-'_6_______
0_0_9_CH-,I-/1

Ir_D_1_'..:(H.,.:...-1______4--j 20

2 a f-S
______-::-D,-O--,..:'(~H:...I-1

1r_0..c1:..9,-(:....H.;-I______'7--j7D

70 f-'_6_______D_O:...9~C'_H7)-1

Ir_O_I_B--,C:....H:...I______'B--j BO

eo

Ir_D_'_B--,C_H.:..l______'8--j 80

80 f-'_9_______D_O
__
e{:..H..:IJ

DI¢CHI

f-'_9_______
D_O_e{..:H..cI- /

S

'a

'0

2

DO¢CHI

DO'OCHJ

'2

p/o

P'

" ,

I" '~'-----------------I-------------~ll-'-'+J'-------------------4I--------------1-'-'+_
i'----------------+--------,

(5
"tJ

o

m

L

DI8-0Il5(Hl
~.-----~-"---~--------------~~----------+---------------------~-------../

C4l1l
C4l2l
C4l3l
C4l4l
C4l5l
C417l
C5l2l
C5l3l
C5l4l
C5l5l
C605l
C607l
C6l0l
C70ll
C702l
C7031
C704l
C705l
C707l
C709l
C7l0l
C7111
C7l21
C7131
C7l4l
C7151
C7161

74LS374

BOr'_9_______
D_O_7~CH~I,___1

40 f-9
_______D_O_'_S:...(H..cI--1

/.A

Cl04l
Cl05l
Cl06l
Cl08l
Cl09l
Cll0l
Cl12l
Cl13l
Cl15l
Cl17l
C20ll
C202l
C203l
C205l
C206l
C208l
C209l
C2l3l
C2l4l
C2l5l
C2l6l
C217l
C40ll
C402l
C403l
C404l
C405l

U6030

74LS374

r-_0_'_7...,~_H);-_____'B-; 80

r-_D_'_'5--:-CH_I______B-; 40

S0
60

U6010

74LS374

74LS374

<

('5
m

/.A
DI¢-OI7CHI
~.-~--~~----------~------~------------L----------------------------------------------------------../

~~f~~1:r

Dll2CHl

"3

DIIICHI

r-0_I_'_O,--CH...;..I________"-J
DIS(HI
2
D17(HI

iii
-;
m

"U6070B
,-----------------------l 74L510

OEV REQ-' CL)
~
P---~~r---~~----------------------~ 10

9

U7050

:lJ

~e

74Lsao

(J)

6
8

I--________-t--.:B~S~7~CH~I,--________~1

~ ~-=B~S--,7...:C:..HI'--______________________

'V

:lJ

m
G>

,aU6100A

4

Dle(HI

.----t--:-----------+--''1

12

1

74L_510

2

DISCHI

I

'2

r---+----I

DIS(H)
DI4(HI

U6070C

OIZ(Hl

.-__-+________-+__-+_I_0-j

011 (HI

'41'3

U6090A

.,

+v~4QL-~74

'0 5

:3

~a

,

Tb TS T4 B3 e2. 81

etc.
15

as

84 T3 TZ. T1

1.3 II

'V/

OUT~

,--_ _ _ _.q!;TROBE

~_D_I_3...;.(H-,I_______:2-;IO'QI--5____________~______,

74LS1Q
~________________~~,--_______________________D_E_V
__R_E..cQ:...-:...¢~(L...:I__~~

9

b

.q

I z..1

\J \7

2U6070A

UbQ50

74LSIO

+---~---t-----t---+--'3-j

81:}/Q

I4E.X

COMPARATOR

IZ

I

+--+---j

oBUS ADDRCH)

~

~-+~---+~----------~~---------------------------

'-!Y { _-:D~O-:=:U::_;T~(H~)--------------------------------------------+_-+__--+_+_+__t__--------------_______~___I__+--I___+ U
: l ~~A
74 s

U7150B

~
I

~--D-'N-C'-H~)--------------------~~~~~~~~~--~~~~--~~~~--_lr_--t_--_l--r_t_t_----_____________________________'~----_t--_t--~-+--_r--~~_)-~-------------+~==4~_'~7~4~L-~5~0~0_________________________'R~P~L~Y~(L~)_.~~
')4-054-

A' D
+v

..14-053

04052

Az.D A4D

..14051

~3

!

--1+-+-+T----+--1/+-IT--+1-+-T+----'1

'5

T

'V

6

"

A!!>]A

U7130B

~

74L_508

RD-REG(HI

~

L------------------JIU)";;6:-----------------------'---I~ "-lY
4

U5050
74LS24~

,4

D7(H)

a

06(HI

:2

'8

D5(H)

4

'6

04(H)

6
~ ~__
H_5_I--,¢,---..cH_S_I
__
3_(_L-~)

______~
HSI3(L)

'3

7

oa(H)

H5:rZ.CL)

" 9

D2(HI

H5I0lL_)

B

00(HI

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

Assembly
Number

I~----------------------------------~------------'-~-~s-----~~
HSJ: I CL)
IS
V
D'(H)

AD-ADDR(L_I

:

II l's

'2

~
-.J

N\ Static Sensitive Devices

R1234'

~SChemalic

L . Circuit

Subassembly
Number (if used)

Number

\:t::;I See Maintenance Section
NOTE: Table 21-1. shows
Ie pin-out (Vee 8< GNDI.

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number
prelix-see end 01 Replaceable Electrical Parts Lisl

07-00(HI

~~

~~--------------------------------------------~~~~~~~
DEVICE "'EIQISTEFI.

P/O A30 10 PROCESSOR BOARD

85W/85bl/556Z SERVICE

T

Component Number

, A23

READ WRITE 5TRO&E

I

~

QBU5 £NABLE(L)

T

'-

I

6

G.r---

~

T'

5

74L532.

101

....

9

II

a

14

,

J7IZZ'

84
82
BI

02

13

04

/t

,/

10
6

14
lZ
II

9

J7126

..)7125

l'
UblSOA

....

74L514
9
e

I

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

"74L508

----QJ

, Component Number ,

3

Number

74L574

12

2

13

Q

0

3

5

9

r;jf--'" 8

R

>--I

4

U6120C UGI50C

~~74L52.7

6
5

U4160C
9

8

R1234

Subassembly
Number (if used)

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts liSt.

74LSOS

10

74L508

T TLsc~ematic
NCi:~~~r
A23

Assembl

U6130A

U6120A

~L527
1

83

r

U6140D
IRQ-7(L)

Z

U7110C

J7121

/

15

6

5

~74L574
~OSQ5
R

4
12

L;;r)Z

U6110A

-

6836
\I

U7110B

'"["i;

3

U710a
I

® Static Sensitive Devices

~
'"
8

See Maintenance Section

3

U6120B

4

74L527
6

10
12

S

13

-I

o

VECTOR(L)

5

10

II

74L5¢e

74L5 I \21

9

9

d
::u

U4120B

U6100C

74L574
RQ

DS

8

6

4

II



DIN(H)

IIJ
3:l.0

/

i

IAKI(L)

"-

Plo
MAIN
I"T_ BQ

~
~

~

III

U4010

15V

R7I5\

\~I

U6140F

O"1(H)

4

74L514

O"'(H)

3

13

IZ

,1\ "1
680

WR-VECI(L)
WR-VEC¢(L}

D.5(H)

14

D4(H)

6

D3(H)

13

DZ.(H)

7

Dl(H)

17

o¢(H)

16

I

74L5374

20

2Q

ID

IQ

60

6a

40

4a

SO

5Q

3D

3Q

70

7Q

80

6Q

S

009(H)

O"1(H)

4

2

Doe (H)

Ob(H)

3

15

D07(H)

05(H)

14

9

Ooe(H)

D4(H)

e

IZ

DOS(H)

D3(H)

13

6

004(H)

Dt-(H)

7

16

D03(H)

01 (H)

17

19

002(H)

O¢(H)

Ie

U4030
I

74L5374

2D

2Q

10

IQ

60

6Q

40

4Q

5D

5a

3D

3Q

70

7Q

eo

ea

5

D09(H)

2.

Doa(H)

IS

D07(H)

9

~OSCH)

12

DOS(H)

6

004(H)

16

=3(H)

19

D02(H)

o¢- D,(H)
008- 009(1-1)

<0>'<&

ooe-

007 (H)

NOTE: Table 21-1. shows

Ie pin-out (Vee & GNO).

PIO

8560/85fo 1/8562... SE.. RV IC E

A30

10

PROCESSOR

::u
::u

m

~
9
a

U6130B

m

"<

74L500

<8>

G')"

C'iz
-I
c:

U5140C
RE.5(L)

,00

BOARD

INTERRUPT VECTOR LOGIC

(5
'V
'V
::tI

i:
»
::tI
-<

C

m

U2150C

AI9(H)

I

HL OA(L)

I~e

U3150
13

5 74LS (IlB

41

<&

ROM(l)

74LSIS9

U21S0B
AIB(H)

14

6

8

3

A

2

10

9....:1

e

15

U3140D

II

12

QBUS(L)

\I

74LS!lI4
MEM(H)
~~IO______~~________~~~~

+5V
,,)2041

U3030

I

S

Ao"7(H)

18

A06(H)

1"7

3

AoS(H)

4

16

A04(H)

14

A03(H)

9

A02.(H)

7

AD I (H)

12

AO¢(H)

IS

~

D

I

U2160D

74LS244

11'

~

~
\I
~

13

~

B

~

,

-11>-I
I
I

R21GI

R.a171

Z.."1K

2..-rK

13

WR(L)

II

U2160C
9

I 74LS\Zle
3

a

U4160BD-~

4& ~--~~~~----------------------------~---+--+---------~~

4

74LS32
3

Ro(L)

I~
I

745¢4

~----------=X~O~(~H~)~~

L -____________________________________

I

~

~

"V'~

DMA-

RD+WR(l.r~

•

051031

A07(H}

4

Aoe(H}

la

A05(H)

B

A04(H)

17

A09(H)

13

AD2(H)

S

AD I (H)

7

AOlZl(H)

14

20

2Q

aD

so

40

40

70

7Q

SO

50

10

·10

SO

30

60

6Q

6

II

6

19

4

13

II

9

;:

15

2

16

7

10

12

B

9

~~--------------------~4-~~_+~-----------------------:~ S/~I
r=~-------------------------+--~--+---------------------------:~:
2

5

12

6

3

14

15

I

16

5MHZ

L.

'

7

I
:

START(L)

I

L ________________________________ J

+s

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

S·'!14

5

OL-~----4-----~------~~~----_+--------------------------~

STOpeL)

+SY

RP 1021
ElSOn.

74LS273

II

I

w

~

DIAGNOSTIC. L.O

~PLAY

I

..JZ-17.3

~~

t-__________9~v~~e------------~---------f--+-------------------------------------+-----------=J:=O~(=~~~<8>
-t__+-____________________________________
__
'U'·aw____

U2020

5

u

I

10

-------------l
l' l'

..JZI7Z.

I
I
I

<8>

74LS32

 ,------ -

~
0~
~

U2150A

74LS32

I

74LS32.

--

I~

+ 5V ----4~----....J

11
1

~

QBUS(H)

U3140E

~RO(L.)

~

8

MEM(L)

MRO(L)

NOP C.IRc.UIT

9
r----CII-y

12

0

Z

0

74lS04

U2150D

. ~1374LS¢e

I

1074LSS2

Al E (H)

I

9

U4150C

R2041
2.02K

o
oc

9 74L.S (Ile

4/---/2

I

Compone~

Assembly
Number

Number

'~~,RIL4:
-.J I
Sc~~n:;Ji<
Subassembly
Number
Number (if used)

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number
...fix-see end of Repl.ce.~e Electrical Parts Ust

IV:'\ Static Sensitive Devices
\:t::JI .See Maintenance Section

R.PS/II
Z."lK

2. 3

-tov

2

10 8

i

-

$

III 1/1 \/I

III

/'/I

9

4

~2 J

H

1\1
H

:J:

:t :t J:

H

E>

5
L-______________~----------------------------D~E~N~(=L)~. .

<8>

H

~
Ie ~~~~ _ _~--------------------------------------------------------~----~~J
~
QBUS ENAe.LE(L)
HSJ: - HS:r3 (I.)

'V"A
Q BUS AOOR(H)
~--~------~----------------------------------------------------------------------~
P/O A30 10

85bO/85bl/85COZ. 5ERVICE

PROCESSOR

BOARD

NOTE: Table 21-1, shows
Ie pin-out (Vee & GNDI.

PRIMARY DECODING ~ DIA~NO.sT\C.S

~

~____________________________________~__________________________________________~____~0~0~-D~'~(H~l~ ~

r-------------------------~

<@? __-R--D~(L~l----------------------------------------------------------~------------------~------______+_------------------------~----------_+----------~----------~------------+_------~----------------__,
I
JI132

..J 1122

JII02

JI092

...)1082

AII(Hl

2"

.---------.120122
:,i

UI080

20 22:

r------------------------------,

CEO OE

r-'-------t--+-----::A-::,2::C(:-H~)--,-2:-i :,~,A"
A9 (f-l)

24 A9

AS(Hl

25 A8

.--+-----,120122
WIHL) 23

AS(H)

25 A8
19

07(H)

A6

IB

~06(Hl

OS(H)

1~_A__S:...(;:-H..,.)__-=S--IA5

17

04(H)

A:...4__(o:..H..,.)__-=6--1 A4
Ir--__

I'"

IS

03(H)

CH-:1___
Ir-_A_3-::7-/ A3
1r--A-2-(:.-H,:-)---B--j A2
A I (H)
9 AI

A7(H)

"

A7

19

07(H1

A6(H)

4 A6

IS

D6(Hl

AS(H)

5 AS

17

A4(Hl

6 A4

16

AS(H)

7

A.3

A2(H)

S A2

13

02 (H)

A I(H)

9 AI

12

01 (H)

AS2)(H)

10 MI

II

O¢(H)

H__
1r--A-7-':(C) ___"--j A 7
A6(H)

A¢(H)

4

10 Ail>

I
I
I

I'

D

D

.pD
I

I'

I
I
I
I

I

J109'

D

r

...JIOSI

:
I

AII(H) 23
AI2(H)

I

L_

2

GE

CE OE

2:::
21 AI0

A9(H)

24 AS

A 9(H)

24 A,9

AS(H)

2S A8

AB(H)

25 AS

Ir--:-A,_',..:(;,-H.;-)___3--1 A 7

1/08 f-'_9___0__
'.:.(H_,l--'l

A 7(H)

3 A7

A 6 (H)

"" A6

I/O 7r-'_S___D_6_C:...H"")-1

05 (H)

Ir-_A.."6,,,(,--H-;-)___""--j A6 1/07 f-'-:::8__-=0_6,-(;.-H..,.l---1
A_S_(;.-H-,-)___5--jAS 1/06}-'_7___0__
1r-:S-,-IH--;)--"1

AS(H)

S AS

1/06f-'_7___D_S_(:...H-=)-1

04 (H)
05 (H)

A 4 (H)

6 A4 ~ 1/05 16

15

Ir-_A_3_(:...H.,..)___7--j AS

1/0401--'S____
D_3...:(H-:...)-./j

13

02 (H)

H.,..l___
1r--A-2-':(CS--jA2

12

01 (H)

Ir--A-'-.:(-H.:..)___9--jA I

II

D¢(H)

Ir-_A_I1l_(:...H_)__1_°--jA0 1/0 I }-1_'___D_I1l
__
(H_l-1

1~-A-4-(;.-H-,-l---6--jA4 1/05f-'_"'___D_4_(;.-H__1--C1

D4(H)

/04t'~5==~D="~(=H~)=~

I

I 10.3,}-'_"___D_2-'...(H~1-1

A_":...::(H-,):-:-7,., A3
V-:A_2c...;-(f-l...,),---=S'-j A2
V-:-

110 2 f-1_2___D
__'.:.(f-l~)--'l

Ir-_A_'.,-7(H-,l,-_S--j A I

I 10 Zr-'_2___D-,-'(;--H-'-).../I

A It> (H)

I 10.;l'f-:'3,---::-D-,2:..;(_H.;-)---1

10 Ail

6116 P-3

I/O 1 f-1_'___D_It>_C:...H,:-l-1

UI060

I
WR(Ll23

OE

AI2(H)

All(H)

23

:r~

At2(H}

2

21 Alii

AI¢(H)

2

21 Ali!!

AI !1l (f-l)

AS(H)

24 A~

AS(H)

24 A3

AS(H)

25 A8

AS(H)

25 A8

::«:)1

3 A7

A7(H)

1",,120

hol22
GE OE

AI!Zl(H)

_'~:"':""«;-:7)l-'1

3
19
07CH)
V-~A-6=-(;'-H7)---4:-1 A 7 110 81-'--'-0::'6{::-7'H-:l-1
1r-----':-"------jA6 1/07~I~e~~--'-'--'-_1
v-_A__S-;-(H-'.l__-=S'-jAS I 106,1-'_7__--'0=-S=(H~1-1

1r-----~--'-----=4~A6
Ir-~A__S.:..:.(H'+l__=S-I AS

Ir-_A_4---,:-(H..,l:-__
"'-/A4 1/05}-1_6____
0_4-:(H-,-l--"1

Ir-_A_ 4
__(H_}:-__
6-/ A4 I/05f-'_6___D_4_(;.-H-,-)-1

Ir-_A_3-,:-(H-,):-__
7~A8 I /04}-I_S____
0_3-.:(,--H'-1-./j

1r--A-3--',(H-1,---7-/AS 1/0 4f-,_s___0_3_(,-H,:-l-1

V-_A~'~(H:-):-__=9-1AI

1/0,3~'-3----0-2--'(c-H.:.l-./j
I/021-1~2~-=0__'~!H-:--)_1

1r--A.:..-2..:(H--,-)___
B~ A2 I/03f-'..,3__-=0:...2,_(;-H..,.)-'1
V-__
A,--,:-';:.CH-'7)__-=B'-jA I I/O 2r-1_2__-::0--c' (,..H"").../I

v-.:..Ac.:.!Zl=-(:.:.H...:)__:..:I0'-j Mil

I/O 11-1_'

1r-.:...A:..:I2l=-Co.:.HC!)--",I0'-j A!2I 110 I f-'-'.I__:::D:..:I2l=-(;:.H.::)--,

o_ _

I/OSr-'_9___0_'_(;-H-,-l.../1

UI150

~;.AII

Ir-_A_2--'(H...,)=--__
S-/ A2

23

AIOCH)

I
lzoL22

1'1'L......t-_---,I_ _---'

W R(L)

AI2(H)

GII-9-+__--j____

20 22

AI I (H)23
AI2(H)
AIID(H)

U2.040
'"745138

YI~
..

ROM(L)
AI"'(f-l)

"ZA

~"2B

2

cee OE

~'AI I

AB(H)

21 A I III
24 AS

ASCH)

25 A8

UII30
6116 P-.3

• A23

UI120

UI050

6116 P-,3

AI I(H)

23

CE OE

Ir-_A...,10_(,-H.,-)___
2--j' Alii
AS(H) 24 A9
AS(H)

-

Ir--_A_'....:I(:-H-,:-)--=2-=3--1 WE

T

R1234 '

~SCl!ematic

L' Circuil

Sub3sse'!'bly
Number (!fused)

Number

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable E1eclrical Parts List

Ir-_A_'2-,-(.,..H-,-)___2--j 1112
1r--A-'I11-(:...H-:,)---2--j1 AI¢

25 A8

1r--A-'-C:,-H-=)----',3-/ A7

1/08}-1_9___0_7-'...IH_,1-.,.

1r--A-7..:(H--,-)___3--jA 7 I/O 8f-'_9___D_'
__(;:-H.:;.l-'1

Ir-_A...,S=-,:(H-c,):--::4-1A6

I 10 71-1,..:S:--,-0_"'..:(_H.;-)-.J

Ir--,_A-6--:<__
H.;-)__--'4--1 A6 I 10 7 r-'_S___D_6_(,-H~1.../1

Y2

13

Ir-__A__'5=-:-(H--:1,:,,--::S-IA5

I/O 6}-1_7____
0_s-:(_H~1--.J

Ir-_A_5--;(_H~)___S~AS 1/06f-'_7___0_S_(,-H-:')-1

Y3

12

1r--A- 4-:-(H...,)----6-/ A4

I/OS}-'_6____
0_4...:(_H;.-1--.J

AS(H)

24 A9

ABCH)

25 A5

V-_A_7_!;-H..,.)___3:-1A 7
A-=6:..:(.:..H:.;.l___4'--1A6
V-_

1r--A-S---':-(H...,)----S~A5

Uc030
74LS244

19

PROM ,(H)

IS

}-1_8_____________P_R_0
__
M_6-:-(H-:)+__________c-1 _...f',... _
l,
17
PROM S(H)
'f

5

AD7(H)

I8
S

A06(H)
ADS(H)

AlSO",)

6

GI

Y 4 1>-"______________--'

1r--A-3-,(:...H-;-)---'--j AS

J/04}-I_S__-=-D_9..:(H_),--.I

Ir-_A_4-:,(H-'..)___
6~A4 1/05f-1_"'___0_4_(:...H':')-1
A_9....:!H-:-)___'~A3 1/04f-'_S___D_9.:...(:.-H':')-1
v __

AI3(H)

I

A

ys

1~_A_2_(:-H~)___S--jA2

1/03}-'_3____
0_2....:(_H;.-)--.I

1r--A-2....:(~H'-)___e~A2 1/0.3f-1..:.3__-=0:-2::.C:-H-;.)-'1

A2(H)

S A2

13

PROM 2(H)

17

"

1r-_A_'....:(,--H-'..l___S--jA I

1/02}-1'--2____
D-='....:(,--H'-)--.I

Ir--_A_':-o(-,H-:.-l__:-9--1 A I

1/02r-1_2_ _D-,-'.;.-(H-o).../1

AI (H)

SAl

12

PROM I (H1

7

AO I(H1

I~_A...:~:..:(:...H-'..}__,--I0--1 Aft I/O 1 r-1_'___O_!1l---,-(H_)---.J

Ir-_A_!1l...:(_Hc..)__'_°-jAfiI

110 I f-1_'_ _D-,!2I_!:...H-:')-1

A<;1jIH)

10 Afil

"

PROM¢(H)

'"

14

AO¢(H)

1r-"'_'_4_(,--H,--l___2-j B
Ir-A:..;I-=S:..:(ccH:;.)___3---jC

10

Y61>-9__________________---,
y, 1>-'______________•

1r--A-4-,(,--H-'..J___6-1 A4

Ie.

PROM 4(f-l)

4

16

AD4(f-l)

1r--A-3-(.:.H....:)'----7~AO

IS

PROM 3(H)

S

12

AD 3(H)

AD2(H)

CE OE

~

U2.140C

;{!'

A",-AIS (H1
~~----~--~~----------------------+--+---------L--------------------+-----~------------------~r----/

~

<@> __

~

~

Assembly
Number

A20A22

L------------j~==A='~2=(H~)~~-:-:2~ ~~AII

-<

Component Number

13

Y 4 I>--t----j--'

:D

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

~'4~-+~--r_+-__I__t-t~--r_----------_t--~--------_t--r__+--------_+----------_f__----------------------~-----+--------1---------------------------------+---+---'

74LS3a

6

I

U2140D

~

I

II ,4 LS3Z.rI

1

'9

<8:

,-+-,--A-,-D,-,,-"'_-_A:..:D:...,-,--,(H,--,-)~~

rr-~-lg~~-p~e~----l-~~~~----------------------~------~E~N~(~k~)--.~

~---------------------------------------------------------------------~II

-I-=-O-(:..:H~l-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------____________________________________________________________________________~

IV:\ Static Sensitive Devices
\:t::I See Maintenance Section
PIO A30

85bO/B501/55~2. SERVICE

10 PROCESSOR

NOTE: Table 21·1. shows
Ie pin-out (Vee & GND).

SOARD

LOCA.L MEMORY

UZ090

U2100

he,

74LS259

4702.

C2101
S6pF

7

R2111
10M

IX

lO

10

13

D

QS

-JsY2121

t2.5MH~
14

C2102

QI
Q2

QS
OX

c!Zl

A

al2l

13

QI

r-- S

~c

0.2

9

14

I

I

2

2

3

.:3

Q6

S

0.7

C

Q0

(90;;.00)
(4800)

10

(2.400)

7

11800)

9

Q4
A

'3
e

IIZ.OO)

II

(:~OO)

12

(ISO)

4

(1101

IsL

+v

JS

(153<000)

("7",800)
BA\JD TAP (H)

(S6400)

( 19Z..c)O)

<8>

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
Component Number

• A23

Assembly

I

Number

TL

R1234 '

Sub.asse~bly

Number (,f used)

Sch,e~tic
;:~:r

BAUDS(H)
BAUD2.(H)

Cha~is-mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts Ust.

®

BAUDI(H)

Static Sensitive Devices

U5080

U5090

See Maintenance Section

5

~

'------2
1

-

15

~

¢

---2.

I

2

i?

I

3

15

4

r--

~S

STR

~6
-

pic
PI

--

~

12. 7

HSI3(L)

10

B

2

I

3
STR

13
~ 6
12
7

~

i2l

2

2

I

3

~5

4

~
12

6
7

~c
10

B

S

-

A

II

A

}~

74LSI51

¢

~I

I

~4

4

14

II

~A

I

2

~c
10

~C

-

:i

I

0 - - - '3

5

S

0

BAUD¢(H)

I U5100

74LSI51

74L5151

74LSISI
5
4

U5110

STR

~

~
~
~
12

~
II

2
3
4
5

STR

4

6
7
C
B
A

HSI2(L)

HSll(L)

;

HSI¢(L)

U5120

Pic
PI

74LS¢4

plO
MAIN

3

II-lT.I!>D.

- {>o- -

- - --

4

CTS3(L) -;..

6

CTS2(L)

I

2.

CTS I eL)

9

B

CT'3 i2l(L)

5

~

~

0

WR-BAUD. CTS(L)

HSI-I
I
I

5

DI (H)

12

D0(H)

(5
"tI

III

:to

C
C
lJ

:to
-t

~

T' T'S

RD-BAUD.CTS(L)
O!2l-D7(H)
12

o

oZ

-t
lJ
PIO

85 bO/B5101/B5COZ. SERVICE

m

or-

A30

10

PROCESSOR

BOARD

BAUD RATE. CONTROL $ CTS HANDSHAKE LOGIC

g-a

'0

n~

:c

»
rZ

-I

U4080
SID
I

U6160F

~

01

74LS¢4
12

R5171

rv

1.2K

~

C61"12
33 p

12
18

~
~

13,14

BAUD 2(H)
A3 -A4(H)

32

U3130B
4

A3(H)

36

74LS06

~

33

Eo

34

U3130C
.~

10J
74LS32

I
I

~
~

<8>

 (H)

I

PIO
MAIN
It.lT.BD

Static Sensitive Devices
See Mamtenance Section

DI
02
D3
D4
D5
D6
07
B/A
C/D

CE
JORQ
RD
RxCB1TXCS
CTSEI
RDY

RxDEI

Tx DA

30

OREQI(L)

25

CTSA

RDY
Tx DA

31

j22 jl9

,
"7

RxCA1TxCA

Rx DA

<9>
SEROUTI(H)

9

13,14

12

SER IN (ZI(Hl

®

8

18

¢(H)

MK386S
5:I0

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List

D0 R

6

L

20

474LS32

sl

SER IN I (H)

I1

'9

U4100

WR SI00(L)
10

~>

B/A

U3110B

74LSII

WR SID I(L)

II,

3

U3120B
4r--... G



lORG

bty
em
Number

9

WR DMA SIO(L)

DREQ2 (L)

Ass

,74LSI2lS

~

- -

RD

274L532



~

10

U3110A

DIZ!(H)

5

<8>

CTSA

-

SER OUT 2(H)

RxGAITxCA

21

U4120A

~

TXDA

15

~

OACK3(H)

DACK 2(H)

DREQ S(L)

30

A23

DACK I (H)

DACK i2!(H)

RDV/WAIT

Rx DA

I

~'I

<8>

CT5E1

PI

SER OUT3(H)

25

RxCS,TxCB

,o~

U31100

HLDA(L)

TKOS

Rx OS

- - < CE

:3 74LS32
B

8

-

35

U3110C

74LS¢6

9

A4(H)

piC

6

27,26

BAUD 3(H)

RFD 2(L)

'3

8

28

RFD 3eL)

3

o
m

39

R5113

22

"T1

l>

I

D2

13

:c

MK3eas

40

DID

3.75 MHi!

m

10
IS

DREQ0(L)

~

SEROUTIIl(H)

p/O

NOTE: Tabl. 21·1, shows
& GND).

Ie pin·out (vee
PIO

A30

10

PROCESSOR

,

MAIN
I NT. BD.

~
85/:'0/65(:'1/65(:,2.. SERVICE.

II

BOARD

SERIAL INTE.RFAC.E LOGIc..

<@>

U)

2

8560/8561/8562 Service

o

~(J

9
I-

2
w
2

o

Il.
~

c

B

A
......

~

- -..-- ............... -----..

..

~

............

--~.~-

D

E

J

H

G

F

K

....

1

~

o
(J

«

0000

0

2

U2121511C

C

0

i C~,51

00

0

Ie .

0

/--,,\ /;::'()"{l

2

-,

__ v

0

)~'C 5 ;
o\. ~ /J '"~,,,,/

uo

0

'''-~'

~8

00

0

0

0
0

0

(~~:~
::_../

\, .

c:t.g
0·

00
0

0
-\

\.-

o

3

0

00

()

0

iiiil 00
,... 

0

o

cfJ

,,cf'. " (\

0

CD CD

00
0

5

c

0

0

00

()

0

0

()

0

()

0

()

0

()

0

()

0

0

00 0 0

0

P2

J

6

Figure 21-4. A35 lOA Board.

IY:\ Static Sensitive Devices
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

\J}I See Maintenance Section

Compone?t Number

• A23
Assembly
Number

~
...J

T

R1234'

~SChematic

L ' Circuit

Subassembly

Number

Number (it used)

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts list.

4759-48

39

49

39

49

I
I

/

R2045
200

U1040B
261.S32

DTR 1 ILl

1

7

5

J

R2046
12K

U1040A
1

J
GD

35

34

36

30

40

35

34

36

30

40

T DATA 1 ILl

4

2

Ji

L""

l

-12V

1

C201 I
SIBpf

14

!lo i

15

Iro

l

::t

I

J2011

021
122
-5V

"

11

.'-.

40

39

/

9
C2012
510pf

~

81

R8049
lK

I

+5V~

R4042
200

U3040D
26LS32

DTR 21Ll

1

15

13

"

.1'4

I

"-12V

261.S32

9

11

I

U3030

1

.I'B

"-

'@

1

13

I

Ji

eTS 2tLl

7

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

4

•
~ "T"
~
+ L...

ASSEMBLY
NUMBER:...J
SUBASSEMBLY
NUMBER II F USED I

51Bpf

"-

!lo i

15
10

Iro

10

l

122
-5V

(
/

~

C3012
51liJpf

SCHEMAT IC
CIRCUIT
NUMBER

r--------1
1

CHASS I S-MOUNTED COMPONENTS HAVE NO ASSEMBLY
NUMBER PREF I X- SEE END OF REPLACEABLE
ELECTR I CAL PARTS LI ST

HS[

n, n, n,n.

RS232

n, n. n,n,

I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 021

I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21

20000000000022

2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 221

1
1

tl tl tltl

tl tl tltl

1
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ J1
NOTE Table 21-1 ) .howe
Ie pln-ouf (vee & GNO).
PIO A35 10 ADAPTOR BOARD

8560/8561/8562 SERVICE

31

I

J3011

9

81

IV:\ ST AT! C SENS IT [VE DEV [CES
\:z::I SEE MA [NTENANCE SECT! ON

021

11

COMPONENT NUMBER

A23 A2 R123

311

r

C3011

14

20

~

29

-12V

+5V

'1
2

28

R4048
12K

VI

26LS30

T DATA 21Ll

t

R4047
200

R4041
12K

U3040C

R DATA 2(Ll

"

0

(

HSI 21LJ

/

0
>

"-

20

I

43

"-

10

~

42

t

10

7

"-

/

13

29

41

/

1

'1
29

"/

R2043
12K

+5V

26LS30

PIO
J8001

2

VI

U2030

-

R2044
200
-12V

26LS32
3

I

PIO
P2

6

"

R DATA 1 (Ll

-

4759-76

STANDARD CHANNELS

AND

2~

>
Z
Z

m
r

(J)

>
Z

C
N

/

I

47

I

42

47

42

I
I
L

DTR 31Ll

26LS32

.... 7

S

J

261.S32

33

33

L,,,,,,

R4I44
2U
-12V

.... I

4

2

I

Ji

CTS 3(Ll

I

1

/

Il'~~'"'

I

-12V

1

C4ell
S1ep'

14

IS
,610

fro

20

Ie

~

,

i
%

122

-5V

(

II

/

9

C4I12
S1ep,

~

~

7

7

_9
lK

26LS32

DTR -;;(Ll

/

I

IS

13
.114

I

R2I41
12K

U1040C

R DATA I(Ll

S8

-

9

II

1

U1030
26LS3B

T DATA I(Ll

2

Ji

1
/

CTS e(Ll

7

"-

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

T

A23 A2.R1E
ASSEl'IBL y""T'"
SCHEMATIC
NUI18ER ~
CI RCU I T
SUBASSEI1BLY
NUMBER (IF USED I

1

14

(

IS
610

SENSITIVE DEVICES

NOTE

i

1,0

(

021 Jlell

20

Ie

%

122

-SV

(

II

/

9

~

Cle12
Slip'

r---------------------HSI
RS232
I
I
nnnn
n n n n Ii
I
I

NUMBER

~ SEE HA I NTENANCE SECTI ON

t

Cl111
S1ep'

I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21

CHASS I S-HOUNTED COI1PONENTS HAVE NO ASSEHBL Y
NUHBER PREF I X- SEE END OF REPLACEABLE
ELECTR I CAL PARTS LI ST

~ STATIC

I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21

I 20000000000022
200000000000221
I_ _
tl
tltl
tl
tltl
_ _tl
___
_______
_ _tl
___
_ _ _ JI
Table 21-1, aha••

Ie p.ln-out (yee & GND).

P10 A35 10 ADAPTOR BOARD

8560/8561/8562 SERVICE

:so

Z
Z

r

T

COMPONENT
, NUMBER

0

m
-12V

10

~

0
:so
:I:

R2I48
12K

+SV
I

4

se
61

13

S

I

.Ilm
1@
VI

S

58

R2147
-12V

26LS32

"-

+5V~

R2142
211

U1040D

P3

/

I

021 J4ell

/

PIO
J3

21

"

R4e43
12K

10

7

19

0

VI
+SV
I

"-

PIO
JIS

PIO
JBlJel

2m
R4146
12K

13

,

L

I

2

26LS3B

41

PIO

- P2-

6

J
@

3

U4030

41

1

U3040A

R DATA 3(Ll

/

-

R4MS

U3040B

4759-77

STANDARD CHANNELS 3 AND

0~

!II
Co)

:so
z
c
0

PIO

PIO

J17

J4

r-;;-

I

IS

l
I)

PIO

IS

P4

;1 ~(L)

I,;l

;

RS.45
2 ••

U5040B
2SLS32
5

DTR 5(Ll

1

7

I

PIO

PIO

P2

J8•• 1

- -

,

49

50

ls

I

22

22

I

I
,

/

RS.46
12K

U5040A

RS.44
2 ••
-12V

2SLS32

AI

3

R DATA S(Ll

.I

2
RS043
12K

1

13

12

12

(

/

1.

I

1.

4

2

T DATA S(Ll

Ji

(

I

,23

I

27

10

Ir o

1.

~

021

l

l

J611111

,22
-5V

/

9

~

C6B'2
51.pl

25/ /

R8049
lK

I)

23/ /

27

I

2SLS32
13

OTR 6 (LJ

J

-12V

J

2SLS30

2

I

24/ /

~

Lyw "-

~

CTS seLl

7

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

.

1

(0
RS048

T lR1E

A23 A2
NUMBER ~

ASSEMBLY~

SUBASSEMBLY
NUMBER (I FUSED)

4

-12V

i

C7.11
51.pl

18

,

17

PIO

J8•• 1

(
15

t
Ir l r

10

021

610

o

1.

I

J7.11

2

-5V

(.

II
9

~

C7.12
stelpf

r----------

SCHEMATIC
CIRCUIT
NUMBER

1

HSI

AAAA

1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21
1
120000000000022

CHASSIS-MOUNTED COMPONENTS HAVE NO ASSEMBLY
NUMBER PREFIX-SEE END OF REPLACEABLE

ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

(5
l>

RS232

o

AAAA

:I:

1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 021

l>

200000000000221

t_
l _t_l_ _
t_
l t_l_ _ _ _ _t_
l _t_l_ _
t_
lt
__
_l_

1

IV:\. STATIC SENSITIVE DEVICES
\:z::I SEE MA I NTENANCE SECTI ON

(9

I,
P2

14

20

~

2.

.~ J,

12K

+5V
1

T

COMPONENT
, NUMBER

,
,
/

13

T DATA 6(L)

J8. .2

R8047
20.

9

11

R DATA S(l)

PIO

P(

14

U7040C
26LS32

PIO

- -

I

15

R8.41
12K

U7030

24

+5V~

R8.42
200

U7040D

I

28

48

(

11

1@
VI

28

!lo t

15

T
,25

CS.l1
51.pl

14

20

7

eTS SIll

l

-12V

+5V
1

2SLS3.

51

--"

@
U6030

I

I

1

J

Z
Z

m
r

(J)

NOTE

Teb]. 21-1 , ahow.
It pIn-out (Vee & GND).

U1

l>

Z
C

P10 A35 10 ADAPTOR BOARD

8560/8561/8562 SERVICE

4759-7B

OPTIONAL CHANNELS 5 AND 6<§?

'"

(5
)0
(")

:I:
)0

P/O
J17

P/O
J4

~

Is'

/

I

,6

6

1

I

/

I

9

9

26LS32
A

OTR 4(L)

/

J

13

I

I,

R6B42
200

U5f1J4f1JO

r

15

26LS32

m
r-

VI

....

P/O
J8BBl
66

'-

14

/

R6B47
2BB
-12V

A

9

I

r

68

'/

LB

'/

3

4

,

3/

I

2

~

J "..,"

7

4

1

(

15
10

I

,15

I

,21

110

t

Ir o

%

lB

021

r

2

-5V

(

9

C5012
S111JpF

~

17/ /

15

21

R8049
lK

I)

U7f1J4f1JB
26LS32

OTR 7(l)

I

l

J5Bll

11

81

,17

C5Bll
Sll1JpF

14

20

~

I

-12V

+5V
1
13

T DATA 4(Ll

4

R6B48
12K

1@
Vl
26LS3B

5

A

~I

....

)

r

7

R DATA 7(Ll

3

+5V~

R8045
2BB

P/O

P/O
J8102

- Pl
-

",

6
R8B46
12K

U7f1J4f1JA
26LS32

-12V

J
@

t

R8B44
2BB

AI

r

,

2

13

,11

L..ty

13

11

Lyw

I
/

R812143
12K

VI

U8f1J3fIJ
26LS3B

2

Jt

L""

7

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
COMPONENT
, NUMBER

A23 A2

ASSEHBLY~ T

+

.R1E

NUMBER'..J
SUBASSEM8L Y
NUMBER (1 F USED I

4

1

C8Bll
S1apF

14

(

15
10

Ir o

18

%

r

J8Bll

r

2

-5V

(

11
9

~

81

C8B12
51BpF

SCHEMATIC
CIRCUIT
NUMBER

RS232
HSI
I
I
I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 21
I
20000000000022 I
I 20000000000022
I_ _
t_
i _t_i_ _
t_
i t_i_ _ _ _ _t_
i _t_i_ _
t_
it
_i_ JI

nnnn

CHASS I S-HDUNTED COMPONENTS HAVE NO ASSEMBLY
NUMBER PREF I X- SEE END OF REPLACEA8LE
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

II SEE MA I NTENANCE SECTI ON

21

,(610«t 0

20

~

I

-12V

+5V
11
13

T DATA 7(Ll

nnnn

NOTE Toble 21-1 ) ahowe
Ie pin-out (Vee & GNO).

P/0 A35 10 ADAPTOR BOARD

8560/8561/8562 SERVICE

"'l

67

'R6B41
12K

11

U5f1J3fIJ

)0

Z
C

/

U5f1J4f1JC

R DATA 4(l)

I

P/O

- P2
-

Z
Z

4759-79

OPTIONAL CHANNELS 4 AND 7

~

5

3

0

~
PIO
J15

r-;;-

PIO
J3

P3

~

I

I

13

I

14

I

I 15

15

II

I

16

II

" 14

12

~(___
CT_S__
l(_L_'_________________________________________________________________6-;

"-

13

26LS30

I
P:~ JJ:~~1

II

~---------------------------------------------------------------------7)

V241(
U6060B
26LS32

RST 1 ( l )

7
6

R6063
2K'v-_ -I 2V
L---A,1",

U~6~~3~C
R DATA 1 (L)

I

17

17

~(-----II>

I

19

II

18/

20

19

•
•

20/

23/

27

27/

29

29/

30

30

R7061
12K
L---A,IvIv-- -1 2V

31

t

C3061
~ 22u'

I
~

1lI.1uf

CI013 C4031

C703 I

t11ll3!

C5813

C711J41

CI041

C5031

C7063

CS04 I

C8BI!

C2031

CBB31

I

32

C304 I C6061
C4013 C7013

-12V

1

I

33

C2051

1

I

l.!\r

SCHEMATIC

C I RCU I T
NUMBER

R7B59

C22I52

~ 22u'

IK

+5V~

~n;.~

iI

Lii-,~

U7060B
.

..--

C7062 T13
510p.

\7

U8060B
26LS32
R DATA 2(Ll

33

I

-..;u

II

(3

9

7

+

R7062
12K
L---A,IvIv-- -I 2V

6

II

U8060A
26LS32

I~(--C~T~S-2~(~L~'--------------------------------------------------------------------~2~~~J-I:-L~-30-0-A--------------------------------------------------------------------~I
RST 2(l)

R8061
I~

lf6

C7061 T
51ep.

\7

-1 2V

t<:1:\ STAT! C SENS I T! VE
\;z;I SEE

DEV ICES
MA I NTENANCE SECT! ON

NOTE Table 21-1 I ahowe
IC pln-out (Vee & GNO).

P10 A35 10 ADAPTOR BOARD

8560/8561/8562 SERVICE

12

5

I

34/

II

-7)_

________________________________________________________________

~-A,IvIv--

34

E

U6060D

~(-------11>

I
"

I

R1

11-'-3____-.___ -5V

~ 22u'

/

I

o

-t
VI

14

II

J\)

NUMBER PREF I X-SEE END OF REPLACEABLE
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

'b' .

~:---II>

32/

"tI

"tI

CHASS I S-MOUNTED COMPONENTS HAVE NO ASSEHBL Y

U2050
-5V REGULATOR

4759-80

C

::0

SUBASSEMBLY
NUMBER (I FUSED)

C3013 C6013
C3031

»
z
r

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
A23f,
ASSEMBLY~
NUMBER :...J

+5V

T DATA 2 (Ll

31/

/

6

COMPONENT
, NUMBER

"-

I

"tI

11

L·_________________________________________________________________________3-;~~-26-L-S3-0
<
II
I

r

...

II

26LS32

"
E-:-----II>
"
28 ~(__C=L~OC~K~2~______________________________________________________________________________--------------------------------------------~--------7)
"I

/

I

510pf'

U8060C

DTR 2(L)

26

II

C7064

)

I

26

28

-12V

(

/

I

+5V

(

"-

23

~

OTR 1 (ll

I
I

22

)

9

~(-----II>
I

26LS30
10

CLOCK I

(

I

"-

22

~

~(---;I>

/

I

U7060D
7

T DATA 1 (LJ

•

I
"-

I 18

I

R606 I
12K
L---A,IvIv-- -I 2V

(

3

11

/

16

II

5

LP1 AND LP2 PORTS

<€y

10

8560/8561/8562 Service

c

B

A

D

F

E

1
..18111 11

.....,

2

. . . . . .,.It~.~.L

RP'

'"'"'-"'--v&io

111811161

r

...... 111. 8.111.7 .1.

I

..1811121

..1811171
,

... J

RP~III

. . 1118111.3.L

1'1

. . . . . "'._._."' ____._._."'.,~_~,."'_._..w.alll8.1

I/)

z

o

~
o

o
..I

3

",",,",~~----, __ ~lIIA.Ll

I-

~P311111

Z

w

Z

o
D.

..1811141

:E

o

o
o

IL,._.___._.____ ..I8.!..!!._._ . ,.....

..1811131

4

2

I I
.---~!
I

. ---------¥84J.9.t-·1
~

..1811191

I

.J

5
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
Compone~t

TrLS~~:;iC
Subassembly
Number (if used)

~ Static Sensitive Oevices
See Maintenance Section

\:t::I

Number

, A23 A2 R1234 '
Assembly
Number

Figure 21-5. A40 JOe Board.

Number

Chassis-mounted comflonents have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts list.

4759-49

J8011

:::,

P/O
J8001

W8011

~
, 55
,

I

56

, 57
/

I

58

,

59

,"

SHIELD

r:'

SIGNAL GROUND

7/

T DATA

3~

T DATA'

12 "-

JB041
P/O
J811J11Jl

SHIELD

-:'

SIGNAL GROUND

7 "-

WB041

;:"

r;;~16

T DATA'

/

I
I

RP1011-3
220
+5V

PSR

I

I

6

PSR'

18

CTS

5/

CTS'

I

,17

~18

25

/

RP1011-2
220
+5V

CHAROET

I

I

8

DTR

20

I

DTR'

9"

CHARDET'

,19

I
I

RP2011-B
220

I

PSR

+5V

I

5~

CTS'
RP2011-7
220

6

18~

PSR'
CTS

25/

I

CHARDET

+5V

8

I

9~

CHARDET'
DTR

20/

OTR'

13

13/

~20

R DATA

2

/21

R DATA

2

61

R DATA'

II

/22

R DATA'

11 "-

38

I,,39
4111

I

,41
42

I
I
I

:::,

W8021

SHIELD
SIGNAL GROUND

220

12/

5/
25/

8

9"

CHARDET'
DTR

20/

DTR'

13

/ 43

R DATA

2

/ 44

R DATA'

11

,24
,25

I

;:"

W8i131

SHIELD
SIGNAL GROUND

I

SIGNAL GROUND

A

R DATA

6

L---1
J8031

HSI-2

8

I
I

3/

CTS

5 "-

DTR

20

I
I

CHARnEl

W8I11Jl

:::,

2/

DSR

1

I

6/
"-

8
15

(5

RCLK

17

0
C/I

SHIELD
SIGNAL GROUND

I

~
J8101

-:'

R DATA

2,

T DATA

3

7

,10

RTS

4

11

CTS

5

12

DTS

20

T DATA'

12

/

/

I

,26
27

/

I

"- 28
/29

I
I

RP2Bl'-6
220
+5V

RP2011-5
220
+5V

PSR

,31

6

I

PSR'

8/

CTS

5/

CTS'

25

CHARDET
CHARDET'

30

I
I

"6

I

9/

13
,71
72

DTR

20/

7

DTR'

13

14

R DATA

2'

23

R DATA'

11

36

L-.J

53

~

I

\Z)I SEE

SENSITIVE DEVICES
MA I NTENANCE SECTI ON

DSR

RP3011-5
220

CHARDEr

+5V

1

I

17

----1

.

Cf' T

ASSEMBLY
NUMBER

A2.R1E

SUBASSEMBLY
NUMBER (I FUSED)

SCHEMATIC
C I RCU IT
NUMBER

CHASSIS-MOUNTED COMPONENTS HAVE NO ASSEMBLY

NUMBER PREFI X- SEE END OF REPLACEABLE

ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

PIa 1\40 10 CONNECTOR BOARD

8560/8561/8562 SERVICE

8

I

TelK

COMPONENT NUMBER

4759-81

6

RCLK

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

C;y-

I
I

15 "-

+5V

70

~ STATIC

RP3011-4
220

+5V

STANDARD PORTS

~

-I

LP-2

»
Z
C
»
::D
C
"'D

0

7

/9

3/

I

TelK

I'

T DATA

LP-I

7 "-

4 "-

RP3011-7
220
RP3011-6
220

J8051

-:'

RTS

+5V

+5V

~

T DATA

/4

I

I

SHIELD

5

CTS'

I

I

1,18051

;:"

/3

18 "

CTS

CHARDET

2

I

6

PSR'

RP2011-8
220

,'"

T DATA'

I

HSI-l

7
3

PSR

+5V

J8I!J21

r:'

T DATA

RP201'-2
+5V

I

~

HSI-3

3~
12~

T DATA

60

37

~

HSI-0

::D
-I
C/I

JeBSI
~

P/O
J8BBI

W8081

SIGNAL GROUND

/L

r;/33

I

34

/35

uvJ8102

~/

f--::<"

I
I

RPZ01'-3
22B

+5V

T DATA

3/

r;;;

T DATA'

12/

~

PSR

22B

PSR'
CTS

5/

CHARDET

W8BSI

f--::~

UbOIO
7

ee3e
I DAl1(L..)

DOUTI5(H)

Z.r-I-~--"-B;3--'

DOUT~H) 14

.1

DOUTZ(H) 11 IZ

eol

IS

DA~(~)

01

I~

OIN!>(H)

eoz 12.

DAZ(L.)

DOUT7(~)14 II

OOUTb(H)11 IZ

OOUT¢(H)14 II

OZ 10 DINZ(H)

eo... 4

DAI¢(L.)

04 b

01 ""¢(H)

I DAIS(L.)

03 ~ DIN i5(H)

o~ !> DIN11lH\
DOUT4(H) :; :1:4

e.e:3e

134 ..., DAI4 (~)

DOUTI4(H) 5 14

0:3 b 01"'104 (H)

ez.

IZ. DAI(L.)

51

15 DAI!l(L.)

Oz:

10 DINllH)

01

I~ 01 N 1:3(H)

131

15 DA¢(~)

01

I~ Oli'l¢(H)

52. I2.DAIZ(L.)

DOUTIZ(H)l1 IZ

Oz. 10 DINIZ.(H)

"JI
OOUT¢(H) - DOUTI5(H)

~ __~~~Y~T=E~(H~)~~---------------------------------+------------------------------------~~---------------------------------------r-----------,

~

A¢(H)-AI5(H)

~

I

ADRE'" (I...)

USOW

U5050
74L.!>ZA4
3 DOUT.'(H)
"",(H)

15

I,-A_S-,-(H-7\_--,I~'-i
A4(J.I)

II

A:3(H)

Z.

Al (H\
A¢(>l)

_[>_

5

DOUTb(H

,

DOUTS(H

AI5eH)

11

AI4(H)

15

I'-A_I=-!l(:-H);-_,I~,'

74 1...5 Z44
3 DOUTI5(H)

[> _

_

/D::..-=,5:,,(H:.;.)__..:3::..j 10

,Q

,4L.5:3,;3
z. DOUTZ, (H)

5 DOUTI4(H)

IrD
__
4+(H..:.)___4'-iz.D

2.Q 5 DOUTZO(Hj

7 DOUTI3(H).

IrD
:..;3...::(:-;H);-.-_',30

3Q b DOUTI"(1"l

"J DOUTIz.(H)

IrD
__
Z..,.:lH-;.~__-,e'-i4 0

4'1

"DOUTIe(H)

I.-D (,::-H~)__~I'::-I'D

'Q

110 DOUTI1(H)

eq

I" DOUTlb(H)

"J DOUT4(H)

AI2.(H)

leDOUT~H\

All (H)

z.

IeDOUTII(H)

Ib DOUTZ(H)

AIO(H)

4

11000UTI~H)

'"

14 DOUTI(H)

Aq(H)

b

14 DOUT"}(H)

e

12. DOUT¢(H

Ae(H\

8

IZ.DOUTe(H)

='

1rD¢,--"-,(,-,,fl),___...::18'1 eo

II

,1 "J1

UbOeo
883e

U5010
c..!..14
Ale(H)

l. I~

OOUTI7(H) 1"1 II

64

p,--"I______'NTe--:._T:..(L"'1\

04~
eo~1>_:_1____-.-:e_5_'.,;(L.;.<.)'1
O~ j-:~==-__--,
61 15
0,0..17(1...)

OOUT2.I(H) Z 0

OOUTlb(H) II

1l.

DAlb(L.\

6l. 12-

UbOSO
I

88:38
DAZI(L.~

O~ ?>
DOUTW(H\ 5 14

54""4

DA=(L.\

04~
DOUT'.,(") 1"1 I I

O,~

r-

53

DOUTIe(H) II

51

:zz.

02.~

15

DAI"J(L.)

Ol~
5Z IZ.

DAle(L.)

ozE.

U5110D
12.

AODRREG,(L..)

'4L~oa

B!;,(H\
~
L-----------------------------------------~DA~"~(~H)~~

!!...;J}

__-W-~-2.~~~)------------------------------------_+----------------------------------~r----13
AI8(H\

L-__________________________________________
OA~I_b~(~~)~

~ Z.O~OD
I~

UI030C.

~'4LS¢>¢

'4L!>Oe

II

I

3:,-0'-...¢~,-Q.., Z

__

}

,"11...5:3,3

e

U5030

.---1"'--, 74L..53':3

DOUTI5(H

DI""(>I)

:3

ID

1'1 z.

vD=.,I-::4.;.(H7)__-::4'-j2.D

ZQ 5 DOUTI4(H

DI"Ib(H\

4

ZD

ZQ r5~

VD=-I-=~.>C(H7-)___''-l:30

:3Q b OOUTI~(H

01 '15(><)

,

:3D

3Q

1/0:...1_2..:..(H.:..)__-=8'-j4D

4Q" DOUTIZ(H

01 "'4(H)

e 40

OIN;3(H) Ie eD
DINl.lH\ 17,0
OI'lI(H) 14 1c>0

eQ

01 N(Il(H)

/D_I_5.:..(H7)___

~

..!QJ

USOZO

vD=-I_I.:,.(H:.;.~__;;:le'-l8D

e.Q I" DOUTII(H\

IrD_I_O..:.(H.,.:\___
I7'-j'D

'Q Ib DOUTI\lI(II

v0=.,"-:-:-(H~)__-:14'-1bO
lro_e-,-,-(H.:..)___
I~'-j5D

~

IS DOUT"(i.I),

5Q 12. OOUTe(H)

13 50

=DA=-~~E..:N~(L.=-~~------_4----------..:I~I----------------------~----------=I~l

II

o¢(H')-O,(H)

D,(H)

__-::Db~(,"::H)"

1-"'____...:D:..:5...,("'H)"

USOIO

0INI5(H)

..-1..,..--, ,41...:;:3,3
~ 10
IQ z.
DI5(H)

DI'II"'(H) "I ZO

ZQ 5

DI"'I:3("') ,

:3Q b

OI~(H)

.qq '"

O't(H)
0'1 (H)

3D

DI4(H)

"'Q f-"_____04--,-;(H...,)'J

Oli'll2.(>I) e.qD

1-'' J-c-__...:0::-,3,-:(H",)"
7Q I'"
0lo(H)
bQf-I"::S----O-I-7(H--:)'J

01"111 (H) Ie eD

eI:i

01 '" 1¢ lH) 17 , 0

,~ I-I"'":-____,D,--'-=(/).;.-(><,,:\,,

DIN~(H) 14 bD

Ic>Q f-I_S___O_"'_(::...H":'\,I

5Q f-IZ__-,--_D¢;...(,-H);,j

Oli'le(H) I~ 50

SQ j-:1.:.Z-_ _...:0::ce:;.(::...H..:c)"

I.,

II

~C~D=~~H')~-~D~15~(~~'--------------------------------------L---------------------------------------------------------------------,-i------------------------~r_--------J
~--T~:;Y.:..N..:.C~(><...:)----'----------------------------------------------------------------------------____________________-,
U4145e
DIAG,!:>(H\
~ ~ "4L!l>IO

A'l\:

v(

~

DDATA(H)
ODATA(L.)

4G

b

U414SC.

Ir~'e"'L.~IO

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

Chlssis-mQuntedtomponentshal'enoAssemblyNumber
prefix-seeendoiRepllceabieBedricalPlrlsuil.

ICi\ Static Sensitive Dev~ces

\:t:::I

See MaintellanceSeclion

NOTE: Tabla 21·1, showe
IC pin-out (Vee. OND).

PiO A45 M •.s.C.. WARD

55bO/B5bl!B5b2. 5E.RVICE

MSC QBUS ADDRE.5S/ DATA INTE.RFACE

{p

A

R5YNC.(H\

~~~~~---------------------------.

~

<&

D¢(H)-07(H)

I
DOUT¢(H\-DOUTI5(H\
A
r-----------------~--+---------------~------~~--~~~

DIN¢(H\-DINI5(H)

U30~O
813'" HEX

,

I"D_'_N_'...:.(H-:-')'---_13-j B!lST "T5 ~
DIN3(H)
OIN5(H,

12.
.3

DIN4(H\
:3 e.z.
I'D-'-N-,"':'(H--:')---'5-j Bi<>

01 Nb(H)
01 N") (H)

l..
'"

I'-----,--,'-----l 61

DINe(H')

U3010

I

,D_I_N_2....:(_H',---::I,,' B4

~0~~IN~1¢~(~H~)==~5d=="'\.):',;;4;-L..5_3_0---::-_ _ _ _~5;;1 63
01NI1\H)
01 N 10.(14')

A

B~'(Hl

'"
1

+5v

6

=MPARATORI"D_I_N_'S--:(--:H')___~-j 01

V
+Su

TZ.....
TO,

~

rz:'

Z..'K

T3

_'oM~--..._"l--l OUTPUT

~~

,

~

DEV, ADD

Q5

1'2.. OOUT¢(H

S DOUTI4(H)
Q3 0, OOUTI3(H

DIN1(H\

14 Di<>

Qb

15 00UT1(H)

DI N2.(H\

17 0,

1'0_l.._(_Hc..l____
6-j D4

Q4 "l ClOUT4(H)

,-,A '" DOUTIl.(H

OIN:3(H)

16 De

en

10, DOUT2.(H)

Q8 19 DOUT.3(H)

I"D_3_<,..H.:..\____'-j 0.3

Q3 10 DOUT5(H)
Q2.. 5 DOUTb(H)
QI z. DOUT,(H)

OINl1(H)

Ie De

Qe I") DOUT11 (H)

0IN4(H\

e

D4

Q4 9

DOUT4(H

DIN1¢(H)

i"1

0,

Q"1 Ib =UTIO(H

DIN5(H\

"1

0.:3

Q3 '"

DOUT5(H

OOUT~(H

DINb(H,

4 D~

qz.

5

DOUT.,(H>

OIN,(H)

3

Q1

z.

OOUT7(Hl

U50'70A

.......--'------, c::

os

OOUTIS(H

e ~
~A

1/

"if _ - - : . . . . . : . - - - - - - - - - - - - - i

13

Z.

DINIZ.(H)

"(~

~:~:~~~ 14 Db
'--__~___
'3-iD5

WP302.1

R~~z.3

I

74L5¢¢

I

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

U4030
,4L5314

,4115:374

DIN¢(H)

Q~

4

,----,

,-----,
I"0_¢.:...:..(H,.:.\____
"-j D,
Q' 110 OOUTZ.(H)
I,D_l_(:...H,.:.1____
'6-j 00 Qe> 1<;> DOUT3(H)

Q1

0/0114(141
DZ.
1"0-I-N-'3--:(-H)---,-j 0.3

1'1402.1

Tl I---<
T4 10

U<10ZD

U4010
, -_ _---,,4L5Y?4

<;>to 15

95

12. DOUT8(H)

D1

II

I

I

Component Number
, A23
Assembly

~
-.J

Number

T L.
R1234 '

ChaSSIS-rlIIIlunted components

D4(H)

4

Dl.

I'D-5~(,-'H:-)-----:.3" 01

1,0_b...,(-:H,..\____'3-j D5
....0_,_(_14\____'4---1 Db

prefl~--see

end of

3:

~SChemat/C

Subassembly
Number (If used)
nav~

Replaceabl~

C/l

CirCUit

(')

Number

o
m
<

no Ass~mbly Number

Electrical Parts ust

(')

IV:\. Static S~nsitive Devices

\:z::,I

Q5 12. DOUTe(H
Qb 15 OOUT<;>{H\

m

See MamtenanceSectlon

:IJ

m

NOTE: Table 21-1, shows
Ie pin-out (Vee & GND).

G)

iii
-I

I

II

m

II

:IJ
DEVOATEN(L\

~ _~D~IN~(~H~l-----------------------------------~----------~~IL-~3----------------~-t------------------------lr~--!_------------._------------_r_l!_------------------------------~~--. ~
4

II

U50'70B
74L5¢¢

~~~::D:O:U:T:(:H~):::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::5~~~~"'::::Jr::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Jr:r::::~~~~~::~~====~---:l-~-------------D_~_V_R_~~W_R_(~L~~~. <§>
~
IM~50eoD~50,?OC
!'~ _

Ie

13
74L508
~
''''LS¢¢
TRPLY(H)
U50'?OD
L.....!!IZ.:J../~II-------fV'iiiO-~--.:....:..--------+---jf----------------------------~:::.::::':..'~__.
~~--~~I--------~::~~~;:~~--4~~~;---~~c:~------r-------_r-~'iZ.r--;':,4~L~5~¢~¢~_ _ _ _~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~-===~~~
~~~
~~~~~~
I
"".. 8
II
INTDATE:N(L)

~

IAKI(L'

"

I R:~"

R;~~5

U41bSD
_ ,411514

+5V --"""--___--"N.---1>
v

A:l..

10

~

OIAKI(H)

~/

.5 ,.r;,.'4L514

IRQ,(L')

RIRq,(H)

5

~

USIIOB
,4'-501..

4

~4

Vb

z.

U5100A
"14L50e

,!--LJ.!>

4
2.

3

D

'----"-

~ {

'<:7



VEC.RE~(Ll

Z.
5

I

RE5(L ')

U4175C

I ~ ___"14L53Z.

..

U4115A

74L...50B

I

~---\,

74115,4

5
Qf-------'

10

~
~

U4115B
'4L..5'4

TIAK¢(H)

5

Io4

1rT__'R_Q"'-.4--:('-,H\,--_1..--iI:3

~ D 5 q f-~--'_'---------_I----4I1~II"RQ-RIIQII=":'~~-7~'--~-I~· ~~

b

,/il' f - - - - - - '

*
-

U5100D

~~~50e

Rb077

UblOO
ee:3B

R"'O"1~
~

1

~

I~

~

INTREQ(H}

M

~-------------------------------------------------------------------r----------~----------------~----R~I~RQ~~~~7,----+------~--------~~"~

e
R3131

~

~ :~=~~ ,~

01 p--

7

PI

/

~

:;:~

e

Q -"--

P/O

---

64 ,,4
_ _ _ _ _ _4-_ _II:r_A_K~¢::....:...(LII~_--'._7 ~
""
~
63 "--1___________
I_R_q.;..4_('-L,-')~ ~

~+5V

R41.31

~+5V

PjO A.45 M.5.c.. BOARD

85f:>O/85bI/85f:>l SE.RVICE

<&>

+5V _J3",3,.,.0--..-"'-"eD
AIv--I>

__~W~R~~~(CL~)~~___~~I~Oa.-~
)~------------------------------------------------------------------------------________+-____________________________- J
QBU5EN(L')

~
~

U5100B

~~----~------------------------~

U51ZDC

_____ _____________

U41Z-0C
,4115.:32.

MSC DEVICE REGISTER

DDATA(L) •

<&

)

RD(L')
DIAG,SEL(L')
::,
DIAK.1:(~')
/0.
~------------------r-------r---------------------------~--------------~~

o

DRDY(H)

UZlbO

PZ-lbiD

U31bO

11
D5(H)

,q

1'-00---:(;-H'"")--'-,,,,::-i !:>D

~

I~

U41l5D
~~

_A

~L5~~

5Q

OATEN(L')

1':D.3:=:-:~;-H):----=8-:-14D

4C;>

'-'

ODMG,:L(H)

ZQ

5

ORPLY(H)

1'::~:-:';-;-~:"7~_-,-3_i
ID
15 eo

8Q I-'~__

IQ

~

I

V

&10

.-_-+____-+_ _ _ _ _.:..:'Z-I

~:~Q(HH\

-

+-=-=--N--,T+'---I---t--_+-_-l_______+-,

1

I

~C.1

U5120A

, -_ _5-1 B l.

, '" ,4L..S ...

'"

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

4 DI
' -_ _ _ _+-+1_t

Component Number

, A23 ~ R1234'

T

131

L-_t------:4:-1 Al.
~ AI
L-__-+--+'---:-I DO.

Rb0"14
1050

Assembly
/'lumber

B

--.2:

~Cl.

+!N

Vz..

OIAGiCONT

'"

'"
II 0 q 1-1-t~1133r)r---l-----,

O ~~ 1., - - - - - I f - - - - - - -101 0MG,I

W-

y

,....-.-...-"

U4140C
~4L5OB
5
~-4~~~JAB~---t----------t--r-t--t-~~I4

U(,,090

2:

OA I-I!..-......- - + - - - ' _ i RPLY

~

OD 15

2.

'5

NC

"

,4LSII

t-I"=z.------------'--'"""- aOUT(L)

:
OZ
BI

10

DOUTCH)

~

15E.

U4110D

I~

4

"14LS¢¢

~

-,

U31Z0C
,4LS' I

'"

~

t-'-:5----------.::....:-=--'-'+ SACK(L')

II

F-

e3 I
5YNC(L)
03 1-:3-<>-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
R_S_Y_N_C..:C
H_\'"- ~A

1

",'

"'Y"

'---'--<

WRT(L)

13

I IF--

II

01 ~

r'_4__+-==-

+-----+-If-+--_PA..,Llbl<4

U41bO

rl--'L-"':""1","14 L53'-''''

330

D4(H).,

U41ZSB

L-+-+_+-_ _"-j It.

i

~

_-----,-~ _ _ _ _ _

10

--~--

."

~H)

1-:-',~-----=D'-:-S(;:-;H:'1\
D~(HJ

13

~ RbO,3

o,(~')

,t.

.3

'I

I~

P/O

_

11
13

~"14L504

'"Y NCC~)

1'-0_2...,(,--"),-_4--10.0

"

& I,----------:-l~

~

_

S

U3110E.

1-'_10_ _--' :LAK.!(H)
DQBU5(H)

,z..

B

L-_ _ _ _ _--'

DOATA(H)

"C? 15

14 IoD

~

P2.1103

@tt

,4LSZ,3

I'-D_'--,(--,H)'-_';3-0-"-3-q'lo
H);---,-I7-:-1'O
I':D::-:"',-:(c..-

t

~

1,-'.:...>19--

_____D_M_G,20_(~~~7~

04~

DMR(L)

B"- 12.

oz.~
B1

R.,LY(L)

'5

INIT(L')

03~

L-t------+-r-+-rinL:~~

p.13-'-_ _ _++---...:.Q'-B-U-5-T-'-M-E-0-U.:.T.....::..(L..:.)-i>

J

'--=1...-/

U4150D

~ ~-------------=-=~~~~~~

r-r-r-_______,_4_L_50
____

_____________________+-________________________________________-:1____________-+-:1________________

II

~

II

~

I

WAITQ5US(L\

QBU5 OMA LOGIC.
P/O A45 M.5.C. BOAF<.O

55"'0/5501/5502. SERVICE

r-

+SY _:3",3",0~-.---~bBWv°_{>
B4~4,-_ _ _ _ _ _ _~I

01 13
B3 '

It.:-\:::
'1~1r>~,~4~L5~1~4_ _~-------~~r=:;,~~~-~'
b
111~~3fCJc:u~~~~~D)I~e~-t-4~Ir-~~45~~,~4~5~~
'"'
I ~

USIIOA

~

I4

l>

R"'07Z.

MSc.. QBUS DMA LOGIC.

'«7

I

~

o

G)

('j

U"1Ii:>5B
INT¢(~i
~
~~~~4--------------------------------------------~~~
.3J';;. ,41-514

/.A

D¢(H') - DIS(H')
~~~--~----~--------------r-~------------~--~--------------~

U2.140

UZl50

,..----,
I'D_4_(:....H_)----...-z....;

!'-D?>--,-,(:....H).:........_Z...; R1)

O9(H\

R¢ BU'='¢\-"'_--+--+--+---'

z..

~R3

. -_ _ _':...."-j c.P

~

De(H)

~BE
.....

1

4
:3

,0..1 BU51t-"'---t--t---+

~

I

R.I

'RJ/> BU5¢t-4~.----jHHH

'Z.

RPllbO

12..A¢

13

~

~~

~

no

r-

z.Z.0

,

Oe,¢(H)

b

DB1

(H\

4

e

oez..(H)

10

-

GoND
L---r---'
.5,15

.....

DB5(H')

e

10

DB4(H)

10/

4

oeS(H')

12./

3

OBb(")

14

Z.

DB, (H)

110'

I (LVO(H)

MSGo(L...')

-

GoNO
L----,-_--'
.5,15~

'i7

rz:'

5

~BE

-

Jz..
- -

.,

'~

+-_ _ _
1.q RL..E.

t----'.q RLE.

-4-1r--_+r'<_9
__
5E_0_D_D_r--_I_O
...

IZ.

,-----19'-1 CP
,--____"<1 OE

,--_ _"<10.:

+----1<1 RL..E

-+......

~Az..

BUS 1 ~

1"'1

10

'4_ _
12. RZ. 5USl.+_

OIO(H')

~Rl

. -_ _ _ _
1"..; CP
,----"<1 OE G,ND

~R:3

IZ. Rz.. BUSz..I-'_4_ _- ,

+5V

RPIIIO +SV
14

z.
A35US3t-I_b_ _- ._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _--l

11

011(,,)

1'..:3 BU53t-I_b_ _ _--,

L=-A¢

~R3

+-___1<1 RLE

11

l2. AZ.

Al.
"D_'...:(>CH.:...)-......I_'-j A3 SUS3 I'"

,-----1"'--1 c.p

U2.IZO
,..-_ _-,'Z.90e

~R3

~

3 :....

3Z.

,.

RE5(L.)

40

m

1

5C515E.L...(L ')

z.
Il

~

U"1155D
II?. _,4L5:3z..

13"'l)

R.D(L.')

1:3

II

IZ.

0IAG,5(L...)

U"1140A
,4L50e

U3150D

~
13
Iz..

,4L.5Bb

oep(L.)

+5 y _-'W,.-.~'i-JoN'r--".p

11

:3

~U3I.<10D

,4536

~

'-4L50z..

INT1(>!)

>1-'----~;..z-\---- I

~e

U315oc.
10 '4S38

""

~

AR5ITRATIONE.N.(H')

~

FOC5E.L(I..')

l

UI070B

SE.L(>!)

~
~

U"1lb5A
I~ '4L514

17z..

U512.0F
13J'>,. ,4\"~14

L
z..

P---------~~..;~X>__-------------1

v.lz..

~

, - - - - - - ' - ' - - - 'ij'

wi
B5EL...

eE

ARBEN

2.

+

?.
'----3--1D

..=ISl )

~

I~
-.2

~ ~--~--~~----------------------------------------~------------~
RE:.~(I..)
~

UI070A
~1"'L...5¢¢

DELAYWR(L...)

'--___

uJ

l.

!h

~4

I~

10453e

:.

I

""

INIT
S'"

r--

10~ "~

e.

~

A

15

NCo

UIOWC.
10

,4F¢¢

~

SC5IWAI,(L.)

~e

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

T

Component Number

• A23

51..(1-1)

~

ON5U5(1-I)

y ~ NCo
Z. ~ NC.

,..-_-=8'-1 WR

-'

NC

:3

REQ

,41..5,4
I:

-r_________

U 10 100
,4LSOz..

B5Y

Qr-U-4-I-Z-S---------'-t

U"1I50B
J5~~)_,-4-L5-0-?.----1

3

I~

A

~5

Ui:>lbOA

NOTE: Tabla 21-1, shows
Ie pin-out (Vee & GND).

~Static Sensitive Dev~ces
\J::JI See Mamtenance Section

T

Assembly-i
NumlJer

R1234'

~SChematlc

L"Clfew!
Subassembly
Number
Number (if used)

Chassls·mountedCQroponents bue no Assembly Number

preh~-see end of Replacea!)le Electrical Parts list

1"/0 A45 M.5.C. BOARD

85(:'O/65bl/55(:'2.. SERV ICE.

+--=<:
ze
3S---4>-1--<

U3150B

R412.b

U411SB

+-<
lob

NC _ _

NC _ _

hl3150A
I
,<1536

, -__________-t-~I--t--------~~-YIK~__ +5V

104L...50e

+ 5 v ----4>-+-<

~
:3

13

4,5'?J-ee

z.z.1
l.4

BSY

ACK

5

"'4/

I

NC

'4L...50e

PALlbR4

1

WR(H)

UW00A

U2.130

z.Z.0
330
1<.1"1110

4 5EL...

5

"14L...S.4
~ ~---'---------~~~A~~I;:",:-_ _,--:~~)':4~L5~:3:z..=--_ _~3iD
1
~""
Q b
DKT("Y R(L')
~ ~--'-''--..!--'-----t--1l'::_..I?.1 I::'
j
I R. I---

~

+5\1

eMH:z.(L)

UW00B

(')

IJ

SE.L...(L..')

~41..5¢¢

L

"11

,4L514

12.{)<1

TIME.OUT(>!')

~

~

OMARQ(H)

USIZOE>

5C. 51 Nrr(L...')

:D

z..z.o
:3~
RPllbO

U"'1150A

I
:3

%

m

DI':>K~TATUS R.O(L)

U4155c..

~
~

Z

-t

"lei

ATN(L.')

WR(L.')
'l>
'4L.53Z.
~ ~-~~-----------------~~Io~-,e

~
~
~

!!!
III
c:
(J)

OI.:>K5TATUS WR(H)

ACK(L...')

~

(')
(J)

(')

4z..

c(L...)/D(H)

05E.L.. R.D (L i

s:

(J)

MSC SCSI BUS INTERFACE

1-40
ODD

~P01l.1

+sv

I~

c{> 14L504
IZ-

RPIaI2.1
+SV

U3110F

150

~~
UG:>IIOA

150

~z..

I ~14L514

TW05IDED(H)

z..

~

~ ~ plo

Ura170D

PI

••__
D5
__(~_1_____________________________________________________________________________________________
~~~_4-1-6-------------------------------------------------------D-R--IV-E-5--E_L_\~(H~)~)

~

U5170A
"14L53"5

~

BM",,-(L)

~

CLR

~e

2.4

'5

lA1(H)

l

AZ-(H)

6

RD(L\

Al

DALz..
DAL3

4

DA'-"l
DALS

DAL7

10

R

eMH%.(H)

e

"-

,i

RP"-IZI
150

+5V

MODE <;>D

74 L5 "" 5
R515.3
IK

R51.5B
10K

D
+sv

1'T~
.5 ~"14L514

v

1'2.

..

J

RPIoIZI
150

+Sv

WRITE PROTE.CT(L)

4

,t

RPIoIZ-I
ISO

1

j

RPIaIZ-1
150

TIMER¢(H)

DIRC

IIJ;;..,41..514

-V-'"

10

"

AD3(H)

II

AD"l(H)

IZ.

AD5(1-l)

13

AD",(1-()

14

AD"1(H)

!

31

U"'IWF

Z,

32..

"14110

13

WG,

RAW
RD

WR.ITE DATA(L)
/

Iz..

15

74110

II
R .. I 2..4
10K

5TEP(L)

T P .. t 33
+5V

I..

T

UralZ.oD

.,

"141 ..

v

2t::)

5

01 RE.C.TION(L)

e
"141 ..

WRITE. G,ATE(L)

10

TG,43

S5D

TP513\

1

T

~
'2.5

UralZ.oA
I

"141b

LOW C.URRENT(L.)

z..
Ubl2..0E>
3

741'"

HEAD 5ELECT(L)

4

ROY

Ubl70C
HLD
34

z..e

.5

"141 ..

HEADLOAD(L)
+SV

10

TR¢¢

UbllOB
1/

USIZOE
r::.. ,4L514

+SV

v

v4

WPRT

DRG?
INTRG( 3"

U51Z0D
C,

-Ve

~

~s
II D Q
r-~

1'<.51S/O
10K

r::.. "14L514
Va

~
~

FDCDRQ(H)
FDI5KINT(H)

+sv
3.5 IP
40

I

OJ

RPW

18

R61::'3
10K

U4150C
8
q

HLT

"141..50Z.

~

TMRIN¢(Hl

10

20~
R51101

UG:>I(,:,OB

~+5V

"14L5,"I
R

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

'i3y-

Component Number

, A23fR1234'

NOTE: Table 21-1, shows
Ie pIn-out (Vee & GND),

biT

A
5sem Y
Number

LSChematiC

Subassembly

Circuit
Number

Number (if used)

IV:\ Static Sensitive Dev~ces
\;!)I See Maintenance Section

Chassls·mounled components have no Assembly Number
pl'efix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Paris list

P/O A45 M.oS.C, BOARD

85'=:>0/85'=:>1/65'=:>2- SERVICE

I >=II"\
I rIITII~
110

~

110

b4

M5C FLEXIBLE DISK INTERFACE ~

-s:
Z(J)

irio
;:JJ-n
-no

l>m
mIJJ
o
m
c
iii

Ox

"

I r1 13

Plo

10

UbllOD
"'.1:>.,4 L5 14

fRSI57
10K

3B

3b

~

/

10

17 10

3.1:>."141..514

+SV

TPIoIIi

TE5T

UrallOE

U"'IIOC

1<.51103
IK

~

Ura I zoe

E.NP

v IZ5.t;,.."14L514

AD1(H')
ADl.(H)

33 WPW

10

13J;;,. 74L514

+5V

AD¢(Hl -AD,(H)

UG:>IZOE
STEP

U"'I/OF

RPIoIZ.I
1.50

~

Ao¢(H)

8

Ii

U41"'5C

U41b5F
~v

23 PUMP

ZZ-

13b "14L514

,

VCD

+sv

P'=>I.<11

R .. 155
10K

"Z.b

CSI5S
O.I}-\F

~

CKt

+sv

TRACKC/>¢(Ll

WD

....

~

10

CK2.

~~

DDEN

,""-lSI

.f

:3

READY(Ll

MAIN
INT·eD

WE.

DAL'"

READ DATA(L)

~

RE.

I" MR

+5V

P/D

DAL1

3"1

&-t±A
5 0

INDEX(L)

DAL¢

A¢

DDEN(L)

ICfJ

I
I
I
I

CLK

RES(L)

WR(L)

DELAYWR.(L)

WDZ-"1C"

:3 C5

FDC5E.L(L.)

U51bO

~(

USI3D

ZII

Al(Hl -AZ-(H')

Z.

~
<€l>

~

ZMH1..

4

+::'V

~[

500KI-!,(H,)

<;>D 10

I

MAIN
INT. eo

0

8560/8561/8562 Service

B

A

c

G

H

J

1

2

3

L2f1171

4

5

6

~-----------------------------~~~=~=::~~:~::::::~-----------------~R\~

Compone~t Nu~

'":r
Assembly
Number

I

I

A23 ¥,Rl[4Schem.tic
~
Circuit
S bassembly
Number
NU~ber (if used)
_

nt, have no Assembly Number
Chassis-mounted compone ble Electrical Parts List

prefix-see end of Replacea

Static Sensitive Devices

Figure 21-.
7 A62 Inverter Board.

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

\J>I

.See Maintenance Section

4759-51

r-_..;.c.-i"'~~_I("_---;_C_R4*O_'"7_*----,~l>--c:...RAOi>t-_'S=--'
CR.5012

1"/0
,,)5010
51

__

f-(t9- Q30IO
\!::!

1"/0
1"5010

CR401'J

BD~

/

II

r--

I.am~

1"/0
1"5010

cao=

"'''OK

Z''')o'F"

1

11--:I>I--~___iI*____1r_-t_~~C)

~/_B_D_a_ _ _ _ _-.._ _-,~~~ Q5075

CR 1016

R303Z

1"78

R501-l
lOOK

. II

V

C4I031
10oopF'

T3051
ImH

II"

lOOK

w

~

CI0.5.,

RIOb'l

CRIOWZ.

G,ND

r·T'~

Ii!.

4

.S
5

~ r--

CIOS ..

1

.O"O;-i

CRIOs..

"

!

10

11<:10(,,0
1.3K

:3

r

R105'J
510K
EMIVCC

RIObl

P5HIE.LD

ZAK

~

-~1~5____
V +~~>-~ ~ 0~Oo_s_,
__

___'5
__
V____________

CR.50e~

"

I

PROTTR

"'SC>e4
15K

/

I

I

B

T4011

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

~VR50e2

I
....

•....

TP71S8

TP71S7

TP7161

II:

TP716

TP7176
P717S
TP7177

I

Z
<
m

:tI

-I

m

:tI

+ISV
1<4015

TP7025;{gIO

-

I.~K

CR4014

P/O

e

.J2010

- -

",ND

I
/

PIO
PZOIO

/

- --

LN5EN5E
lCSOl4
lOOOpF
+15Y
+15V
RIOc.~

~

-/-IZ,CO

~

Vst",v-t

JC~103~

CI032.
Z70pF

I. ElK

I<.IO~~

R.501b
e.ZK

.3K

S
RSOl7
e.2.K

+15V

UWIOB
TL¢7~

+

bV'"

tV' 'Q401b
'C

R5014
15K

~

1<5015
510K

~ YR4039

~~

3V

~ ~VI<.2.0.351
~

RZ0310
3.3ZK

R2.0.3B

R~0.37

Z.2K

470

+

r.;; )Q3037
\:::::

CS02.1
.b6pF

C.R303lo

R304Z

C.R~0.35

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
Component Number

'~TRl234'

:U:ei

LSChematlc

Sub.5se~b'y

Number (!fused)

~~~~~r

r

+I!OV

lc.303 I
.01.M F

Chassls-mountedcompooentshavenoAssemblyNumber
preh!-seeendofReplacea~eElectrlcaIPartsLls\

~4011B

R.302.!>
l.sK

7

'4

'c...qOz.~

4

1

~""F'

CI<.:3034

R,30z.e
867

"

R302.1
11.3K

r;::>\

TRI~G,ER

~4D

II

l

CR,3=~

402.36

13

10

6D1
/

~10012.

10K

3

C.10018

4

1,ooopF

40Z3B

.5

C~bOI4

~
2.

4

U(:,OIOA

-e;;

TL72.
I

r

zzv

LS1

~

CRIoOI3

10
RIoOlJ

'---

C
,-:-'7=-10

R30Z",
1.2K
rV1<.40z..sG VR.40Zb
b.2.V
b.ZV
CR,402.4
CFa402.3

r.

>-

!

Q

QbOl0

2.030C

II

~Ut030A

TP7039
13

u=::

CR3041

R.5018
3K

0,

~

'-?

4

IOOpF

I

Q",OZ.I

("""i:::

\...?

+15V

Q30Z.9~

I

lOOpF

+1.5V

-15V

CJ<.30=

~

L

~~~

See Mamtenance Section

t

CR30ZIo

C30~10

6."Z..K

10

40116

1"-

U3040B

UZ.030B

lcso,2.
lo.l.M F

40 2.36

-

4013B

2~M

W
Z

'3

I

+±c.sou.
41)-\F

(

VR5013

~

BD3

I

"

BD2.

ISkpd.

I<.IoOZlo
1.5K

Uz.o40A

Vr-amp
C.1<.4037

4Y

R40~1

~

5/'>oC SE N5E

+ISV

2.
1<.4035
lOOK

~

(./

1<.403b
10K

CJ<.4041

+1vre..f

n

±C4038

lOOp.

3

U5030D

_ e
+

4

LM393

ZOO

9

R502.7
1o.2.K

C:R.50Zlo

f

R.5031
18K

-15V

\!::::

C4031

3~ pF

I

-15V

fCR.0403'3
-ISV

l~

Q3043

fv ) Q<1035
-ISV

R"i03"1
Z..2.K

-15V
CRIoOZS

Vur

~

p/O Ab4 P.5. REG,ULATOR OD.

85foO!85fol!85b2.. SERVICE

41~'3

-."

)
)
)
)

c.s019

II

C.RZO~

O'K

Z

® Static Sensitive Devices

G/bOz..s

FO""
lZ

Uz:.040B

5

ku

I 1<.=47ICt.~

Uz..040C
9

I!OK

+1.5V

CR3043

RZ033
i.SI-<

bl..J

Uz:.o.40D

Q3036r,;:
~)

5V

ISOLATION

S.49K

C.R3D31

CZO.37
4.7f'P

+15V

A

R5019
10K

1<.~034

P.S. MAl N INVERTER CONTROL

P/o

cJ~OIO

~

SAC SENSE:

~------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~
~--------~--------~------------------------------------~
~

C.R"'O~

+15V
R50bb

UK

1<.50,1
1.50K

r-____________Y__
R_E_F~

R70b,~_____
YRS07

".zv

71\2FJ\C\

p/o
p~o-,c:

1
'if
~T______~______________________________________________r-__________________________________________________________________________~---------------------------V-R--E-F__7
~

TP70bb

p/O
J2.010

"7

IK

r-____________~--------------------------------------------------------------Q~"'-0--Z-5~

(~;g~z

{R"'OZ5

"'="'3

0 t \ VR.,OZ4

l""ZK

1<40"',
5"'K

C40"1

TP70"'1

4700pF

1

C40bb
1000f'F

RbOE,
10K

RbOZ3

CR",O":;

!

~r UN~;~ +'t~~45 +~:"'D"b

!

+15Y

SHUTDOWN
TP704'"

470

CR40b4

100

+15'1

-15V

R3Ob2.
10K

RI033

-15V

\.:~".2V

2"1K

<8V

1<.4033
Z'K

U2.0-40A

J

.3r-"'---....., 2.
100pF
P"'OTTA
45
~--~
~--~~----~~-----------------------+----------+---------------------------------~~
+15V

RbO~

15K

1<.3052
5Z.3K

+15K

R50S1

CR3051

'ZoO.OK

,

~

Z.'K

CR40-45

R50-'l"
I."'K

+15V

~040B
.5 +

1<.30-44

"'·2.K

LM3"'3

b _

R.,Oz.e

t;,,~

5

5"'K

rd:2.}'COK '- "'13

+1.5V
R5D"S
2..ZK

R40-'13
lOOK

1'>.404-4
15K

+1.5V
+1.5V

R50-'ll

Z.Z..IK
R50.3~

~-L-5-'------C--R-sKar3--"~--e-~.~0~"'--K~--------t_--------._~2 _ 4 I

lC503,
l·OI}

1<..50.36

.3.511<..

ZO.OK

PO>JP5

15kpd

~

+1vre-t='

1<504"1
PONPS

ee,

~~~------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~
Plo

85(:'O/85bI/85bz'SERVICE.

A.(o4 P.S. RE.G,ULATOR BD.

P.5. REFERENCE AND PROTECTION

~

41

+'='V

I

R3051
ZOK

plo

~

P2.010

~------------------~------------------~----~----~\~)QI034

m
C.R 1057

plo

";ZOIO

PZOIO

I

LVSe:.C.1

I

5b /

1

,-------

plo

1+

1

01060

~

:hC.20051
TO.I)-IF

~ C.R3048

C.RZObl

Fh

1

- - -

~

LINEF _,
r
RI031
IK

TP707b

PIO
..J2.010
51

I

+ISV

31r
Iz__~~___~~____~_______n__________________________________I~__- 41_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _--7) 15<:1

+11

I

1

'C.3052
1000f'''

I

R2.0bb
'Z43

:hCZOb4
l.lfAF

CR 2.0"'3

+1C3072-

1

Z'ZJ-'F

R2oOb.5
2..b/K

4

Vur

n7

~---------------------------------------------------------------------.~
TP7058
55

LV.se:.C.2.

01070

I

~

I'--KI--+----r-I----i:f
-

-C.~~;7; -

21

J

r - - - 11

I

TP70"17

11-3__~________.-_________________________________________________________~!____~___________________~,

*C2.053

+l'OOOfA F

T

~!;>74

I

T

d: C 2.071
+l2.Z,u,F

I
-15V

53

I I4'"
r

TP7057

+2.4V

··-1. . +---7)

C.IO.

R2.025

CI015

R.ZO'ZI
'"
~~1::
b.2.K
."
~/_--+----'l-~-..J\NV----~'WV------'---~---'W'Y---+-----*---'---&:j;,....=..j'-3,1+ e 7 0 Z.010
C.1045
1 C..3011
1<3013
::!:
52. •.3K
R,3014
r--------tf-......&--=-t
LM311
£R1018
~5E.N5E.
Z.Z.OOJ-'F
I·OISjAF
'~ I
1CRl019
'2o.2.K
4 5 -15V

/

"1
"

4e

t

C30 2.1
R3018 +
18K
m4.7).-1F
C.3013

L

Sub

8560/8561/8562 Service

c

B

A

D

E

F

H

G

J

1

2
0:

Tl.ll

•

N
II:

..•...
N

II:

Q2.6J

Q2.7J

3

4

-!ill]-

5

-[ii4iIi1-

~

Q41.'
N

~

CR4.15

CR41J5

II:

u

6

P4197
P41.2

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

.

Component Number

Assembly
Number

·~~'RIL4.'
..J I
St;~~"':;~c
Subassembly
Number (if used)

Number

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Becuicol Pa'" Us!.

Figure 21-9. A66 Secondary Board.

P4114
P,\112

P4116

IV:\ Static Sensitive Devices
\:t::I See Maintenance Section
4759-53

P/o
P4010
+Z4V
-ISV

plo

plO

L.~Oe3

P.

2.

fA

R~02.1

C:!>O'!l4
ZZO",F

150

R4101
0.2.

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
c.", 115

U1:1I0c..

C3031
470",F
+SV _","N°loo--,

+1'O""'F

G,ND

R::3I1"J
2.0. OK

"-

~'17

o.l}'F

1<.:3100
SI

R:3105
IK 1<.3106
100

"/

Number

O"A

-ISV

Number

R\ Static Sensitive Devices
\2::1 See Mairdenance Section

5

C::3I~

R2.II1.
2.2.

C:311"'1
O.I;..oF

N::::e,,~~

Chassis-mountedcomponenlshavellOAssemblyNumber
prefix-see end of Repaceable E1ectncal l'arts Ust.

e U3110B

b

.

'~~Rle'
~
~':ttic

-.J

O.If'F
1<:3118
15K

VI<.EF

1<.2>113
15K

O.l.

r

F::30'!l2.
lOA

CR4011
C1<.40e2.

+

1<408.3
IK

-ISV

lelO'!l1
2.Z'OO.... F

~---I+-c-~Iol

P411b

lo"f'F

RW8Z.
2.K

..
.54

ksembly

C3116

Q3101

17

C.R4012.

S

P"'II02.
R310'2.
IK
R,4073

CR,ZOOI

1<.1010:3 1<.3104
IK
16'7K
+1.5V

0.:33

U40i:>0

L.3O'=>1
4mH

fA

U3110A
CI<.:3I12.

z
R2>103
I.OOK.

+.5V

I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

C,;3O:37
.OZ7.... F

I

'"

I

B

I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
14 I
~---~~---~I
13

I

+ lCI053

:> .....

7

C:30:3'!>
.02.7.... F

CZIOb
.01 .... F

RZI04
I.OOK

R:30.:34
51

R2.IOS
7b.6K

IZOO.... F

1<.30z.,,>
2..7

C.R4015
R40:37

L.IOS5
2..!>MI-I

I~H

CR403S

+I!:>V

R2.I02>
IK

L.z.o~1

I<.::30Z7
Z:.7

CI<.3036

-IZV

+l'C2.061
2.70;..oF

CR3038

+=.v

RIII
+ISV __--'\'NKIoo-_ _-4____t{f+___~~_~15~1<.___ -15V

~330~-------------------------------------------------------------~.5~A~C~5~E~N~5~E=-~

51
I'OOOpF
L -______________________~"'~-------+------~_~~~--~~------------~------------------------------

__________________________________________________________

L.N.5E.N5E

~~~~~

QI031

1. .
85100/851o1/85b2.. SERVICE

lo>b

P.~. =ONC....RY

§
D.c. OUTPUTS

"'11

8560/8561/8562 Service

B

A

C

E

D

-...

1

~

;;:

Vlf1J43

Vlf1J31

F

Vlf1J33

Vlf1J33

Jl fIJI fIJ

~

2

3

EB

~,

4

EB

~

5
J6f1J31
V6f1J31

6
Figure 21 -10. A60 Power Supply Interconnect Board.
COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

T

Compone~t Numb~r

, A23
Assembly
Number

~

-.-J

R1234'

~SChematic

L . Circuit

Subassembly
Number (if used)

Number

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number

prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts list.

rn

z

o

..... ~
0<
wO

zo
z..J
0 .....
Oz
a:w
wz
..... 0

ZD..

-:::Ii!

C/!o

D..O

ICi\ Static Sensitive Devices
\:t::I See Maintenance Section
4759-54

"tJ

in

z

-I

m

:D

o
oz

zm
o

-I
IJI

o
»
:D
..)5010

-

2.3
4
7
e

W

PCAP5

W
W

I
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I cao, I
I lOO0j-l'F
I
I
I

I

f

I

I

I

I

I
I
I
I
I

I
I

(.'2.031 :- -;

O.lpr

I

~ J

I

+

TIOIS
W
I"," W

C.IOI~ ]RIOI~

1000}A~

+

I

: R.?QU..

CZ.OI3
1000"F'

L

I

RIOII
IIOK

BLUZ.

\:J

NEG,CAP

EM!VCC

BL..U3

...

5~

I

1

1 Bl.U4

EMIlN?

35

4'"

-IZV

+5V

ZZOOpF

~

3"

~

37

30 f---

~ 38
~

+1Z.SEN5E.

5AC.5ENSE
G,NOSE-tOE

z, .. f---

~

~

f--ze f---

Z

1

L------------------------------------4--------------------------------------~
3

1

L-------------------------~_7

I TbbO:EE
. !

B
1

1

:

1

I

:

I

13

I Z.

~

I.

MT:J

HOLE:

I

43

~ .... 3
.. 4

45

I

Aba P.5. L..INE BO.

85bO/8561/85bc:. SERVICE

I

I

Zb

.:30

f--r---<

I----

30

I----

31

I----<

~ 3z.
~

15QL-AT10N

~ND

33
13

1"1

1"1

15

15

Ib

Ib

55

55

L..V5EC1

",NO

5b

F

.~

+ISV

I

14

~

.~

"'1

z'5

5b

I

1~

Z9

t= ~ c"=' t=
-

G,NDSENSE

42

I----

13

'--

/

I----

33 I - -

150LATION G,ND

+5 SENSE
+"'sEN5E

zo

WIO..:!.3 -4
WI051 -4
WI05:?> -"I
WI055 -4

~

52
48

f---

3Z-

.~
~

3'3

2-.'"
.:31

~

.~

+5V

z.s

Z.7

WI053
WI055

53

",NO

cs

F2-033
.5A
0 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 6 \J>--------J

)2-

-IZV

54

-15V

53

",ND

52.

+15V

54

-15V

55

+rzv

'--- 40
+55ENSE

4Z.

+r5v

.5"

1

35

~

20

P,3

W1043 -3

WI051 -3

l'

34

f---

48

- --

TE5T t

z"

3b f--37

40 f--52.

J"051

II~

+Z.4V

44

3'" : - -

.068f!F

C2-0,-4

4

k

50

f---

(

UNEF

51
4b

''2.0R'VE..IC!L

44

em?5

I"

ACOJ

47

50

'-t.DOpF

'---<>':::-'

10

+IZV

W
2.z,

3b

C:Z.OZb

I

~

PON

43

4-z,-4V

34

~~~-------------------------+

- --

45

LINEr

4'3

35

I

JIOIO

R,4041
15K

41

ACOK

32.

EIO<.5

L-

1'3
Z3

P1041.J"

I

5WZ.035

ZI

VR.E.F

4"

1

l:4

LN5ENSE

Ie

3

17

PRQTTR.

43

I
------

I~

8

PONP5

51

~33V

L

MOZ

45

31

4

MOl

41

2.4

L

BD3

''

2-3

e

BDl

Z3

PROTTR

I

L

BDZ

47

VR.IOZ,I

+
Cion
1000f'F'

P05CAP

-----.I

Z4

G,

'"
1<.10<-3
51K

,

,

---

3l:)K

Pl--tOT5

17

PONP5

PC.AP.!:>

--...J

ZI

MD"

54

-BRN1
--

7

5

MOl

53

--.J

3

BD3

50

Wb031

4

BDI

.<18

PI

L

BDZ

51

5~

Z

L

47

",2-0?1

L

-

PSHIELD

I

Pl--IOT5

4."

CRZ02..'

r--

PSHIE..L.D

I

c

,,)0010
RE:c;,UL..A,OR.

J4010
SECONDARY

I NVE..R"TER

.~

~
~

.~

M'G,.

HOTE.

M,,,,, .
~"OC.

W!O~I

l

WIO:;I

I

WI055

I

WID,,3

C.R~OCcl

--.J

CR"'10b3

1

~

AbO P.S. INTERCONNE'.C.T BD.'

POWER SUPPLY INTERCONNECT

WI043

1

ACON

II.~'"

+15Y

1<.102.,
3 ..3K

RIO~

.3.3K.

R.IOZ5
:3.3K

I<.IOlA
:3.3K

RIOz.,e
i-::.K

o"

:Jl

IRE.5TART I

e

A

Z
-!

UlOID

510'2..~

"II

P/O
0/6

74L5¢¢

C.

RST(L')

P/O
P'Z..

5.

4

IR.UN/~A1... I
T

B A

51014

U\OIO
"74 Lt:;:,¢¢

C.

Ipc. OFF/ON I
P/o

p/o

P/O

P'Z.

PIS

JI5

....--~o Slo~5

POWE.R ON(H)
1<101'2..
750

)----------~-8H< OS IO~2..

")-'2..--+--+--< t--_A_C-_O_N_(_L

")-b-+--+--<

~-P-R-O-C-B-U5-Y-(-~--~~~2-~----I-A-C--O-N-1___~_~~r:\D5103e
~ND~

...
)-3-+-+--<

e

'VV\

t----.+ 15V
~

D510.52

\::J

IPROC E>U5Y I

_ _ +5V

....- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -...... A,O FRONT PANE.L BOARD ....- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -.....

85foO/85~1/85C::;Z. SERVICE

4159-9~

FRONT PANEL

~

"7

>
Z

m

r

8560/8561/8562 Service

A

B

c

o

E

F

K

J

H

G

1

2

3
U3le

4

5

•

•

6

TPS17l

o

0
0000

LI_~R::..p:_:7111::.:e:.:l'____'1 -fu~

00
: CS'1'22: : CS'l'3:2;
0
P7l11

P71117l: diel: : Cjj9~ : Cti'11I2: : C7'1'12: ~ti'2l:
P711172
000

8

000
P71!173

9

BB 8BB 8BB
BB g"
o

7

~

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

00

Pi

-_....- l ________________~

T

ClJmpone~t

00P71S0

TP71 .. 3
TP7H ..

-1

Figure 21-11. A75 256K-Byte Memory Board.

=t~~~r

: CIfiSl: : Clfi71; : Clfiel:

i

Assembfy
Number

A23

~
..J

Number

R1234 \

~Schematic

L . Circuit

Subassembly
Number (if used)

Number

Chassis·mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts List.

ICii:\ Static Sensitive Devices

\:?::II

See Maintenance Section
4759-55

U5020
AM2~oe

~{

DT¢(H)

.3 Af/!
17 A.3
7 AI

OT 1 (H)
DT2(H)

13

DT.3 (H)
E NO UT'(L)

A2

r4

Bill
B.3
B I

16

BOALtCL)

6

BOAL2(L)

B2 14
Rj1S 2

.9 BE R.3 18
19
DRCPRI e

pRCE

CLKI(H)

II DE

~

BDALIllCL)

>2

® Static Sensitive Devices
S.. MaintenanCfl Section

BDAL.3(L)

BDAL!1l(L)
BDALI (L)--"

NOTE: Table 21-1, shows
Ie pin-out (vee & GND)

BDAL2(L) "BDAL6(L) /.

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

DN!2l(H)

BOA L4(L) ~

, Component Number ,
IT'RIL~6C
Assembly
Circuit

ON 1 (H)
ON 2 (H)
ON.3(H)

Number

ODD 10

N:!~:~)~

BDAL,S(L) /
BDAL6(L)

U7080D

Number

C4161
C4171
C4181
C5141
C5151
C5161
C5172
C6021
C6031
C6061
C6071
C6091
C6101
C6121
C6122
C6131
C6132
C6141
C6151
C6171
C6181
C7021
C7031
C7041
C7051
C7081
C7092
C7102
C7112
C7121
C7152
C7162

12-

II

-_"

U6090C

IOO~

.9 BE ODD 10
1.9
ORePSI 6
14
62
7
AI
as IS
13 A2
B/1J 4
17 A~
Rt 8
.3 Af2I
12
R2
I RLE Ra 18

DT4(H)
DT-S(H)
OTB(H)
OT7(H)

~~-'
?

OTISeH)

.9

Gl

+5V
fOE

~ceolo

81

25fJF

.91
80AL4(L
BDA L 5(L)
BOAL6(L
BDAL 7(L)
DN4(H)

I

13
12 I

U6080
74LS266

sl
51

I

DN5(H)

I
2 I

DN6(H)

I

B

A

ON 7(H)

R0

DTe(H)
OTS(H)

BOALI2(L)
SOAL1.3(L)
BOALI4(L) ~
RP7091
2K

.9 BE ODD 10
1.9
ORCP B2 14
IS
13
85
A2
B(Il 4
17
A.5
6
BI
A¢
12.
7 AI
R2
16
R3
I RLE R,rlJ 2

DTlt(H)

fOE

R' a

I

7 AI
1.3
A2
17 A.3

OT 14 (H)

P

82 14
16

B3

~

. ONI (H)

BOAL8(L)
BDAL.9(L)
BDALII2l(L
BDA LII(L
+5V
ONOCH)

R5152
2K
I

DN~(H)

ON IQJ(H)

R7101
2K

DNlI(H)

2

AO

.32

ON.3(H)

28

DN4(H)

24

ONS(H)

21

D N6 (H)

Ie

ON 7 (H)

14

DNO(H)

/I

U5060

.31

ON IS(H) 13

BOALI4(L)

DN1.3(H)

0.3

OB
07

AI2

LA0(L)

17

.3

LA I eL)

2.9

A OD2(L)

15

S

LA2(L)

26

ADD3(L)

8

12

LA.3 (L)

14

LA4(L)

AI3

22

ADD4(L)

6
4

1.9

ADOS(L)

15

ADOB(L)

12

AD D7(L)

"

2

-[>I
I

16

LA5(L)

I

.9

LA6(L)

I

15

LA 7(L)

ID

c:

Ul

~

Z

-I

m

::D
."
):0

om
o
ii
o
c:

I

~"I~

AI4
AIS

=i

Ul

A2
A3
A4
A5
AS
A7

~ MSEL

BOALI5CL)

RI 8

02

05

All

7

AODI (L)

a8 Ai/I
DNIIZl(H) .34
AI

ON IS(H) 17

BOALI.3(L)

AS

13

Dill
.33
01

04

Alt2l

ADOIll(L)

.37

DN.9(H)

ONI4(H) 20

BOALI2(L)

RSELI

CASI
~
35

DN2(H)

DNIICH)

DNI2(H)

RCE "
1/ DE
R3, "
18

}~

AM2.966

.3 RASI
4
.~ RSELIZl

2

R0

I

AM2.9648

ON I.3CH) 2.3

DT 13 (H)

III
U5040

.9 BE ODD 10
·'S DRep ... 4

81

8

ON HP(H)

DNI2(H) 27

.3 Af/I

7

1.3

AM2s08

OTI2 (H)

OTI5(H)

JJD

110

S

DNLP(H)

U6020

6

BOA L IS(L)
L_

5

2

a

OT 113 CH)

C

I

AM2.90e

~SIXT Y-FIVE . 22j-lF CAPS.

BOAL.9(L) "_SOALI0(L)
BOALI1 (L) "-

+5V

14

U5030

.

~

74 LS2S6

AM2.908

~{

S

U6080
U6030

P/O

BOAL8(L)

~

v

DT H P (H)

PI

o

R

74FIZl4
6
5,.",

OT L P(H)

BOA L7 (L) ,

74F74
10

12

::&:;L)

ENOUT(L)

C3011
C3021
C3031
C3041
C3051
C3061
C3071
C3081
C3091
C3101
C3111
C3121
C3131
C3141
C3151
C3161
C3171
C3181
C4011
C4021
C4031
C4041
C4051
C4061
C4071
C4081
C4091
C4104
C4111
C4121
C4131
C4141
C4151

2

74FIlllZl

Chassis-mounted tomponelis have no Assembly Number
~efix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts Ust.

Table 21-4
Sixty-Five O.22p.F
Oecoupling Capacitors

U7110B

CLR

2S RFSH

-

ONI4(H)

.36

LE

ON15(H)
ON!l1(H)-DNI5(H)

ON 16(H)
lDNI1l(H), 0 NI2 (H)

T 2 (H)
REF (L)

~
~

RSYNC(L)

P/O

8560/8561/8562.

SERVICE

A75

256K-BYTE

MEMORY

BOARD

BUS INTERFACE CIRCUITS

(670-7951-00 Ot UP)

~

RMRQ(L)

rBBS7(L)

+SV

RSIS2
2K

1

I

+5V

R7101
2K

a

2

RP70S1
2K

c

[)-3Mjot
Y7170

o¢

4

n

l:J~~

.3

See Maintena..e Section

W7

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

.IT, t ,
R1

-

":::

Subassembly
Number (it used)

Wl

U7040
AM 26SHII

4,
.
~~~

~E

Circuit
Number

62

BI

~

7

BOAL20(L)
BOALIS(L)

pa7~

1.3

~
10

ON i1l(H)

6

6 .3D

I

8

aQ 7

2

~

0

eLKI CI-l)

Q

BDAL20(L) /
BOAL21 (L)

U5170B
74F74
I

1

12
/I

10
09
S
D Q

60CH)

6
R

"]I

60

~
~

'---

-

BDALI8(L) 'BOA L IS (L)

~

/VI E RQ(H)

MERQ(L)

}~

U5140A
74FI.3S
4

~

07

2D
40

2Q S
10

U5130
AM2!:)66

2 A

.3

4Q

B

s C
B

"

S

5

a

CL K 2 (H)

TPSI71

RQ -

06

12

2
.3

1

67

10

74F¢¢

:

U7120
745174
4

W7j6S

-U7~IF~2A

10

:ti®

14 05

.3

.2

~i1liZS

61

SNo KiZS
i!.3 14

U6090A
74F{Il4

D.3

15 04

W8062

SS7 (H)

U7080B

6a

6

-z2 10

I

t
y
y

6

02

1

BOAL21 (L)

2

ZI

W7

BBS7(L)

~

B.3 15

Bill

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts Usl

ON12(H)

·2

t

~ --1)0-

I

BOA L.17(L)

! I

12

13

TP7144

U5170A
74F74

W70 65

® Static Sensitive Devices

TP714.3
U7140
74Fi1l4

Dl
W

!

NOTE: Table 21-1, shows
Ie pln-oul (vee" GND)

BDA L 16 (L)

P7171

U7050
74FlSI

Bit
P7071(2)

Component Number

n

P7071 (I)

n

I

y¢

4

2

VI

S

4
I

Ei

A

U 7140B
- _r-. 74 F!/J4.
,s-v 4

1.3 SO
a,O

7

5Q
lQ

18

CA5¢(L)

16

CAs I (L)

I

~'

I

s

--{>-

12

WRT(H)

~

}~
~

f?=R
I

eASeL)
RSYNC(H)
PSI7a

n

U7100
AM26S1{1l

~ 1110

P7111

n

.. OTIS(H)

1pT~

F.
1.3

12

1.3

~{

~~l

2K
+SV
E NOUT(L)

L. J

K

B.3

:i!!Zl

15

a

ZZ 10
6

P7073

n

B2 9
B¢ 2

BDAL18(L.)
BOAL17(L)
BOALI6(L)

~~.
9
10
1/

DN17(H)

+5V

R7141
2K

U6140A
74L52Z1
15R7C
I

I

8

~4

U6130C
74F IJiJ

I.

I
ZI
U6090F
74FIl14
12
~
v

ON18(H)

i!1

~

U6120
74FIZl(2l

A

GNO

~ E

Z.3

14

A

1.3

J I"
I

121 "'jD

I

U6130
74Fl1/S
131
II
21

liZ

.,

A

Is
~
al
41

U5130
AM2366
12

WL I-

14

WH i1l (L)

I
I

7

WH 1 (L)

8

~
6

fI3

}~

J"I~
DNIS(H)

.BI 7

~

BWTBT (L). '/

L_
EN OUT'(L)
CA5 (H)

I

~

ROOUT(H)

-I

3:
Z

C)

l>
P/O
85 60/85GI/

85f:,z' SERVICE

A75 Z56 K-BYTE

MEMORY

BOARD

TIMING AND CONTROL

(670 -7 9 5 1 - 00 &. Up)

%>

Z
C

o

oZ

-I

:JJ

or

o

o

Z
-I

.

:D

o

o
:c
o
c

::::j
:D

-<

U6150A
74F74
2

4

~

CLK2(H)

U6170A
74LS393
TPr'71
1-6
QD

I

o

s

5
Q

il

U6170B
74 LS353
13 -

U7160D
74F!2i.0

QB~II
a
12

TSY

U6140B
R714.2 74LS2.21
2K
S

~D r-------'

R

1

T

I

D

A

~~

~

P71GI

7~~
12

2

Tis

U7160B
74F!2i!2i
I

3

I

U7160A
74F!2i!1i

R71S1
2K

USI60A

a
~
v

7:£
2
S
5
a 0 Q

U7140D
74F04

TOV

USI60B
74F74

10
12

II

'"

S

o Q r-NC

,-

RQ~

RQ

REF(L)

8

~

I'

~

MERQ(L)

U6110A
74FI0
I
13
12

~

U51S0C
74Fj2l2
S
10
~

GO (H)

-;-<

12

L§.LJ

U71S0A
74 F08
2
3

r--LJ

U6160A
745260

U6100B
745174
6'-7
4-S
s 303Qr---;- 20 20
-I>
r-

U6100C
745174

2

T

2

U6100E
745174
13 r - - - 12
SOSQ

U6100D
745174
11'-10
S 404Q

~

-

R

R

I

I~S

a i----"

R

I'

6

51

Q~

MERQ(H)

I

_w--;- rt-

6

Q~

U6090Dfi
74F04

U

Z~172 A

10

U6110C
74 F10

1/

--".B

"---

U7090
8838

NOTE: Table 21-1, shows

Ie pin-out (Vee & GND)

14

.I3

Static Sensitive Devices

Z0 3

+SY

1

COM PONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
Component Number
AssembI

Y

Numb er

~TRIL4

I

,

" 12
'5""

R51S2
2K

R7101
2K

I
2

10

II

Z2

10
~
7
f--< iii

Ei9l

I

B1

4

sa

15

~

~iii

Schem~tic

Subassembly
Number (if used)

:01 6

CirCUIt
Number

B2 12

T

U6100F
745174

3

1
-{(--Is
I
I

15 -

=in

4

p.

r*1
U5130
U6090E
74Fi2I4
10

AM2966

II

I

J'S

1

~
3

I

U6110B
74Fl11l

I

RAS!2I(L)
RA5 1 (L)

CA5(H)
eASeL)
ENOUT(L)

8

)~
)~

~~

3

U7150C
74F08

~

U5150D
74F02

6~80A
74F011l

"'~

See Maintenance Section

~

%

~

~~16

4

I

j;a

~II
1.2
TZ(H)

T

U6120B
74F00

8

U7150D
74F08

U5150B
74 F02

~

~I>0

8

'"

R

11

74F74

12
s
c- , , 0
r-

10

I

U61508~
10

~20C
74F00

745174
3-2
9 '010

R

T

11

~64100A

U7140A
74Fi2I4

----z'

U6160B
~
745260
';0< --, 6
CH)

U7150B
74Fj2lB
4
6

~8
10
~

4

W RT

U7160C
74F00

RM RQ(L)

.

RSYNC(H)

U7140Cl4>
74F04

6

)~

R5Y NC(L)
~
RDOUT(HJ
I~
BSYNC(LJ
BOINeL )
BOO U TeL)
BRPLY(L)

,

L_
P/O
PI

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number

prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts list.

P/O
8560/85GI/85G2.

SERVICE

A

75

256K- BYTE

MEMORY

BOARD

CONTROL CIRCUITRY ~
(670-7951-00

&

Up)

"

CAS0(L)
RAS0(L)
ON I CH) - ON 7(H), 0 N3(H)-DNIS(H)
CASI(L)
RASI (L)
WH0(L)
WL>'l (Ll
WL I (L)
DTI - DT 7(H) ,DTS(H) - DT 15(H)

W HI eL)

.----

RASICL)
CASICL)

4
IS
DNHP(H)Z

DTHP(H)

4

8

3

14 DTI5(H)

2

ON7(H)

U3170
15

AI

RA5I(L)4

4

CA51(L)t5

.3

.3

LA.3 eL)

12 A3

ONLP(H)2

LA4(L)

II A4

LAS (L)

10 AS DOUT 14
13 A6

LA6(L)

14 OTLP(H)

DNI4(H)

OT' ..

WH13CL).3

15

DIN

RAS0(L) 4

4

WH,WL' -.

.3 WRITE

CASe-CL) 15

CAS0CL),CAS1(L) 15 CAS

15
4
.3

CAS0(L) 15
14 DTLF(H)

15

I 1I
I 1

DNLP(H)

15

DN

15

14 DT!O(H)

D

D

AII'AJt-Kt, ~MtA;JA6I'Act

o N8(H)

I 1 I
I 1

DN H P(H)

Ie pin-out (Vee

& GNO).

Static Sensitive Devices
See Maintenance Section

D
AA

ArttE AFt~ AJ'

OT8(H)

COM PONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

4

a

,3

a

ON! (H) 2

14 DTI (H)

15

4

4
.3

a
DN8(H) 2

f

14DT8(H)

Number

DT5(H)

U4110
.---IS

U4080
r---

4

a

DNi1I(H) 2

J

14

'---

14 DT0(H)
'-----

DNa(H) 2

J

14

DTaCH)

'---

DTLP(H)

~TRle'Sc~.~:;iC
Subassembly
Number (if used)

8
Dt>J5(H) 2

4

Component Number

,"".bly

U4-120

-3

'---

DT!>!l(H)

IS'---

14DTI(H)

IS

14 DT0(H)

14

-

'---

,----

DN>!l(H) 2

'---

DNIO(H) 2

,----

ON!(H) 2

U3080

15'---

,3

14 DT 2(H)

4

~

U3110

D

I

IS

4

-

4

U4070

4

I

ON CleH)

15

'----

15

'---

.---

ON2(H) 2

-

14 DT.9(H)

U4130

a
14 OT 2 (f-I)

15'--

ON8(H) 2

PSIII
NorE: Table 21-1, shows

4

U3070

~

OTI! (H)

15

U3120

14

DNI'(H) 2

U4060

4
D N 2 (H) 2

-

.3
14 DT.3(H)

15-

~

P.s 101

15
4

DN3(H) 2

a

8

I

140T.3(H)

U3060

-

DNlO(H) 2
OTJ2ICH)

.---

.3

DN.3(H) 2

OT 12(H)

-

-

4

D

AQ~fASrtu A~~j'

14DT1!(H)

U3130

iZI (H)

15

14

U4140

4

-

I

-

-

DNI2(H) 2

'----

.3

.3

14 DT4(H)

U4050

4

ON11(H) 2

PSDSI

D

-

IS
4
.3

DN4(H} 2

U3050

DT 1.'l(fI).

U4150

.3
140T4(fI)

14

-

'----

'-----

15

DNI.3(H) 2

U4040
.--15

.3

4

R.J"ee!'BCte~,tEFt,",~HI'

14oTS(H)

4

DN4CH) 2

-

3

ONS(H) 2

.---

DTI4(H)

U4.160

.3
140T5(H)

14

IS

o N5CH) 2

,--

DN 14(H) 2

4

4
14 DTI2(H)

140T6(H)

2

'----

U3040

-

ON !2(H) 2

psoai

D N i1! (H)

4
.3

4
.3

4

U3140

D

IS

IS-

-

D

15'----

-

WL0(L) 3 -

U4170

4

U3150

RAS>!l(L)4

~

U4030
.--15

-

U4090

DNLP(H) 2

ON6 (H)

.3
14 DT!.3(H

ONI3(H) 2

14 DT IS(H)

ONI5(H) 2

U4020

U3030

r---

a
14 DTHP(H

ONHP(H) 2

RAS

14 OT6(H)

.----

.3

14 OT7(H)

2

-

U3160

U4100

8 A7

RAS(2)(L),RA51(L)4

2

DN6(H)

'----

LA7(L)
ON· ..

2

14 DTI4(H)

2

15

'----

15'----

6 A2

'---

DN7(H)

U3020

r---

LA 2 eLl

7

14 OT7CH)

U4180

r---

4

'----

'----

4

LA 1

15

4

D N IS(H) 2

-

WLI(L).3

15r--

.3

U3090

5 AiZI

CL)

14

.----

4

-

U3010-U4180
H M46 64
-

LA0 eLl

15

U4010

U3010

U3180

U3100
WH1CL}3

OT0 (H)
DTHP(H)

o

Numbar

TaCH)

}~

Chassis-mounted components IIave no Assembly Number

prefil-seeend of Replaceable E1edrical PartsUsl.

P/O

5560/5561/8562. SERVICE.

A7S

256 K- BYTE

MEMORy

BOARD

256 K - BYTE MEMORY ~
( 6 7 0 - 79 51 - 00 &. Up)

8560/8561/8562 Service

A

B

c

D

E

H

G

F

J

K

Cl1i132

1

2

3

4
: ciie1:;

r

t

5

l c~
~J

~..Eii71: 'CHaP

:.J:; .._T:; ~ ~ ~-C"hl6~ : C"hl71; ::-1=-,,",81~ ~'ffii-: ::::£""ffllii-: ~:ffIT~ ~c~'i'2i-: :=C:ff~ ~1~'i-: ~61: ~ : c:--- RSELI
7
--< CAS!
55

32

D N 3 (H)

26

ON4(H)

24

ON5(H)

21

D N6 (H)

Ie

ON 7 (H)

14

DN8(H)

II

ON 3(H)

.35 AQl

o Nil (H)

Bi2l 4

BOALf2(L)

Bl 6
14

BDALf.o(L)

R.o

01
02
03
04

A.9

os

AI0

06

All

07

AI2

BOAL14(L)
ON12 (H)

12

ONI4(H)

15

DNI5CH)

7

LA0(L)

33

A DOl (L)

17

.3

L A I (L)

2.9

ADD2(L)

15

5

LA 2 eL)

26

AOO.3(L)

a

22

ADD4(L)

6

19

ADD5(L)

4

15

ADD6(L)

II

I

9

L A6(L)

12

AD D 7(L)

2

I

15

LA7(L)

56

-[>I
I

12

LA 3 (L)

14

LA4(L)

16

LAS(L)

~

III

c:
(J)

Z

-I

m

:tI

I

"T1

l>

(')

19

m
(')

AI5

li
(')
c:
=i
(J)

U5070

AI

AM2966

.31 A2

25

-

1.3

AI4

CLR

DN1.3 (H)

A OD0 (L)

~"

~. MSEL

BDALIS(L)

37

AI3

A.3
ON 1.o(H) Z3
A4
ONI4(H) 20
A5
DNI5(H) 17
A6
DNI6(H) 13
A7

ODD 10

R2

A5

ON2(H)

00

DN 12(H) 27

B3
R(2I 2
RI 8

}~

U5060

AM2.564B

BDA LB(L)

2

16

B

AM2366

o N.9(H)

B2

7

I

ONli2l(H) 34

DRCP

5 6

ONHP(H)

AM230e

IS

L_

III

JJD

.3 RASI
4 RSEL0

Ie

8

BDA Lf5(L)

1.0

U6020

~{

BOALI3(L)

ONLP(H)

AM2508
TONE HUNDRED-D~E CAPS.
0.22 f1F

BDAL3(L)
BDALlQl(L)
BOALl2(L)

14

U5030
>;]

+5V

1,0

C

I

tC8010
25f1F

~

~

74 LS266

AM2.50B

DT5(H)

OTI6(H)

.9

GI

U6080
U6030

OT4(H)

BOAL8(L)-"

BOALll(L)

OTL P(H)

Cl0ll
Cl02l
Cl03l
Cl04l
Cl05l
Cl06l
Cl07l
Cl08l
Cl09l
Cll0l
Cllll
Cl12l
Cl13l
Cl14l
Cl15l
Cl16l
Cl17l
Cl18l
C20ll
C202l
C203l
C204l
C205l
C206l
C207l
C208l
C209l
C2l0l
C2lll
C2l2l
C2l3l
C2l4l
C2l5l
C2l6l

:5

0

R

74F04
6
5"

DTHP(H)

BOA L 7(L) "

74F74
10

II

U6090C
EN 0 UT (L)

U7110B

RF5H
LE

J2! eL)

ADDJZI(L)

13

7

HA

A DDI (L)

17

.3

HAl eL)

AOD2(L)

15

5

H A 2 (L)

AD D3(L)

8

12

H A.3 (L)

AOD4(L)

6

A D05(L)

4

ADD6(L)

II

ADD7(L)

2

-[>I

14

HA4(L)

I
I

16

H A.3 eL)

3

H A6 (L)

18

H A 7 (L)

I
I
I

~

~','9
ON 0(H)- DN 15(H)

ONI6(H)
lDN0(H» D NI2 CH)

T 2 (H)

REF (L)

~
~

RSY NC(L)

P/O

8560/8551/55(;2:. SERVICE

A8S

512K-BYTE

MEMORy

4759 -101

BOARD

BUS INTERFACE CIRCUITS
(670-7952-00 &- UP)

<@>

RMRQ(L)
BB57(i")
+SV

R51S2
2K

1

I

t-sv

P7071 (1)

I

R7/01
2K

2

..f

B
c
P7071(2)

4

j4'~

3

®

2
I

See Maintenance Section

Assembly
Number

02

Number

~E

Number

Number (if used)
Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable 8ettricaJ Parts list

"I

~

pa

13

6

3D

7

3Q

~

6D

II

D7

20

2Q

4D

4Q

5
10

2

A

a

B

Ylli
Y 1

W8062

14

II

Z2

10

7 S

~

e

Y2

s C

za

B DA L 18(L) ....
ClK2(H)

Y3

8

!

.3

-

-tl

II

5D
.3 lD

U7080C
74F011l

J?>

CAS (L)

SQ

tQ

D Q

~

4

2

U5130
AM2S66
15

5

4

16

CASI(l)

6

6
8

14

CAS2(L)

12

CASaCl)

7

--1;>~

AM 26510

~ r11211

P7111

D

ifi F.
15

12

15

B2
B0
B3

ZiZJ
Z2

P7073

~

~{

CAS0(l)

}~
}~

JI

12

WRT(H)

2

-

1]>

R
I
USI20
AM2966

U7100

+SV
2K
ENOUT(l)
4

ME RQ(H)
ME RQCL)

RSYNC(H)

~ DT 16CH)

60(H)

8

S

R

I

1.3

BDA L21 (L) ~

10
12

G

A

BDAL20(l) ....

I

TP5171

5
2 4 S
D Q

BDALI3(L) ....

~
~

U5170B
]4F74

U5140A
74F 139

06

10

D N 121 (H)

6

4
12

j

ClKI(H)

I

67

~

2

I

1

!

BOA L 17 (L) ....

10

.~

14 OS

5

GlND i!12I

7;

~00

W7163

6

U6090A
74F04
ON 12 (H)

W7

BBS 7(l)
B2 3
7
BDAl21(l)
BI
2
BDAl20(L)
B0
IS BDAL/S(l)
B3

~ --{»-

U7120
745174

U7080B

W7CYSI

U7040
AM26S10

sc:crr;;,tic

Subassembly

D3

6

IS 04

.IT,Rl[4,
Compone~t

12

13

TP 7144

l

DI

W7163

COMPONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE

U7140
74FI2I4

USI70A
74F 74

W7yS

Static Sensitive Devices

TP7/43

[)-if4

D¢

W

!

D

Y7170

D

NOTE: Table 21-1, shows
Ie pin-out (Vee & GND)

BDA L 16 ( L ) !

P7171
U7050
74FISI

D

RP7031
.3 2 K

l

D
..J

K

?


Z
C

(')

o

Z
-i
:IJ

or-

()

o

Z
-t
:D

or-

(')

:D
(')
c:

=t

:D

-<

U6170A TP
74L5.3S.3
1'-- 6

U6150A
I
74F74
4
2
5
5
.o Q
.3

CLK2(H)

y'

71

U 6170B
74LS3S3
13'--

QB~II
8
12

QD

il

I

U7160D
74F00

+5Y

R7142
2K

I

7Jt-

USI60A

D

A

~ BR~

U71BOB
74F00

P7161

7~~
3

~D~

R

~

U6140B
74LS221

;['

s

•

.2

R715'
2K

I

3

2

U7160A
74F00

I

25 5
.3 D Q

~6
U7140D
74F04

+ov

USI60B
74F74

10
12

~

RQ~

5
D

'"

Q f--NC

REF(L)

RQ 8

~

T

~

MERQ(L)

U6110A
74F'0
I

I

13

,..§.JJ
4

E

L§.LJ

U7150A
74F0a
2

3

,--W-J

U6160A
745260

~
I~

'0

U7150B
74F06
4
6

~6
10
.2

5

U6100e
745174

U6100B
745174
6~7
40-5
e 3D.3Q --'----s 2D 2Q

.-

2

2-

U6100D
745174

"
-'0
:3 4D4Q
.-

.-

R
•

.3 V
~

U6160B
745260

10 -----,
W

fi

U51S0C
74F02
S

GO (H)

'2

U7160C
74F00

T

-r-

R

l'

~

C

6

~

r-;-;-o
~

RQ~

~

"lERQ(H)

'"

T2(H)
12~

i7

r

I

in

4

~®-4-rs'--

Qr-6

U6090Df U
74 F04

z~172

A

.0

6

U5100F

U6110C
74 F10

----;t -----,.8

T

®

Static Sensitive Devices
See Maintenance Section

COM PONENT NUMBER EXAMPLE
Component Number

A=mbI
Numbe:

,

1r e
Rl

Subassembly
Number (if used)

I

U7090
8838
'4 J3

Try

l

Zf 6
i!0

R5152
2K
R7fOf
2K

" 12
'S
~ II

I

~ 10
~E

2

~E

Sche~fjc

ffu~:r

:i!2

3
'0

~

-{>-

AM2.9G6

10

•

I

.3
5
7

S

J'S

U6110B
74F10

CAS(H)
C A S(L)
ENOUT(L)

O~80A
74F00
3

3

I

}~
)~
~~

I

U7150C
74F06

~ U7140C~

RM RQ(L)

8

RSYNC(H)
6

74F04

i3¢1
Bi 4

B2

RAS0(L)
RAS1 eL)
RAS2(L)
RAS3(L)

I

:3 ---'.

NOTE: Table 21-1, shows
I e pin-out (Vee & GNDI

74F02.

U5130

~

~

745174

R

U6090E
74F04

" r-..

13

~
USl50D

~~15

1/

U6120B
74F00

~D
8

~ll
'2

8

10

'3

I

5

745174
3'------- 2
9 lD fQ

U7150D
74F08

USISOB
74 F02
6
4
sl

74F74

.2

~20C
74F00

I

U61508~
10

~64100A

U7140A
74F04

s"---'

RT(H)

U6100E
745174
'3 ,------- '2
9 sDEQ
,--

12.

55 15

}~

RSYNC(L)
~
RDOUT(H)
~_
BSYNc(L)
B 0 I N (L)
B D 0 U TeL)
BRPLY(L)
L_
P/O

Chassis-mounted components have no Assembly Number
prefix-see end of Replaceable Electrical Parts Ust.

PI

P/O

8560/85GI/5562. SERVICE

ASS

5IZK- BYTE

MEMORY

BOARD
CONTROL

CIRCUITRY

(670-7952-00

&

UP)

4Y

"-

8560/8561/8562 Service

REPLACEABLE
MECHANICAL PARTS
PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION

INDENTATION SYSTEM

Replacement parts are available from or through your local
Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or representative.

This mechanical parts list is indented to indicate item
relatiol1ships. Following is an example of the indentation system
used in the description column.

Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to
accommodate improved components as they become available,
and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements
developed in our engineering department. It is therefore
important, when ordering parts, to include the following
information in your order: Part number, instrument type or
number, serial number, and modification number if applicable.

1 2 3 4 5

Assembly and/or .component
Attaching parts for Assembly and/or Component
Detail Part of Assembly and/or Component
Attaching parts for Detail Part

If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or
improved part, your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office' or
representative will contact you concerning any change in part
number.
Change information, if any, is loc'ated at the rear of this
manual.

ITEM NAME
In the Parts List, an Item Name is separated from the
description by a colOn (:). Because of space limitations, an Item
Name may sometimes appear as incomplete. For further Item
Name identification, the U.S: Federal Cataloging Handbook H6-1
can be utilized where possible.

Name & Description

Parts of Detail Part
Attaching parts for Parts of Detail Part

Attaching Parts always appear in the same indentation as
the item it mounts, while the detail parts are indented to the right.
Indented items are part of, and included with, the next higher
indentation. The separation symbol- - - • - - - indicates the end of
attaching parts.

Attaching parts must be purchased separately. unless otherwise
specified.

FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBERS
Items in this section are referenced by figure and index
numbers to the illustrations.

ABBREVIATIONS

"ACTR
ADPTR
ALIGN
AL
ASSEM
ASSY
ATTEN
AWG
BD
BRKT
BRS
BRZ
BSHG
CAB
CAP
CER
CHAS
CKT
COMP
CONN

cov
CPLG
CRT
DEG
DWR

INCH
NUMBER SIZE
ACTUATOR
ADAPTER
ALIGNMENT
ALUMINUM
ASSEMBLED
ASSEMBLY
ATTENUATOR
AMERICAN WIRE GAGE
BOARD
BRACKET
BRASS
BRONZE
BUSHING
CABINET
CAPACITOR
CERAMIC
CHASSIS
CIRCUIT
COMPOSITION
CONNECTOR
COVER
COUPLING
CATHODE RAY TUBE
DEGREE
DRAWER

ELCTRN
ELEC
ELCTLT
ELEM
EPL
EQPT
EXT
FIL
FLEX
FLH
FLTR
FR
FSTNR
FT
FXD
GSKT
HDL
HEX
HEX HD
HEX SOC
HLCPS
HLEXT
HV
IC
ID
IDENT
IMPLR

ELECTRON
ELECTRICAL
ELECTROLYTIC
ELEMENT
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
EQUIPMENT
EXTERNAL
FILLISTER HEAD
FLEXIBLE
FLAT HEAD
FILTER
FRAME or FRONT
FASTENER
FOOT
FIXED
GASKET
HANDLE
HEXAGON
HEXAGONAL HEAD
HEXAGONAL SOCKET
HELICAL COMPRESSION
HELICAL EXTENSION
HIGH VOLTAGE
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
INSIDE DIAMETER
IDENTIFICATION
IMPELLER

IN
INCAND
INSUL
INTL
LPHLDR
MACH
MECH
MTG
NIP
NON WIRE
OBD

00
OVH
PH BRZ
PL
PLSTC
PN
PNH
PWR
RCPT
RES
RGD
RLF
RTNR
SCH
SCOPE
SCR

INCH
INCANDESCENT
INSULATOR
INTERNAL
LAMPHOLDER
MACHINE
MECHANICAL
MOUNTING
NIPPLE
NOT WIRE WOUND
ORDER BY DESCRIPTION
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
OVAL HEAD
PHOSPHOR BRONZE
PLAIN or PLATE
PLASTIC
PART NUMBER
PAN HEAD
POWER
RECEPTACLE
RESISTOR
RIGID
RELIEF
RETAINER
SOCKET HEAD
OSCILLOSCOPE
SCREW

SE
SECT
SEMICOND
SHLD
SHLDR
SKT
SL
SLFLKG
SLVG
SPR
SQ
SST
STL
SW
T
TERM
THO
THK
TNSN
TPG
TRH
V
VAR
WI
WSHR
XFMR
XSTR

SINGLE END
SECTION
SEMICONDUCTOR
SHIELD
SHOULDERED
SOCKET
SLIDE
SELF-LOCKING
SLEEVING
SPRING
SQUARE
STAINLESS STEEL
STEEL
SWITCH
TUBE
TERMINAL
THREAD
THICK
TENSION
TAPPING
TRUSS HEAD
VOLTAGE
VARIABLE
WITH
WASHER
TRANSFORMER
TRANSISTOR

22-1

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER
Mfr. Code

Manufacturer

Address

City, State, Zip

OOOAC
OOOBH
OOOJA
OOOJL
00779
06383
09922
15476
18565
19613
22526
26365

LINCOLN & ALLEN COMPANY
FAB-TEK
J. PHILLIP INDUSTRIES INC.
H SCHURTER AG DIST PANEL COMPONENTS
AMP, INC.
PANDUIT CORPORATION
BURNDY CORPORATION
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORP.
CHOMERICS INC.
TEXTOOL PRODUCTS, INC.
BERG ELECTRONICS, INC.
GRIES REPRODUCER CO., DIV. OF COATS
AND CLARK, INC.
MINNESOTA MINING AND MFG. CO., ELECTRO
PRODUCTS DIVISION
FISCHER SPECIAL MFG. CO.
MINNESOTA MINING & MFG CO. ELECTRO
PRODUCTS DIV.
lITTELFUSE, INC.
ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS, INC.
SHAKE PROOF DIVISION
TEKTRONIX, INC.
CENTRAL SCREW CO.
BOYD, A. B., CO.
PENN FIBRE AND SPECIALTY CO, INC.
N. L. INDUSTRIES, INC., SOUTHERN SCREW
DIV.
TEXTRON INC. CAMCAR DIV
WECKESSER CO., INC.
C/O PANEL COMPONENTS CORP.
PANEL COMPONENTS CORP.
J PHILLIP INDUSTRIES INC
ELECTRI-CORD MFG CO INC

3460 NW INDUSTRIAL
17 SUGAR HALLOW ROAD
5713 NORTHWEST HIGHWAY
2015 SECOND STREET
P.O. BOX 3608
17301 RIDGELAND
RICHARDS AVENUE
146 MAIN ST.
77 DRAGON COURT
1410 W PIONEER DRIVE
YOUK EXPRESSWAY

PORTLAND, OR 97210
DANBURY, CT 06810
CHICAGO, ILL 60646
BERKELEY, CA 94170
HARRISBURG, PA 17105
TINLEY PARK, IL 60477
NORWALK, CT 06852
MAYNARD, MA 01754
WOBURN, MA 01801
IRVING, TX 75061
NEW CUMBERLAND, PA 17070

125 BEECHWOOD AVE.

NEW ROCHELLE, NY 10802

3M CENTER
446 MORGAN ST.

ST. PAUL. MN 55101
CINCINNATI, OH 45206

3M CENTER
800 E. NORTHWEST HWY

ST. PAUL, MN 55101
DES PLAINES, IL 60016

ST. CHARLES ROAD
POBOX 500
2530 CRESCENT DR.
2527 GRANT AVENUE
2032 E. WESTMORELAND ST.

ELGIN, IL 60120
BEAVERTON, OR 97077
BROADVIEW, IL 60153
SAN LEANDRO, CA 94579
PHILADELPHIA, PA 19134

P. O. BOX 1360
600 18TH AVE
4444 WEST IRVING PARK RD.
P.O. BOX 6626
2015 SECOND ST.
5713 NORTHWEST HIGHWAY
312 E. MAIN ST.

STATESVILLE, NC 28677
ROCKFORD, IL 61101
CHICAGO, IL 60641
SANTA ROSA, CA 95406
BERKELEY, CA 94170
CHICAGO, IL 60646
WESTFIELD, PA 16950

53387
73743
75037
75915
78189
80009
83385
85471
86445
87308
93907
95987
S3109
S3629
Tl105
T1372

22-2

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Fig. &
Index
No.
1-1
-2
-3
-4
-5

Tektronix
Part No.
672-1028-00
333-2890-00

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Qty

-6
-7
-8

200-0935-00
214-2964-00

1
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2

-9
-10

21 0-0586-00
343-0831-00

4
2

-12

211-0116-00

2

-13

131-0608-00
334-4471-00
386-4226-00
175-2588-00
334-5462-00

8

352-0157-00
378-0602-00
378-0602-01

-11

-14
-15
-16

334-0011-00
334-5704-00
-17
-18
-19
-20
-21
-22
-23

101-0101-00
426-2012-00
390-0749-03
390-0937-00
390-0750-03
124-0366-03
124-0367-03
426-0015-00

1
2
2
2
2

-24

213-0863-00

4

-25

426-0017-00

2

-26

213-0863-00

4

-27
-28
-29

348-0617 -04
348-0776-00
426-0072-00

4
4
2

-30

213-0801-00

8

1 234 5

Name & Description

CKT BOARD ASSY:SD FRONT PANEL
.PANEL,FRONT:
.SWITCH,ROCKER:(SEE S1045 REPL)
.SWITCH,TOGGLE:(SEE S1014 & S1024 REPL)
.LAMPHOLDER:WHITE PLASTIC
.LENS,LlGHT:GREEN
.LENS,LlGHT:AMBER
.LT EMIT DIO:(SEE DS1032,1038,1052 REPL)
.BASE,LAMPHOLDER:0.29 OD X 0.19 CASE
.SPRING,PANEL:COPPER-BERYLLIUM
··············(ATTACHING PARTS)"··········
.NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4-40 X 0.25,STL
.RETAINER,SPR:ALUMINUM
.. ··········(END ATTACHING PARTS)"········
.CKT BOARD ASSY:FRONT PANEL(SEE A70 REPL)
··············(ATTACHING PARTS)"··········
.SCR,ASSEM WSHR:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH BRS
············(END ATTACHING PARTS)"········
.. CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES:
.. TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD
.. MARKER,IDENT:MKD 670-7474-XX
.SUBPANEL,FRONT:CONTROL
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:8,22 AWG,9.0 L
MARKER,IDENT:8560 SOFTWARE DEVELOPEMENT
(8560 ONLY)
MARKER,IDENT:MULTI-USER SOFTWARE DEVELOP
(8561 ONLY)
MARKER,IDENT:MULTI-USER SOFTWARE DEVELOP
(8562 ONLY)
TRI M.DECORATIVE: FACADE
FRAME SECT,CAB:OPEN FRONT
CABINET,BOTTOM:EARTH BROWN
CABINET, TOP:
CABINET,SIDE:EARTH BROWN
STRIP,TRIM:CORNER,BOTTOM,PVC,EARTH BR
STRIP,TRIM:CORNER,TOP,PVC,EARTH BROWN
FRAME SECT,CAB:TOP CORNER
··············(ATTACHING PARTS)···········
SCREW,TPG,TF:8-32 X 1.375,TAPTITE,FILH
············(END ATTACHING PARTS)"········
FRAME SECT,CAB:BOTTOM CORNER
··············(ATTACHING PARTS)"··········
SCREW,TPG,TF:8-32 X 1.375,TAPTITE,FILH
············(END ATTACHING PARTS)"· .. •••••
FOOT,CABINET:BOT,EARTH BROWN
GROMMET,PLASTIC:BLACK,OVAL, 1.235 OVAL
FRAME SECT,CAB:SIDE
··············(ATTACHING PARTS)"··········
SCREW,TPG,TF:8-32 X 0.312,TAPTITE,PNH
············(END ATTACHING PARTS)"········

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

80009
80009

672-1028-00
333-2890-00

80009
80009
80009

352-0157-00
378-0602-00
378-0602-01

80009
80009

200-0935-00
214-2964-00

83385
80009

ORD BY DESCR
343-0831-00

83385

ORD BY DESCR

22526
80009
80009
80009
80009

47357
334-4471-00
386-4226-00
175-2588-00
334-5462-00

80009

334-0011-00

80009

334-5704-00

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

101-0101-00
426-2012-00
390-0749-03
390-0937-00
390-0750-03
124-0366-03
124-0367-03
426-0015-00

93907

ORD BY DESCR

80009

426-0017-00

93907

ORD BY DESCR

80009
80009
80009

348-0617-04
348-0776-00
426-0072-00

93907

ORD BY DESCR

22-3

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Fig. &
Index
No.

Tektronix
Part No.

2-1

386-2905-00

-2
-3

211-0538-00
211-0507-00

-4

386-2920-00

-5

211-0507-00

-6

175-9015-00
175-9014-00

-7
-8
-9
-10

175-9011-00
119-1718-00
119-1778-00
214-3523-00
407-2839-00

-11

211-0507-00

-12

119-1717-00

-13

213-0938-00

6

-14

407-2838-00

2

-15

213-0538-00

6

-16

361-0627-00

-17

211-0507-00

7

-19
-20
-21

213-0213-00
211-0008-00
361-0046-00

4
4
4

-22
-23
-24
-25

252-0571-00
352-0482-00
343-0549-00
441-1212-00

-26

211-0507-00

3

-27
-28

351-0087-00
441-1141-00

3

-29

211-0507-00

2

-30
-31

334-0130-00
407-2844-00

-32

211-0507-00

2

-33
-34

351-0675-01
441-1209-00

2

-35

211-0507-00

2

-36

351-0675-02

16

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Qty

3
10

6

4

4

-lB

.1

2 3 4 5

Name & Description

SUDPANEL,FRONT:
•••••••• ......(ATIACHING PARTS).. •.. ••••••
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312"100 DEG,FLH ST
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
············(END ATIACHING pARTS)'···· ....
SUPPORT,PLATE:HARD DISK,ALUMINUM
..... • ... **** ... *(ATTACHING PARTS)***** ......
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
.. •••••••• ..(END ATTACHING PARTS)····· ....
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:34,28 AWG,8.5L,RIBBON
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:34,28 AWG,12.0L,RIBBON
(856009/F09-8561 09-856110 ONLY)
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:20,28 AWG,B.OL,RIBBON
DISK DRIVE UNIT:5.25 WINCHESTER
DISK DRIVE UNIT:5.25 WINCHESTE:R,40 MEGABYT
PIN,LOCATING:5.25 HARD DISK
BRACKET,SUPPORT:5.25,HAFiO DISK,ALUMINUM
··············(ATIACHING PARTS)···········
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312INCH,PNH STL
••..········(END ATIACHING PARTS)'········
FLEX DISK DRIVE:QUME TRACK 242
··············(ATTACHING PARTS)'··········
SCREW,MACHINE:M4 X 8MM L,PNH,STL CD PL
············(END ATTACHING PARTS)'········
BRACKET SUPPORT:FLEXIBLE DISK,ALUMINUM
··············(ATIACHING PARTS)'··········
SCREW,MAcHINE:2BA X 1.0,HEX HD,STL DC PL
············(END ATIACHING PARTS)'········
SPACER,PLATE:LEFT,11.612 X 0.994 X 0.08 AL
***** ....... • .. (ATTACHING PARTS)···"···"·
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0:312INCH,PNH STL
············(END ATIACHING PARTS)'········
CKi BOARD ASSY:XEBEC CONTROL(SEE A80 REPL)
*"*"·,**~*~**(ATTACHING

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

80009

386-2905-00

83385
83385

ORO BY DESCR
ORO BY DESCR

80009

386-2920-00

83385

ORO BY DESCR

80009
80009

175-9015-00
175-9015-00

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

175-9011-00
119~171 8-00
119-1778-00
214-3523-00
407-2839-00

83385

ORO BY DESCR

80009

119-1717-00

80009

407-2838-00

80009

361-0627-00

83385

ORO BY DESCR

83385
83385
80009

ORO BY DESCR
ORO BY DESCR
361-0046-00

85471
06383
80009
80009

DIE#1353
ABMM-A
343.-0549-00
441-1212-00

83385

ORO BY DESCR

80009
80009

351-0087-00
441-1141-00

83385

ORO BY DESCR

80009
80009

334-0130-00
407-2844-00

83385

ORO BY DESCR

80009
80009

351-0675-01
441-1209-00

83385

ORO BY DESCR

80009

351-0675-02

PARTS)· ..........

SCREW,MACHINE:0.25-20 X 1.0,SKT HD,STL
SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.250,PNH,STL,POZ
SPACER,POST:0.5 L W/4-40 THRU,ACETAL
············(END ATIACHING PARTS)·········
NEOPRENE EXTR:CHAN,0.234 X 0.156
HOLDER,CA,TIE:0.75 SQ,STICKY BACK,PLASTIC
STRAP,TIEDOWN,E:0.091 W X 3.62 L,ZYTEL
CHASSIS,CENTER:
.. ***· ........(ATTACHING PARTS)**u*******

SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312INCH,PNH STL
············(END ATIACHING PARTS)'······ ..
.CHASSIS,CENTER INCLUDES:
.GUIDE,CKT BOARD:4.75 INCH LONG,PLASTIC
CHAS,CARD CAGE:FRONT
**********·***(ATTACHING PARTS)""·"""
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
············(END ATIACHING PARTS)'········
MARKER,IDENT:CARD CAGE
BRACKET,CKT BD:ALUMINUM,CARD CAGE
******u******(ATTACHING PARTS)***"'*******

SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
············(END ATIACHING PARTS)'········
GUIDE,CKT BOARD:DELRIN,7.0L
CHAS,CARD CAGE:REAR,ALUMINUM
··············(ATIACHING PARTS)'··········
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
············(END ATIACHING PARTS)'········
GUIDE,CKT BOARD:DELRIN,7.0L

22-5

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Fig. &
Index
No.

Tektronix
Part No.

2-37

361-0626-00

-38

211-0507-00

2

-40
-41
-42

211-0601-00
385-0080-00
361-1018-00

6
2
4

-43
-44
-45
-46
-47
-48
-49

198-4498-00
131-0608-00
136-0729-00
214-2518-00
131-2406-00
131-2409-00
441-0305-00

8
196
15

-50

211-0507-00

10

-51
-52
-53
-54
-55

175-9135-00
198-4462-00
175-4541-00
175-4538-00

-56

211-0601-00

5

131-0993-00

2
14
1

Serial/Model No.
Ell
Dscont

Qty

-39

-57
-58
-59
-60
-61
-62
-63
-64
-65
-66
-67
-68

22-6

2

1
8
211-0016-00
210-0586-00

16
16

1 2 3 4 5

Name & Description

SPACER,PLATE:RIGHT,12.325 X 1.562,AL
··············(ATTACHING PARTS)'···· .. ••••
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
•••••••••• ..(END ATTACHING PARTS)'· .. •.. ••
CKT BOARD ASSY:IO ADAPTER(SEE A35 REPL)
··············(ATTACHING PARTS)··· .. ••• .. •
SCR,ASSEM WSHR:6-32 X 0.312,DOUBLE SEMS
SPACER,POST:0.437 L W/6-32 THO THRU,AL
SPACER,POST:0.518 L,W/6-32 THO THRU,AL
············(END ATTACHING PARTS).. •• .. •••
.CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES:
.wIRE SET,ELEC:
.TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 LX 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD
.SKT,PL-IN ELEK:MICROCKT,16 CONTACT
.HEAT SINK,XSTR:TO-220 OR TO-202
.CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT BD,2 X 17,MALE
.CONN,RCPT,ELEC:CKT BD,2 X 25,MALE
CHAS,MICROCMPTR: MAINFRAME
•••••••••••• ..(ATTACHING PARTS)···········
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
••• .. •• .... ·(END ATTACHING PARTS).... •....
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:50,28 AWG,12.5L,RIBBON
WIRE SET,ELEC:
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:34,28 AWG,7.625L,RIBBON
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:50,28 AWG,5.0L,RIBBON
CKT BOARD ASSY:BACKPLANE(SEE A10 REPL)
··············(ATTACHING PARTS)'···· .. •• ..
SCR,ASSEM WSHR:6-32 X 0.312,DOUBLE SEMS
•••••• .. ····(END ATTACHING PARTS) .. ••• .. ••
.CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES:
.CONN,RCPT,ELEC:(SEE A10J3,J4 REPL)
.BUS,CONDUCTOR:2 WIRE BLACK
.TERM. SET,PIN:(SEE A10J19 REPL)
.CONN,RCPT,ELEC:(SEE A10J5 REPL)
.TERM. SET,PIN:(SEE A10J14 REPL)
.CONN,RCPT,ELEC:(SEE A 1OJ16 REPL)
.CONN,RCPT,ELEC:(SEE A10J17 REPL)
.CONN,RCPT,ELEC:(SEE A10J15 REPL)
.CONN,RCPT,ELEC:(SEE A10J6 THRU J13 REPL)
.• .. ••• .. ·····(ATTACHING PARTS)'········ ..
.SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.625,PNH,STL,CD PL
.NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4-40 X 0.25,STL CD PL
.. ••• .. • .. ··(END ATTACHING PARTS)' ........
.CONTACT SET,ELE:(SEE A10J2 REPL)

Mlr
Code

Mlr Part Number

80009

361-0626-00

83385

ORO BY DESCR

83385
80009
80009

ORO BY DESCR
385-0080-00
361-1018-00

80009
22526
09922
OOOBH
75037
75037
80009

198-4498-00
47357
DILB16P-108T
106B-B-HT
3494-2003
3496-2003
441-0305-00

83385

ORO BY DESCR

80009
80009
80009
80009

175-9135-00
198-4462-00
175-4541-00
175-4538-00

83385

ORO BY DESCR

00779

850100-01

83385
83385

ORO BY DESCR
ORO BY DESCR

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Fig. &
Index
No.
3-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-18
-19

-20

-21
-22
-23
-24
-25
-26
-27
-28
-29
-30
-31
-32
-33
-34

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

Qty

1 2 3 4 5

105-0792-00
214-1337-00
131-0608-00
131-0993-00
131-0993-07
136-0755-00
136-0757-00
253-0176-00

1
2
2
1
2
24
3
1
2
2
110
22
7
10
4
1

105-0792-00
214-1337-00
131-0608-00

2
2
59

131-0608-00

56

131-0993-00

16

131-0993-00

15

CKT BOARD ASSY:UTILlTY(SEE A20 REPL)
.EJECTOR,CKT BD:PLASTIC
.. PIN,SPRING:0.10 00 X 0.25 INCH L,STL
.TAPE,PRESS SENS:VINYL FOAM,O.5 X 0.062
.SKT,PL-IN ELEK:MICROCKT,24 PIN
.TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD
.BUS,CONDUCTOR:2 WIRE BLACK
CKT BOARD ASSY:I!O PROCESSOR(SEE A30 REPL)
.EJECTOR,CKT BD:PLASTIC
.. PIN,SPRING:0.10 00 X 0.25 INCH L,STL
.TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD
.BUS,CONDUCTOR:2 WIRE BLACK
.LlNK,TERM.CONNE:2 WIRE VIOLET
.SKT,PL-IN ELEK:MICROCIRCUIT,28 DIP
.SKT,PL-IN ELEK:MICROCKT,40 PIN
.TAPE,PRESS SENS:VINYL FOAM,O.5 X 0.062
CKT BOARD ASSY:256K/512K(SEE A75/A85 REPL)
.EJECTOR,CKT BD:PLASTIC
.. PIN,SPRING:0.10 00 X 0.25 INCH L,STL
.TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD
.(8560/8561 ONLY)
.TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD
.(8562 ONLY)
.BUS,CONDUCTOR:2 WIRE BLACK
.(8560/8561 ONLY)
.BUS,CONDUCTOR:2 WIRE BLACK
.(8562 ONLY)
CKT BOARD ASSY:MASS STOR CONT(SEE A45 REPL)
.EJECTOR,CKT BD:PLASTIC
.. PIN,SPRING:0.10 00 X 0.25 INCH L,STL
.SKT,PL-IN ELEK:MICROCIRCUIT,28 DIP
.SKT,PL-IN ELEK:CHIP CARRIER,68 CONTACTS
.TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 L X 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD
.BUS,CONDUCTOR:2 WIRE BLACK
.TERM,TEST POINT:BRS CD PL
.TAPE,PRESS SENS:VINYL FOAM,O.5 X 0.062
.CONN REPT,ELEC:(SEE A45J2 REPL)
CA ASSY,SP,ELEC:50,28 AWG,9,5L,RIBBON
(A45J2 TO A80)
CKT BOARD ASSY:CPU/KDJ11-A(SEE A15 REPL)
.PULL,CKT CARD:
.TERM. SET,PIN:36-0.525 L X 0.025 sa

105-0792-00
214-1337-00
253-0176-00
136-0751-00
131-0608-00
131-0993-00

105-0792-00
214-1337-00
136-0755-00
136-0813-00
131-0608-00
131-0993-00
214-0579-00
253-0176-00

1
2
2
2
19
7
3

175-9013-00

367-0183-00
131-1343-00

1
2
1

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

80009
80009
85471
09922
22526
00779

105-0792-00
214-1337-00
ORO BY DESCR
DILB24P108
47357
850100-01

80009
80009
22526
00779
00779
09922
09922
85471

105-0792-00
214-1337-00
47357
850100-01
850100-7
DILB28P-108
DILB40P-108
ORO BY DESCR

80009
80009
22526

105-0792-00
214-1337-00
47357

22526

47357

00779

850100-01

00779

850100-01

80009
80009
09922
19613
22526
00779
80009
85471

105-0792-00
214-1337-00
DILB28P-108
268-5400-00-11 02
47357
850100-01
214-0579-00
ORO BY DESCR

80009

175-9013-00

15476
22526

0937
65501-136

22-7

'TI

15

c
:D
m
'TI

:D

o

Z
-I

25

18

30

11

A70

14

8560/8561/8562 S ERVICE

w

o
o""
Q

a:

""o
N

W

a:

:::)

o

iL

8560/8561/8562 SERVICE

Gf

/8

t

~,

29

I
I

@

"T1

C5

C
:D

m

(0)

'

C')

:ii
C')
c

I

34

,
':

=i

I

III

I

o
»
:D

13

C

(J)

A15

32

A45

21

A75 t AS5

16

A30

8

8560/8561/8562 SERVICE

~I

I
I
I

II:

cr:

W
II:
011

~

11.
11.

::;)

en
II:
w

3:

o11.
~

W
II:

17

::;)

o

u:

114

111

130

113

107

8560/8561/8562 SER VICE

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-8560(8561 (8562 Service

Fig. &
Index
No.

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Qty

4-39
-40
-41
-42
-43

211-0553-00
21 0-0457-00
210-0054-00
210-1007-00

-44
-45

214-2953-00

-46
-47

211-0507-00
210-0457-00

5

-48
-49
-50

211-0507-00
210-0457 -00

-51
-52
-53

211-0507-00
210-0457 -00

-54
-55
-56

2
211-0012-00
210-0406-00

-57
-58
-59
-60

211-0019-00
210-0586-00
210-0917-00

-61
-62
-63
-64

211-0019-00
210-0586-00
210-0917 -00

-65
-66
-67
-68
-69
-70

131-0608-00
131-0993-00

-71

-72
-73

10
5
5

334-5587-00
337-3154-00
220-0627-00
210-0053-00
361 -0226-00

3
3
3

-74
-75

342-0684-00

-76
-77
-78

211-0014-00
210-0406-00
210-0054-00

2
2
2

-79
-80
-81
-82
-83

342-0420-00
342-0577-00
214-3315-00

2
2
1
2
3

22-10

2

136-0252-07

1 2 3 4 5

Name & Description

.COIL,RF::(SEE A66L4091 REPL}
... • ...... • .. ·(ATTACHING PARTS) ...... •••••
.SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 1.5 INCH,PNH STL
.NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:6-32 X 0.312,STL CD PL
WASHER,LOCK:SPLlT,0.118 ID X 0.212'"OD S
WASHER,FLAT:0.156 ID X 0.062 THK
: .. • .. •• .. ·(END ATTACHING PARTS)' ........
.HEAT SINK,XSTR:TO-220,AL
.TRANSISTOR:(SEE A66Q4109 REPL)
.•••••• .. ·····(ATTACHING PARTS).... •.. •.. •
.SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
.NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:6-32 X 0.312,STL CD PL
·........ •..(END ATTACHING PARTS)' ... •....
.SEMICOND,DEVICE:(SEE A66CR4082 REPL)
......... •• .. ·(ATTACHING PARTS)' ........ ••
.SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
.NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:6-32 X 0.312,STL CD PL
: .. •.. •.... (END ATTACHING PARTS)'· .. ••• ..
.MICROCIRCUIT,LI:(SEE A66U4060 REPL)
.•• .. •.. •••• ..(ATTACHING PARTS).......... •
.SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
.NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:6-32 X 0.312,STL CD PL
: .. •.. •• .. ·(END ATTACHING PARTS) .... • ....
.TRANSISTOR:(SEE A66Q2063,2073 REPL)
... ••• .. •• ....(ATTACHING PARTS)' .. •• ......
.SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.375,PNH STL CD PL
.NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS
: .......... (END ATTACHING PARTS)'···· ....
.COIL,RF:(SEE A66L3083 REPL)
..... •.... •.. ·(ATTACHING PARTS)'· .... • ....
.SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 1.0 INCH,PNH STL
.NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4-40 X 0.25,STL
WASHER,NONMETAL:0.191 ID X 0.625 INCH OD
: ........ ··(END ATTACHING PARTS) ........ •
.COIL,RF:(SEE A66L3061 REPL)
·.. •• .. •••• .. ·(ATTACHING PARTS} ...... • .. ••
.SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 1.0 INCH,PNH STL
.NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4-40 X 0.25,STL
WASHER,NONMETAL:0.191 ID X 0.625 INCH OD
: .... ••• .. ·(END ATTACHING PARTS) ...... •..
.TERMINAL,PIN:0.365 LX 0.025 PH BRZ GOLD
.BUS,CONDUCTOR:2 WIRE BLACK
TERM,TEST POINT:(SEE A66TP1 THRU TP5 REPL)
CKT BOARD ASSY:PS INVERTER(SEE A62 REPL)
.MARKER,IDENT:CAUTION
.SHIELD,ELEC:1.750 X 5.55
... • .......... (ATTACHING PARTS)" .... •....
.NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:2-56 X 0.156 INCH,BRS
WASHER,LOCK:INTL,0.092 ID X 0.175'"OD,S
.SPACER,SLEEVE:0.11 L X 0.093 ID,BRS NP
........... ·(END ATTACHING PARTS)...... •..
.INSULATOR,PLATE: ELECTRICAL, POLYESTER
.TRANSISTOR:(SEE A62Q2010,Q3010 REPL)
·.. •.. • .. •....(ATTACHING PARTS)' ..........
.SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.50 INCH,PNH STL
.NUT,PLAIN,HEX.:4-40 X 0.188 INCH,BRS
WASHER,LOCK:SPLlT,0.118 ID X 0.212"OD S
............ (END ATTACHING PARTS)' ........
.INSULATOR,PLATE:TRANSISTOR,PORCELAIN
.INSULATOR,XSTR:PLASTIC
.HT SK,MICROCKT:ALUMINUM,BLACK ANODIZED
.TERM,TEST POINT:(SEE A62TP5085,5086 REPL)
.SOCKET,PIN CONN:WIO DIMPLE

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

83385
83385
83385
80009

ORD BY DESCR
ORD BY DESCR
ORD BY DESCR
210-1007-00

80009

214-2953-00

83385
83385

ORD BY DESCR
ORD BY DESCR

83385
83385

ORD BY DESCR
ORD BY DESCR

83385
83385

ORD BY DESCR
ORD BY DESCR

83385
73743

ORD BY DESCR
12161-50

83385
83385
86445

ORD BY DESCR
ORD BY DESCR
ORD BY DESCR

83385
83385
86445

ORD BY DESCR
ORD BY DESCR
ORD BY DESCR

22526
00779

47357
850100-01

80009
80009

334-5587 -00
337 -3154-00

73743
83385
80009

10002-56-101
ORD BY DESCR
361-0226-00

80009

342-0684-00

83385
73743
83385

ORD BY DESCR
12161-50
ORD BY DESCR

80009
80009
80009

342-0420-00
342-0577 -00
214-3315-00

22526

75060-012

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Fig. &
Index
No.

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

Qty

4-84
-85
-86
-87

211-0018-00
210-0586-00
200-0848-00

1
2

211-0601-00
211-0012-00
211-0002-00
210-0586-00

4
2
2
2

-88
-89
-90
-91
-92

-93
-94
-95
-96

211-0513-00
210-0457-00

-97
-98
-99
-100
-101
-102
-103
-104
-105

342-0577-00
214-3258-00
344-0326-00
204-0906-00
334-4452-00

1
2

195-9637 -00
200-2264-00
200-2265-00

-106
-107

426-1891-00
348-0544-05

1
4

-108

213-0908-00

4

-110

214-3106-00

10

-111

200-2707 -00

4

200-2707 -00

6

-109

-112

6
4
10

-113
334-5231-00
334-4828-00
-114

333-1859-00

-115
-116

211-0510-00
211-0507 -00

-117

10
5

1 2 3 4 5

Name & Description

.COIL,RF:(SEE A62L2071 REPL)
·•••••• .. ·····(ATTACHING PARTSr··· .... •••
.SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.875 PNH,STL
.NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4-40 X 0.25,STL
.CAP,INSERT,KNOB:0.765 OD X 0.118 H,BLACK
·•.. ········(END ATTACHING PARTS) .. ••• ....
CKT BOARD ASSY:PS LlNE(SEE A68 REPL)
··············(ATTACHING PARTS).. •• .. •••••
SCR,ASSEM WSHR:6-32 X 0.312,DOUBLE SEMS
SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.375,PNH STL CD PL
SCREW,MACHINE:2-56 X 0.625,RDH,STL POZ
NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4-40 X 0.25,STL
•••••• .. ····(END ATTACHING PARTSr .... ••••
.CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES:
.CONN,RCPT,ELEC:(SEE A68P2 REPL)
.SEMICOND DEVICE:(SEE A68CR2027 REPL)
.••••••••• .. ··(ATTACHING PARTS).... •••••••
.SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.625 INCH,PNH STL
.NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:6-32 X 0.312,STL CD PL
.. ··········(END ATTACHING PARTS).. •• .. •••
.INSULATOR,XSTR:PLASTIC
.HEAT SINK,XSTR:ALUMINUM
.CLlP,ELECTRICAL:FUSE,BRASS
.BODY,FUSE HLDR:3AG AND 5 X 20 MM FUSES
.MARKER,IDENT:0.5A,250V,FAST
.CONN,RCPT,ELEC:(SEE A68P3 REPL)
.CONN,RCPT,ELEC:(SEE A68Pl REPL)
.LEAD,ELECTRICAL: 18 AWG,4.5L,5-4 .
CAP.,FUSEHOLDER:3AG FUSES
(STANDARD ONLY)
CAP,FUSEHOLDER:5 X 20MM FUSES
(OPTIONS Al,A2,A3,A4.A5 ONLY)
FRAME,CABINET:REAR,10.5 X FULL BACK
RTNR,CAB. COVER:CORNER,EARTH BROWN,PC
··············(ATTACHING PARTSr······ ....
SCREW,TPG,TF:8-32 X 0.625
•••••••••• .. (END ATTACHING PARTSr···· ....
CKT BOARD ASSY:(SEE A40 REPL)
··············(ATTACHING PARTSr .. ••• .. •••
HARDWARE KIT:JACK SOCKET
············(END ATTACHING PARTSr··· .... •
·COVER,HOLE: CON NECTOR, POLYCAR BONATE
.(8560 ONLY)
.COVER,HOLE:CONNECTOR,POLYCARBONATE
.(8561 ONLY)
.CONN,RCPT,ELEC:(SEEA40J8011 ,8021 ,8031,
.8041,8051,8101 REPL)
.CONN,RCPT,ELEC:(SEEA40J8011 ,8021 ,8051,
.8101 REPL)
.CONN,RCPT,ELEC:(SEEA40J8011 ,8021 ,8031,
.8041,8051,8061,8071,8081,8101 REPL)
.CONN,RCPT,ELEC:(SEE A40J8001 REPL)
.MARKER,IDENT:MKD 670-8162-XX
.(8561 ONLY)
.MARKER,IDENT:MKD 670-7307-XX
.(8562 ONLY)
PANEL,REAR:
··············(ATTACHING PARTS) .. •••••••••
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.375,PNH,STL,CD PL
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
············(END ATTACHING PARTS) .. ••• .. ••
SWITCH,ROCKER:(SEE S650 REPL)

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

83385
83385
80009

ORD BY DESCR
ORD BY DESCR
200-0848-00

83385
83385

ORO BY DESCR
ORO BY DESCR

83385

ORO BY DESCR

83385
83385

ORO BY DESCR
ORO BY DESCR

80009
80009
75915
OOOJL
80009

342-0577 -00
214-3258-00
102071
FAU 031.3573
334-4452-00

80009
S3629

195-9637-00
FEK 031 1666

S3629

FEK 031.1663

80009
80009

426-1891-00
348-0544-05

93907

ORD BY DESCR

53387

3341-1S

80009

200-2707-00

80009

200-2707-00

80009

334-5231-00

80009

334-4828-00

80009

333-1859-00

83385
83385

ORO BY DESCR
ORD BY DESCR

22-11

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-8560/8561/8562 Service

Fig. &
Index
No.

Tektronix
Part No.

4-118

200-2729-00

-119

211 -0008-00

-120

334-5268-00

Serial/Model No.
Eft
Dscont

Qty

334-5269-00
-121

386-4718-00

-122
-123

211-0097-00
210-0002-00

-124

386-4719-00

-125
-126

211-0097-00
210-0002-00

-127

386-5127-00

-128
-129
-130

211-0097-00
210-0002-00
210-0586-00

-131

200-2682-00

-132

211-0507-00

-133

407-2788-00

-134

211-0534-00

8

-136
-137

211-0511-00
21 0-0457-00

4
4

-138

351-0724-00

-139
-140
-141

211-0513-00
211-0643-00
210-0457 -00

2
2

4
4

2
2
2

6

-135

22-12

1
2

1

2 3 4 5

Name & Description

COVER,PROT:
•••••••••• .. ··(ATTACHING PARTS) .. ••••••• ..
SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.250,PNH,STL,POZ
············(ENO ATTACHING PARTS)'···· ....
MARKER,IOENT:90-130 VAC,8A FAST
(STANDARD ONLY)
MARKER,IDENT:180-250 VAC,4A FAST
(OPTIONS A1,A2 A3,A4,A5 ONLY)
PLATE,CONN:ALUMINUM
••••• .. ·······(ATTACHING PARTS)'··········
SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
WASHER,LOCK:EXTERNAL #2
············(ENO ATTACHING PARTS)'· .. •• .. •
PLATE,CONN:BLANK,ALUMINUM
••••••• .... •..(ATTACHING PARTS)'··········
SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
WASHER,LOCK:EXTERNAL #2
••• .. ·······(ENO ATTACHING PARTS)'· .. ••• ..
PLATE,CONN:ALUMINUM
··············(ATTACHING PARTS) .. • .. ••••••
SCREW,MACHINE:4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
WASHER,LOCK:EXTERNAL #2
NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:4-40 X 0.25,STL
.... ········(ENO ATTACHING PARTS)' .. •••• ..
COVER,FAN:ALUMINUM
··············(ATTACHING PARTS)········ .. •
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
············(ENO ATTACHING PARTS)'···· ....
BRACKET,FAN:ALUMINUM
••••••••• .. ···(ATTACHING PARTS)···········
SCR,ASSEM,WSHR:6-32 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
············(END ATTACHING PARTS)"·· .... •
FAN,TUBEAXIAL:(SEE B610 REPL)
··············(ATTACHING PARTS)'··········
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.500,PNH,STL,CO PL
NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:6-32 X 0.312,STL CD PL
••••• .. •.. ··(ENO ATTACHING PARTS)'···· ....
GUIOE,CKT BD:NYLON,5.1L
··············(ATTACHING PARTS)'· .. •••••••
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 0.625 INCH,PNH STL
SCREW,MACHINE:6-32 X 1.0,RDH,NYL,SLOT
NUT,PL,ASSEM WA:6-32 X 0.312,STL CD PL
•• .. ········(ENO ATTACHING PARTS)'··· .. •..

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

80009

200-2729-00

83385

ORO BY OESCR

80009

334-5268-00

80009

334-5269-00

80009

386-4718-00

83385
78189

ORO BY OESCR
1102-01

80009

386-4719-00

83385
78189

ORO BY OESCR
1102-01

80009

386-5127-00

83385
78189
83385

ORO BY OESCR
1102-01
ORO BY OESCR

80009

200-2682-00

83385

ORO BY OESCR

80009

407-2788-00

83385

ORO BY DESCR

83385
83385

ORO BY OESCR
ORO BY OESCR

80009

351-0724-00

83385
83385
83385

ORO BY OESCR
ORO BY OESCR
ORO BY OESCR

Fig. &
Index
No.

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

Qty

1 2 3 4 5

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

80009
80009
OOOAC
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

003-1313-00
016-0367-00
OBD
062-5840-03
062-5882-06
070-2552-00
070-3899-00
070-3940-00
070-3941-00
070-3942-00
070-4656-00
070-4730-00
070-5047-00
070-5049-00
070-5050-00
070-5094-00

80009

070-5095-00

80009
T1372
S3109

119-1182-00
ORO BY DESCR
ORO BY DESCR

S3109

ORO BY DESCR

S3109

1600

T1105

ORO BY DESCR

OOOJA

A25SW

80009

334-5504-00

80009
80009

070-4729-00
070-4759-00

STANDARD ACCESSORIES
003-1313-00
016-0367-00
016-0370-00
062-5840-03
062-5882-06
070-2552-00
070-3899-00
070-3940-00
070-3941-00
070-3942-00
070-4656-00
070-4730-00
070-5047-00
070-5049-00
070-5050-00
070-5094-00
070-5095-00

5-1
-2

119-1182-00
161-0066-00
161-0066-09

-3

161-0066-10

-4

161-0066-11

-5

161-0066-12

-6

161-0154-00
334-5504-00

1
3
7
1
2

SCREWDRIVER:
BDR,LOOSE-LEAF:2.0 CAP RING,VINYL COVER
DIV,LOOSE LEAF:FLEXIBLE DISK PKT,VINYL
SOFTWARE PKG:8560 DIAGNOSTIC,VER 1.3
SOFTWARE PKG:OPERATING SYSTEM VERS 2.1
CARD,INFO:DISC HANDLING
MANUAL,TECH:INSTALLATION GUIDE
MANUAL, TECH: USERS
MANUAL,TECH:REFERENCE
CARD,INFO:REFERENCE
MANUAL,TECH:SOFTWARE MAINT
MANUAL,TECH:USERS,8560 SERIES
MANUAL SET,TECH:SYSTEM MANAGERS PKG
MANUAL,TECH:INSTALLATION,8560 SERIES
MANUAL,TECH:OPERATORS,8560 SERIES
MANUAL,TECH:INSTALLATION,8561 HARD DISK
(8560F09 ONLY)
MANUAL,TECH:INSTALLATION,8561 LSI 11/73
(8560F10 ONLY)
FLOPPY DISKETTE:DOUBLE SIDED
CABLE ASSY,PWR,:3,18 AWG,115V,98.0 L
CABLE ASSY,PWR:3,0.75MM SQ,220V,96.0 L
(EUROPEAN-OPTION A1)
CABLE ASSY,PWR:3,0.75MM SQ,240V,96.0 L
(UNITED KINGDOM-OPTION A2)
CABLE ASSY,PWR:3,0.75MM,240V,96.0L
(AUSTRALIAN-OPTION AS)
CABLE ASSY,PWR:3,18 AWG,240V,96.0 L
(NORTH AMERICAN-OPTION A4)
CABLE ASSY,PWR:3,0.75MM SQ,240V,6A,2.5M L
(SWITZERLAND-OPTION A5)
MARKER,IDENT:MKD CAUTION

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
070-4729-00
070-4759-00

MANUAL,TECH:REF,8561/8560 SERIES
MANUAL,TECH:SERVICE

8560/8561/8562 SERVICE

MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION
At Tektronix, we continually strive to keep up with latest electronic developments
by adding circuit and component improvements to our instruments as soon as they
are developed and tested.
Sometimes, due to printing and shipping requirements, we can't get these
changes immediately into printed manuals. Hence, your manual may contain new
change information on following pages.
A single change may affect several sections. Since the change information sheets
are carried in the manual until all changes are permanently entered, some
duplication may occur. If no such change pages appear following this page, your
manual is correct as printed.

Tektronix®
COMMITTEOTOEXCEli.ENCE

Product:

MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION
Date: February 1, 1985

8560/61/62 MUSDU Service

Change Reference: --.:C:.. =2!-:./2::..:8=5_ __
Manual Part No.: .---\0.u.7. .l.l0.=.:-4:u7.. .>J5CoL
Q=-O..l.l.OL...-_

DESCRIPTION

Product Group 61

The 512K Memory Board is now standard on 8560 Multi-User Software
Deve 1opment Units. (Mod # MOP 937).

CHANGE INSTRUCTIONS
Throughout this manual, change all references to the 256K Memory Board
as standard configuration for the 8560 MUSDU, to read 512K Memory Board
as standard.

000·2775-00D

MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION
Apri 1 9, 1985
Change Reference: _C_3:-/_48_5____
8-=- 56.: . .:0, -,-/- : 6- =1.!.-/-=-62=-.;. M.:. .:U,-=-S-=.D. : . U_S.: . .:e: . :.r-=.v---,-i-=-c.=. .e________ Manual Part No.: --=0,-,--7..::..0_-4:. . :.7-=5c=.9_-=-00,,--_
Product: ----.::c
COMMITTED TO EXCELLENCE

Date:

DESCRIPTION

Product Group 61

Manual Revision Status:
1.

Several editions of this manual may exist. Before entering this chanqe,
be sure that replacement change information relates to information in
your manual.

2.

This change affects editions of the manual dated:
First Printing MAR 1984

CHANGE INSTRUCTIONS:
1.

To ensure that information is incorporated in the proper sequence,
enter Manual Change Information beginning with the earliest changes.

2.

To implement this change:

3.

a.

Remove old pages:

3-17/3-18

b.

Insert new pages:

3-17/3-18

You may wish to retain this Manual Change Information Sheet at the back
of your manual as a record of the change.

000-2775-000

Circuit Board Configurations

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

I

•

P5173

W7061oC::}. ;;071
W7063-c:::Jo- P7072
W7065~ ....
W70670C::)0

...

• P7111

....

P7161

-P7171

W7069~P70h

W8062~

4759-10A

Fig. 3-11. 256K Memory Board jumper/strap locations.

W7061oC::}. h071
W7063-c:::Jo- P7072
W7065 -c:::Jo- ... •
W7067 oC::)o

...

• P7111

...

P7161
:"P7171

W7069~P70h

W8062~

4759-11 B

Fig. 3-12. 512K Memory Board jumper/strap locations.

REV APR 1985

3-17

Operating Information-8560/8561/8562 Service

Circuit Board Configurations

Miscellaneous Straps

Data and Parity Swapping

Table 3-10 lists the memory board miscellaneous jumpers.
P7072 seleyts the size of the I/O space, and P5173 configures the board either as the upper or the lower' memory
bank. All other memory board jumpers are used for troubleshooting, to disable signals such as the input data, clock,
refresh and others.

Table 3-12 lists the straps by which the low-byte parity-bit
memory may be swapped with bit 0 memory, and the
high-byte parity-bit memory may be swapped with bit 8
memory. Parity may therefore be read as data, allowing all
memory chips on the board to be tested.
Table 3·12
Data and Parity Interchange Test Jumpers

Table 3-10
Memory Board Miscellaneous Jumpers
Number

Function

Jumper
No.

P7072

Sets I/O space

P5173

Configures the board as either the upper or lower 256K-word bank

P7111

Parity enable

P7073

Read enable

P7171

Disables clock signal

P7161

Refresh enable

P5081 , P5091 ,
P5101, P5111

Parity/RAM exchange

Name

Signal

P5081

AM-AI
AO-AK
AN-AJ
AP-AL

DNO(H) Swaps DTOH
DNLP(H) and DNLPH
DNO(H) signals J6078
DNLP(H)

IN
OUT
OUT
IN

P5091

AE-AA
AG-AC
AF-AB
AH-AD

DTO(H)
Swaps DTOH
DTLP(H) and DTLPH
DTO(H)
signals J5077
DTLP(H)

IN
OUT
OUT
IN

P5101

AU-AQ
AW-AS
AV-AR
AX-AT

DN8(H) Swaps DN8H
DNHP(H) and DNHPH
DN8(H) signals J5091
DNHP(H)

IN
OUT
OUT
IN

P5111

BE-BA
BG-BC
BF-BB
BH-BD

DT8(H)
Swaps DT8H
DTHP(H) and DTHPH
DT8(H)
signals J5108
DTHP(H)

IN
OUT
OUT
OUT

..

Address Decoding for Memory Select
Upgrades
Table 3-11 shows the positions of the various jumpers and
straps involved in address decoding (address lines A 19, A20
and A21) for the possible memory-select optional upgrades.
Table 3·11
Memory Address Selection Jumpers/Straps
Straps

-,...--,...,...

§:
,...
,...

a.

a.

:: :: :: :: :: ::

1B

Ob
1
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0

II)

co

M

co

,... ,...

co

0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0

co

0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0

N

co

0

co

Address Lines
A21 A20 A19

0
0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0
0
0

a a "1" denotes a strap in the lower position.

b a "0" denotes a strap in the upper position.

3-18

Default

The system memory in the 8560 MUSDU consists of one or
two dynamic RAM boards. Anyone, or combination of any
two, of the 256K-byte and 512K-byte Memory Board(s) may
be used.

Memory Bank Selection
Q)

co
,...0 0,... 0,... 0,... 0,... 0,... 0,...

0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Function

0
0
1
1
0
0

0
1
0
1
0
1
0

If only one memory board is installed, the board must be
assigned to control the low bank of memory addresses.
Jumper P7071(1) must be in the A-B position, jumper
P7071 (2) must be in the D-F position, and jumper P5073
(256K memory board only) must be in the W-X position.
Refer to Fig. 3-13 for low-bank configuration of the 256K
Memory Board. Refer to Fig. 3-14 for low-bank configuration of the 512K Memory Board (one or two 512K Memory
Boards installed). Refer to Fig. 3-15 for low-bank configuration of the 512K Memory Board (256K Memory Board and
512K Memory Board installed.)

If two memory boards are used, one board must be configured as the low bank board. The second board must be
configured as the high bank board. Refer to Fig. 3-13 for

MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION
June 13, 1985 Change Reference: ..:;;C..:.4!-/6~8;;..:5:.....-_ __
Product: ~85>!..16.uQu..I..loI.8"""56!ot..-1!o.Ll-",8:>o<.5><.J62..........M...U",,,"
S.. ,DU.. . . ."S.,.e.r.J!..
. . v1 c.....e~_ _ _ _ _ Manual Part No.: 070-4759-00
Date:

COMMITTED TO EXCELLENCE

ow·

Product Group 61

DESCRIPTION

CHANGE INSTRUCTIONS
On Schematic

~,

MSC CPU, add delay line as indicated in partial

schematic below:

U2060B

0:
0
~
0
0

INIT(H)

74LS04

24

4
INTO(H)

45

INT1(H)

44

INT2(H)

42

DIAGS(L)

+5V

000-2775-00D

3

14

7

Part No.

119-1407..00

4

0
0
0
0

WAITQ8US(L)

04Y

FOCDRQ(H)

18

DMARQ(H)

19

11

U1020D
13,.--.. 74FOO

SCSIWAIT(L)

1"2':J ./"- 11

U1020B
4 ~ 74FOO

'51 \.
~

49

6

DIAGS(H)

U4155A
1
TMRINO(H)

2

74LS32
20

/3

21

,



File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37
Create Date                     : 2012:07:13 12:51:37-08:00
Modify Date                     : 2012:07:13 13:38:24-07:00
Metadata Date                   : 2012:07:13 13:38:24-07:00
Producer                        : Adobe Acrobat 9.51 Paper Capture Plug-in
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:fad35259-a6f1-4421-b779-868638fe2bd8
Instance ID                     : uuid:48a3a5d0-fd1a-44dd-8a6f-496d1be3f466
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 345